Desks & Accessories Price List

GSA Price List Effective Dates:
DESKS & ACCESSORIES Price List Pricing 03.14.19

Revision 02.17.20
➤See page
General Information page
How to Use this Price List 1.2
How to Specify 1.3
Terms and Conditions 1.4
Product Warranty 1.6
Sustainability 1.7
ANSI/BIFMA 1.8
Asset Tag Locations 1.12
Products page
Definition® 2.1
Jolt™ 3.1
Perks® 4.1
Priority™ 5.1
Transcend® 6.1
Revision Summary 7.1
GSA Terms & Conditions
Terms and Conditions ➤See page 1.4
How to Use this Price List Product Warranty 1.6
Sustainability 1.7
ANSI/BIFMA 1.8
Kimball has made every effort to make ➤See the Kimball Surface Dimensions provided in this price
IMPORTANT: All dimensions shown Statement of Line See page 2.2
DEFINITION ®
Assembled Desks Statement of Line DEFINITION ®
Double-Pedestal Desks Pricing
this price list accurate and complete Materials Reference Guide at

below are nominal and have been
Planning 2.16
rounded to the nearest inch. Refer
list are nominal. Products are

Desks & Components Desks & Components Pricing 2.46
the appropriate pricing pages for Rectangular or Arc Top GSA SIN 711-8
actual dimensions. Surface Materials 2.106
with all of the information you need to D W
Rectangular Top
30" 60"
H
Recessed Modesty Panel
291⁄4"
KW
30"
KH
273⁄4"
PD
24"
AO
6"
Model
DF3060DDF
Price
$3783
Standard Includes
• Two pedestals: letter width on
60"W; legal width on 66" and
72"W
• One lock per pedestal
www.kimball.com for a complete manufactured to meet standard
Rectangular-Top Arc-Top Rectangular-Top Arc-Top Angled Desks 30" 66" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" 24" 6" DF3066DDF 3864
specify our products. overview of the Kimball materials

• Black vinyl organizer tray in top
Double-Pedestal Desks Double-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Desks Available in left and right models. 36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DDF 4154 box drawer
®See page 2.49 to specify.
• = Recessed modesty panel
I = Breakfront modesty panel
Available in left and right models.
Available in left and right models.
Arc Top
36"
42"
72"
72"
291⁄4"
291⁄4"
36"
36"
273⁄4"
273⁄4"
30"
36"
6"
6"
DF3672DDFA
DF4272DDFA
$4574
4936
How to Specify
! Model
industry tolerances.
program, including:
@ Worksurface material:
60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 90"W
LW = Laminate with wood rim
30"D •I •I 30"D 30"D •I 30"D 30"D • W = Wood
36"D •I 36"D •I 36"D •I 36"D •I 36"D • # Pedestal option:
42"D 42"D •I 42"D 42"D •I 42"D Breakfront Modesty Panel
1 = BBF/BBF
2 = FF/FF
8 = BBF/FF
9 = FF/BBF
Rectangular Top 4 Rim profile:
We suggest that you become familiar 30"

30"
36"
Arc Top
60"
66"
72"
291⁄4"
291⁄4"
291⁄4"
30"
30"
36"
273⁄4"
273⁄4"
273⁄4"
30"
30"
36"
—
—
—
DF3060DDFB
DF3066DDFB
DF3672DDFB
$3862
3951
4242 5
B = Bevel
F = Softened
Pull option:
G = Beaded
C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
M = Reed
See page 2.41 for designators.

• Characteristics of wood Illustrations and specifications con-
6 Lock option:
with the format of this price list. You’ll • Special wood finishes
36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DDFBA $4696
KRB = Key random, black core
tained in this price list are based on

42" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 36" 6" DF4272DDFBA 5072 KRS = Key random, silver core
KRC = Key random, chrome core
U-Shaped Desks P-Shaped Desks Center Drawers for Desks Executive Returns Bridges
KS = Key specific (-$50); specify
Available with or without a modesty Available with or without a modesty Available with or without a modesty Available with or without a modesty
two lock cores separately
See page 2.45.
panel. panel. panel, and in left and right models. panel.
®See page 2.50 to specify. ®See page 2.51 to specify. • = Box/box/file ®See page 2.54 to specify.
find information about the product I = File/file
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL)

7 Grommet/cut-out option:
See pages 2.43–2.44.
30"D
60"W 66"W 72"W
30"D
60"W 66"W 72"W
22"D
For use with desks
60"W 66"W 72"W
• • • 24"D
42"W
•I
48"W
•I
60"W
•I 24"D
36"W
•I
42"W
•I
48"W
•I
60"W
•I
8
X = No grommet or cut-out
Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
the latest product information at
line, planning guidelines, pricing, and • Customer-specified paint (CSP)
36"D • 36"D • 9 Finish designator
Rim finish price group (omit for
time of publication. Kimball reserves

42"D 42"D bl
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Center Drawers bm Rim finish designator (omit for
See page 2.52. wood worksurface)
how to specify the product. Page 2.2 Definition

Kimball Desks & Accessories
Page 2.46 Definition
Kimball Desks & Accessories • Fabric application and colorways the right to make changes at any
Statement of Line pages provide a Pricing pages list each model indi- • Customer’s own material (COM) time without notice.
snapshot of the entire product line. vidually along with its list prices. How overview
We’ve included illustrations, tables to Specify steps instruct you how to • Alliance program Standard product modifications are
showing available sizes, and page build a complete model that includes • TB133 process available on select products.
cross references to the applicable all of its options and materials. ➤See the Product Modifications
pricing pages. Price List at www.kimball.com
Items listed herein are considered

Statement of Line ®See page 2.2 Statement of Line ®See page 2.2
by Kimball as portable furniture and
DEFINITION ®
Overview O Planning Planning 2.16
DEFINITION ®
Wood and Laminate Finishes & Materials Planning 2.16
Desks & Components Pricing
Surface Materials
2.46
2.106
Desks & Components Pricing
Surface Materials
2.46
2.106
as such are subject to local fire,
Materials: ®See the Kimball Surface Materials
Fully assembled and modular
components are available to create
workwalls, L-configurations, and
U-configurations. Modular compo-
nents are compatible with fully
Overheads, highback organizers,
and set-on-surface storage is avail-
able two heights to align with
vertical storage. Select units are
available with writable-glass doors.
Worksurfaces
• Wood with wood rim
• Laminate with a wood rim
Storage
Reference Guide at www.kimball.com
for a complete overview of the Kimball
materials program, including:
• Characteristics of wood
• Special wood finishes
Wood Price Group 1 (Standard)
MC Amber Cherry
CC
SC
Cordoba Cherry
MH Mocha Cherry
Sedona Cherry
Price Group 2 (Premium)3
CS
SS
CZ
Coco Sapele
Sienna Sapele
Clear Zebrawood
electrical, and building codes
assembled models.
• Wood • Customer-specified laminate (CSL)
applicable to portable furniture.

• Customer-specified paint (CSP)
IM Brighton Maple
®See page 2.106 for finishes.

TM Huntington Maple
Pulls are standard on all undersurface • Fabric application and colorways
Exterior surfaces are available in storage and drawers on • Customer’s own material (COM)
the following veneers: ES Espresso Walnut
vertical storage. All doors feature a overview
• Cherry (plain sliced, slip matched) Rim Profiles: MW Midtown Walnut
touch latch that provides a clean • Alliance program
• Maple (plain sliced, slip matched) TW Tribeca Walnut
contemporary appearance. • TB133 process
• Walnut (plain sliced, book matched) UW Urban Walnut
• Sapele (quarter sliced, slip matched) IMPORTANT: Woodgrain laminate is a
premium veneer; upcharge applies CO Canyon Straight Grain
commercially compatible match to the
Veneers are carefully selected and DR Driftwood Straight Grain
Worksurface rims are wood and wood finish of the same name and
B Bevel C Double F Softened YO Monterey Straight Grain
matched to assure proper balance 5⁄16"-thick with mitered corners. Select designator with consideration for the
Radius NW Tuscan Straight Grain
and consistency. from six rim profiles; profiles appear most common application—laminate
Only Underwriters' Laboratory (U.L.)

on all four edges of the surfaces on a wood chassis. When
worksurface. laminate and wood are mixed in other
applications, the flip that occurs natu-
Vertical storage, available 671⁄2"H rally in veneer may influence the
and 791⁄2"H, feature a finished back HPL Woodgrain Solid Pattern
G Beaded H Crescent M Reed overall match from piece to piece.
for placement in open or glass-wall Worksurfaces are available in MC Amber Cherry 480 Antique White 874 Bronze Legacy
applications. rectangular, arc, angled, U-shaped, IM Brighton Maple 403 Chamois 842 Canyon Zephyr
or Canadian Standards Association

and P- shaped. They are 19⁄16"-thick, Pull Options: CZ Clear Zebrawood 462 Cinder 823 Carbon Evolv
3-ply, balanced construction and CC Cordoba Cherry 440 Cloud 841 Desert Zephyr
Definition Series
available in wood or high-pressure TM Huntington Maple 405 Designer White 862 Grey Glace
Base rail detail 92 Cove (+$29/unit)
laminate (HPL) with a wood rim. MW Midtown Walnut 450 Fog 844 Loden Zephyr
93 Aero
MH Mocha Cherry 488 Frosty White 843 Misted Zephyr
95 Deco
SC Sedona Cherry 461 Graphite 846 Morro Zephyr
96 Luna
(C.S.A.) listed electrical compo-

TW Tribeca Walnut 416 Putty 812 Mushroom Tigris
Several pedestal, end panel, and 97 Linear
UW Urban Walnut 420 Sandstone 860 Neutral Santos
metal leg styles are available to 425 Shadow 808 Nickel Evolv
Modesty panels can be added for support extension surfaces. Priority Series
460 Storm 807 Silcon Evolv
privacy and design detail. Modesty ®See page 2.17 for overview. 61 Helix
419 Wallaby 873 Tawny Legacy
panels can be placed flush or inboard 63 Link
805 Titanium Evolv
of the approach side for a recessed 64 Wisp
809 Tungsten Evolv
nents are used in electrical devices

look. Inset a panel between undersur- 89 Studio
802 White Nebula
face storage for a breakfront 90 Trinity (+$29/unit)
814 White Tigris
appearance. Technology modesty 91 Niche
panels fold down to access wall
power and data. ®See page 2.41 for pull details and
how to specify information.

and are so labeled.
Planning pages provide a general Surface material pages within each
overview as well as detailed informa- chapter show the selections available The customer is responsible for
tion about the product, connections for that series. If applicable, the proper application of products
that can be made with other models, COM/COL yardage information can to the local codes under which
planning factors, and application be found here. installation must be made.
guidelines. Further specifications are available
on request.
Page 1.2 General Information

How to Specify Our Products Product Warranty 1.6
Sustainability 1.7
ANSI/BIFMA 1.8
Complete specifications are built by Pricing Table Abbreviations:

following a set of steps. These “How Statement of Line See page 2.2
Refer to the “standard includes”
DEFINITION ®
Double-Pedestal Desks Pricing
to Specify” steps are located in the far Desks & Components

Rectangular or Arc Top GSA SIN 711-8
Planning
Pricing
2.16
2.46
list to see what ships standard as
Surface Materials 2.106
part of the base model. D = Depth
right column of each pricing page and D W H KW KH PD AO Model Price
Standard Includes
are specific to the models found on Recessed Modesty Panel
Rectangular Top
• Two pedestals: letter width on
60"W; legal width on 66" and
W = Width
72"W
that page. These steps will guide you 30"
30"
60"
66"
291⁄4"
291⁄4"
30"
30"
273⁄4"
273⁄4"
24"
24"
6"
6"
DF3060DDF
DF3066DDF
$3783
3864
36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DDF 4154 box drawer
in the proper order to specify the base Arc Top Follow these steps to build a
36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DDFA $4574 How to Specify H = Height
model, materials, finishes, options, etc. 42" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 36" 6" DF4272DDFA 4936 !
@
Model
Worksurface material:
complete model specification.
W = Wood
Breakfront Modesty Panel

# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF/BBF 8 = BBF/FF T = Thickness
Base model numbers may be com- Rectangular Top
30" 60" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" 30" — DF3060DDFB $3862
4
2 = FF/FF
Rim profile:
B = Bevel
9 = FF/BBF
G = Beaded
prised of two or more steps. For 30"

36"
66"
72"
291⁄4"
291⁄4"
30"
36"
273⁄4"
273⁄4"
30"
36"
—
—
DF3066DDFB
DF3672DDFB
3951
4242 5
F = Softened
Pull option:
M = Reed
AO = Approach Overhang
See page 2.41 for designators.
concise presentation, some models
Arc Top
36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DDFBA $4696
6 Lock option:
Options that incur an upcharge or
numbers have been truncated within

KRC = Key random, chrome core decrease the base price are noted
See page 2.45. within the “How to Specify” steps. ED = End Depth
the pricing table. 7 Grommet/cut-out option:
See pages 2.43–2.44.
• The steps numbered using a solid 8

Finish price group:
STD = Group 1 KW = Kneespace Width
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
circle with a white number inside 9
bl
Finish designator
Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
(e.g., !, @, or #) make up of the STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
KH = Kneespace Height
See page 2.52.
base model number. Definition
wood worksurface)
Page 2.46
• Steps numbered using an outlined Kimball Desks & Accessories
WC = Worksurface Clearance
circle with black number inside
(e.g., 4, 7, or 9) are required to
complete the specification.
Electronic Catalog and
Sample Specification: Specification Software:
The example below shows a complete model number for a Definition arc-top double-pedestal desk. Kimball promotes the use of elec-
The first three steps in this example comprise the base model number; the rest of the steps complete the specification. tronic drawing and specification
tools to automate the furniture
sales, design, and specification
process. We provide our symbol
and product information to industry
leading design and specification
software companies. We work
DF3672DDFA W 1 B 93_490 KRC G19LR490 STD MH closely with Configura to develop
additional intelligent programming
for our products in CET Designer.
Base Model As noted in our Terms and
Conditions, the customer bears the
responsibility for order correctness.

Product Warranty ➤See page 1.6
Terms and Conditions Sustainability 1.7
ANSI/BIFMA 1.8
Finishes & Asset Tag Locations 1.12
Materials
Ordering Procedures: Changes and Cancellations: Finishes and Materials: All GSA prices herein are delivered list Contact Information:
price, unless noted, effective March
Purchase orders must be received A confirmed order may not be Wood Finish Color Matching Kimball
14, 2019, and supersede all other
with complete information, which changed or cancelled, in whole or in Each piece of natural veneer offers 1600 Royal Street
published prices. Prices shown cover
includes the following: part, without prior written consent of unique texture and grain. Minor varia- Jasper, Indiana 47546
standard product only, additional
• Complete/valid model numbers Kimball. Expenses incurred tions in finish color and value may 800.482.1818
charges will be applied for changes
• All textiles, finish, and material because of the changes shall be occur due to the natural characteristics 812.482.8300 (fax)
to standard product. Kimball reserves
specifications for each line item. charged to the Purchaser. In the event of wood. Kimball carefully selects all
the right to change prices without
• “Ship to” address and contact of cancellations, Purchaser will be materials used in every product Government Sales
prior notice. Prices herein are only
• Special shipping instructions liable for reasonable cancellation ensuring a commercially acceptable Customer Service
for shipment within the continental
(tagging, requested dates, etc.) charges established by Kimball. color and finish. Factors such as 800.647.2010
United States or Canada.
• Billing address Changes may affect delivery dates. aging and exposure to light alter
• Net prices finishes.
No changes or cancellations will be Selling Information
Submit orders electronically via EDI or accepted after order entry for non- Fabric Color Matching Distribution of this price list does
OrderXchange. standard lead time products including: Kimball will always ship a satisfactory not in itself constitute an offer to sell.
• Kwik Office offerings commercial match on fabric. Because Orders can be received only from
To order literature or check order • Engineer-to-Order (modified or of industry dye-lot variation, colors authorized Kimball customers.
status on-line, please visit us at non-standard products) may not match exactly. Kimball price lists and catalogs are
www.kimball.com. • Alliance program upholstery not available to the general public.
• Customer’s Own Material (COM)
The customer bears sole responsibility • Customer’s Own Leather (COL) Terms and Pricing:
for order correctness. Orders are • Customer Specified Laminate (CSL) Product Design:
Net 30 days. If the invoice amount is
accepted only by issuance of • Customer Specified Paint (CSP) not paid in full within the terms of the Kimball reserves the right to make
Kimball’s formal order confirmation • Mock Ups invoice, the invoice may be subject to changes in design, specifications, and
and are subject to the terms and • Service Parts/Replacements a monthly finance charge equal to the construction or discontinue products
conditions set forth herein, notwith- lesser of 1.5% or the highest amount without prior notice.
standing any variance in terms and permitted by law. List prices include
conditions set forth on buyer's Modified Product: freight charges; however, they do
order forms. Our manufacturing flexibility allows us not include: Shipping/Freight:
to accommodate requests for non- • Storage and insurance charges Products are priced and will be
The order confirmation is the final cataloged product. We are happy to • Sales and other taxes delivered C.P.T. one contiguous U.S.
agreement between the customer and discuss your unique product require- • Local delivery, unloading, or destination, one Canadian destination
Kimball and supersedes all prior oral, ments and determine feasibility and installation or one port of exit, freight prepaid
written or electronically transmitted pricing. These items will be invoiced as (Incoterms 2010). Title shall transfer
statements regarding the order. Kimball ➤Contact By Design for assistance separate line items. with risk of loss.
will attempt to meet all requested ship at 800.482.1616 extension 6002.
or delivery dates. If no specific date is Kimball reserves the right to select the
requested, we will assign the best most appropriate shipping terms.
possible ship date available.

Product Warranty ➤See page 1.6
Terms and Conditions Sustainability page 1.7
ANSI/BIFMA page 1.8
continued
Asset Tag Locations page 1.12
Delivery: • Rush delivery (1-3 days from ship Loss, Damage, or Delay Returned Merchandise Claim Process:
date)—Contact Customer Service Kimball shall not be liable for loss, Merchandise will only be accepted for
Normal delivery hours are 8:00 a.m. All products produced by Kimball
for charges. damage, detention or delay resulting return under the following conditions:
to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Thurs- are carefully inspected and properly
from causes beyond its reasonable 1 The product is a “made to stock”
day and 8:00 a.m. to 3:00 p.m. on cartoned prior to shipment. All
Carrier Selection control including but not limited to fire, item; and
Friday. Any delivery arrangements shipments are delivered to the trans-
Kimball reserves the right to strike, weather, wreck or delay in 2 Return Goods Authorization (RGA)
made outside of normal delivery times portation company in good condition.
select the most appropriate mode of transportation. In the event of delay is given to you by your Customer
are subject to additional charges. Kimball customer service will file the
➤See below. shipment. Kimball relinquishes all due to any such cause, the delivery Service Team.
freight claims for you. Follow these
responsibility for goods shipped upon date will be postponed by such length All returns are subject to a 50%
easy steps:
a clean receipt from the carrier. of time as may be reasonably neces- restocking fee. All freight charges for 1 Before signing for the merchan-
Any charges incurred because of fail-
Customer bears the risk of loss or sary to compensate for the delay. returned product are the responsibility
ure to receive a shipment or offload a dise, make notation of all visible
damage during shipment. of the customer. Unauthorized returns
shipment in a timely manner (maxi- damage, shortages and/or time of
Storage will not be accepted and will be
mum time allowed to offload trailer: truck arrival on the bill of lading.
Packaging If the customer requests a change of returned freight collect. All merchan- 2 Contact Customer Service within
3 hours), will be billed to the sold-to
Kimball's standard method of ship- ship date and the product is in pro- dise being returned must be properly
customer. 15 calendar days of delivery
ping is to carton all items. Certain full duction, Kimball reserves the right to packed and protected in the original
receipt to report issue. We will
truck load shipments may qualify for transfer the product to storage at the cartons. Upon receipt, all returned
Any charges as a result of rerouting a advise whether a freight claim will
special consideration. Contact Kimball customer’s risk and expense. All merchandise will be thoroughly
shipment while in transit will be billed need to be filed based on mode of
for guidelines. International shipments requests to store product must be inspected. Any discrepancies, such as
to the sold-to customer. transportation.
can be crated at the customer's approved by Kimball Customer Serv- additional damage, signs of usage, 3 If claim must be filed, carrier must
request. The expense of crating will ice and may be subject to storage missing parts, etc., will result in an
Any order requiring Special Delivery be contacted within 15 calendar
be the responsibility of the customer. fees. Such transfer to storage will be adjustment to the amount of credit
Service will incur additional charges. days of delivery. Retain all shipping
deemed delivery to the customer for issued.
All such requirements must be noted cartons for inspection by the
Palletizing all purposes including insurance, liabil-
on the purchase order. These are carrier agent.
Kimball may elect to palletize key ities, invoicing, and payment. 4 A copy of the Carrier Disposition
services that are not included in the
standard price of the product or products on projects when it effec- Letter must be sent to Customer
require the usage of specialized carri- tively reduces carton waste and Service to receive additional credit
ers. These services include: improves stability within the shipment. on concealed damage issues
• Weekend delivery (after 3:00 p.m. via Redistribution/ LTL carrier
Friday through Sunday evening)— shipments.
minimum $500 charge.
• Inside delivery—minimum $50 For Concealed Damage, follow steps
charge. 2 through 4.
Note: Must be approved and
coordinated 10 days prior to
shipment.
• Non-dock delivery—minimum $50
charge.
• JIT delivery (specific day and/or
time)—Orders under $25,000 list will
incur a $125 charge.

Product Warranty Sustainability page 1.7
ANSI/BIFMA page 1.8
Lifetime Assurance of Quality
Asset Tag Locations page 1.12
Our Pledge: • Wish, excluding Wish Classic, (up to PARTICULAR PURPOSE. WE EXCLUDE • Helio mesh Process for Warranty Issues:
400 lbs. user weight) AND WILL NOT PAY CONSEQUENTIAL, • Itsa mesh
Kimball stands behind the craftsman- 1 A customer should contact his or
At its option, Kimball will repair PUNITIVE, OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES • Joya mesh
ship of our products. When brought to her dealer, who will contact Cus-
or replace with comparable product, UNDER THIS WARRANTY. • Wish mesh
our attention, we will address warranty tomer Service at 800-482-1818.
issues quickly and effectively. free of charge to the customer,
The purchase order or acknowl-
any product, part or component All warranties run from date of 1-Year Warranty
edgement number, model number,
manufactured and/or sold by manufacture. • Jolt™
Recommendations: and a detailed description of the
Kimball in North America after
warranty issue should be pro-
Facilities managers and users are November 6, 2000, which fails under
Warranty Periods: Warranty Exclusions: vided. Serial numbers may be
urged to make periodic inspections to normal use as a result of such defect.
Warranty periods are limited for This warranty does not cover: required before the claim can be
look for signs of structural fatigue, processed.
In the event that use of a product certain products and/or component • The substitution of non-Kimball
damage or potential failure that may 2
exceeds normal use as defined parts as follows: components for use in place of Customer Service will determine
occur as a result of daily handling and
above, the warranty period for such Kimball components and pre-approve all resolutions to
use. Inspections should include the
product will be reduced to 12 years 10-Year Warranty • Naturally occurring variations and the claim, such as replacement
structural joints, corner blocks,
from date of manufacture, and the • Bingo® side chairs and stools differences in grain character and units, service parts, and labor
screws or fasteners, welds, and any
warranty for the product’s components • Pep™ seating color between and within wood charges related to repair or rede-
other points of stress. If any problems
that fall under different warranty limita- • Poly™ seating species livery of damaged or defective
are found, the product should be
tions, as listed at right, will be reduced • Seating mechanisms and controls • Natural variations in marble and product.
taken out of service and Kimball Cus-
tomer Service should be contacted to one-third of the original warranty. • Veneers leather 3 Upon approval, a Case Number
promptly at 800-482-1818. • Laminate • Damage caused by a freight carrier and resolution will be assigned to
This warranty is made by Kimball • Pneumatic lifts (cylinder assembly) • Normal wear and tear arising from an authorized dealer, and all parts
to the original customer for as product use and components necessary for
Limited Product Warranty: long as the original customer owns 5-Year Warranty • Damage resulting from improper use the repair/replace will be sent to
Kimball warrants that its products are and uses the product. • High-wear parts (such as casters, or storage of the product the authorized dealer, which will
free from defects in materials and glides, drawer slides, moving chair • C.O.M. (Customer's Own Material) carry out the resolution. The dealer
workmanship given normal use and This warranty is only valid if the prod- arms) or any other non-standard material should include the Case Number
care for a lifetime of single-shift ucts are given normal and proper use, • Xsede and Priority height-adjust base specified by the customer, including on all invoices for reimbursement
service. Normal use is defined as the and installed or used in accordance mechanism and electrical control box attributes such as appearance, once the warranty repair/replace
equivalent of a single shift, 40-hour with Kimball installation and/or appli- • Electrical/power products durability, quality, performance, has been completed. Kimball shall
work week and for seating up to 275 cation guidelines, and installed by an • Inflatable lumbar supports colorfastness, etc. not be responsible for any unau-
lbs. user weight. authorized Kimball dealer or agent. • Lighting • Alliance program fabrics thorized expenses. Kimball will
Exception: Some products and parts Kimball assumes no responsibility for • Desk sets • Fabric, leather, and felt fading and only accept dealer invoices sub-
have limited warranty periods. repairs to products sustaining dam- • Monitor arms wear, discoloration from contact mitted within 90 days of the final
➤See Warranty Periods at right. ages resulting from user modification, • Keyboard kits with liquids or change in color or approval by Customer Service;
attachments to a product, misuse, • Covering materials (such as foam, texture caused by application of invoices received after 90 days will
The following products are warranted abuse, alteration, or negligent use of most textiles, 3D laminate, and finishes (flame proofing, stain
not be approved for dealer credit
for 3-shift 24/7 service: our products. decorative trim) resistance)
or payment. All warranty informa-
• Itsa • Markerboards • Alterations to the product not
tion should be sent to:
• Itsa HD task models (up to 400 lbs. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH expressly authorized by Kimball
ABOVE, THERE ARE NO OTHER 3-Year Warranty • Products considered to be of Kimball
user weight)
• Joya three-shift pre-configured task WARRANTIES EITHER EXPRESS OR • Wool felt consumable nature (such as bulbs, ATTN: Customer Service
• Joya heavy-duty task (up to 400 lbs. IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT • Custom products light ballast, and certain electronic 1600 Royal Street
user weight) LIMITED TO ANY WARRANTY OF MER- • Carnegie fabrics products) Jasper, Indiana 47546
CHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY Telephone: 800.482.1818
800.647.2010 (Gov’t Sales)
Sustainability Product Warranty 1.6
ANSI/BIFMA 1.8
Enhancing the Home We All Share
At Kimball, we are proud of our Design for the Environment is our Indoor Air Quality ➤Find more specific details
environmental stewardship. We are approach to product development, One of the largest contributions office regarding the environmental aspects
committed to sustainable business providing lasting product solutions furniture can make to a building’s of our product offerings at:
practices and continuous improve- that benefit people through LEED certification is indoor air quality www.kimball.com
ment. It’s part of our heritage to sustainable business practices. via low-emitting products. Kimball
take initiative, to reduce waste, to LEED® Certification tests and certifies many of our prod-
conserve energy, to commit fully, Ultimately, the more we do in the area Kimball offers furniture solutions which ucts to the ANSI/BIFMA e3 2014
and to lead by example. of sustainability, the more it helps you may contribute toward LEED® certifi- standard credits (7.6.1, 7.6.2, 7.6.3).
to achieve your environmental aims. cation. The LEED Green Building Rat-
Throughout our more than 40 years of Let us show you just how easy it is ing System™ is the nationally
documented environmental actions, we with Kimball. accepted benchmark for design,
have been a responsible steward of construction, and operation of high
resources and have acted as an agent performance green buildings. Kimball
of sustainable change in our industry. has sought and received certification Our Pura® finish is a proprietary,
for the following facilities: wood finish system that utilizes a
LEED-CI Silver: combination of topcoats engineered
• Chicago, IL showroom for the various applications found in
• Washington, DC showroom the furniture industry. Pura is excep-
ANSI/BIFMA level™ tionally clear and durable, and allows
We offer one of the most sustainable the beauty of wood to show through.
portfolios in the industry, which The durability, depth, clarity, and
includes systems, casegoods, tables, beauty of Pura meets the high
and seating. expectations customers have of
Kimball finishes.
Pura emits virtually no volatile organic

compounds (VOCs) and meets or
exceeds indoor air quality (IAQ)
standards.

ANSI/BIFMA Product Warranty 1.6
Sustainability 1.7
Operating Load Capacities
The operating load capacities for vari- Component Operating Load Capacity (Functional Loads) Square inches should be calculated
ous Kimball products shown in the using this formula: Surface depth x
Adjustable keyboard support <36"W 66 lbs., distributive loading
table at right represent the BIFMA surface width of available storage
functional loads which are equivalent Center/pencil drawers 5 lbs., distributive loading
Cubic inches should be calculated
to loads that can be expected in Center-mount cabinet .017 lb. per cubic inch above surface (not to exceed 12"H), distributive loading using this formula: Surface length x
normal use of the component. Desk/table <45"W 200 lbs. over 12" diameter area, concentrated loading surface depth x height of available
Desk/table 45"W–72"W 200 lbs. over 12" diameter area, concentrated loading storage above the surface (limited to
All components meet or exceed the 12 inches above the surface).
1.5 lbs. per inch of perimeter, distributive loading
appropriate ANSI/BIFMA Functional
and Proof Loading requirement tests: Desk/table >72"W Two 200 lb. loads over two 12" diameter areas,
• X5.5 2014 Desk/Table Products Test concentrated loading
• X5.6 2016 Panel Systems Test 1.5 lbs. per inch of perimeter, distributive loading
• X5.9 2019 Storage Units Test Extendable elements .017 lb. per cubic inch of drawer interior filing space,
(drawers, shelves, etc.) distributive loading (not to exceed 12"H)
Flipper-door cabinet Top shelf—NO load
Bottom shelf—.017 lb. per cubic inch above surface (not to exceed 12"H),
distributive loading*
Keyboard tray, keyboard drawer 10 lb. evenly distributed cycling load
Metal shelves (work tools) .017 lb. per cubic inch of available space,
but not to exceed 12 inches in height
Metal work tools Single side tray: 40 lbs. t.w.
Double side tray: 47 lbs. t.w.
Pocket organizer: 4 lbs. t.w.
Slant Sorter: 19 lbs. t.w.
Binder shelf: 10 lbs. t.w.
CD holder: 10 lbs. t.w.
Hanging file folder: 5 lbs. t.w.
Memo box: 10 lbs. t.w.
Pencil tray: 5 lbs. t.w.
Monitor arms, manual and intuitive 20 lbs. (see pricing page for application restrictions)
adjustment

Sustainability 1.7
Operating Load Capacities, continued
ANSI/BIFMA 1.8
The operating load capacities for vari- Component Operating Load Capacity (Functional Loads)
ous Kimball products shown in the
Pedestal drawer .017 lb. per cubic inch of drawer interior filing space (not to exceed 12"H)
table at right represent the BIFMA
Note: File drawers are to support hanging files only;
functional loads which are equivalent
they are not intended for bottom loading.
to loads that can be expected in
normal use of the component. Plastic work tools Paper tray: 5 lbs. t.w.
Slant sorter, binder shelf, and file folder hangers: 10 lbs. t.w.
Phone holder and accessory tray: 5 lbs. t.w.
All components meet or exceed the
Pencil cup and CD sorter: 4 lbs. t.w.
appropriate ANSI/BIFMA Functional
Shelf: 15 lbs. t.w.
and Proof Loading requirement tests:
Utility tray and accessory dish: 2.5 lbs. t.w.
• X5.6 2016 Panel Systems Test
• X5.5 2014 Desk/Table Products Test Power/data drawer 50 lbs.
• X5.9 2019 Storage Units Test Storage or bookcase top <38"H 200 lbs. concentrated loading
.20 lb. per square inch of surface area, distributive loading
Storage or bookcase top 38"H–60"H .20 lb. per square inch of surface area, distributive loading
Storage or bookcase top >60"H .09 lb. per square inch of surface area, distributive loading
Storage or bookcase bottom .017 lb. per cubic inch above surface, distributive loading
(not more than 18" in height)
Transaction counter, .017 lb. per cubic inch above surface
secondary surface <16"D, or shelf (not to exceed 12”H), distributive loading
Worksurface 200 lb.s over 12" diameter area, concentrated loading;
1.5 lb. per inch of perimeter, distributive loading
Writing shelf 25 lbs., distributive loading

Sustainability 1.7
Chair and Lounge Testing
The following tests were developed General Purpose Backrest Durability Test: Lounge Testing: X5.4.8 Backrest Durability Test
by the Business and Institutional Chair Testing: Type I—with 240 lb. on seat with (Vertical): The loading device(s) shall
X5.4.5 Backrest Strength Test
Furniture Manufacturer's Association chair fully reclined with 100 lb. force, be attached to apply an initially vertical
Backrest Strength Test: Type I— 80,000 cycles. Type II & III—with (Horizontal):
(BIFMA) and approved by the downward force, centered on the
American National Standards Institute back tilt chair, 150 lb. force applied, 240 lb. on seat and tilting with 75 lbs. Functional Load—A force of 667 N
apparent weakest point at the top of
(ANSI): 225 lb. proof load. Type II & III— force, 80,000 cycles. After 80,000 (150 lbf.) per seating position shall be
the backrest(s). Apply a 890 N (200
• X5.1–2017 General Purpose Office back tilt chair, 150 lb. force applied, are complete, 40,000 will be off center applied simultaneously for one (1)
lbf.) force uniformly through an area
Chair Tests 225 lb. proof load. testing. minute.
406 mm ± 13 mm (16 in. ± 0.5 in.)
• X5.4–2012 Lounge and Public 5.4.2 Proof Load—A force of 1112 N
Seating Tests Drop Test: Using 225 lb. weight, 300 Leg Strength Test—Front long by not less than the thickness of
(250 lbf.) per seating position shall be
These performance tests determine lb. proof load with 6" drop. Application: 75 lb. force applied, 113 the backrest. The loading device shall
applied simultaneously for one (1)
the stamina of seating in its day to lb. proof load. be cycled for 10,000 cycles.
minute.
day use. Individual tests are Swivel Cycle Test: 270 lb. on seat
described at right. rotating base, 60,000 cycles at mid Leg Strength Test—Side X5.4.9 Arm Strength Test
Application: 75 lb. force applied, 113 X5.4.6 Backrest Strength Test
point and 60,000 lowest position. (Horizontal): A loading device or
Generally, Kimball seating products lb. proof load. (Vertical):
strap, not greater than 25 mm (1 in.)
within this price list meet or exceed Tilt Mechanism Test: 300,000 tilts Functional Load—A force of 890 N
in horizontal width, shall be attached
the applicable ANSI/BIFMA with 240 lb. in seat. Footrest Durability Test: 200 lb. (200 lbf.) shall be applied simultane-
to the arm so that the load is initially
standards: weight applied along a 4" length of ously to each backrest position (as
the footrest, 50,000 cycles. applied horizontally to the armrest
Seat Durability Test: 125 lb. weight determined by the number of seating
ANSI/BIFMA chair testing does not dropped onto seat 100,000 cycles. structure. The load shall be applied at
positions for one (1) minute.
serve as a warranty or guarantee. Footrest Vertical Static Load Test: the apparent weakest point of the
6.4.2 Proof Load—A force of 1334 N
Front Load Ease: 200 lb. alternating 200 lb. functional load, 300 lb. armrest structure forward of the unit
(300 lbf.) shall be applied simultane-
for 40,000 cycles. proof load. backrest, but not closer than 25 mm
ously to each backrest position for
(1 in.) from an unsupported edge.
Arm Durability Test: Apply 90 lb. one (1) minute.
Front Stability Test: Apply 135 lb. on
front edge of seat while applying hori- force at 10° angle for 60,000 cycles. Functional Load—For units with a dis-
zontal 4.5 lb. force at top of seat. X5.4.7 Backrest Durability Test
tance between the arms less than 889
Out Stop Test for Chairs with (Horizontal): The loading device shall
mm (35 in.), a force of 445 N (100 lbf.)
Arm Strength Test—Downward Manually Adjustable Seat Depth: be adjusted to apply a 334 N (75 lbf.)
163 lb. forward force with 55 lb. shall be applied for one (1) minute in
Application: 169 lb. force applied force to the backrest of each seating
downward at arm’s weakest point, downward force for 25 cycles. the inward direction. For units with
positions. When testing multiple-seat-
253 lb. proof load. distance between the arms greater
ing units, the forces shall be applied
Tablet Arm Test—Static: 150 lb. than or equal to 889 mm (35 in.), a
simultaneously. A weight of 102 kg
Arm Strength Test—Outward load level for 1 minute. force of 592 N (133 lbf.) shall be
(225 lb.) shall be secured in the center
Application: 100 lb. force applied applied for one (1) minute in the
Tablet Arm Load Ease Test— of each seating position. The loading
outward at arm’s weakest point, 150 inward direction.
Cyclic: 55 lb. dropped onto tablet device shall be cycled for 120,000
lb. proof load. Proof Load—For units with a distance
center surface for 100,000 cycles. cycles.
between the arms less than 889 mm
Chair/Chair Base Durability Test:
(35 in.), a force of 667 N (150 lbf.)
2,000 cycles over obstruction, 98,000
shall be applied for one (1) minute in
over smooth along a 30" distance
with a 270 lb. load. the inward direction. For units with
distance between the arms greater

Sustainability 1.7
Chair and Lounge Testing, continued
than 889 mm (35 in.), a force of 890 N The load shall be applied at the appar- figure. Other methods of applying the c) Remove the bag and repeat setup X5.4.19 Swivel Test: A 113 kg (250
(200 lbf.) shall be applied for one (1) ent weakest point of the armrest load are acceptable if the force and and proof procedures for each lb.) load shall be placed on the seat
minute in the inward direction. structure forward of the unit backrest, angle applications are equivalent. remaining seating position. such that the center of gravity of the
but not closer than 25 mm (1 in.) from The force shall be applied and load is 51 mm, +13 mm, -0 mm (2 in.,
X5.4.10 Arm Strength Test an unsupported edge. Apply a 445 N removed for 60,000 cycles X5.4.16 Leg Strength Tests: +0.5 in., -0 in.) forward or rearward of
(Vertical): A loading adapter that is (100 lbf.) force at an appropriate rate Functional Load—A force of 334 N the center line of the spindle. The seat
127 mm (5 in.) long and at least as between 10 and 30 cycles per minute X5.4.14. Seating Durability Test: (75 lbf.) shall be applied once to each or platform shall rotate for 120,000
wide as the width of the arm shall be for 50,000 cycles. A 406 mm (16 inch) diameter test bag front leg individually for one (1) minute. cycles.
attached to the top of the arm rest weighing 57 kg (125 lb.) shall be
such that the load will be applied at X5.4.12 Arm Durability Test for attached to a cycling device, permit- Proof Load—A force of 503 N (113 X5.4.20 Tilt Mechanism Test:
the apparent weakest point of the Multiple Seating Units: The loading ting a free fall to the seat as shown in lbf.) or a force equal to the weight of A test load of 102 kg (225 lb.) shall be
armrest structure that is forward of the device shall be placed as close to the Figure 14. The free fall shall begin after the entire unit, whichever is greater, secured on the center of the seat.
backrest. apparent weakest point of the armrest lifting the test bag 91 mm (3.6 in.) The unit shall be cycled for 200,000
as possible, without extending above its “at rest” position but not to X5.4.17 Unit Drop Test: Lift one end cycles at an appropriate rate between
Functional Load—For units with arm- beyond the front or rear of the arm. exceed 30 mm (1.2 in.) above the of the unit to the specified height per 10 and 30 cycles per minute. The tilt
rest width of greater than 75 mm (3 For arms less than 406 mm (16 in.) in uncompressed surface on the seat (as Table 2 or to the balance point mechanism should be checked and
in.) a force of 890 N (200 lbf.) shall be length: The loading device shall apply measured at the center of the seat). whichever comes first and allow it to readjusted as needed to maintain the
applied for one (1) minute. Remove a downward force, initially vertical, All seats not being cycled shall be drop freely so it lands squarely. original conditions
the force. For units with an armrest centered on the arm. Apply the force loaded with 102 kg (225 lb.) of weight
width of less than or equal to 75 mm uniformly across a distance equal to per seat. Each seating position shall Drop Height for Lounge Seating Unit X5.4.21 Stability Test:
(3 in.). a force of 750 N (169 lbf.) shall the length of the arm. Apply a 667 N be tested to 100,000 cycles. Unit Weight Drop Height— The same as X5.1.11
be applied for one (1) minute. (150 lbf.) force at an appropriate rate • <45 kg (100 lbs.) 180 mm (7.1 in.)
Remove the force. between 10 and 30 cycles per X5.4.15 Drop Test (225/300 lb. • 45–90 kg (100-200 lbs.) 120 mm X5.4.22 Tablet Arm Load Ease
minute. Apply and remove the force 6 in.): (4.7 in.) Test: A 343 N (77 lbf.) force applied
10.4.2 Proof Load—For units with for 10,000 cycles. Functional Load— • >90 - 136 kg (200 - 300 lbs.) 60 mm through a 203 mm ±13 mm (8.0 in.
armrest width of greater than 75 mm a) The test bag shall be raised 152 (2.4 in.) ±0.51 in.) diameter area centered on
(3 in.) a force of 1335 N (300 lbf.) shall X5.4.13 Arm Durability Test for mm (6 in.) above the uncompressed • > 136 kg (300 lbs.) n/a the writing area of the tablet for a total
be applied for one (1) minute. For Single Seat Units Angular: seat and released one (1) time. See of 100,000 cycles.
units with an armrest width of less Simultaneously apply a force of 400 N Figures 15a and 15b. X5.4.18 Caster/Unit Base
than or equal to 75 mm (3 in.). a force (90 lbf.) to each arm initially at a 10° b) Remove the bag and repeat setup Durability Test: Place a 113 kg (250 X5.4.23 Tablet Arm Load Test:
of 1125 N (253 lbf.) shall be applied for ±1° angle as shown in Figure 13b. and functional procedures for each lb.) load on the seat of the unit. The Apply the load through a 203 mm ±13
one (1) minute. The arm loading device must follow remaining seating position. unit or unit base shall be cycled 500 mm (8.0 in. ±0.51 in.) diameter area
the arm as it deflects or pivots. The Proof Load— cycles over the obstacles and then 25 mm (1 in.) from the edge of the
X5.4.11 Arm Durability Test fixture linking the arm loading device a) Repeat the setup and increase the 25,000 cycles on a smooth, hard surface at its apparent weakest point.
(Horizontal): A loading device or to the armrest pad shall stay in con- weight of the test bag to a proof load surface without obstacles. At the con- Apply a load of 68 kg. (150 lb.) at the
strap, not greater than 25 mm (1 in.) tact with the arm pad throughout the of 136 kg (300 lb.). clusion of cycling, a 22 N (5 lbf.) pull location described in 23.3 b) for one
in horizontal width, shall be attached loading cycle. If using a test device b) The test bag shall be raised 152 force shall be applied to each caster (1) minute and remove the load.
to the arm so that the load is initially similar to that shown in Figure 13a, mm (6 in.) above the uncompressed in line with the caster stem centerline.
applied horizontally in the outward the load application distance must ini- seating position and released one (1)
direction to the armrest structure. tially be the length specified in the time.

Asset Tag Locations Product Warranty 1.6
Sustainability 1.7
ANSI/BIFMA 1.8
Bar code labels have been placed on

Panel Systems Desks & Worksurfaces Storage Tables
most Kimball products.
Panels Desks, bridges, corner units, Products with pedestals or Tables
Inside top channel. and worksurfaces lateral files Underside of table top near the
Underside of the top surface (user’s Underside of top drawer near front outside edge.
Sectional Panel Frames side) on the front edge. edge in right pedestal (if no right
Upper inside of vertical frame tube. pedestal, left pedestal).
Component modesty panels
Panel Insert Tiles Center top of the panel on the inside Highback organizers and
Backside. (kneespace area). overhead cabinets
Backside of tasklight facade on left.
Seating Bookcases
Seating Underside of lowest shelf (not
Underside of seat pan. bottom panel) on the left front edge.
If glass shelves, top panel
in cornice area.
Vertical storage cabinets

Underside of top drawer near front
edge. If no drawers, underside of
lowest shelf on left front edge.

DEFINITION ®
Table of Contents Pricing 03.14.19
Revision 03.14.19
Contemporary/Transitional Desks and Components
➤See page ➤See page

Statement of Line page 2.2 Pricing page 2.46
Planning page 2.16 Assembled Casegoods page 2.46
Overview page 2.16 Modular Worksurfaces page 2.57
Extension Wksf. Support page 2.17 Modular Support page 2.63
Typical Configurations page 2.18 Modesty Panels page 2.70
Assembled Desks page 2.25 Undersurface Storage page 2.78
Modular Worksurfaces page 2.26 Mobile Storage page 2.79
Modular Support page 2.27 Lateral Files page 2.80
Modesty Panels page 2.29 Overhead Storage page 2.82
Undersurface Storage page 2.33 Highbacks page 2.86
Freestanding Files Set-on-Surface Storage page 2.90
and Bookcases 2.34 Vertical Storage page 2.95
Overhead Storage page 2.35 Freestanding Bookcases 2.99
Highback Organizers 2.36 Task Reception Station page 2.102
Vertical Storage page 2.38 Conference Furniture page 2.103
Integrating with Traxx page 2.39 Technology Furniture page 2.104
Filing Capabilities page 2.40 Occasional Tables page 2.105
Pull Options page 2.41 Surface Materials page 2.106
Cord Management page 2.42 Wood and Laminate 2.106
Grommet Options page2.43 Paint and Non-Paint 2.107
Cut-Out Options page 2.44 Fabric and Upholstery 2.108
Locking Information page 2.45
Page 2.1 Definition

IMPORTANT: All dimensions shown
DEFINITION ®
Assembled Desks Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
Desks & Components rounded to the nearest inch. Refer
the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Rectangular-Top Arc-Top Rectangular-Top Arc-Top Angled Desks

Double-Pedestal Desks Double-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Desks Available in left and right models.
• = Recessed modesty panel • = Recessed modesty panel Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models. ➤See page 2.49 to specify.
n = Breakfront modesty panel n = Breakfront modesty panel • = Recessed modesty panel • = Recessed modesty panel
➤See page 2.46 to specify. ➤See page 2.46 to specify. n = Breakfront modesty panel n = Breakfront modesty panel
➤See page 2.47 to specify. ➤See page 2.48 to specify.
60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 90"W
30"D •n •n 30"D 30"D •n 30"D 30"D •
36"D •n 36"D •n 36"D •n 36"D •n 36"D •
42"D 42"D •n 42"D 42"D •n 42"D
U-Shaped Desks P-Shaped Desks Center Drawers for Desks Executive Returns Bridges
Available with or without a modesty Available with or without a modesty ➤See page 2.52 to specify. Available with or without a modesty Available with or without a modesty
panel. panel. panel, and in left and right models. panel.
➤See page 2.50 to specify. ➤See page 2.51 to specify. • = Box/box/file ➤See page 2.54 to specify.
n = File/file
➤See page 2.53 to specify.
For use with desks
60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W
30"D 30"D 22"D • • • 24"D •n •n •n 24"D •n •n •n •n
36"D • 36"D •
42"D 42"D
Page 2.2 Definition

DEFINITION ®
Assembled Desks Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
continued the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Corner Units Storage Credenzas Kneespace Credenzas Single-Pedestal Credenzas

➤See page 2.54 to specify. ➤See page 2.55 to specify. ➤See page 2.55 to specify. Available in left and right models.
• = Box/box file
n = File/file
▲ = Two-drawer lateral file
36"W 42"W 66"W 72"W 66"W 72"W 66"W 72"W

36"D • 24"D • • 24"D • • 24"D •n▲ •n▲
42"D •
Page 2.3 Definition

DEFINITION ®
Modular Components Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
Worksurfaces the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Rectangular Worksurfaces Arc Worksurfaces

• = Side-to-side (widthwise) grain direction ➤See page 2.60 to specify.
n = Front-to-back grain direction
➤See pages 2.57–2.59 to specify.
18"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W 114"W 120"W 72"W 78"W
24"D • • • • • • •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n 24"D
30"D • • • • • • • • • • 30"D
36"D • • • • • • • • 36"D •
42"D 42"D • •
Angled Worksurfaces U-Shaped Worksurfaces P-Shaped Desks

Available in left and right models. ➤See page 2.62 to specify. Available in left and right models.
66"W 72"W 60"W 72"W 60"W 72"W

30"D • • 30"D • • 30"D •
36"D • • 36"D • 36"D •
Page 2.4 Definition

DEFINITION ®
Support the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
End Panels T-Leg End Panels Worksurface Support Panels Round Column Base Square Fluted-Metal
➤See page 2.63 to specify. ➤See page 2.64 to specify. ➤See page 2.64 to specify. ➤See page 2.65 to specify. Column Base
28"H 28"H 28"H 28"H 28"H

24"D • 24"D • 12"D • Metal 4" dia. • 6"D •
30"D • 30"D • Wood 6" dia. •
36"D • 36"D •
Wood Half-Cylinder Base U-Legs O-Legs Elite Legs

➤See page 2.65 to specify. ➤See page 2.66 to specify. Available with or without a veneer ➤See page 2.66 to specify.
insert.
28"H 28"H 28"H 28"H

12"D • 24"D • 24"D • 24"D
30"D • 30"D • 30"D •
36"D • 36"D • 36"D •
Page 2.5 Definition

DEFINITION ®
Modesty Panels the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Modesty Panels
▲ = Kneewell (for use between two pedestals); ➤See page 2.67 to specify.
◆ = For use as a desk front or credenza back panel; ➤See page 2.68 to specify.
• = For use with rectangular extension worksurface (return); ➤See page 2.69 to specify.
n = For use with rectangular filler worksurface (bridge); ➤See page 2.69 to specify.
▲ = For use in single-pedestal desk application; ➤See page 2.70 to specify.
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 49"W 52"W 54"W 55"W 58"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W 114"W 120"W
13"H ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
27"H ▲ ▲ n
• ▲ n
• ▲◆ n • ◆ n
• ▲n ◆ n
• ◆ n
• ◆ n
• ◆ n
• ◆ n
• ◆ n
• ◆ • ◆ • ◆ • ◆ • ◆ •
Modesty Panels with Wing Detail

• = For use with rectangular extension worksurface; ➤See page 2.71 to specify.
n = For use with angled extension worksurface; ➤See page 2.72 to specify.
▲ = For use with U-legs, O-legs, and Elite legs); ➤See page 2.73 to specify.
38"W 42"W 43"H 44"W 45"W 48"W 49"W 50"W 51"W 54"W 56"W 57"W 60W 62"W 63"W
13"H ▲ • n ▲ n▲ • n • •n▲ • • • ▲ • • •
27"H • n n • n • •n • • • • • •
Page 2.6 Definition

DEFINITION ®
Modesty Panels, continued the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Technology Modesty Panels

• = Technology modesty panel
n = Modesty panel for use on either side of a technology panel
15"W 18"W 24"W 27'W 30"W 33"W 36"W 39"W 42"W 45"W 48"W 51"W 54"W 57"W 60"W
25"H • • • • • • • • • • • • •
27"H n n n n
Page 2.7 Definition

DEFINITION ®
Undersurface Storage the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Box/Box/File Undersurface File/File Undersurface Pedestals Pencil/Pencil/Box/File Open Storage Two-Drawer Lateral File
Pedestals • = Open back Undersurface Pedestal Undersurface Pedestal Undersurface Pedestal
• = Open back n = Finished back • = Open back • = Open back • = Open back
n = Finished back ➤See pages 2.75–2.76 to specify. ➤See pages 2.75–2.76 to specify. ➤See pages 2.75 and 2.77 to specify. ➤See page 2.77 to specify
15"W 18"W 15"W 18"W 15"W 18"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W
23"D* •n •n 23"D* •n •n 23"D • 22"D • • • 23"D • •
29"D* •n •n 29"D* •n •n
35"D* •n •n 35"D* •n •n
*Finished back models are 1" deeper *Finished back models are 1" deeper
due to the back panel. due to the back panel.
Hinged-Door Storage Pedestal Back Panels Undersurface Filler Strips Undersurface Filler Panels Ganging Brackets
Undersurface Pedestal ➤See page 2.78 to specify. ➤See page 2.78 to specify. ➤See page 2.78 to specify. ➤See page 2.78 to specify.
• = Open back
➤See page 2.77 to specify
30"W 36"W 15"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 3"W 18"W 6"W

23"D • • 27"H • • • • 27"H • 27"H • 2"H •
Page 2.8 Definition

DEFINITION ®
Freestanding Files Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
Mobile Pedestals and Lateral Files the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Box/File Cushion-Top Box/Box/File Mobile Pedestal with File/File Mobile Pedestal with Pencil/Box/File Mobile Pedestal Mobile Utility Table
Mobile Pedestal Organizational Tray Organizational Tray ➤See page 2.79 to specify. ➤See page 2.79 to specify.
➤See page 2.79 to specify. ➤See page 2.79 to specify. ➤See page 2.79 to specify.
15"W 18"W 18"W 18"W 36"W

23"D • 24"D • 24"D • 24"D • 24"D •
Two-Drawer Freestanding Three-Drawer Freestanding Four-Drawer Freestanding

Lateral Files Lateral Files Lateral Files
• = With rim profile on four sides n = No rim profile • = With rim profile on four sides
n = No rim profile ➤See page 2.81 to specify n = No rim profile
➤See page 2.80 to specify ➤See pages 2.80–2.81 to specify
30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W

24"D • 24"D n n 24"D n •n
Page 2.9 Definition

DEFINITION ®
Overhead Storage Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
actual dimensions.
Wood Hinged-Door Overhead Cabinets Writable Glass Hinged-Door Overhead Cabinets Wall-Mount Traxx Brackets
• = Two doors • = Two doors ➤See page 2.82 to specify.
n = Three doors n = Three doors
▲ = Four doors ▲ = Four doors
➤See page 2.82 to specify wall-mount models. ➤See page 2.83 to specify wall-mount models.
➤See page 2.84 to specify suspended models.
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 72"W
18"H • • n n n ▲ ▲ ▲ 18"H • • n n n ▲ ▲ ▲ 2"H •
30"H • • n n n ▲ ▲ ▲ 30"H • • n n n ▲ ▲ ▲
Overhead Storage Filler Strips Overhead Storage Filler Panels

18"W 30"W 18"W

1"D • 19"H •
32"H •

DEFINITION ®
Highback Organizers Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
actual dimensions.
Wood Hinged-Door Highback Organizers Writable Glass Hinged-Door Overhead Cabinets

• = Three doors • = Three doors
n = Four doors n = Four doors
▲ = Six doors ▲ = Six doors
54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 84"W 96"W 108"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W
38"H • n n n n ▲ ▲ 38"H • n n n
50"H • n n n 50"H • n n n
Tackboards for Highback Organizers Slat Wall Tiles

• = Basic tackboard ➤See page 2.89 to specify.
n = Powered tackboard
28"W 34"W 40"W 46"W 52"W 57"W 63"W 69"W 82"W 94W 64"W 70"W 72"W
16"H •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n • • 13"H • • •

DEFINITION ®
Set-on-Surface Storage Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
actual dimensions.
Set-on-Surface Bookcases Set-on-Surface Bookcases Set-on-Surface Bookcases Set-on-Surface Organizers Set-on-Surface Organizers
with Open Shelves with Wood Door(s) with Writable Glass Door with Wood Door with Writable Glass Door
➤See page 2.90 to specify. • = Single door • = Single door ➤See page 2.93 to specify. ➤See page 2.94 to specify.
n = Double doors n = Double doors
18"W 30"W 36"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 18"W 18"W
38"H • • • 38"H • n n 38"H • n n 38"H • 38"H •
50"H • • • 50"H • n n 50"H • n n 50"H • 50"H •
Additional Shelves
16"W 28"W 34"W

12"D • • •

DEFINITION ®
Vertical Storage Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
actual dimensions.
Wardrobe Cabinets Wardrobe/Shelf Storage Cabinets Shelf Storage Cabinets

• = Single door • = Single Door • = Single Door
n = Double doors ▲ = Single Door (left or right); open shelves (opposite side) n = Double Doors
➤See page 2.95 to specify single-door models. n = Double Doors ➤See page 2.95 to specify single-door.
➤See page 2.96 to specify double-door models. ➤See page 2.95 to specify single-door models. ➤See page 2.96 to specify double-
➤See page 2.96 to specify double-door models. door.
6"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 18"W 30"W 36"W

68"H • • n n 68"H •▲ n n 18"W 30"W 36"W
n n
79"H • • 79"H •▲ n n 68"H •
79"H • n n
Lateral File/Shelf Storage Vertical Storage Filler Panels Worksurface Support Bracket
Cabinets ➤See page 2.98 to specify. ➤See page 2.98 to specify.
• = Two lateral file drawers
n = Three lateral file drawers
30"W 36"W 18"W

68"H •n •n 68"H •
79"H •n •n 79"H •

DEFINITION ®
Freestanding Bookcases Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
and Component Tops the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Bookcases Additional Shelves

30"W 36"W 28"W 34"W

28"H • • 12"D • •
40"H • •
53"H • •
68"H • •
79"H • •
Component Tops
• = Unfinished bottoms
n = Finished bottoms
➤See page 2.100 to specify models for use with overhead storage, highback organizers, set-on-surface storage, and freestanding bookcases.
➤See page 2.101 to specify models for use with freestanding lateral files and vertical storage.
6"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W
15"D • • • • • • • • •n •n •n •n •n •n •n
24"D • • • • • • • • • •

DEFINITION ®
Related Products Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
Task Reception Center, Conference Furniture, and Tables the appropriate pricing pages for
actual dimensions.
Task Reception Center Task Reception Center Task Reception Center Task Reception Center
Corner Unit Return Unit Transaction Shelf Tackboard
➤See page 2.102 to specify. Available in left and right models. ➤See page 2.102 to specify. ➤See page 2.102 to specify.
42"W 42"W 84"W 41"W

42"D • 24"D • 15"D • 12"H •
Lecterns Visual Boards Telephone Stands Technology Tables Occasional Tables

➤See page 2.103 to specify. ➤See page 2.103 to specify. ➤See page 2.104 to specify. ➤See page 2.104 to specify. ➤See page 2.105 to specify.
• = Table with keyboard shelf
n = Mobile table
▲ = Table
24"W 48"W 15"W 32"W 36"W 48"W 24"W 42"W

48"H • 6"D • 29"H • 24"D • n ▲ 18"D •
24"D • •

Statement of Line ➤See page 2.2
DEFINITION ®
Overview O Planning Planning 2.16
Desks & Components Pricing 2.46
Materials:
Fully assembled and modular Overheads, highback organizers,
components are available to create and set-on-surface storage is avail- Worksurfaces
workwalls, L-configurations, and able two heights to align with • Wood with wood rim
U-configurations. Modular compo- vertical storage. Select units are • Laminate with a wood rim
nents are compatible with fully available with writable-glass doors.
assembled models. Storage
• Wood
Pulls are standard on all undersurface ➤See page 2.106 for finishes.
Exterior surfaces are available in storage and drawers on
the following veneers: vertical storage. All doors feature a
• Cherry (plain sliced, slip matched) touch latch that provides a clean Rim Profiles:
• Maple (plain sliced, slip matched) contemporary appearance.
• Walnut (plain sliced, book matched)
• Sapele (quarter sliced, slip matched)
premium veneer; upcharge applies
Worksurface rims are wood and B Bevel C Double F Softened
Veneers are carefully selected and 5⁄16"-thick with mitered corners. Select
Radius
matched to assure proper balance from six rim profiles; profiles appear
and consistency. on all four edges of the
worksurface.
Vertical storage, available 671⁄2"H

and 791⁄2"H, feature a finished back G Beaded H Crescent M Reed
for placement in open or glass-wall Worksurfaces are available in
applications. rectangular, arc, angled, U-shaped,
and P- shaped. They are 19⁄16"-thick, Pull Options:
3-ply, balanced construction and Definition Series
Base rail detail available in wood or high-pressure 92 Cove (+$31/unit)
laminate (HPL) with a wood rim. 93 Aero
95 Deco
96 Luna
Several pedestal, end panel, and 97 Linear
metal leg styles are available to
Modesty panels can be added for support extension surfaces. Priority Series
privacy and design detail. Modesty ➤See page 2.17 for overview. 61 Helix
panels can be placed flush or inboard 63 Link
of the approach side for a recessed 64 Wisp
look. Inset a panel between undersur- 89 Studio
face storage for a breakfront 90 Trinity (+$31/unit)
appearance. Technology modesty 91 Niche
panels fold down to access wall
power and data. ➤See page 2.41 for pull details and
how to specify information.

DEFINITION ®
Overview Planning Planning 2.16
Extension Worksurface Support
Primary support for modular

Rectangular Worksurface Extension Support
extension worksurfaces, such as
rectangular, angled, U-shaped, and P-
shaped worksurfaces that extend out
from an adjacent worksurface,
include:
• End panels
• Pedestals
• U-legs
• O-Legs
• Elite legs
• Column bases
• Half-cylinder bases Pedestal U-Leg O-Leg O-Leg with Elite Leg 19⁄16" End Panel Column Leg
Veneer Insert (EPEW)
Angled Worksurface Extension Support
Worksurface can overhang a sup-

port pedestal or leg up to a
maximum of 18" to accommodate a
larger worksurface. Support depth
does not have to match the worksur-
19⁄16" End Panel U-Leg O-Leg O-Leg with Elite Leg Column Leg
face depth on an overhang application.
(EPEW) Veneer Insert
U-Shaped and P-Shaped Worksurface Extension Support
Angled worksurfaces are designed

to be supported one of two applica-
tions
• Worksurface can overhang the end
panel or leg, or
• Support can be placed at the end of
the angled surface.
Round Column Leg Square Fluted-Metal Half-Cylinder Base
(Metal or Wood) Column Leg

DEFINITION ®
Typical Configurations Planning Planning 2.16
Qty Model Description Price Qty Model Description Price

1 DF3060WSSE4W 30"D X 60"W rectangular extension worksurface $1002 1 DF3060WSSE4W 30"D X 60"W rectangular extension worksurface $1002
1 DF2490WSS4FBW 24"D X 90"W rectangular worksurface, grain front to back 1128 1 DF24114WSS4W 24"D X 114"W rectangular worksurface, 1506
1 DF2428EPEW 24"D support panel for extension surface 486 widthwise grain direction
1 DF4813MPREW 48"W x 13"H partial modesty panel 533 1 DF3028SLUSF1 30"D metal U-leg 506
1 DFWBVS Worksurface support bracket 89 1 DF2336LFM2W 36"W x 23"D two-drawer open back lateral file 2227
1 DF3625MPTW 36"W technology modesty panel 974 1 DF2318PUBBFW 18"W X 23"D box/box/file open back pedestal 2001
1 DF2318PUBBFW 18"W X 23"D box/box/file open back pedestal 2001 1 DF28CPFSW Undersurface filler strip 43
1 DF2336LFM2W 36"W x 23"D two-drawer open back lateral file 2227 1 DF6025MPTW 60"W technology modesty panel 1143
1 DF28CPFSW Undersurface filler strip 43 1 DF1879VWHLW 18"W X 79"H wardrobe cabinet hinged left 4180
1 DF3679VHHW 36"W X 79"H wardrobe/shelf storage cabinet 6030 1 DF3650BCOW 36"W X 50"H open shelf set-on-surface bookcase 2136
1 DF7220SOHMG2W 72"W X 18H overhead storage, writable glass door 4156 1 DF6050HBHW 60"W X 50"H highback organizer with wood doors 4731
1 TXT721 Wall-mount traxx bracket 171 1 DF1850BCHRW 18"W X 50"H set-on-surface bookcase with wood doors 2391
1 DF1838BCHRG2W 18"W X 38"H set-on-surface bookcase, writable glass door 2499 Total $21866
Total $21339

DEFINITION ®
continued

1 DF3672WSSM4W 36"D x 72"W rectangular main worksurface $1224 2 DF3060WSSE4W 30"D X 60"W rectangular extension worksurface $1002
1 DF2448BEXW 24"D x 48"W bridge without modesty panel 852 2 DF2472WSS4FBW 24"D x 72"W rectangular worksurface, grain front to back 974
1 DF4825MPTW 48" wide technology modesty panel 1056 2 DF3015PUBBFFW 30"D x 15"W box/box/file pedestal with finished back 2037
2 DF1228SSW Worksurface support panel to support technology modesty 360 2 DF4813MPREW 48"W x 13"H partial modesty panel 533
1 DF2472CLFW2 24"D x 72"W single-pedestal credenza with file/file 3384 1 DF2328EPW 23"D end panel 472
1 DF3618PUBBFFW 36"D x 18"W box/box/file pedestal with finished back 2321 1 DF28CPFSW Undersurface filler to use with end panel 43
1 DF3628EPDW 36"D end panel for single-pedestal desk 526 1 DFWBVS Worksurface support bracket 89
1 DF5213MPDW 52"W x 13"H modesty panel for single-pedestal desk 478 2 DF2318PUFFW 23"D x 18"W open back file/file pedestal 2001
1 DF1879VWHLW 18"W x 79"H wardrobe cabinet (hinged left) 4180 2 DF5425MPTW 54"W technology modesty panel 1099
1 DF7238HBHW 72"W X 38"H highback organizer with wood doors 3698 2 DF1879VWHROSW 18"W x 79"H wardrobe/open shelf storage cabinet (hinged right) 4531
Total $18439 2 DF7231SOHMW 72"W x 30"H overhead with wood doors 4816
2 TXT721 Wall-mount traxx bracket 171
Total $34932

DEFINITION ®
continued

1 DF3072WSGEL4W 30"D x 72"W left angled worksurface $2278 1 DF3060WSUW 60"W U-shaped worksurface $2030
1 DF3028SLOF2 30"D elite leg 2063 1 KAC2804SFBP Support base 335
1 DF2496WSS4FBW 24"D x 96"W rectangular worksurface 1206 1 DF2472CLFW1 72"W left single-pedestal credenza 3384
1 DFWBVS Worksurface support bracket 89 1 DF7238HBHW 72"W highback organizer 3698
1 DF2318PUFFW 23"D x 18"W open back file/file pedestal 2001 Total $9447
1 DF2318PUOSW 23"D x 18"W open storage 1939
1 DF1827CPBPW 18"W pedestal back panel 529
1 DF6025MPTW 60"W technology modesty panel 1143
1 DF1868VWHLW 18"W x 68"H wardrobe cabinet hinged left 3415
1 DF6038HBHW 60"W x 38"W highback organizer 3199
1 DF1838BCHRW 18"W x 38"H set-on-surface bookcase with wood doors 1808
(hinged right)
1 DF1838BCOW 18"W x 38"H set-on-surface open bookcase 1195
Total $20865

DEFINITION ®
continued

1 DF2318PUBBFW 18"W box/box/file pedestal $2001 1 DF3672DUW 36"D x 72"W U-shaped desk $2871
1 DF2318PUFFW 18"W file/file pedestal 2001 1 KAC2804SFBP Support base 335
1 DF2490WSS4W 90"W worksurface 1128 1 DF2448BEFW 48"W executive bridge 1490
1 DF3072WSPRW P-shaped worksurface (right) 2616 1 DF2318PUBBFW 18"W box/box/file pedestal 2001
1 AC2806SFB Support base 690 1 DF2318PUFFW 18"W file/file pedestal 2001
1 DF2328EPW 23"D end panel 472 1 DF2472WSS4W 72"W worksurface 974
1 DF3038BCHW 30"W door bookcase 2287 1 DF2328EPW 23"D end panel 472
1 DF6020SOHMW 60"W wall-mount overhead 2843 1 DF7227MPW 72"W modesty panel 778
1 TXT721 Traxx wall-mount bracket 171 1 DF3668VHF2W 36"W vertical storage cabinet 5374
1 DF28CPFSW Filler strip 43 1 DF7238HBHW 72"W highback organizer 3698
Total $14252 Total $19994

DEFINITION ®
continued

1 DF3672DUW 36"D x 72"W U-shaped desk $2871 1 DF3672DDFAW1 36"D x 72"W desk with recessed modesty and arc top $4782
1 KAC2804SFBP Support base 335 2 DF2318PUFFW 18"W file/file pedestals 2001
1 DF2318PUBBFW 18"W box/box/file pedestal 2001 1 DF2472WSS4W 72"W worksurface 974
1 DF2330LFM2W 30"W lateral file 2120 1 DF1868VWHRW 18"W wardrobe cabinet (hinged right) 3415
1 DF2454WSS4W 54"W worksurface 858 1 DF3668VSHW 36"W shelf storage cabinet 4925
1 DF4242CFSW 42"W corner unit 2732 1 DF7220SOHSW 72"W overhead storage (suspended) 3149
1 DF2448BEFW 48"W executive bridge 1490 1 DF1572CPTW 72"W top for overhead cabinet 788
1 DF4831SOHMW 48"W overhead storage (wall mount) 3044 1 DF2418CPTW 18"W top for wardrobe 732
1 DF3679VSHW 36"W shelf storage cabinet 6030 1 DF2436CPTW 36"W top for shelf storage unit 769

DEFINITION ®
continued

2 DF4242CFTW 42"D x 42"W task/reception corner unit $3010 1 DF4242CFTW 42"D x 42"W corner unit $3010
2 DF2442RTRW 24"D x 42"W task return (right) 2160 1 DF2442RTRW 24"D x 42"W right return 2160
2 DF2442RTLW 24"D x 42"W task return (left) 2160 1 DF2442RTLW 24"D x 42"W left return 2160
2 DF1584WSTSW 15"D x 84"W task transaction shelf 858 1 DF2330PUHW 23"D x 30"W storage unit with doors 2030
2 DF2315PUBBFW 23"D x 15"W open back box/box/file pedestal 1800 1 DF2318PUFFW 23"D x 18"W file/file pedestal 2001
4 DF3679VHF3W 24"D X 36"W three-drawer lateral/shelf vertical storage 7098 1 DF1584WSTSW 84"W transaction shelf 858

DEFINITION ®
continued
Qty Model Description Price

1 DF3672DDFW1 36"D x 72"W desk with recessed modesty panel $4343
1 DF2472CKFW2 72"W kneespace credenza 3985
1 DF3620SOHSW 36"W overhead storage (suspended) 1549
1 DF1838BCSHRW 18"W bookcase organizer (hinged right) 1808
1 DF1838BCSHLW 18"W bookcase organizer (hinged left) 1808
Total $13493

DEFINITION ®
Assembled Casegoods Planning Planning 2.16
Worksurfaces are 19/16" thick, Drawer suspensions feature black,

Details Connections Related Products
3-ply, balanced construction and progressive action slides with
available in wood or high-pressure precision steel ball bearings to ensure Accessories, such as keyboard
laminate (HPL) with a wood rim. long lasting, quiet, and smooth drawer, tackboard, center
operation. Box and file drawer drawers, and adjustable keyboard
suspensions are full extension. products are available to add
functionality to workspaces.
➤See the Perks chapter in the Kimball
Center drawers are available in three
Black filing rods are standard in all sizes for field installation into assem-
Breakfront Recessed file drawers and accommodate bled and modular configurations. Desks and Accessories Price List.
various filing requirements.
➤See page 2.40 for filing capabilities.
B Bevel C Double F Softened
Assembled single- and double- Radius Keyboard kits that comply to
pedestal desks are available in two ANSI/HFES Method 2 are
styles: breakfront and recessed. Face-mounted locks are standard available.
on all desks, credenzas, returns, and ➤See the Perks chapter in the Kimball
undersurface pedestals. Lock cylinders Desks and Accessories Price List.
are removable if rekeying is necessary.
G Beaded H Crescent M Reed Key random and key specific options
are available.
Worksurface rims are 5/16" thick, ➤See page 2.45 for locking
with mitered corners. Rim profile information.
appears on all four edges of the
worksurface. Assembled models are fully
A variety of factory-installed
compatible with modular
worksurface grommet and cut-out
Joints are securely fastened with components and storage.
options are available. Upcharge
screws, dowels, and concealed applies. Grommets are also available
fasteners to ensure maximum for field installation.
Angled, U-shaped, and P-shaped
assembled desks are available to
strength. ➤See page 2.43 for factory-installed
serve as main worksurfaces. grommet options.
Drawer sides and back are 1⁄2" ➤See page 2.44 for factory-installed
thick with veneer faces. Bottoms are cut-out options.
1⁄4" thick with veneer faces. Interiors
are sealed, sanded, and finished with Levelers are black with 1½”
a clear, durable topcoat. adjustment range.
One wood drawer divider is Several pull options are available.

provided with each box/box/file ➤See page 2.41.
pedestal.
Returns, bridges, credenzas, and

corner units are available.

DEFINITION ®
Modular Worksurfaces Planning Planning 2.16
24"D rectangular worksurfaces

Details Connections Planning Factors
are interchangeable; however, to
IMPORTANT: Fully assembled receive the correct brackets, the
models and modular components application—main (M), extension (E),
B Bevel C Double F Softened may be used together in the same or filler (F)—must be specified. Main
Radius configuration. surfaces receive no attachment hard-
ware; extension surfaces receive 2 flat
➤See modular support pages 2.27– brackets; and filler surfaces receive 4
2.28 for support options and flat brackets. Separate models are
guidelines. available for lengthwise grain or front-
to-back grain direction.
G Beaded H Crescent M Reed
30" and 36"D rectangular work- Worksurfaces can be scribed on
Worksurface rims are 5/16" thick, M M surfaces are available as separate site to conform with oblique angles,
Worksurfaces shapes include: with mitered corners. Rim profile
• Rectangular models for main or extension applica- irregular column placement, and his-
appears on all four edges of the tions. The appropriate brackets will torical preservation guidelines. These
• Arc F
worksurface. E
ship with the model. Grain direction are just a few instances where this
• Angled
M runs lengthwise. capability becomes an asset.
• U-shaped A variety of factory-installed work-
• P-shaped surface grommet and cut-out
options are available. Upcharge
Worksurfaces are 19/16" thick, applies. Grommets are also available E
M M
3-ply, balanced construction and for field installation.
available in wood or high-pressure ➤See page 2.43 for factory-installed
laminate (HPL) with a wood rim. E
grommet options. F
➤See page 2.44 for factory-installed
Modular worksurfaces are sized in cut-out options.
6" increments that correspond to M
Definition pedestals and storage.
M
= grain direction
Attachment brackets, based on the

application specified—main, filler, or
extension—are standard on all work-
surface shapes. If the application or
position of the worksurface needs to
be changed, flat brackets are avail-
able to order separately.

DEFINITION ®
Modular Support Planning Planning 2.16
End Panels and Support Panels
include a bracket to attach to a bridge

or return.
End panels are available to support Support can be placed where
the end of a worksurface where there needed without the limitations of
is no pedestal. predrilled or predetermined locations.
Support panels (model DF1228SW)

provide additional support for long
unsupported spans.
Partial and full modesty panels are

available
➤See page 2.29.
13⁄16"W end panels (models ending Consider the load a worksurface
19⁄16"W end panels (models ending in EPW) attach to the worksurface will carry when planning support.
in EPEW) are available in 3 depths: with an angle bracket which prohibits Additional support is recommended
24", 30", and 36". They support the the use of adjacent undersurface for surfaces where heavy equipment
end of rectangular or angled components or keyboard products. will be placed. 12"D support panel
13⁄16"W end panels (models extension worksurface. (model DF1228SW) can be used for
ending in EPW) are available in 3 ➤See page 2.17 for application guide- additional support as shown above.
depths: 23", 29", and 35". EPW end lines for extension worksurfaces.
panel are sized 1" less deep than The maximum recommended
worksurfaces to accommodate mod- span for an unsupported worksurface
esty panel or filler strip. is 60"; longer distance requires
additional support. Undersurface pedestals can
support the end of worksurfaces in
any application. They are available in
Related Products open back and finished back in select
models.
➤See page 2.33.
T-leg end panels can also be used To accommodate a longer
to support the end of a worksurface worksurface, the surface can
where there is no pedestal. They are overhang support at 18" maximum.
sized to the full depth of a worksur- The end panel or leg depth does not
face and are recommended for use in have to match the worksurface depth
open plan/freestanding applications. in a overhang application. When inset,
Modesty panel cannot be used in a 24"D support can be used with a
conjunction with T-leg end panels. 30" or 36"D surface; a 30" support
19⁄16"W end panels (models ending can be used with a 36"D surface.
in EPDW) are available in 3 depths:
24", 30", and 36". They are compati-
Metal worksurface support
ble with a partial modesty panel and a
bracket (model DFWBVS) is available
pedestal for support. They are used
to attach 24"D worksurfaces to verti-
on the opposite side of the
cal storage in place of an end panel.
➤See page 2.98.
supporting pedestal to create a sin-
gle-pedestal desk application. They

DEFINITION ®
Modular Support Planning Planning 2.16
Legs and Cylinder Bases
Details Connections Planning Factors Related Products

Support legs for extension work- U-leg, O-leg, and elite leg frames The maximum recommended
surfaces, such as rectangular, are attached directly to underside of span for an unsupported worksurface
angled, U-shaped, and P-shaped worksurface with screws. is 60"; longer distance requires
worksurfaces that extend out from an additional support.
adjacent worksurface, includes:
• U-legs Elite legs are polished stainless steel,
• O-Legs which is a compatible match to a pol-
• Elite legs ished chrome finish. Legs are fixed at
• Column legs 273⁄4"H, are 31⁄2"W, and available in
30" and 36" depths.
Partial and full modesty panels are
Pedestals, half-cylinder bases and
available for use with metal legs.
end panels (models ending in EPEW)
There will be an open space detail
can also be used to support extension IMPORTANT: U-legs, O-legs, and elite between the leg and where the
worksurfaces. legs are not for use in freestanding
To accommodate a longer modesty ends. Approximate opening
desk applications. They cannot sup- will be 35⁄8” for the U- and O-legs and
worksurface, the surface can
port set-on-surface storage 23⁄8” for the elite leg.
overhang support pedestal or leg at
applications.
18" maximum. The end panel or leg ➤See page 2.30 for modesty panel
depth does not have to match the guidelines.
Black plastic leveler insert is worksurface depth in a overhang
located at the bottom of each U-leg, application. When inset, a 24"D
O-leg, and elite leg. The glide stem is support can be used with a 30" or
1" long and provides 3⁄4" of adjustment. 36"D surface; a 30" support can be
U-legs and O-legs are powder- used with a 36"D surface.
coated steel and are available in Angled worksurfaces are designed
platinum metallic, carbon metallic, to be supported one of two
designer white, and cinder paint. The applications:
U- and O-legs are fixed at 273⁄4"H, are • Worksurface can overhang the end Modesty panels can be used with a
23⁄8"W, and available in 24", 30", and panel or leg, or half cylinder base. Follow modesty
36" depths. • Support can be placed at the end of panel guidelines to calculate the
Column legs and half-cylinder the angled surface. desired modesty width.
bases can be used to support exten-
sions and also desk applications with Column legs and half-cylinder Modesty panels are not for use with
appropriate support on the opposite bases must always be inset, and are column legs.
end. They come in metal round and typically placed about 18" from end of
square, wood round and half cylinder surface.
styles. Finishes are available in wood,
chrome, and several paint finishes.
O-leg is also available with factory-

installed veneer insert.

DEFINITION ®
Modesty Panels and Back Panels Planning Planning 2.16
creating handed units.

Details Planning Factors
Modesty panels are used in Modesty panel sizes are
conjunction with undersurface com- specific to the application and
ponents to create a finished back type of support used. Options are
(back panel) or enclosed kneewell. available for veneer end panel and leg
Modesty panels are designed for a Bridge modesty panels are used in applications.
specific application and are not uni- conjunction with component worksur- ➤See page 2.30 for Modesty Panel
versal. To assure proper fit and faces to create a modular bridge unit; Selection Guide.
attachment hardware, modesty can be used to create bridges only.
panels must be used in their correct
application. They are fully finished Kneewell modesty panels are avail- Related Products
on both sides. able in full and partial height to create
a fully enclosed kneewell for modular
double-pedestal desks or kneespace
credenza only. To select the correct
modesty panel width, deduct the
width of the pedestals from the work-
surface width. They attach to the side Return modesty panels are used in
of the pedestals creating handed conjunction with component worksur- Filler strips are available to use when
Modesty panels are available for
units. faces and undersurface pedestals to an open-back pedestal is placed
rectangular and angled extension
create a modular return unit; can be against a wall and a modesty panel
worksurfaces in partial-height
used to create returns only. is not desired. They fill the 1” gap
A (125⁄8"H) and full height (271⁄4"H) mod-
els. They include the modesty panel created by the difference in
and a 63⁄4" wing panel that wraps to worksurface and pedestal depths.
meet the adjoining end panel or stor-
age. The modesty panel will be wider
than the specified worksurface width
B as it extends into the kneespace of
Modesty panels for modular case- the adjoining unit.
Desk/credenza modesty panels Pedestal back panels attach to
goods mount underneath tops;
are fully finished on both sides and undersurface pedestals to provide a
hardware for attachment is included.
used to span the full width of a finished back. They are sized to fit
Modesty panels can be specified to
component desk or credenza only. individual pedestal components. Technology modesty panels are
create a recessed modesty panel (A),
available.
➤See page 2.32 for details.
or a breakfront effect (B) as shown in
the desks illustrated. The finish of a
modesty panel can either match or
contrast with top.
Note: When creating a breakfront
effect (B), the modesty panel is
attached to the sides of the pedestals

DEFINITION ®
Modesty Panels Planning Planning 2.16
Selection Guide
6"
Additional modesty panel

15"W Modular Pedestal 18"W Modular Pedestal
applications can be can be
Worksurface or 19⁄16" End Panel (EPEW) or 19⁄16" End Panel (EPEW)
accomplished with pedestal sup-
Depth Width Modesty Panel Type 19⁄16" End Panel (EPEW) Inset 15" Inset 18" U-Leg, O-Leg, or Elite Leg
port or by allowing the worksurface
Rectangular Worksurface with Support at End of Worksurface to overhang the support pedestal,
Any 48" Partial-height DF5013MPREW — — DF4513MPRELW end panel, or leg support. Follow
the guidelines of 60" unsupported
Full-height DF5027MPREW — — — span maximum,
Any 54" Partial-height DF5613MPREW DF4213MPREW — DF5113MPRELW and a maximum overhang of 18".
Full-height DF5627MPREW DF4227MPREW — — The modesty panel width will
always extend into adjoining unit 2".
Any 60" Partial-height DF6213MPREW DF4813MPREW — DF5713MPRELW
Full-height DF6227MPREW DF4827MPREW — — To calculate a modesty for an
Any 66" Partial-height — DF5413MPREW DF5113MPREW — overhang application using a
Full-height — DF5427MPREW DF5127MPREW — 19⁄16" (EPEW) end panel instead of
a pedestal, follow the same guide-
Any 72" Partial-height — DF6013MPREW DF5713MPREW —
line you would for a pedestal that is
Full-height — DF6027MPREW DF5727MPREW — the same width as the inset.
Any 78" Partial-height — — DF6313MPREW — For example: 72" worksurface
Full-height — — DF6327MPREW — with a 15" pedestal requires a
DF6013MPREW modesty panel.
Partial-height modesty panel

must always be used in the single-
pedestal application shown at left.
The unit can attach to a bridge or
return, or be freestanding. A 19⁄16"
end panel (EPEW) can be substi-
Worksurface 15"W Modular Pedestal 18"W Modular Pedestal
tuted for the pedestal allowing the
Width Modesty Panel Type or End Panel Inset 15" or End Panel Inset 18"
top to overhang on the end. The
Single-Pedestal Desks with End Panel and Pedestal 60" maximum span, and 18" maxi-
66" Partial-height DF4913MPDW — mum overhang rule applies.
72" Partial-height DF5513MPDW DF5213MPDW
78" Partial-height DF5813MPDW —

DEFINITION ®
Modesty Panels Planning Planning 2.16
Selection Guide, continued
Worksurface
Depth Width Modesty Panel Type 19⁄16" End Panel (EPEW) U-Leg, O-Leg, or Elite Leg
Angled Worksurface with Inset Support

30" 66" Partial-height DF4513MPAEW DF3813MPAELW
Full-height DF4527MPAEW —

DEFINITION ®
Technology Modesty Panels Planning Planning 2.16
Details Connections 57⁄8"

cavity
Technology modesty panel is not
freestanding and must be secured
between storage, end Plan View
panels, or support panels. When mounted flush with the back of
storage or end panel, the modesty Returns created from modular
creates a 57⁄8" cavity to store cords. components and assembled returns
The unit can be mounted forward to without a modesty panel (models
create a larger cavity to the wall. ending in FX) can accommodate a
Technology modesty panels are
available to provide wall access for technology panel. One 12"D worksur- For workwalls, technology panels
modular workwalls, single-pedestal face support panels is required to are available in widths up to 60" to
Planning Factors mount on the open end. Order the attach to storage and/or support
credenzas (shown above), bridges,
and returns. Assembled bridges and Specify the same size modesty modesty to correspond with the panel on either side.
returns without a modesty panel will panel as the kneespace width into kneespace width for assembled
also accept the technology modesty. For kneewells larger than 60" use which it will fit. returns without modesty.
Related Products
a worksurface support panel
Widths are available up to 60". (DF1228SSW) and a standard mod- To create the return configuration
esty panel for use with technology shown above, specify:
modesty applications. • One DF2442RREFX
• One DF2425MPTW
• One DF1228SSW
23⁄16"
gap Bridge worksurfaces, including For modular returns, calculate the
assembled bridge without a modesty kneespace opening to determine the
modesty panel width. For example: Factory-installed worksurface
panel (models ending in BEX) and
Face of unit is hinged at the cen- Elevation View 72"W worksurface – 15"W pedestal = grommet (G7 and G19) and
modular bridge surfaces, can be
ter to fold down to access wall. 57"W technology modesty panel. cut-out (G20) options are designed
Gap between the top of the modesty placed above a technology modesty
Specify: to allow cords to fall directly into the
and underside of the worksurface of panel. Two 12"D worksurface support
• One DF2472WSS4 technology modesty panel’s cavity.
23⁄16" allows cords from adjoining panels are required to which the tech-
• One DF5725MPTW Power/data center (99KPDCAM) is
extensions or main worksurfaces to nology modesty panel will attach.
• One DF1228SSW specified separately.
P
exit into the cavity. The technology panel and the support
panels do not attach to or provide
Desks and Accessories Price List for
Filler strip (model CPFS) can be support for the bridge; bridge is sup-
power/data center and field-installed
used to enclose the gap when used ported by adjacent worksurfaces with
grommets.
with an end panel (model EPEW). flat brackets.
Modesty panel can be used to To create the bridge configuration

enclose the cavity if used in an open shown above, specify:
plan. • One DF2448BEX
• One DF4825MPTW
• Two DF1228SSW

DEFINITION ®
Undersurface Storage Planning Planning 2.16
Face-mounted locks are standard

on undersurface pedestals. Lock
Pedestals can support a worksurface cylinders are removable if rekeying is Open-back pedestals do not
in a desk, return, credenza, or work- necessary. Key random and key include a back panel and allow
wall application. Top of pedestals are specific options are available. access to electrical in the wall. They
open to attach under the worksurface. Finished-back pedestals include a ➤See page 2.45 for locking informa- are 1" less deep than worksurfaces to
Bottom of pedestals with drawers are finished back panel and are the same tion. accommodate optional back or mod-
open for electrical access. depth as worksurfaces. They allow esty panels for open, freestanding
convenience when specifying for Several pull options are available. applications. When placed directly
desks and extensions where a fin- ➤See page 2.41. against a wall, a filler strip is recom-
ished back is desired on the individual mended for the exposed end.
pedestal. They have a built in counter- Levelers are black with 1½”
weight for freestanding applications. adjustment range. Filler panels can be specified to
Finished back pedestals are available build out cabinetry for a custom fit.
in 15" and 18" widths and in 24", Panels are scribed on site.
Open-back pedestals feature a par- 30", and 36” depths. Drawer
tially unfinished sub-back that acts as configurations:
a counter weight for freestanding
• Box/box/file
applications. Sub-back is 121⁄8"H on Ganging brackets can be used to
• File/File attach 2 or more cabinets together
lateral files and 141⁄8"H on file/file and
box/box/file units. Available in widths Mobile storage is available in side by side. They do not deface the
of 15", 18", 30", and 36"; depths Drawer sides and back are 1⁄2" several styles. All mobile pedestals cabinet and are optional.
available are 23", 29", and 35". thick with veneer faces. Bottoms are include an anti-tip device and
counterweight. Filler strips are available to use when
Drawer configurations include:
are sealed, sanded, and finished with • Cushion-top mobile pedestal pro- Planning Factors an open-back pedestal is placed
• Box/box/file against a wall and a modesty panel is
a clear, durable topcoat. vides occasional seating, storage
• File/File not desired. They fill the 1” gap cre-
and stows under surfaces.
• Pencil/pencil/pencil/file One wood drawer divider is ated by the difference in
• Box/box/file and file/file mobile
• Two lateral file drawers provided with each box/box/file worksurface and pedestal depths.
pedestals feature an organizer tray
• Open storage pedestal. in the finished top panel; not
recommended for use under a
Drawer suspensions feature black, worksurface.
progressive action slides with Cords and cables may routed
• Pencil/box/file pedestal has a
precision steel ball bearings to ensure behind the drawers of both open-
finished top and can be used under
long lasting, quiet, and smooth back and finished-back pedestals.
worksurfaces.
operation. Box and file drawer • 23"/24"D lateral files have a 5" clear-
• Utility table can function as a serving
suspensions are full extension. ance; file/file and box/box/file units
Open-back open storage cart, overhead projector stand, or
pedestals have an interior finished mobile cabinet. Black handles are have a 3" clearance.
Black filing rods are standard in all • 29"/30"D units have a 2" clearance.
sub-back that stops 2” from top of on both ends. Does not include an
file drawers and accommodate
pedestal to accommodate cable exit. anti-tip device or counterweight. • 35"/36"D units have an 8" clearance.
➤See page 2.42 for additional cord
These models require a back panel or ➤See page 2.40 for filing capabilities.
modesty panel for open, freestanding management information.
applications.

DEFINITION ®
Freestanding Files & Bookcases Planning Planning 2.16

Additional shelves for
bookcases may be specified
separately.
➤See page 2.99.
With Rim Without Rim
Freestanding lateral files are avail- Models with a finished top but no
Freestanding bookcases are
able with two finished top options: rim are available in three-drawer and
available in 30" and 36" widths and
• With rim profile four-drawer models.
five heights, ranging from 283⁄4" to
• Without a rim profile Component tops are available for
791⁄4". Shelves are 3⁄4" thick and
Face-mounted lock is standard. freestanding bookcases and lateral
adjustable. Tops are fully finished,
Finished backs and an interlock Lock cylinders are removable if rekey- files without a rim profile, if one is
but have no rim profile. Backs are
mechanism are standard on all mod- ing is necessary. Key random and key desired. Top will overhang bookcase
finished.
els. Interlock mechanism allows only specific options are available. front by 1". Component tops can
one drawer to open at a time to help ➤See page 2.45 for locking informa- span more than one unit.
prevent tipping. tion.
Drawer sides and back are 1⁄2"

thick with veneer faces. Bottoms are
are sealed, sanded, and finished with

a clear, durable topcoat.
Drawer suspensions feature black,

progressive action slides with
precision steel ball bearings to ensure
Models with a rim profile on four long lasting, quiet, and smooth
sides are available in two- operation.
drawer and four-drawer models.
Black filing rods are standard in all
Several pull options are available.

➤See page 2.41.
Levelers are black with 1½”

adjustment range.

DEFINITION ®
Overhead Storage Planning Planning 2.16
Details Connections Planning Factors Related Products

Hinged-door overhead storage are Wall-mount overhead cabinets are
available in two heights—18" and 2 door hung with wall-mount Traxx brackets.
30"—and several widths ranging • 30", 36", and 42"W overheads must
from 30” to 72” for wall-mount or sus- be supported by at least two solid
pended applications. attachment points on a wall.
3 door • 48" and 54"W overheads must be Filler strip may be specified for the
supported by at least three solid back edge of a wall-mounted cabinet
attachment points on a wall. to conceal the exposed Traxx
• 60", 66", and 72"W overheads must bracket.
4 door be supported by at least four solid
Door configurations: attachment points on a wall.
• 30"W and 36"W overhead cabinets
have 2 doors.
18"H units are available with wood or • 42"W, 48"W, and 54"W overhead
writable glass doors. cabinets have 3 doors with a single Overhead storage can be used in
door on left. conjunction with highback organizers,
set-on-surface storage, and vertical
• 60"W, 66"W, and 72"W overhead
IMPORTANT: Wall-mount Traxx storage.
cabinets have 4 doors.
brackets must be specified
A support panel divides the cabinet separately for wall-mount models.
into two separate sections as Brackets are 72"W and can be
indicated by the bold line. Filler panels can be specified to
scribed in the field to accommodate
build out cabinetry for a custom fit.
cabinets less than 72"W.
Panels are scribed on site.
Apron rail, inset behind the bottom
edge of the doors, accommodates
Component tops
➤See page 2.100.
30"H units are available with wood and conceals task lights.
doors.
LED and fluorescent task lights
Wood doors feature one set of
are available.
matching grain pattern.
Glass doors, available on wall-mount Desks and Accessories Price List.

18”H models only, are have a writable, Tops of cabinets are fully finished,
Units of different heights can be Integrating with Traxx and Tiles
➤See page 2.39.
ice gloss finish (202G) and feature a however, they have no rim profile.
combined. Shown here is an over-
clear anodized frame (486). Component tops may be used if a rim
head cabinet suspended between a
Note: Expo dry erase markers are rec- profile is desired. Suspended overhead cabinets can
38"H set-on-surface cabinet and
ommended for use on writable glass be suspended between and attached
79¼"H vertical storage unit.
doors. All other markers are not rec- Back panel is 3⁄4-height on wall- to set-on-surface storage cabinets,
ommended, as they may leave mount models; suspended models vertical storage cabinets, or a combi-
undesirable results when erased. feature a fully finished, enclosed back. nation of both. Attachment bracketry
is included.

DEFINITION ®
Highback Organizers Planning Planning 2.16
doors. All other markers are not rec-

Details Planning Factors Related Products
ommended, as they may leave
Hinged-door highback organizers undesirable results when erased.
are available in two heights: 38" and
50". Tops of cabinets are fully finished,
however, they have no rim profile.
Component tops may be used if a rim
3 door
profile is desired.
Connections Component tops

➤See page 2.100.
4 door
IMPORTANT: Highback organizers
are for use on top of a worksurface
LED lights, fluorescent task lights,
6 door only; not for freestanding applications.
tackboards, power tackboards,
Hinged-Door Configurations: Highback organizers require proper
38"H units are available with wood and slatwall tiles are available.
• 54"W overhead storage cabinets support, such as pedestals or end
doors or writable glass doors. Wood Highback organizers can be used in
have 3 doors with a single door on panels, directly under the worksurface
door units range from 54" to 108"W; conjunction with set-on-surface stor- Desks and Accessories Price List.
left. where the end panel of the highback
writable glass door units range from age and vertical storage:
• 60"–84"W overhead storage and rests.
54" to 72"W. • 38"H units when placed on a 108"W highbacks accommodates
highback organizers have 4 doors. two AC4618 tackboards or smaller
• 96"–108"W highback organizers surface will line up with 671⁄2"H
vertical storage. and two KAC49 or KCU33TLKL task
have six doors. lights or smaller.
A support panel divides the cabinet • 50"H units line up with 791⁄4"H
into two separate sections as vertical storage.
indicated by the bold line.
Apron rail, inset behind the bottom

edge of the doors, accommodates
and conceals task lights.
50"H units are available with wood 108"W highback organizer

doors in widths ranging from 54" to 72". consists of two sections, shipped in
separate cartons; assembly is
Wood doors feature one set of required.
matching grain pattern.
Glass doors, available on wall-mount

2"-diameter, black plastic Units of different heights can be
18”H models only, are have a writable,
grommet is standard on highbacks combined. Shown here is highback
ice gloss finish (202G) and feature a
at top behind apron rail to manage organizer between a 38"H set-on-
clear anodized frame (486).
task light cords. surface cabinet and 79¼"H vertical
Note: Expo dry erase markers are rec-
storage unit.
ommended for use on writable glass

DEFINITION ®
Set-on-Surface Storage Planning Planning 2.16
storage unit.
Set-on-surface storage is available IMPORTANT: Set-on-surface
in open bookcase, hinged door, and are for use on top of a worksurface Related Products
organizer styles. only; not for freestanding applications.
Ganging adjacent units with

Organizer models are 18"W avail- bolts through the side panels is
able and 38" or 50"H. recommended. Hardware ships with
the unit.
Doors are available in wood and
writable glass. Doors feature a touch
Component tops
➤See page 2.101.
latch. Wood doors are standard as
non-locking, but field-installed lock
Open bookcase models are available options are available. Glass doors are
18", 30," or 36"W and 38" or 50"H. non-locking.
➤See page 2.45 for locking
Set-on-surface storage is sized to
information.
be used in conjunction with highback
organizers, overheads, and vertical
Shelves are ¾” thick and adjustable
storage:
38"H bookcase and hinged-door units
• 38"H units when placed on a
have two adjustable shelves; 50"H
surface will line up with 671⁄2"H
bookcase and hinged-door units have
vertical storage.
three shelves. Organizers features 5
• 50"H units line up with 791⁄4"H
Wood door storage is available 18", shelves in the bottom section; 50"H
vertical storage.
30," or 36"W and 38" or 50"H. 18"W organizers also have one adjustable
models feature a single door which shelf in the upper section.
can be specified to hinge right or left;
30" and 36”W feature double-doors.
Doors feature a touch latch.
Tops of cabinets are fully finished,

Component tops may be used if a rim
profile is desired.
Writable glass hinged-door

models are available in 38”H only.
Glass doors are non-locking and Units of different heights can be
feature a touch latch. combined. Shown here is highback
organizer between a 38"H set-on-
surface cabinet and 79¼"H vertical

DEFINITION ®
Vertical Storage Planning Planning 2.16
Wood doors feature a touch latch.

Details
Vertical storage cabinets are 24"D Shelves are ¾" thick and adjustable.
available in two heights—671⁄2" and
791⁄4". Face-mounted locks are standard Tops of cabinets are fully finished,
on all vertical storage units. On mod- however, they have no rim profile.
els with lateral file drawers, the drawer Component tops may be used if a rim
unit is standard as locking; locking profile is desired.
doors on the upper section are
optional. Lock cylinders are removable Backs are finished.
if rekeying is necessary. Key random
and key specific options are available. Component tops
➤See page 2.45 for locking Connections ➤See page 2.101.
information. Units of different heights can be
Ganging adjacent units with
bolts through the side panels is combined. Shown here is highback
Single-door cabinets are available in Drawer sides and back are 1⁄2" organizer between a 38"H set-on-
recommended.
the following configurations: thick with veneer faces. Bottoms are surface cabinet and 79¼"H vertical
• 6" and 18"W wardrobe 1⁄4" thick with veneer faces. Interiors
storage unit.
• 18"W shelf storage are sealed, sanded, and finished with Planning Factors
• 18"W combination wardrobe and a clear, durable topcoat.
open-shelf storage Related Products
Drawer suspensions feature black,
progressive action slides with Filler panels can be specified to
precision steel ball bearings to ensure build out cabinetry for a custom fit.
long lasting, quiet, and smooth Panels are scribed on site.
operation.

Levelers are black with 1½" Metal worksurface support

Double-door cabinets are available bracket (model DFWBVS) is available
adjustment range.
in 30" and 36"W in the following to attach 24"D worksurfaces to verti-
configurations: Vertical storage is sized to be used
cal storage in place of an end panel.
in conjunction with highback organiz-
• Wardrobe
ers, overheads, and set-on-surface
• Combination wardrobe and shelf
storage:
storage
• 38"H units when placed on a
• All shelves surface will line up with 671⁄2"H
• Two-drawer lateral file with shelf- vertical storage.
storage above • 50"H units line up with 791⁄4"H
• Three-drawer lateral file with shelf vertical storage.
storage above

DEFINITION ®
Integrating with Traxx and Tiles Planning Planning 2.16
Installation Heights
Traxx can be mounted to most
interior walls, including steel or wood Traxx should be installed at heights
stud walls, masonry block, or solid to correspond with the appropriate
masonry walls. application.
Upper Traxx
Overhead storage can be mounted
to upper Traxx. 503⁄8"
383⁄8"
787⁄8"
Lower Traxx 667⁄8"
281⁄2" 281⁄2"
Tiles mount between upper and
lower Traxx to add functionality to the
workspace. Overhead Cabinets 667⁄8"H
Worksurfaces 281⁄2"H
Conferencing Solutions 787⁄8"H
➤See the Traxx chapter of the

Fabric and standard marker board Kimball Panel Systems Price
tiles can be scribed in the field to List for planning and pricing
meet individual requirements. information.
➤See the Footprint Worksurfaces &

Support chapter of the Kimball
Panel Systems Price List for
Worksurfaces can be mounted to worksurface brackets for Traxx
lower Traxx. supported worksurfaces and
panel applications.

DEFINITION ®
Filing Capabilities Planning Planning 2.16
Description Type Inside D Inside W Inside H Front-to-Back Side-to-Side Filing Reference:

Desks • Legal size paper is 81⁄2" x 14".
42 x 82 & 36 x 72 desk Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — — • Letter size paper is 81⁄2" x 11".
(breakfront or recessed modesty) • EDP size paper is 81⁄2" x 147⁄8".
File 25" 15" 9" Legal Legal, double letter, and EDP
30 x 66 desk (breakfront modesty) Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — — IMPORTANT: For all pedestals
File 25" 15" 9" Legal Legal, double letter, and EDP where legal front-to-back filing is
standard, letter front-to-back filing
30 x 66 desk (recessed modesty) Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
is possible by specifying universal
File 17" 15" 9" Legal Legal, letter, and EDP file bars separately.
30 x 60 desk (breakfront modesty) Box 17" 111⁄2" 3" — — ➤See the Perks chapter in the
File 25" 12" 9" Letter Legal, double letter, and EDP Kimball Desks and Accessories
Price List.
30 x 60 desk (recessed modesty) Box 17" 111⁄2" 3" — —
File 17" 12" 9" Letter Legal, letter, and EDP
Returns Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
File 17" 15" 9" Legal Legal, letter, and EDP
Credenzas
24 x 72 credenza Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
Lateral 15" 323⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Legal and letter
24 x 66 credenzas Box 17" 111⁄2" 3" — —
File 17" 12" 9" Letter Legal, letter, and EDP
Lateral 15" 263⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Legal and letter
Modular and Mobile Pedestals
29/30 x 18 & 35/36 x 18 pedestals Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
23/24 x 18 Pedestals Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
29/30 x 15 & 35/36 x 15 pedestals Box 17" 111⁄2" 3" — —
23/24 x 15 Pedestals Box 17" 111⁄2" 3" — —
Lateral Files
36"W lateral file Lateral 15" 323⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Legal and letter
30"W lateral file Lateral 15" 263⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Legal and letter

DEFINITION ®
Pull Options Planning Planning 2.16
Definition Series Pulls Priority Series Pulls How to Specify

Specify pull option and
finish together in one step.
If pull finish designator is a number,
insert an underscore between the
92 Cove 93 Aero 96 Luna 95 Deco 97 Linear 89 Studio 91 Niche 90 Trinity 61 Helix 63 Link 64 Wisp pull designator and the finish
(+$31/unit) (+$31/unit) designator. For finish designators
that are letters, put the pull and
finish together without a space or
Finishes: Finishes: Finishes: Finishes: underscore.
Plated— Plated— Paint— Paint—
487 Brushed Nickel 487 Brushed Nickel 405 Designer White 405 Designer White Examples:
490 Polished Chrome 490 Polished Chrome 462 Cinder 462 Cinder 93_487 = Aero pull, Brushed Nickel
501 Platinum Metallic 501 Platinum Metallic 61SF = Helix, Silver Frost metallic
Paint— Anodized— 514 Carbon Metallic 514 Carbon Metallic
462 Cinder 486 Clear Anodized Alumimum 544 Silver Pearl 544 Silver Pearl
501 Platinum Metallic (available on Linear pull only)
514 Carbon Metallic SF Silver Frost Metallic
544 Silver Pearl
Boring Patterns: Boring Patterns: Boring Patterns: Boring Patterns:

Cove n/a Deco 76 mm Studio 192 mm Helix 160 mm
Aero 128 mm Linear n/a Niche 96 mm Link 160 mm
Luna n/a Trinity 160 mm Wisp 192 mm
Pull Size: Pull Size: Pull Size: Pull Size:

Width Height Projection Width Height Projection Width Height Projection Width Height Projection
Cove 51⁄2" 11⁄8" 1⁄16" Deco 47⁄8" 5⁄8" 1" Studio 77⁄8" 3⁄8" 11⁄8" Helix 75⁄8" 1⁄2" 11⁄4"
Aero 51⁄2" 3⁄8" 3⁄4" Linear 101⁄8" 1⁄4" 5⁄8" Niche 53⁄8" 7⁄8" 7⁄8" Link 65⁄8" 11⁄8" 1"
Luna 17⁄8" 3⁄8" 3⁄8" Trinity 91⁄4" 3⁄8" 7⁄8" Wisp 97⁄8" 5⁄8" 11⁄8"
Note: Linear pull wraps the drawer
Note: Cove and Luna pulls are face and attaches on the backside of
recessed into the drawer front. the drawer.

DEFINITION ®
Cord Management Planning Planning 2.16
The Definition casegoods line pro- 25⁄8"

vides several flexible options for
routing and concealing cords and
cables. These include:
23⁄8" 7⁄8"
• Factory-installed worksurface dia.
grommet options (G7 and G19)
• Factory-installed G20 cut-out for Technology modesty panels Open-back and finished-back
G19 metal grommet is a two-piece Perks flexchain manages cables
power/data center provide wall access and a 57⁄8" cavity pedestals allow cords and cables to
unit with black brush access. Top and power-in feeds from under the
• Technology modesty panels to store cords. Top part is hinged and be routed behind the drawers.
locks in place. Powdercoat finish in surface to the floor. Flexchain
• Pedestals with a deep channel can be flipped down by the user to • 23"/24"D lateral files have a 5" clear- U-bracket, specified separately,
behind the drawers and open the following colors: access wall outlets and stored cabling. ance; file/file and box/box/file units mounts to a standard wall outlet to
bottom 405 Designer White ➤See page 2.32 for more details. have a 3" clearance. manage cords from the outlet to
• Highback organizer with cord 487 Brushed Nickel
• 29"/30"D units have a 2" clearance. under the surface.
access grommet 490 Polished Chrome
501 Platinum Metallic • 35"/36"D units have an 8" clearance.
514 Carbon Metallic Holes can be bored in the field into Desks and Accessories Price List.
Factory-installed grommets
and cutouts are available as an 544 Silver Pearl pedestal sides to pass cords through
option on assembled casegoods the pedestal.
and modular worksurfaces in pre-
determined worksurface locations. Grommets for field installation are
➤See pages 2.43–2.44 for also available (models 99KG7MB,
specification information, upcharges, 99KG7PL, 99KG19PL, 99KG19DW,
99K19CM, 99KB19490, and G20 cutout and power/data
and locations by worksurface shape
99KG19487). center can be installed over open
or type.
IMPORTANT: Note the location of kneespace areas and the technology
support legs to ensure they do not modesty panel. Cords can be
interfere with grommet locations. plugged in at the surface and exit
21⁄2" 2"-diameter, black plastic
inside the unit. Power/data center
cannot be installed over pedestals. grommet is standard on highbacks
Desks and Accessories Price List. at center top behind apron rail to
7⁄8"
manage task light cords.
G7 metal grommets are a one-piece 18"

unit with a powdercoat finish in the
following colors: G20 cut-out is designed to accept
MB Matte Black 85⁄16" x 55⁄16" above-mount power/
501 Platinum Metallic data center (model 99KPDCAM), spec- Perks undersurface cable man-
ified separately, for applications where ager is available to manage cords
connections are required at the work- and cables under the worksurface.
surface. Power/data center has an Cables pressure fit between loops.
anodized aluminum finish. ➤See the Perks chapter in the Kimball
➤See the Perks chapter in the Kimball Desks and Accessories Price List.
Desks and Accessories Price List.

DEFINITION ®
Factory-Installed Grommet Options
Left Right Left & Right Center Left, Right, & Ctr.
Designator Upcharge Designator Upcharge Designator Upcharge Designator Upcharge Designator Upcharge
Available Finishes
G7 Metal Grommets G7 Grommets:
MB Matte Black
Desks G7L +$66 G7R +$66 G7LR +$132 — — 501 Platinum Metallic
Angled desk/worksurface, left — G7R +$66 — — —
Angled desk/worksurface, right G7L +$66 — — — — G19 Grommets:
405 Designer White
Executive return or bridge — — — G7C +$66 — 501 Platinum Metallic
Corner unit or task reception — — — G7C +$66 — 514 Carbon Metallic
Credenza (all) G7L +$66 G7R +$66 G7LR +$132 G7C +$66 G7A +$198 490 Polished Chrome
487 Brushed Nickel
24"D rectangular worksurface G7L +$66 G7R +$66 G7LR +$132 G7C +$66 G7A +$198
30" & 36"D main worksurface G7L +$66 G7R +$66 G7LR +$132 — —
30" & 36"D extension worksurface G7L +$66 G7R +$66 — — — How to Specify
G19 Metal Grommets 1 Insert the location and finish des-
ignator into model number
Desks G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 — — sequence as indicated on the
Angled desk/worksurface, left — G19R +$66 — — — corresponding pricing page.
Angled desk/worksurface, right G19L +$66 — — — —
Note: Specify grommet location
Executive return or bridge — — — G19C +$66 —
and finish together in one step with-
Corner unit or task reception — — — G19C +$66 — out a space between the location
Credenza (all) G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198 and the finish designators.
For example:
24"D rectangular worksurface G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198
G7LMB = G7 grommet, left, matte
30" & 36"D main worksurface G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 — — black
30" & 36"D extension worksurface G19L +$66 G19R +$66 — — — G19R501 = G19 grommet, right,
platinum metallic
33⁄8" IMPORTANT: Only the grommet

33⁄8"
Recessed locations shown in the matrix at left
93⁄8" 33⁄8" with a designator and price are
Left Right Left
available.
33⁄8" 33⁄8" 33⁄8" 33⁄8"

Breakfront
Back Edge Back Edge Back Edge 33⁄8"
93⁄8" 93⁄8"* 33⁄8" 33⁄8" 33⁄8" 33⁄8"
Left Right 153⁄8"** Right Left Center Right Center of Center Center
Left Right
Kneespace
Desks Arc Angled Credenzas Returns Bridges Corner Units

30"D Worksurfaces *on 36"D **on 42"D 24"D Worksurfaces Task Reception
36"D Worksurfaces

DEFINITION ®
Factory-Installed Cut-Out Options
Left Right Center

Designator Upcharge Designator Upcharge Designator Upcharge
How to Specify
G20 Cut-Out
1 Insert the location designator into
model number sequence as
Single-pedestal desk, left — G20R +$59 — indicated on the corresponding
Single-pedestal desk, right G20L +$59 — — pricing page.
G20 cut-out is designed to accept Angled desk/worksurface, left — G20R +$59 —
85⁄16" x 55⁄16" above-mount power/ IMPORTANT: Only the cut-out loca-
data center (model 99KPDCAM), Angled desk/worksurface, right G20L +$59 — — tions shown in the matrix at left with
specified separately, for applications Executive return or bridge — — G20C +$59 a designator are available.
where connections are required at the Corner unit or task reception — — G20C +$59
worksurface. Power/data center has
24"D rectangular worksurface G20L +$59 G20R +$59 G20C +$59
an anodized aluminum finish.
➤See the Perks chapter in the 30" & 36"D main worksurface G20L +$59 G20R +$59 —
Kimball Desks and Accessories 30" & 36"D extension worksurface G20L +$59 G20R +$59 —
Price List.
IMPORTANT: G20 cut-outs and

power/data centers can only be
installed in the kneespace or above a
technology modesty panel; not
applicable above a pedestal.
33⁄8"
83⁄4" on 36"D
Left Right 123⁄4" on 42"D
13⁄4" 13⁄4" 13⁄4"

Recessed Recessed
83⁄4" 83⁄4"
Left Right Left Right Left
13⁄4" 13⁄4" 13⁄4" 13⁄4"

Back Edge Back Edge Back Edge
Breakfront Breakfront 13⁄4" 13⁄4" 13⁄4" 13⁄4"
83⁄4" 83⁄4" Right Left Center Right Center of Center Center
Left Right Left Right Kneespace
Single-Ped Desks 30"D Worksurfaces Angled 24"D Worksurfaces Returns Bridges Corner Units
Arc Worksurfaces 36"D Worksurfaces Task Reception

DEFINITION ®
Locking Information Planning Planning 2.16
Desks & Components † Pricing 2.46
GSA Non-Contract
Locking storage units can be Key Random Option: Key Specific Option: Standard key that ships with the lock
specified as: core can be used for the initial installa- Pricing
When key random option is selected, When key specific option is selected,
• Key random key numbers will be assigned the storage unit will be pre-drilled to tion of the lock core in the field. Model/Key Range Price
• Key specific arbitrarily at the factory with key accept a lock core; however, no lock
numbers ranging from cores will be shipped standard with Change key model KCCB1CK
Black lock cores with black KCCB001 to KCCB300 (black), the unit. If lock cores are standard on allows removal of lock cores within
hinged keys are identical to the ones KCCE001 to KCCE100 (brass), the unit, the price of the unit is these key ranges:
used with systems products. KCCB*** KCCG001 to KCCG100 (silver), or reduced by the price of the lock core KCCB001–KCCB300 Black Lock Core with
models are for use with: KCCH080 to KCCH099 (chrome). or cores. KCCE001–KCCE100 Black Hinged Key
• Definition KCCG001–KCCG100
• Priority KCCH080–KCCH099 KCCB001 to KCCB300 † $27
Randomly numbered lock core(s) will You must specify lock core(s)
• Transcend
ship standard along with your order separately for key specific option;
IMPORTANT: A change key, specified
for field installation. specify any key number from
Silver lock cores are matte nickel separately, is required to remove lock
KCCB001 to KCCB300 (black),
and have black hinged keys. cores in the field.
KCCG*** models are for use with: KCCG001 to KCCG100 (silver), or
KCCH080 to KCCH099 (chrome). Silver Lock Core with
➤Contact Customer Service for avail-
• Definition Master key model KC2GMK will
• Priority unlock any lock within these key Black Hinged Key
able key number range for black lock ranges:
KCC*001 KCC*002 KCC*001 cores with round keys. KCCG001 to KCCG100 † $27
Chrome lock cores are shiny, pol- KCCB001–KCCB300
ished chrome and have black hinged KCCE001–KCCE100
keys. KCCH*** models are for use KCCG001–KCCG100
with: KCCH080–KCCH099
• Definition
KCC*005 Chrome Lock Core with

KCC*003 Black Hinged Key
KCC*001
KCCH080 to KCCH099 † $27
With random keying, different furniture
KCC*005
units may or may not have the same
key number. If you must have all locks Change Key
keyed differently or all locks keyed the KCCB1CK † $9
same, choose the key specific option.
KCC*005
Master Key
To key all the furniture units in a work-
station or department alike, choose KC2GMK † $15
the key specific option and order the
quantity of locks needed for your
installation. How to Specify
! Specify exact key number for
lock cores as the model number
or model number for change or
master key

DEFINITION ®
Double-Pedestal Desks Pricing Planning 2.16
Rectangular or Arc Top GSA SIN 711-8
D W H KW KH PD AO Model Price
Standard Includes
Recessed Modesty Panel • Two pedestals: letter width on
Rectangular Top 60"W; legal width on 66" and
30" 60" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" 24" 6" DF3060DDF $3955 72"W
30" 66" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" 24" 6" DF3066DDF 4040 • Black vinyl organizer tray in top
36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DDF 4343 box drawer
Arc Top
36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DDFA $4782 How to Specify
42" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 36" 6" DF4272DDFA 5161 ! Model
W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF/BBF 8 = BBF/FF
Breakfront Modesty Panel 2 = FF/FF 9 = FF/BBF
Rectangular Top 4 Rim profile:
30" 60" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" 30" — DF3060DDFB $4037 B = Bevel G = Beaded
30" 66" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" 30" — DF3066DDFB 4131
F = Softened M = Reed
36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 36" — DF3672DDFB 4435 5 Pull option:
Arc Top ➤See page 2.41 for designators.
36" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DDFBA $4910
6 Lock option:
➤See page 2.45.
➤See pages 2.43–2.44.
8 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Finish designator
bl Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See page 2.52. wood worksurface)

DEFINITION ®
Single-Pedestal Desks Pricing Planning 2.16
Rectangular Top GSA SIN 711-8
Standard Includes
Recessed Modesty Panel • Pedestal: letter width on 66"W;
Pedestal on Right legal width on 72"W
30" 66" 291⁄4" 51" 273⁄4" 24" 6" DF3066DRF $3435 • Lock
36" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DRF 3694 box drawer
Pedestal on Left How to Specify

30" 66" 291⁄4" 51" 273⁄4" 24" 6" DF3066DLF $3435 ! Model
36" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DLF 3694
W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF
Breakfront Modesty Panel 2 = FF
4 Rim profile:
Pedestal on Right
B = Bevel G = Beaded
30" 66" 291⁄4" 51" 273⁄4" 30" — DF3066DRFB $3511 C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
36" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 36" — DF3672DRFB 3768 F = Softened M = Reed
5 Pull option:
➤See page 2.41 for designators.
6 Lock option:
Pedestal on Left
30" 66" 291⁄4" 51" 273⁄4" 30" — DF3066DLFB $3511 KRS = Key random, silver core
36" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 36" — DF3672DLFB 3768 KRC = Key random, chrome core
lock core separately
➤See page 2.45.
➤See pages 2.43–2.44.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Single-pedestal wood worksurface):
desks can be used as a stand- STD = Group 1
alone unit. STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
bm Rim finish designator (omit for
Center Drawers wood worksurface)
➤See page 2.52.

DEFINITION ®
Single-Pedestal Desks Pricing Planning 2.16
Arc Top GSA SIN 711-8
Standard Includes
Recessed Modesty Panel • Pedestal: letter width on 66"W;
Pedestal on Right legal width on 72"W
36" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DRFA $3968 • Lock
42" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 36" 6" DF4272DRFA 4259 box drawer
Pedestal on Left How to Specify

36" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DLFA $3968 ! Model
42" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 36" 6" DF4272DLFA 4259
W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF
Breakfront Modesty Panel 2 = FF
4 Rim profile:
Pedestal on Right
36" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DRFBA $4054 C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
42" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 36" 6" DF4272DRFBA 4357 F = Softened M = Reed
5 Pull option:
6 Lock option:
Pedestal on Left
36" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 30" 6" DF3672DLFBA $4054 KRS = Key random, silver core
42" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" 36" 6" DF4272DLFBA 4357 KRC = Key random, chrome core
➤See page 2.45.
➤See pages 2.43–2.44.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Single-pedestal wood worksurface):
desks can be used as a stand- STD = Group 1
alone unit. STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Center Drawers wood worksurface)
➤See page 2.52.

DEFINITION ®
Angled Desks Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H KW KH Model Price
Standard Includes
Angle on Right • Worksurface: widthwise grain
30” 90” 291⁄4" 581⁄4" 273⁄4" DF3090DRAE $4490 direction
36” 90” 291⁄4" 581⁄4" 273⁄4" DF3690DRAE 4617
How to Specify
approach side
! Model
W = Wood
Angle on Left 3 Rim profile:
30” 90” 291⁄4" 581⁄4" 273⁄4" DF3090DLAE $4490
36” 90” 291⁄4" 581⁄4" 273⁄4" DF3690DLAE 4617 F = Softened M = Reed
➤See pages 2.43–2.44 for
approach side designators.
90" 90" 5 Finish price group:
67" 65" STD = Group 1
6" 6" STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
30" 36" 6 Finish designator
39" 45"
30" 36"
7 Rim finish price group (omit for
57"
54" wood worksurface):
75"
72" STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Rim finish designator (omit for
wood worksurface)
IMPORTANT: Angle-shape desks

can be used as a stand-alone unit.
Also attaches to bridges returns,
and component worksurfaces.
Center Drawers
➤See page 2.52.

DEFINITION ®
U-Shaped Desks Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H KH Model Price
Standard Includes
Without Modesty Panel • Worksurface
36" 72" 291⁄4" 273⁄4" DF3672DU $2871 • T-leg end panel or end panel with
full modesty panel
• Ships ready-to-assemble
With Modesty Panel How to Specify

36" 72" 291⁄4" 273⁄4" DF3672DUF $3777 ! Model
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Not intended as a wood worksurface)
stand-alone unit; for use with
returns, bridges, and component
worksurfaces. Column or
half-cylinder base must be speci-
fied separately; desk with modesty
panel requires a half-cylinder base
Column and Cylinder Bases

➤See page 2.65.
Center Drawers
➤See page 2.52.
Grommets for Field Installation

➤See the Perks chapter in the
Kimball Desks and Accessories
Price List.

DEFINITION ®
P-Shaped Desks Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H KH Conf. Area Model Price

Standard Includes
Without Modesty Panel • Worksurface
Conference Area on Right • T-leg end panel or end panel with
36" 72" 291⁄4" 273⁄4" 42" dia. DF3672DPR $3444 full modesty panel
• Ships ready-to-assemble
Conference Area on Left How to Specify

36" 72" 291⁄4" 273⁄4" 42" dia. DF3672DPL $3444 ! Model
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
With Modesty Panel C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
Conference Area on Right F = Softened M = Reed
36" 72" 291⁄4" 273⁄4" 42" dia. DF3672DPRF $4549
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Conference Area on Left 6 Rim finish price group (omit for
36" 72" 291⁄4" 273⁄4" 42" dia. DF3672DPLF $4549 wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Not intended as a wood worksurface)
stand-alone unit; for use with
returns, bridges, and component
worksurfaces. Column or
half-cylinder base must be speci-
fied separately; desk with modesty
panel requires a half-cylinder base

➤See page 2.65.
Center Drawers
➤See page 2.52.

Price List.

DEFINITION ®
Center Drawers Pricing Planning page 2.16
Desks & Components Finishes & Materials page 2.106
For Use with Desks GSA SIN 711-8
Pricing page 2.46
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
For Use with 60"W Desk • Attachment hardware
213⁄4" 173⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2218CD $277
How to Specify
For Use with 66"W Desk
! Model
213⁄4" 293⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2230CD $374 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
For Use with 72"W Desk
213⁄4" 353⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2236CD $418
IMPORTANT: If center drawer is

used on a U- or P-shaped desk
with a modesty panel, the modesty
panel must be positioned forward
toward the approach side to allow
clearance for the drawer depth.

DEFINITION ®
Executive Returns Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
Standard Includes
Without Modesty Panel • Worksurface: front-to-back grain
Pedestal on Right direction
24" 42" 291⁄4" 24" 273⁄4" DF2442RREFX $2619 • Pedestals: legal width
• Lock
24" 48" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" DF2448RREFX 2666 • Finished back
24" 60" 291⁄4" 42" 273⁄4" DF2460RREFX 2755
Pedestal on Left
How to Specify
24" 42" 291⁄4" 24" 273⁄4" DF2442RLEFX $2619
! Model
24" 48" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" DF2448RLEFX 2666 @ Worksurface material:
24" 60" 291⁄4" 42" 273⁄4" DF2460RLEFX 2755 LW = Laminate with wood rim
W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF
With Modesty Panel
2 = FF
Pedestal on Right 4 Rim profile:
24" 42" 291⁄4" 24" 273⁄4" DF2442RREF $2649 B = Bevel G = Beaded
24" 48" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" DF2448RREF 2706 C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
24" 60" 291⁄4" 42" 273⁄4" DF2460RREF 2813 5 Pull option:
Pedestal on Left ➤See page 2.41 for designators.
24" 42" 291⁄4" 24" 273⁄4" DF2442RLEF $2649 6 Lock option:
24" 48" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" DF2448RLEF 2706
KRS = Key random, silver core
24" 60" 291⁄4" 42" 273⁄4" DF2460RLEF 2813 KRC = Key random, chrome core
➤See page 2.45.
designators.
8 Worksurface finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Worksurface finish designator
wood worksurface):
IMPORTANT: Bridges are for use STD = Group 1
with single-pedestal desks, single- STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
pedestal credenzas, U- and P- bm Rim finish designator (omit for
shaped desks, and corner units. wood worksurface)

DEFINITION ®
Bridges and Corner Units Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
Standard Includes
Bridges without Modesty Panel • Worksurface: grain direction runs
24" 36" 19⁄16" 24" 273⁄4" DF2436BEX $783 front to back on bridge and
24" 42" 19⁄16" 24" 273⁄4" DF2442BEX 815 parallel to the user’s edge (E) on
corner unit
24" 48" 19⁄16" 24" 273⁄4" DF2448BEX 852 • Modesty panel on applicable
24" 60" 19⁄16" 24" 273⁄4" DF2460BEX 924 bridge model: ships ready-to-
assemble
Bridges with Modesty Panel • Utility shelf in corner unit
24" 36" 291⁄4" 24" 273⁄4" DF2436BEF $1379
24" 42" 291⁄4" 24" 273⁄4" DF2442BEF 1432
How to Specify
24" 48" 291⁄4" 24" 273⁄4" DF2448BEF 1490
! Model
24" 60" 291⁄4" 24" 273⁄4" DF2460BEF 1617 @ Worksurface material:
W = Wood
A B C D E H KH Model Price 3 Rim profile:
Corner Units C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
36" 36" 24” 24” 17" 291⁄4" 273⁄4" DF3636CFS $2544 F = Softened M = Reed
42" 42" 24” 24” 253⁄16" 291⁄4" 273⁄4" DF4242CFS 2732 4 Grommet/cut-out option:
designators.
A B
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
C D
E
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
IMPORTANT: Bridges are for use

with single-pedestal desks, single-
pedestal credenzas, U- and P-
shaped desks, and corner units.

DEFINITION ®
Credenzas Pricing Planning 2.16
Desks & Components † Pricing 2.46
Storage or Kneespace GSA SIN 711-9
†† GSA SIN 711-8 Surface Materials 2.106
Standard Includes
Storage Credenza †
• Pedestals: legal width
24" 66" 291⁄4" — — DF2466CSF $4075 • Finished back
24" 72" 291⁄4" — — DF2472CSF 4401 • One lock per pedestal
• Center storage section on storage
credenza: two hinged doors, one
adjustable shelf, and lock
Kneespace Credenza ††
How to Specify
24" 66" 291⁄4" 30" 273⁄4" DF2466CKF $3703
! Model
24" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" DF2472CKF 3985
W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF/BBF 8 = BBF/FF
2 = FF/FF 9 = FF/BBF
4 Rim profile:
5 Pull option:
6 Lock option:
KS = Key specific (-$27 per lock);
specify lock cores separately
designators.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)

DEFINITION ®
Credenzas Pricing Planning 2.16
Single-Pedestal GSA SIN 711-8
D W H KW KH PW Model Price
Standard Includes
Box/Box/File or File/File • Box/box/file, file/file pedestal, or
Pedestal on Right lateral file
24" 66" 291⁄4" 51" 273⁄4" letter DF2466CRF $3158 • Finished back
• Lock
24" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" legal DF2472CRF 3384
Pedestal on Left
24" 66" 291⁄4" 51" 273⁄4" letter DF2466CLF $3158 How to Specify
24" 72" 291⁄4" 54" 273⁄4" legal DF2472CLF 3384 ! Model
W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
Lateral File
1 = BBF
Pedestal on Right 2 = FF
24" 66" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" DF2466CRF $3702 6 = Lateral File
24" 72" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 36" DF2472CRF 3927
4 Rim profile:
Pedestal on Left C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
24" 66" 291⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 30" DF2466CLF $3702 F = Softened M = Reed
291⁄4" 273⁄4" 5 Pull option:
24" 72" 36" 36" DF2472CLF 3927
6 Lock option:
➤See page 2.45.
designators.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Finish designator
wood worksurface):
IMPORTANT: Single-pedestal STD = Group 1
credenzas are for use with bridges STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
and component worksurfaces. Can bm Rim finish designator (omit for
also be used as a stand-alone unit. wood worksurface)

DEFINITION ®
Rectangular Worksurfaces Pricing Planning 2.16
24"D GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
For Use as Main, Extension or Filler Surface • Rim profile on all four sides
Widthwise Grain Direction • Flat brackets: two with extension
24" 18" 19⁄16" DF2418WSS4 $704 surfaces, four with filler surfaces,
none with main surfaces
24" 30" 19⁄16" DF2430WSS4 732 • Attachment brackets
24" 36" 19⁄16" DF2436WSS4 761
24" 42" 19⁄16" DF2442WSS4 788
How to Specify
24" 48" 19⁄16" DF2448WSS4 825
! Model
24" 54" 19⁄16" DF2454WSS4 858 @ Worksurface material:
24" 60" 19⁄16" DF2460WSS4 897 LW = Laminate with wood rim
24" 66" 19⁄16" DF2466WSS4 937 (n/a for front-to-back grain direction)
W = Wood
24" 72" 19⁄16" DF2472WSS4 974
3 Worksurface type:
24" 78" 19⁄16" DF2478WSS4 1011 M = Main
24" 84" 19⁄16" DF2484WSS4 1053 E = Extension
24" 90" 19⁄16" DF2490WSS4 1128 F = Filler
4 Rim profile:
24" 96" 19⁄16" DF2496WSS4 1206 B = Bevel G = Beaded
24" 102" 19⁄16" DF24102WSS4 1305 C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
24" 108" 19⁄16" DF24108WSS4 1421 F = Softened M = Reed
24" 114" 19⁄16" DF24114WSS4 1506
24" 120" 19⁄16" DF24120WSS4 1640 designators.
Front-to-Back Grain Direction (Wood only) X = No grommet or cut-out
24" 60" 19⁄16" DF2460WSS4FB $897
STD = Group 1
24" 66" 19⁄16" DF2466WSS4FB 937 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
24" 72" 19⁄16" DF2472WSS4FB 974 7 Worksurface finish designator
24" 78" 19⁄16" DF2478WSS4FB 1011 8 Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
24" 84" 19⁄16" DF2484WSS4FB 1053 STD = Group 1
24" 90" 19⁄16" DF2490WSS4FB 1128 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
24" 96" 19⁄16" DF2496WSS4FB 1206 9 Rim finish designator (omit for
IMPORTANT: Flat brackets ship wood worksurface)
standard with extension and filler 24" 102" 19⁄16" DF24102WSS4FB 1305
worksurface types. Specify flat 24" 108" 19⁄16" DF24108WSS4FB 1421
brackets separately only if 24" 114" 19⁄16" DF24114WSS4FB 1506
additional brackets are required.
24" 120" 19⁄16" DF24120WSS4FB 1640
Flat Brackets
➤See page 2.64

DEFINITION ®
30"D GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
For Use as a Main Surface • Worksurface: widthwise grain
30" 36" 19⁄16" DF3036WSSM4 $852 direction
30" 42" 19⁄16" DF3042WSSM4 889 • Rim profile on all four sides
• Attachment brackets
30" 48" 19⁄16" DF3048WSSM4 926
30" 54" 19⁄16" DF3054WSSM4 961
30" 60" 19⁄16" DF3060WSSM4 1002 How to Specify
30" 66" 19⁄16" DF3066WSSM4 1044 ! Model
30" 72" 19⁄16" DF3072WSSM4 1091
30" 78" 19⁄16" DF3078WSSM4 1137 W = Wood
30" 84" 19⁄16" DF3084WSSM4 1189 3 Rim profile:
30" 90" 19⁄16" DF3090WSSM4 1246
For Use as an Extension Surface F = Softened M = Reed
30" 48" 19⁄16" DF3048WSSE4 $926
30" 54" 19⁄16" DF3054WSSE4 961 designators.
30" 60" 19⁄16" DF3060WSSE4 1002 X = No grommet or cut-out
30" 66" 19⁄16" DF3066WSSE4 1044 5 Worksurface finish price group:
STD = Group 1
30" 72" 19⁄16" DF3072WSSE4 1091
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
30" 78" 19⁄16" DF3078WSSE4 1137 6 Worksurface finish designator
30" 84" 19⁄16" DF3084WSSE4 1189 7 Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
30" 90" 19⁄16" DF3090WSSE4 1246
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
IMPORTANT: Flat brackets ship

standard with extension worksur-
face types. Specify flat brackets
separately only if additional
brackets are required.
Flat Brackets
➤See page 2.64.

DEFINITION ®
36"D GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
36" 48" 19⁄16" DF3648WSSM4 $999 direction
36" 54" 19⁄16" DF3654WSSM4 1049 • Rim profile on all four sides
• Flat brackets: two with extension
36" 60" 19⁄16" DF3660WSSM4 1106 surface, none with main surface
36" 66" 19⁄16" DF3666WSSM4 1161 • Attachment brackets
36" 72" 19⁄16" DF3672WSSM4 1224
36" 78" 19⁄16" DF3678WSSM4 1286 How to Specify
36" 84" 19⁄16" DF3684WSSM4 1353 ! Model
36" 90" 19⁄16" DF3690WSSM4 1421 @ Worksurface material:
For Use as an Extension Surface
W = Wood
36" 48" 19⁄16" DF3648WSSE4 $999 3 Rim profile:
36" 54" 19⁄16" DF3654WSSE4 1049 B = Bevel G = Beaded
36" 60" 19⁄16" DF3660WSSE4 1106 C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
36" 66" 19⁄16" DF3666WSSE4 1161 4 Grommet/cut-out option:
36" 72" 19⁄16" DF3672WSSE4 1224 ➤See pages 2.43–2.44 for
36" 78" 19⁄16" DF3678WSSE4 1286 designators.
36" 84" 19⁄16" DF3684WSSE4 1353 5 Worksurface finish price group:
36" 90" 19⁄16" DF3690WSSE4 1421 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
IMPORTANT: Flat brackets ship stan-

dard with extension worksurface type.
Specify flat brackets separately only if
additional brackets are required.
Flat Brackets
➤See page 2.64.

DEFINITION ®
Arc Worksurfaces Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
36" 72" 19⁄16" DF3672WSA4 $1452 direction
42" 72" 19⁄16" DF4272WSA4 1657 • Rim profile on all four sides
42" 78" 19⁄16" DF4278WSA4 1994
How to Specify
! Model
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
designators.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
IMPORTANT: 36”D arc worksurface

is for use with 29” or 30"D compo-
nents; 42"W is for use with 35” or
36"D components.

DEFINITION ®
Angled Worksurfaces Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
For Use as an Extension Surface • Worksurface: widthwise grain
Angle on Right direction
30” 66” 19⁄16" DF3066WSGER4 $2170 • Rim profile on all four sides
• Two flat brackets
30” 72” 19⁄16" DF3072WSGER4 2278 • Attachment brackets
36” 66” 19⁄16" DF3666WSGER4 2270
36” 72” 19⁄16" DF3672WSGER4 2391
How to Specify
Angle on Left
! Model
30” 66” 19⁄16" DF3066WSGEL4 $2170 @ Worksurface material:
30” 72” 19⁄16" DF3072WSGEL4 2278 LW = Laminate with wood rim
36” 66” 19⁄16" DF3666WSGEL4 2270 W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
36” 72” 19⁄16" DF3672WSGEL4 2391
66" 72" 66" 72" F = Softened M = Reed
43" 49" 41" 47" 4 Grommet/cut-out option:
30" 30" 36" 36" designators.
39" 39" 45" 45"
30" 30"
38" 39" 36" 36" 5
30" 36" Worksurface finish price group:
51" 57" STD = Group 1
48" 54"
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
Modesty Panels
➤See page 2.67.

DEFINITION ®
U-Shaped and P-Shaped Worksurfaces Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Conf. Area Model Price

Standard Includes
U-Shaped • Worksurface: widthwise grain
30" 60" 19⁄16" — DF3060WSU $2030 direction
30" 72" 19⁄16" — DF3072WSU 2203 • Rim profile on all four sides
• Flat brackets: two with extension
36" 72" 19⁄16" — DF3672WSU 2314 surface, none with main surfaces
P-Shaped
How to Specify
Conference Area on Right
! Model
30" 72" 19⁄16" 36" DF3072WSPR $2616 @ Worksurface material:
36" 72" 19⁄16" 42" DF3672WSPR 2755 LW = Laminate with wood rim
Conference Area on Left W = Wood
3 Worksurface type:
30" 72" 19⁄16" 36" DF3072WSPL $2616
M = Main
36" 72" 19⁄16" 42" DF3672WSPL 2755 E = Extension
4 Rim profile:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Column or cylinder base 8 Rim finish designator (omit for
must be specified separately for the wood worksurface)
curved end of the surface.

➤See page 2.65.
T-Leg Support Base

➤See page 2.64.

Price List.

DEFINITION ®
Support Panels Pricing Planning 2.16
End Panels GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
For Use With Overlay Modesty Panel • End panel: wood
23" 13⁄16" 271⁄2" DF2328EPW $472 • Attachment hardware
29" 13⁄16" 271⁄2" DF2928EPW 489
35" 13⁄16" 271⁄2" DF3528EPW 510 How to Specify
! Model
For Use with Rectangular or Angled Extension Worksurfaces STD = Group 1
24" 19⁄16" 271⁄2" DF2428EPEW $486 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
30" 19⁄16" 271⁄2" DF3028EPEW 501
36" 19⁄16" 271⁄2" DF3628EPEW 526
For Use in Single-Pedestal Desk Applications

24" 19⁄16" 271⁄2" DF2428EPDW $486
30" 19⁄16" 271⁄2" DF3028EPDW 501
36" 19⁄16" 271⁄2" DF3628EPDW 526
IMPORTANT: Refer to planning

pages for application guidelines.
➤See page 2.27.

DEFINITION ®
Support Panels Pricing Planning 2.16
T-Leg End Panels and Worksurface Support Panels GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
T-Leg End Panels • End or support panel: wood
24" 13⁄16" 271⁄2" DF2428STW $761 • Attachment hardware
30" 13⁄16" 271⁄2" DF3028STW 798
36" 13⁄16" 271⁄2" DF3628STW 834 How to Specify
End Panel or Support Panel
Worksurface Support Panel ! Model
111⁄2" 13⁄16" 271⁄2" DF1228SSW $360
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Flat Brackets
Related Products ! Model
D W Model Price
Flat Brackets for Connecting Worksurfaces

3" 51⁄2" ACAWBP1 $12
IMPORTANT: Worksurface support

panel is required where kneespace
area is greater than 60”W.
Flat brackets ship standard with

extension and filler worksurface
types. Specify flat brackets sepa-
rately only if additional brackets are
required.
Worksurface Support Brackets for

use with Vertical Storage
➤See page 2.98.

DEFINITION ®
Column and Half-Cylinder Bases Pricing Planning 2.16
For Use with Rectangular, Angled, U-, and P-Shaped Worksurfaces GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
How to Specify
Round Metal Column Round Metal Column with
Paint Finish Paint Finish
4" dia. 273⁄4" KAC2804SFBP $335
! Model
2 Finish designator:
Plated Finish 405 = Designer White
4" dia. 273⁄4" CBM2804CF2 $446 462 = Cinder
501 = Platinum Metallic
514 = Carbon Metallic
Round Metal Column with

Round Wood Column Plated Finish
6" dia. 273⁄4" AC2806SFB $690
! Model
490 = Polished Chrome
495 = Steel
Round Wood Column

Square Fluted-Metal Column ! Model
4" 4" 273⁄4" KAC2804SSFP $386 2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Wood Half-Cylinder Square Fluted-Metal Column
12" 12" 273⁄4" AC2812SHB $733 ! Model
405 = Designer White
462 = Cinder
501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
510 = Silver Frost
514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
Rectangular Worksurfaces Wood Half-Cylinder Base

➤See pages 2.57–2.59. ! Model
Angled Worksurfaces STD = Group 1
➤See page 2.61. STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
U-Shaped and P-Shaped
Worksurfaces
➤See page 2.62.

DEFINITION ®
Metal U-Legs, O-Legs, and Elite Legs Pricing Planning 2.16
For Use with Rectangular and Angled Extension Worksurfaces GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
U-Legs • Leg: metal
235⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF2428SLUSF1 $480 • Attachment hardware
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3028SLUSF1 506
353⁄4"" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3628SLUSF1 531 How to Specify
O-Legs U-Leg or O-Leg
235⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF2428SLOSF1 $494 ! Model
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3028SLOSF1 519
353⁄4"" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3628SLOSF1 545 462 = Cinder
With Veneer Insert 501 = Platinum Metallic
235⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF2428SLOSWF1 $1003
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3028SLOSWF1 1047 O-Leg with Veneer Insert
353⁄4"" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3628SLOSWF1 1088 ! Model
2 Paint finish designator:
Elite Legs 405 = Designer White
293⁄4" 31⁄2" 273⁄4" DF3028SLOF2 $2063 462 = Cinder
353⁄4"" 31⁄2" 273⁄4" DF3628SLOF2 2171 501 = Platinum Metallic
3 Wood finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Wood finish designator
Elite Leg
! Model
483 = Polished Stainless Steel
IMPORTANT: Metal U-legs,

O-legs, and Elite legs are for use
with extension worksurfaces only.
They cannot be used for
freestanding desk applications.
Rectangular Worksurfaces
➤See pages 2.57–2.59.
Angled Worksurfaces
➤See page 2.61.

DEFINITION ®
Modesty Panels Pricing Planning 2.16
For Kneewells GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Full Height • Modesty panel: wood
3⁄4" 293⁄4" 271⁄4" DF3027MPKW $556 • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 353⁄4" 271⁄4" DF3627MPKW 584
3⁄4" 413⁄4" 271⁄4" DF4227MPKW 642 How to Specify
3⁄4" 473⁄4" 271⁄4" DF4827MPKW 650 ! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Partial Height
3⁄4" 293⁄4" 125⁄8" DF3013MPKW $387
3⁄4" 353⁄4" 125⁄8" DF3613MPKW 410
3⁄4" 413⁄4" 125⁄8" DF4213MPKW 449
3⁄4" 473⁄4" 125⁄8" DF4813MPKW 455

DEFINITION ®
For Use as Recessed Desk Front or Credenza Back Panel GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Full Height • Modesty panel, finished on both
3⁄4" 4723⁄32" 271⁄4" DF4827MPW $650 sides: wood
3⁄4" 5311⁄16" 271⁄4" DF5427MPW 686 • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 5911⁄16" 271⁄4" DF6027MPW 725
3⁄4" 6521⁄32" 271⁄4" DF6627MPW 739 How to Specify
3⁄4" 7121⁄32" 271⁄4" DF7227MPW 778 ! Model
3⁄4" 775⁄8" 271⁄4" DF7827MPW 816 2 Finish price group:
3⁄4"
STD = Group 1
8311⁄16" 271⁄4" DF8427MPW 855
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3⁄4" 8919⁄32" 271⁄4" DF9027MPW 903 3 Finish designator
3⁄4" 9519⁄32" 271⁄4" DF9627MPW 949
3⁄4" 1019⁄16" 271⁄4" DF10227MPW 995
3⁄4" 1079⁄16" 271⁄4" DF10827MPW 1042
3⁄4" 11317⁄32" 271⁄4" DF11427MPW 1095
3⁄4" 11917⁄32" 271⁄4" DF12027MPW 1150

DEFINITION ®
For Use with Bridges and Returns GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Extension (Return) Modesty Panels • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 3531⁄32" 271⁄4" DF3627MPRW $584
3⁄4" 4132⁄32" 271⁄4" DF4227MPRW 611 How to Specify
3⁄4" 4715⁄16" 271⁄4" DF4827MPRW 650 ! Model
3⁄4" 5315⁄16" 271⁄4" DF5427MPRW 686 2 Finish price group:
3⁄4" 5915⁄16" 271⁄4" DF6027MPRW 725 STD = Group 1
3⁄4"
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6515⁄16" 271⁄4" DF6627MPRW 739 3 Finish designator
3⁄4" 717⁄8" 271⁄4" DF7227MPRW 778
3⁄4" 777⁄8" 271⁄4" DF7827MPRW 816
3⁄4" 847⁄8" 271⁄4" DF8427MPRW 855
3⁄4" 897⁄8" 271⁄4" DF9027MPRW 903
3⁄4" 9513⁄16" 271⁄4" DF9627MPRW 948
3⁄4" 10113⁄16" 271⁄4" DF10227MPRW 998
3⁄4" 1073⁄4" 271⁄4" DF10827MPRW 1048
3⁄4" 1133⁄4" 271⁄4" DF11427MPRW 1101
3⁄4" 1193⁄4" 271⁄4" DF12027MPRW 1157
Filler (Bridge) Modesty Panels
3⁄4" 367⁄32" 271⁄4" DF3627MPBW $584
3⁄4" 427⁄32" 271⁄4" DF4227MPBW 611
3⁄4" 483⁄16" 271⁄4" DF4827MPBW 650
3⁄4" 543⁄16" 271⁄4" DF5427MPBW 686
3⁄4" 605⁄32" 271⁄4" DF6027MPBW 725
3⁄4" 665⁄32" 271⁄4" DF6627MPBW 739
3⁄4" 721⁄8" 271⁄4" DF7227MPBW 778
3⁄4" 781⁄8" 271⁄4" DF7827MPBW 816
3⁄4" 843⁄32" 271⁄4" DF8427MPBW 855
3⁄4" 903⁄32" 271⁄4" DF9027MPBW 903
IMPORTANT: Modesty panels are

designed for specific applications
and are not universal. Specify
based on the application to assure
proper fit and hardware.

DEFINITION ®
Modesty Panel Pricing Planning 2.16
For Use in a Single-Pedestal Desk Application GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Wing W Model Price

Standard Includes
Partial Height • Modesty panel: wood
3⁄4" 491⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF4913MPDW $455 • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 521⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5213MPDW 478
3⁄4" 551⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5513MPDW 502 How to Specify
3⁄4" 581⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5813MPDW 526 ! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator

The models on this page are for

use in single-pedestal desk appli-
cations only, and in conjunction
with a 19⁄16" wood end panel
(EPDW model).
➤See page 2.30 for Modesty Panel
Selection Guide.

DEFINITION ®
Modesty Panels with Wing Pricing Planning 2.16
For Use with Rectangular Extension Worksurface GSA SIN 711-8

Standard Includes
Full Height
• Modesty panel: wood
3⁄4" 421⁄4" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF4227MPREW $759 • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 481⁄4" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF4827MPREW 764
3⁄4" 495⁄8" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF5027MPREW 770
3⁄4"
How to Specify
511⁄4" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF5127MPREW 778
3⁄4"
! Model
541⁄4" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF5427MPREW 798 2 Finish price group:
3⁄4" 555⁄8" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF5627MPREW 807 STD = Group 1
3⁄4" 571⁄4" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF5727MPREW 809 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3⁄4"
3 Finish designator
601⁄4" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF6027MPREW 837
3⁄4" 615⁄8" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF6227MPREW 846
3⁄4" 631⁄4" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF6327MPREW 855
Partial Height
3⁄4" 421⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF4213MPREW $530
3⁄4" 481⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF4813MPREW 533
3⁄4" 495⁄8" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5013MPREW 539
3⁄4" 511⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5113MPREW 544
3⁄4" 541⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5413MPREW 559
3⁄4" 555⁄8" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5613MPREW 566
3⁄4" 571⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5713MPREW 568
3⁄4" 601⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF6013MPREW 586
3⁄4" 615⁄8" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF6213MPREW 591
3⁄4" 631⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF6313MPREW 600


use with a rectangular extension
worksurface, a 19⁄16" wood end
panel(s) (EPEW models), and/or a
15" or 18"W pedestal.
Selection Guide.

DEFINITION ®
For Use with Angled Extension Worksurface GSA SIN 711-8

Standard Includes
3⁄4" 431⁄8" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF4327MPAEW $759 • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 441⁄2" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF4527MPAEW 761
3⁄4" 491⁄4" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF4927MPAEW 770 How to Specify
3⁄4" 501⁄2" 271⁄4" 63⁄4" DF5127MPAEW 778 ! Model
STD = Group 1
Partial Height STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3⁄4"
3 Finish designator
431⁄8" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF4313MPAEW $530
3⁄4" 441⁄2" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF4513MPAEW 531
3⁄4" 491⁄4" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF4913MPAEW 539
3⁄4" 501⁄2" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5113MPAEW 544


use with an angle extension work-
surface, a 19⁄16" wood end panel(s)
(EPEW models).
Selection Guide.

DEFINITION ®
For Use with Metal U-Legs, O-Legs, or Elite Legs GSA SIN 711-8

Standard Includes
Partial Height • Modesty panel: wood
For Use with Rectangular Worksurface • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 441⁄2" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF4513MPRELW $531
3⁄4" 501⁄2" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5113MPRELW 544 How to Specify
3⁄4" 561⁄2" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF5713MPRELW 568 ! Model
STD = Group 1
For Use with Angled Worksurface STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3⁄4" 381⁄16" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF3813MPAELW $518
3 Finish designator
3⁄4" 441⁄16" 125⁄8" 63⁄4" DF4413MPAELW 529


use with rectangular or angled
extension worksurface and metal
U-legs, O-legs, or elite legs.
Selection Guide.

DEFINITION ®
Technology Modesty Panels Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Technology Modesty Panel • Modesty panel: wood
65⁄8" 237⁄8" 251⁄8" DF2425MPTW $890 • Hinged door
65⁄8" 267⁄8" 251⁄8" DF2725MPTW 907 • Hardware
65⁄8" 297⁄8" 251⁄8" DF3025MPTW 932

65⁄8" 327⁄8" 251⁄8" DF3325MPTW 950 How to Specify
65⁄8" 357⁄8" 251⁄8" DF3625MPTW 974 ! Model
65⁄8" 387⁄8" 251⁄8" DF3925MPTW 992 2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
65⁄8" 417⁄8" 251⁄8" DF4225MPTW 1015
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
65⁄8" 447⁄8" 251⁄8" DF4525MPTW 1037 3 Finish designator
65⁄8" 477⁄8" 251⁄8" DF4825MPTW 1056
65⁄8" 507⁄8" 251⁄8" DF5125MPTW 1079
65⁄8" 537⁄8" 251⁄8" DF5425MPTW 1099
65⁄8" 567⁄8" 251⁄8" DF5725MPTW 1119
65⁄8" 597⁄8" 251⁄8" DF6025MPTW 1143
Full-Height Modesty Panels for Use with Technology Modesty Panel

3⁄4" 143⁄4" 271⁄4" DF1527MPW $503
3⁄4" 173⁄4" 271⁄4" DF1827MPW 529
3⁄4" 293⁄4" 271⁄4" DF3027MPW 556
3⁄4" 353⁄4" 271⁄4" DF3627MPW 584

designed for specific applications and
are not universal. Specify based on
the application to assure proper fit
and hardware.
Worksurface Support Panels

➤See page 2.64.
Wire Managers
Price List.

DEFINITION ®
Undersurface Storage Pricing Planning 2.16
15"W and 18'W Pedestals with Open Back GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Box/Box/File • Unfinished, open top and back
23" 15" 273⁄4" DF2315PUBBFW $1800 • Finished sides
23" 18" 273⁄4" DF2318PUBBFW 2001 • Lock
• Adjustable shelf in open storage
29" 15" 273⁄4" DF2915PUBBFW 1891 unit
29" 18" 273⁄4" DF2918PUBBFW 2103
35" 15" 273⁄4" DF3515PUBBFW 1983
How to Specify
35" 18" 273⁄4" DF3518PUBBFW 2203
! Model
File/File 2 Pull option (omit for open
23" 15" 273⁄4" DF2315PUFFW $1800 storage):
23" 18" 273⁄4" DF2318PUFFW 2001
3 Lock option:
29" 15" 273⁄4" DF2915PUFFW 1891 KRB = Key random, black core
29" 18" 273⁄4" DF2918PUFFW 2103 KRS = Key random, silver core
35" 15" 273⁄4" DF3515PUFFW 1983 KRC = Key random, chrome core
35" 18" 273⁄4" DF3518PUFFW 2203 lock core separately
Pencil/Pencil/Pencil/File ➤See page 2.45.
23" 18" 273⁄4" DF2318PUPPPFW $2074
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Open Storage
22" 18" 273⁄4" DF2318PUOSW $1939
Back Panels, Undersurface Filler

Strips, Filler Panels, and Ganging
Brackets
➤See page 2.78.

DEFINITION ®
15"W and 18'W Pedestals with Finished Back GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Box/Box/File • Unfinished, open top
24" 15" 273⁄4" DF2415PUBBFFW $1955 • Finished back and sides
24" 18" 273⁄4" DF2418PUBBFFW 2149 • Adjustable shelf in hinged-door
and open storage units
30" 15" 273⁄4" (shown) DF3015PUBBFFW 2037 • Lock
30" 18" 273⁄4" DF3018PUBBFFW 2238
36" 15" 273⁄4" DF3615PUBBFFW 2110
How to Specify
36" 18" 273⁄4" DF3618PUBBFFW 2321
! Model
File/File 2 Pull option (omit for open
24" 15" 273⁄4" DF2415PUFFFW $1955 storage):
24" 18" 273⁄4" DF2418PUFFFW 2149
3 Lock option:
30" 15" 273⁄4" DF3015PUFFFW 2037 KRB = Key random, black core
30" 18" 273⁄4" (shown) DF3018PUFFFW 2238 KRS = Key random, silver core
36" 15" 273⁄4" DF3615PUFFFW 2110 KRC = Key random, chrome core
36" 18" 273⁄4" DF3618PUFFFW 2321 lock core separately
➤See page 2.45.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Undersurface Filler Strips, Filler

Panels, and Ganging Brackets
➤See page 2.78.

DEFINITION ®
30"W and 36'W Pedestals with Open Back GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Two-Drawer Lateral File • Unfinished, open top and back
23" 30" 273⁄4" DF2330LFM2W $2120 • Finished sides
23" 36" 273⁄4" DF2336LFM2W 2227 • Adjustable shelf in hinged-door
and open storage units
• Lock
Hinged-Door Storage
23" 30" 273⁄4" DF2330PUHW $2030 How to Specify
23" 36" 273⁄4" DF2336PUHW 2203 ! Model
2 Pull option (omit for open
storage):
Open Storage 3 Lock option:
22" 30" 273⁄4" DF2330PUOSW $1986 KRB = Key random, black core
22" 36" 273⁄4" DF2336PUOSW 2028
➤See page 2.45.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Back Panels, Undersurface Filler

Strips, Filler Panels, and Ganging
Brackets
➤See page 2.78.

DEFINITION ®
Back Panels and Related Products GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
How to Specify
Pedestal Back Panels Back Panel, Filler Strip, or Filler
3⁄4" 143⁄4" 271⁄4" DF1527CPBPW $503 Panel
3⁄4" 173⁄4" 271⁄4" DF1827CPBPW 529
! Model
3⁄4" 293⁄4" 271⁄4" DF3027CPBPW 556 STD = Group 1
3⁄4" 353⁄4" 271⁄4" DF3627CPBPW 584 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Ganging Bracket
Undersurface Filler Strip ! Model
3⁄4" 23⁄4" 271⁄2" DF28CPFSW $43
Undersurface Filler Panel

3⁄4" 18" 271⁄2" DF1827CPFPW $447
Ganging Bracket
3⁄4" 53⁄4" 13⁄4" 11⁄8" ACGB1 $38

DEFINITION ®
Mobile Storage Pricing Planning 2.16
Pedestals and Utility Tables GSA SIN 711-8
Upholstery Price Grade

Standard Includes
D W H Model 1 or COM 2 3 4 5 6 7
Mobile Pedestals
Box/File Cushion-Top Pedestal • Organizer tray in top panel of
23" 15" 23" DF2415PMBFCW $1999 $2027 $2043 $2061 $2087 $2113 $2139 box/box/file and file/file models:
black vinyl; finished top on
pencil/box/file model; cushion-top
D W H Model Price on box/file model
• Lock
Box/Box/File Pedestal • Finished back and sides
233⁄4" 18" 277⁄8" DF2418PMBBFTW $2017 • Anti-tip device on bottom drawer
• Four dual-wheel casters
Mobile Utility Table

• One adjustable shelf behind
File/File Pedestal hinged doors in lower section
233⁄4" 18" 277⁄8" DF2418PMFFTW $2017 • Black handle on both end panels
• Fixed shelf above storage area
with black cord management
grommet; 51⁄4" shelf clearance
• Lock
Pencil/Box/File Pedestal • Finished top, back, and sides
233⁄4" 18" 26" DF2418PMPBFW $2017 • Four dual-wheel casters
How to Specify
! Model
Utility Table 2 Pull option:
24" 36" 337⁄8" CE2436MUTW $3060 ➤See page 2.41 for designators.
3 Lock option:
IMPORTANT: Box/box/file and ➤See page 2.45.
file/file mobile pedestals are not for 4 Finish price group:
use under a worksurface. Cushion- STD = Group 1
top and pencil/ box/file models are STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
recommended for undersurface 5 Finish designator
mobile applications. 6 Upholstery grade (include for
cushion-top model only)
Cushion-top pedestal is not 7 Upholstery designator (include
available with leather upholstery. for cushion-top model only)

DEFINITION ®
Freestanding Lateral Files Pricing Planning 2.16
Rim Profile on Four Sides GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Two Drawers • Rim profile on all four sides
24" 36" 291⁄4" DF2436LFF2 $2547 • Finished back
• Lock
• Interlock mechanism allows only
one drawer to be open at a time
Four Drawers
24" 36" 523⁄4" DF2436LFF4 $4261 How to Specify
! Model
@ Top material:
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
4 Pull option:
5 Lock option:
➤See page 2.45.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Finish designator
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood top)

DEFINITION ®
Freestanding Lateral Files Pricing Planning 2.16
Finished Wood Top; No Rim Profile GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Three Drawers • Top: wood; no rim profile
233⁄4" 30" 401⁄8" DF2430LFM3W $3427 • Finished back
233⁄4" 36" 401⁄8" DF2436LFM3W 3595 • Lock
• Interlock mechanism allows only
one drawer to be open at a time
Four Drawers How to Specify

233⁄4" 30" 523⁄4" DF2430LFM4W $3863 ! Model
2 Pull option:
233⁄4" 36" 523⁄4" DF2436LFM4W 4056
3 Lock option:
➤See page 2.45.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Tops of these units

are fully finished; however, they
have no rim profile. A component
top may be added if a rim profile is
desired.
Component Tops
➤See page 2.101.

DEFINITION ®
Overhead Storage Pricing Planning 2.16
Wall-Mount Cabinets with Wood Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Number of Number of
Standard Includes
D W H WC Doors Optional Locks Model Price
Overhead Cabinet
18"H • Finished top; no rim profile
143⁄4" 297⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 DF3020SOHMW $1472 • Self-closing adjustable hinges
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 DF3620SOHMW 1549 • 3⁄4-height back panel, open at the
top
143⁄4" 417⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 DF4220SOHMW 1889
• One adjustable shelf on 30"H
143⁄4" 477⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 DF4820SOHMW 1994 models
143⁄4" 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 DF5420SOHMW 2197 • Stationary vertical dividers
143⁄4" 597⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 DF6020SOHMW 2843
Traxx Bracket
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 DF6620SOHMW 2990 • One metal bracket: black
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 DF7220SOHMW 3149
30"H How to Specify

143⁄4" 297⁄8" 30" 20" 2 1 DF3031SOHMW $2254 Overhead Cabinet
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 30" 20" 2 1 DF3631SOHMW 2365 ! Model
143⁄4 " 417⁄8" 30" 20" 3 2 DF4231SOHMW 2885 2 Lock option:
143⁄4 " 477⁄8" 30" 20" 3 2 DF4831SOHMW 3044
(+$69 per lock)
143⁄4 " 537⁄8" 30" 20" 3 2 DF5431SOHMW 3350 KRS = Key random, silver core
143⁄4 " 597⁄8" 30" 20" 4 2 DF6031SOHMW 4057 (+$69 per lock)
143⁄4 " 657⁄8" 30" 20" 4 2 DF6631SOHMW 4573
(+$69 per lock)
143⁄4 " 717⁄8" 30" 20" 4 2 DF7231SOHMW 4816 KS = Key specific (+$41 per
lock); specify lock cores
separately
X = Non-locking
Related Products: STD = Group 1
D W H Model Price STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Wall-mount Traxx Wall-Mount Traxx Bracket
brackets must be specified 11⁄16" 72" 2" TXT721 $171 Traxx Bracket
separately. Brackets are 72"W and ! Model
can be scribed in the field to accom-
modate cabinets less than 72"W.
Filler Strips
➤See page 2.85.
Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.

DEFINITION ®
Wall-Mount Cabinets with Writable Glass Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Number of
Standard Includes
D W H WC Doors Model Price
Overhead Cabinet
18"H • Finished top; no rim profile
143⁄4" 297⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 DF3020SOHMG2W $2686 • Self-closing adjustable hinges
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 DF3620SOHMG2W 2710 • 3⁄4-height back panel; open at top
• Stationary vertical dividers
143⁄4" 417⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 DF4220SOHMG2W 3131
• Non-locking doors
143⁄4" 477⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 DF4820SOHMG2W 3257
143⁄4" 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 DF5420SOHMG2W 3767 Traxx Bracket
• One metal bracket: black
143⁄4" 597⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 DF6020SOHMG2W 3866
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 DF6620SOHMG2W 4053
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 DF7220SOHMG2W 4156 How to Specify
30"H Overhead Cabinet
! Model
143⁄4" 297⁄8" 30" 20" 2 DF3031SOHMG2W $3269 2 Glass pattern/door frame finish:
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 30" 20" 2 DF3631SOHMG2W 3383 202G 486 = Ice Gloss/Clear
143⁄4 " 417⁄8" 30" 20" 3 DF4231SOHMG2W 4039 Anodized Aluminum
143⁄4 " 477⁄8" 30" 20" 3 DF4831SOHMG2W 4231
STD = Group 1
143⁄4 " 537⁄8" 30" 20" 3 DF5431SOHMG2W 4757 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
143⁄4 " 597⁄8" 30" 20" 4 DF6031SOHMG2W 5110 4 Finish designator
143⁄4 " 657⁄8" 30" 20" 4 DF6631SOHMG2W 5703
Traxx Bracket
143⁄4 " 717⁄8" 30" 20" 4 DF7231SOHMG2W 5899 ! Model
Related Products
D W H Model Price
IMPORTANT: Wall-mount Traxx
brackets must be specified Wall-Mount Traxx Bracket
separately. Brackets are 72"W and 11⁄16" 72" 2" TXT721 $171
can be scribed in the field to accom-
modate cabinets less than 72"W.
Specify a filler strip for the back edge

of a cabinet to conceal the exposed
Traxx bracket.
Filler Strip
➤See page 2.85.

DEFINITION ®
Suspended Cabinets with Wood Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Number of Number of
Standard Includes
D W H WC Doors Optional Locks Model Price
• Finished top; no rim profile
18"H • Self-closing adjustable hinges
143⁄4 " 297⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 DF3020SOHSW $1472 • 3⁄4-height back panel; open at the
143⁄4 " 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 DF3620SOHSW 1549 top
143⁄4 " 417⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 DF4220SOHSW 1889
models
143⁄4 " 477⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 DF4820SOHSW 1994 • Stationary vertical dividers
143⁄4 " 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 DF5420SOHSW 2197 • Attachment hardware
143⁄4 " 597⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 DF6020SOHSW 2843
143⁄4 " 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 DF6620SOHSW 2990 How to Specify
143⁄4 " 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 DF7220SOHSW 3149 ! Model
30"H
2 Lock option:
143⁄4 " 297⁄8" 30" 20" 2 1 DF3031SOHSW $2254 (+$69 per lock)
143⁄4 " 357⁄8" 30" 20" 2 1 DF3631SOHSW 2365 KRS = Key random, silver core
143⁄4 " 417⁄8" 30" 20" 3 2 DF4231SOHSW 2885 (+$69 per lock)
143⁄4 " 477⁄8" 30" 20" 3 2 DF4831SOHSW 3044
(+$69 per lock)
143⁄4 " 537⁄8" 30" 20" 3 2 DF5431SOHSW 3350 KS = Key specific (+$41 per
143⁄4 " 597⁄8" 30" 20" 4 2 DF6031SOHSW 4057 lock); specify lock cores
separately
143⁄4 " 657⁄8" 30" 20" 4 2 DF6631SOHSW 4573
X = Non-locking
143⁄4 " 717⁄8" 30" 20" 4 2 DF7231SOHSW 4816 3 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator

DEFINITION ®
Filler Panels and Filler Strips GSA SIN 711-8
D W H For Use with Model Price

Standard Includes
Filler Panels Filler Panel
143⁄4" 18" 181⁄8" 185⁄8"H cabinets DF1820CPFPW $533 • Panel: wood
143⁄4" 18" 30" 313⁄4"H cabinets DF1831CPFPW 624 • Finished top; no rim profile
Filler Strip
• Non-handed metal strip: black
Filler Strips
How to Specify
13⁄8" 30" Wall-mount cabinets DF0130CPFS $60
Filler Panel
! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Filler Strip
! Model
IMPORTANT: Filler panels and filler

strips may be scribed in the field to
the size needed.

DEFINITION ®
Highback Organizers Pricing Planning 2.16
Wood Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Number of Number of Number of

Standard Includes
D W H WC Doors Grommets Optional Locks Model Price
143⁄4" 54" 381⁄8" 20" 3 1 2 DF5438HBHW $2977 • Finished back on 54"–72"W
143⁄4" 60" 381⁄8" 20" 4 1 2 DF6038HBHW 3199 models; unfinished on 84"–108"W
models
143⁄4" 66" 381⁄8" 20" 4 1 2 DF6638HBHW 3439
• Black cord management grommet
143⁄4" 72" 381⁄8" 20" 4 1 2 DF7238HBHW 3698 located in center top of back panel
143⁄4" 84" 381⁄8" 20" 4 1 2 DF8438HBHW 4160 below the cabinet
143⁄4" 96" 381⁄8" 20" 6 1 3 DF9638HBHW 4919
models
• Stationary vertical dividers
• 108"W unit consists of two
sections; shipped in separate
143⁄4" 108" 381⁄8" 20" 6 2 4 DF10838HBHW 5991 cartons. Assembly required.
How to Specify
! Model
2 Lock option:
50"H (+$69 per lock)
143⁄4" 54" 50" 20" 3 1 2 DF5450HBHW $4053 KRS = Key random, silver core
(+$69 per lock)
143⁄4" 60" 50" 20" 4 1 2 DF6050HBHW 4731
143⁄4" 66" 50" 20" 4 1 2 DF6650HBHW 5082 (+$69 per lock)
143⁄4" 72" 50" 20" 4 1 2 DF7250HBHW 5470 KS = Key specific (+$41 per
lock); specify lock cores
separately
X = Non-locking
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.
Tackboards
➤See page 2.88.
Slat Wall Tile

➤See page 2.89.

DEFINITION ®
Highback Organizers Pricing Planning 2.16
Writable Glass Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Number of Number of
Standard Includes
D W H WC Doors Grommets Model Price
143⁄4" 54" 381⁄8" 20" 3 1 DF5438HBHG2W $4021 • Finished back
143⁄4" 60" 381⁄8" 20" 4 1 DF6038HBHG2W 4266 • Black cord management grommet
located in center top of back panel
143⁄4" 66" 381⁄8" 20" 4 1 DF6638HBHG2W 4453
below the cabinet
143⁄4" 72" 381⁄8" 20" 4 1 DF7238HBHG2W 4692 • Stationary vertical dividers
• Non-locking hinged doors
How to Specify
! Model
2 Glass pattern/door frame finish:
50"H 202G 486 = Ice Gloss/Clear
143⁄4" 54" 50" 20" 3 1 2 DF5450HBHG2W $5105 Anodized Aluminum
143⁄4" 60" 50" 20" 4 1 2 DF6050HBHG2W 5914
STD = Group 1
143⁄4" 66" 50" 20" 4 1 2 DF6650HBHG2W 6253 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
143⁄4" 72" 50" 20" 4 1 2 DF7250HBHG2W 6620 4 Finish designator
Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.
Tackboards
➤See page 2.88.
Slat Wall Tile

➤See page 2.89.

DEFINITION ®
Tackboards Pricing Planning 2.16
For Use with Highback Organizers GSA SIN 711-8
COM Yardage Panel Fabric Upholstery Fabric

Standard Includes
D W H 66"W Non-Dir. Model COM Gr. A–E Gr. 1–3 Gr. 4–6
Tackboard
Tackboards • Vertical routed channels on back-
7⁄8" 281⁄4" 16" 1.0 AC2818TBK $274 $303 $309 $352 side at center and both ends to
7⁄8" 343⁄16" 16" 1.0 AC3418TBK 310 339 345 388 help manage cords
7⁄8" 403⁄16" 16" 1.0 AC4018TBK 325 354 360 403
Powered tackboard
7⁄8" 461⁄8" 16" 1.0 AC4618TBK 353 382 388 431 • Three 15-amp simplex outlets and
7⁄8" 521⁄8" 16" 1.0 AC5218TBK 374 403 409 452 a covered access port for the
7⁄8" addition of voice or data module
581⁄8" 16" 1.0 AC5718TBK 379 408 414 457
• 6' 15-amp grounded cord with
7⁄8" 641⁄8" 16" 2.5 AC6318TBK 360 433 448 555 plug
7⁄8" 701⁄8" 16" 2.5 AC6918TBK 397 470 485 592 • Black housing
7⁄8" 821⁄8" 16" 3.0 AC8216TBK 452 539 557 686 • U.L. listed
7⁄8" 941⁄8" 16" 3.0 AC9416TBK 523 610 628 757
Powered Tackboards How to Specify

7⁄8" 281⁄4" 16" 1.0 AC2818TBKP $537 $566 $572 $615 ! Model
7⁄8"
2 Fabric grade
343⁄16" 16" 1.0 AC3418TBKP 571 600 606 649 3 Fabric number
7⁄8" 403⁄16" 16" 1.0 AC4018TBKP 590 619 625 668
7⁄8" 461⁄8" 16" 1.0 AC4618TBKP 616 645 651 694
7⁄8" 521⁄8" 16" 1.0 AC5218TBKP 639 668 674 717
7⁄8" 581⁄8" 16" 1.0 AC5718TBKP 645 674 680 723
7⁄8" 641⁄8" 16" 2.5 AC6318TBKP 624 697 712 819
7⁄8" 701⁄8" 16" 2.5 AC6918TBKP 661 734 749 856
IMPORTANT: Tackboards may be

wall-mounted; however, the
tackboard will be approximately
2" shorter in with that the
accompanying overhead unit.

DEFINITION ®
Slat Wall Tiles Pricing Planning 2.16

Standard Includes
Metal Slat Wall Tile • Tile: metal
3⁄4" 58" 13" 60"W highback KAC5813SW $606
3⁄4" 633⁄4" 13" 66"W highback KAC6413SW 615
How to Specify
3⁄4" 693⁄4" 13" 72"W highback KAC7013SW 626
! Model
462 = Cinder
Work Tools for Slat Wall Tile

Price List.

DEFINITION ®
Set-on-Surface Bookcases Pricing Planning 2.16
Open Shelves GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Two Adjustable Shelves • Finished top; no rim profile
14" 18" 381⁄8" DF1838BCOW $1195 • 3⁄4"-thick shelves; adjustable in
14" 30" 381⁄8" DF3038BCOW 1510 11⁄4" (32mm) increments
• Fixed bottom shelf
14" 36" 381⁄8" DF3638BCOW 1590 • Finished back
How to Specify
! Model
STD = Group 1
Three Adjustable Shelves STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
14" 18" 50" DF1850BCOW $1639 3 Finish designator
14" 30" 50" DF3050BCOW 2024
14" 36" 50" DF3650BCOW 2136
Related Products
Additional Bookcase Shelves

121⁄4" 161⁄4" 3⁄4" 18"W bookcase AC1216SH $336
121⁄4" 281⁄4" 3⁄4" 30"W bookcase AC1228SH 374
121⁄4" 341⁄4" 3⁄4" 36"W bookcase AC1234SH 386
IMPORTANT: Component tops

may be used if a rim profile is
desired. Top will overhang open
bookcase 1" on the front edge.
Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.

DEFINITION ®
Wood Doors GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Single Door Hinged Right • 3⁄4"-thick shelves; adjustable in
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" (shown) DF1838BCHRW $1808 11⁄4" (32mm) increments
• Adjustable hinges and touch latch
Single Door Hinged Left on doors
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" DF1838BCHLW $1808 • Finished back
Double Doors
143⁄4" 30" 381⁄8" DF3038BCHW $2287 How to Specify
143⁄4" 36" 381⁄8" DF3638BCHW 2407 ! Model
2 Lock option:
Three Adjustable Shelves (+$69)
Single Door Hinged Right
(+$69)
143⁄4" 18" 50" (shown) DF1850BCHRW $2391 KRC = Key random, chrome core
Single Door Hinged Left (+$69)
143⁄4" 18" 50" DF1850BCHLW $2391 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify
lock cores separately
Double Doors X = Non-locking
143⁄4" 30" 50" DF3050BCHW $3072 ➤See page 2.45.
143⁄4" 36" 50" DF3650BCHW 3227 3 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Component tops may

be used if a rim profile is desired.
Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.

DEFINITION ®
Writable Glass Door GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Single Door Hinged Right • 3⁄4"-thick shelves; adjustable in
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" DF1838BCHRG2W $2499 11⁄4" (32mm) increments
Single Door Hinged Left on doors
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" DF1838BCHLG2W $2499 • Finished back
Double Doors • Non-locking doors
143⁄4" 30" 381⁄8" DF3038BCHG2W $2995
143⁄4" 36" 381⁄8" DF3638BCHG2W 3491 How to Specify
! Model
202G 486 = Ice Gloss/Clear
Three Adjustable Shelves Anodized Aluminum
Single Door Hinged Right STD = Group 1
143⁄4" 18" 50" (shown) DF1850BCHRG2W $3060 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Single Door Hinged Left 4 Finish designator
143⁄4" 18" 50" DF1850BCHLG2W $3060
Double Doors
143⁄4" 30" 50" DF3050BCHG2W $3809
143⁄4" 36" 50" DF3650BCHG2W 4229

Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.

DEFINITION ®
Set-on-Surface Organizers Pricing Planning 2.16
Wood Door GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Door Hinged Right • Finished top; no rim profile
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" (shown) DF1838BCSHRW $1808 • 3⁄4"-thick shelf; adjustable in 11⁄4"
143⁄4" 18" 50" DF1850BCSHRW 2391 (32mm) increments behind door in
50”H unit
• Five adjustable shelves in lower
section
• Adjustable hinges on doors
Door Hinged Left • Finished back
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" DF1838BCSHLW $1808
143⁄4" 18" 50" (shown) DF1850BCSHLW 2391 How to Specify
! Model
2 Lock option:
(+$69)
(+$69)
(+$69)
KS = Key specific (+$41); specify
X = Non-locking
➤See page 2.45.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator

Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.

DEFINITION ®
Set-on-Surface Organizers Pricing Planning 2.16
Writable Glass Door GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Door Hinged Right • Finished top; no rim profile
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" (shown) DF1838BCSHRG2W $2578 • 3⁄4"-thick shelf; adjustable in 11⁄4"
143⁄4" 18" 50" DF1850BCSHRG2W 3060 (32mm) increments behind door in
50”H unit
• Five adjustable shelves in lower
section
• Adjustable hinges on doors
Door Hinged Left • Finished back
• Non-locking doors
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" DF1838BCSHLG2W $2578
143⁄4" 18" 50" (shown) DF1850BCSHLG2W 3060
How to Specify
! Model
202G 486 = Ice Gloss/Clear
Anodized Aluminum
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator

Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.

DEFINITION ®
Vertical Storage Pricing Planning 2.16
Single Door GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Wardrobe Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinets
Hinged Right • Coat rod
791⁄4" 235⁄8" 6" 671⁄2" DF0668VWHRW $2479 • One fixed shelf in 18"W wardrobe
671⁄2" • Adjustable hinges and touch latch
235⁄8" 18" 671⁄2" DF1868VWHRW 3415 • Finished back
235⁄8" 18" 791⁄4" DF1879VWHRW 4180
6" Hinged Left Shelf Storage and
Wardrobe/Open-Shelf Storage
235⁄8" 6" 671⁄2" DF0668VWHLW $2479
Cabinets
235⁄8" 18" 671⁄2" DF1868VWHLW 3415 • Adjustable hinges and touch latch
235⁄8" 18" 791⁄4" DF1879VWHLW 4180 • Finished back
• 671⁄2"H unit has four shelves: three
Shelf Storage Cabinet are adjustable (second from the
Hinged Right bottom is fixed)
791⁄4" 235⁄8" 18" 671⁄2" DF1868VSHRW $3694 • 791⁄4"H unit has five shelves; three
671⁄2" are adjustable (second and fourth
235⁄8" 18" 791⁄4" DF1879VSHRW 4518
from the bottom are fixed)
Hinged Left Note: Adjustable shelves are
235⁄8" 18" 671⁄2" DF1868VSHLW $3694 adjustable in 11⁄4" (32mm)
increments.
235⁄8" 18" 791⁄4" DF1879VSHLW 4518
Wardrobe/Open-Shelf Storage Cabinet
How to Specify
Hinged Right
791⁄4" 235⁄8" 18" 671⁄2" DF1868VWHROSW $3708
! Model
671⁄2" 2 Lock option:
235⁄8" 18" 791⁄4" (shown) DF1879VWHROSW 4531 KRB = Key random, black core
Hinged Left (+$69)
235⁄8" 18" 671⁄2" (shown) DF1868VWHLOSW $3708 KRS = Key random, silver core
(+$69)
235⁄8" 18" 791⁄4" DF1879VWHLOSW 4531
(+$69)
X = Non-locking
IMPORTANT: Tops of these units ➤See page 2.45.
are fully finished; however, they 3 Finish price group:
have no rim profile. A component STD = Group 1
top may be added if a rim profile is STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
desired. 4 Finish designator
Component Tops
➤See page 2.101.

DEFINITION ®
Double Doors GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Wardrobe Cabinet Wardrobe Cabinets
235⁄8" 30" 671⁄2" DF3068VWHW $4648 • Coat rod
235⁄8" 36" 671⁄2" DF3668VWHW 4806 • One fixed shelf
671⁄2"
• Finished back
Wardrobe/Shelf Storage and

Wardrobe/Shelf Storage Cabinet Shelf Storage Cabinets
235⁄8" 30" 671⁄2" DF3068VHHW $4680 • Adjustable hinges and touch latch
• Finished back
791⁄4" 235⁄8" 36" 671⁄2" DF3668VHHW 4925 • Four shelves in 671⁄2"H unit: three
671⁄2"
235⁄8" 30" 791⁄4" DF3079VHHW 5723 adjustable (second from the bot-
235⁄8" 36" 791⁄4" DF3679VHHW 6030 tom fixed)
• Five shelves in 791⁄4"H unit: three
adjustable (second and fourth from
the bottom fixed)
Shelf Storage Cabinet Note: Adjustable shelves are
235⁄8" 30" 671⁄2" DF3068VSHW $4680 adjustable in 11⁄4" (32mm)
increments.
791⁄4" 235⁄8" 36" 671⁄2" DF3668VSHW 4925
671⁄2"
235⁄8" 30" 791⁄4" DF3079VSHW 5723
235⁄8" 36" 791⁄4" DF3679VSHW 6030 How to Specify
! Model
2 Lock option:
2 Lock option:
(+$69)
(+$69)
(+$69)
X = Non-locking
IMPORTANT: Tops of these units ➤See page 2.45.
are fully finished; however, they 3 Finish price group:
have no rim profile. A component STD = Group 1
top may be added if a rim profile is STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
desired. 4 Finish designator
Component Tops
➤See page 2.101.

DEFINITION ®
Drawers and Double Doors GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Two-Drawer Lateral File/Shelf Storage Cabinet • Adjustable hinges and touch latch
235⁄8" 30" 671⁄2" DF3068VHF2W $5105 • Finished back
235⁄8" 36" 671⁄2" DF3668VHF2W 5374 • Two shelves in two-drawer 671⁄2"H
791⁄4"
unit (one adjustable; top shelf
671⁄2" 235⁄8" 30" 791⁄4" DF3079VHF2W 6241 fixed); three shelves in two-drawer
235⁄8" 36" 791⁄4" DF3679VHF2W 6573 791⁄4"H unit (two adjustable; middle
shelf fixed)
• One adjustable shelf in three-drawer
671⁄2"H unit; two adjustable shelves
Three-Drawer Lateral File/Shelf Storage Cabinet in three-drawer 791⁄4"H unit
235⁄8" 30" 671⁄2" DF3068VHF3W $5509 • Lock in top drawer
235⁄8" 36" 671⁄2" DF3668VHF3W 5804
791⁄4"
671⁄2" 235⁄8" 30" 791⁄4" DF3079VHF3W 6739
How to Specify
235⁄8" 36" 791⁄4" DF3679VHF3W 7098
! Model
2 Pull option:
3 Lock option:
KRB = Locking drawers & doors,
key random, black core (+$69)
KRS = Locking drawers & doors,
key random, silver core (+$69)
KRC = Locking drawers & doors,
key random, chrome core (+$69)
KS = Locking drawers & doors,
key specific (+$18); specify two
XKRB = Locking drawers, key
random, black core
XKRS = Locking drawers, key
random, silver core
XKRC = Locking drawers, key
random, chrome core
XKS = Locking drawers, key
IMPORTANT: Tops of these units specific (-$27); specify lock core
are fully finished; however, they separately
have no rim profile. A component ➤See page 2.45.
top may be added if a rim profile is 4 Finish price group:
desired. STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Component Tops 5 Finish designator
➤See page 2.101.

DEFINITION ®
Filler Panels and Worksurface Support Brackets GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Filler Panels Filler Panel
235⁄8" 18" 671⁄2" DF1868CPFPW $704 • Panel: wood
235⁄8" 18" 791⁄4" DF1879CPFPW 790 • Finished top; no rim profile
Worksurface Support Bracket

• Metal bracket: black
How to Specify
16" 13⁄16" 2" DFWBVS $89 Filler Panel
! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator

! Model

DEFINITION ®
Freestanding Bookcases Pricing Planning 2.16
For Floor Application Only GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Two Shelves • Finished top; no rim profile
14" 30" 273⁄4" DF3028BCOFW $1260 • Finished back
14" 36" 273⁄4" DF3628BCOFW 1323 • 3⁄4"-thick shelves
Note: Adjustable shelves are
Three Shelves adjustable in 11⁄4" (32mm)
14" 30" 401⁄4" DF3040BCOFW $1600 increments.
14" 36" 401⁄4" DF3640BCOFW 1686
How to Specify
Four Shelves ! Model
14" 30" 523⁄4" DF3053BCOFW $2022
STD = Group 1
14" 36" 523⁄4" DF3653BCOFW 2129 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Five Shelves
14" 30" 671⁄2" DF3068BCOFW $2458
14" 36" 671⁄2" DF3668BCOFW 2612
Six Shelves
14" 30" 791⁄4" DF3079BCOFW $2905
14" 36" 791⁄4" DF3679BCOFW 3089
Related Products
A = adjustable shelves
Additional Bookcase Shelves

IMPORTANT: Tops of these units
are fully finished; however, they 121⁄4" 281⁄4" 3⁄4" 30"W bookcase AC1228SH 374
have no rim profile. A component 121⁄4" 341⁄4" 3⁄4" 36"W bookcase AC1234SH 386
top may be added if a rim profile is
desired; however, it will overhang
the bookcase by 1".
Component Tops
➤See page 2.100.

DEFINITION ®
Component Tops Pricing Planning 2.16
For Use on Overhead Storage, Highback Organizers, GSA SIN 711-8
Set-on-Surface Storage, and Bookcases
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
15"D Tops with Unfinished Bottom • Rm profile on all four sides
151⁄8" 18" 19⁄16" DF1518CPTW $565
151⁄8" 30" 19⁄16" DF1530CPTW 591
How to Specify
151⁄8" 36" 19⁄16" DF1536CPTW 620
! Model
151⁄8" 42" 19⁄16" DF1542CPTW 650 2 Rim profile:
151⁄8" 48" 19⁄16" DF1548CPTW 677 B = Bevel G = Beaded
151⁄8" 54" 19⁄16" DF1554CPTW 704 C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
151⁄8" 60" 19⁄16" DF1560CPTW 732 3 Finish price group:
151⁄8" 66" 19⁄16" DF1566CPTW 761 STD = Group 1
151⁄8" 72" 19⁄16" DF1572CPTW 788 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
151⁄8" 78" 19⁄16" DF1578CPTW 825
151⁄8" 84" 19⁄16" DF1584CPTW 858
151⁄8" 90" 19⁄16" DF1590CPTW 948
151⁄8" 96" 19⁄16" DF1596CPTW 1040
151⁄8" 102" 19⁄16" DF15102CPTW 1146
151⁄8" 108" 19⁄16" DF15108CPTW 1279
15"D Tops with Finished Bottom
151⁄8" 72" 19⁄16" DF1572CPTFW $1552
151⁄8" 78" 19⁄16" DF1578CPTFW 1647
151⁄8" 84" 19⁄16" DF1584CPTFW 1738
151⁄8" 90" 19⁄16" DF1590CPTFW 2487
151⁄8" 96" 19⁄16" DF1596CPTFW 2547
151⁄8" 102" 19⁄16" DF15102CPTFW 2610
151⁄8" 108" 19⁄16" DF15108CPTFW 2668

DEFINITION ®
Component Tops Pricing Planning 2.16
For Use on Freestanding Lateral Files and Vertical Storage GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
24"D Tops with Unfinished Bottom • Rm profile on all four sides
24" 18" 19⁄16" DF2418CPTW $732
24" 30" 19⁄16" DF2430CPTW 739
How to Specify
24" 36" 19⁄16" DF2436CPTW 769
! Model
24" 42" 19⁄16" DF2442CPTW 798 2 Rim profile:
24" 48" 19⁄16" DF2448CPTW 834 B = Bevel G = Beaded
24" 54" 19⁄16" DF2454CPTW 871 C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
24" 60" 19⁄16" DF2460CPTW 917 3 Finish price group:
24" 66" 19⁄16" DF2466CPTW 937 STD = Group 1
24" 72" 19⁄16" DF2472CPTW 983 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Top for 6"W Wardrobe
24" 6" 19⁄16" DF2406CPTW $689

DEFINITION ®
Task/Reception Station Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H KH Model Price
Standard Includes
Task Corner Unit • Executive height worksurface
42" 42" 43" 273⁄4" DF4242CFT $3010 • Black cord management grommet
• Rim profile on front edge only, flat
on ends of corner unit and return;
rim profile on all four sides of
transaction shelf
Task Return • Utility shelf under the surface on
Right corner unit
24" 42" 43" 273⁄4" DF2442RTR $2160
How to Specify
Corner Unit, Return, or
Left Transaction Shelf
24" 42" 43" 273⁄4" DF2442RTL $2160 ! Model
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
Task Transaction Shelf B = Bevel G = Beaded
15" 84" 19⁄16" DF1584WSTS $858 C = Dbl. Radius H = Crescent
Kimball ➤See pages 2.43–2.44 for
W H Model COM Panel Fabric designators.
Tackboard for Task/Reception Station 5 Worksurface finish price group:
401⁄2" 111⁄2" AC4112TBK $290 $319 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Components are 7 Rim finish price group (omit for
43"H and can only be used with
wood worksurface):
each other.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
23”D component pedestals can be
installed below the worksurface
wood worksurface)
Transaction shelf can be positioned
on either right or left side of station. Tackboard
It rests on top of 43"H panels. ! Model
2 Fabric grade
Tackboard mounts on panel with 3 Fabric designator
dual-lock fastener system.

DEFINITION ®
Conference Furniture Pricing Planning 2.16
Lectern and Visual Board GSA SIN 711-9
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Lectern Lectern
24" 233⁄4" 473⁄4" AC2448LC $3449 • Adjustable shelf in lower section
• Hidden dual-wheel casters
• Sloped presentation surface
• Cord management grommet
• Reading light
Visual Board Visual Board

• White, porcelain-on-steel writing
61⁄4" 48" 50" AC4850VB $3692
surface
• Tackable panels on each door:
Guilford FR701-408 black fabric
• Self-closing, adjustable hinge.
Top for Visual Board • Four dry-erase markers and eraser
• Installation hardware
65⁄8" 48" 19⁄16" DF548CPTW $509
How to Specify
Lectern and Visual Board
! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Top for Visual Board
1 Model
2 Rim profile:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator

DEFINITION ®
Technology Furniture Pricing Planning 2.16
Telephone Stand and Technology Tables GSA SIN 711-8
† GSA SIN 711-9 Surface Materials 2.106
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Telephone Stand Telephone Stand
143⁄4" 15" 291⁄4" DF1515PTH † $1479 • One adjustable shelf behind
hinged door, hinged right (locking)
• Finished back
Technology Tables
Technology Table with Slide-Out Keyboard Drawer • Black cord management grommet
24" 327⁄16" 291⁄4" CE2430CTK $1504 in back panel
• Black, non-locking, dual-wheel
casters on mobile unit
Mobile Technology Table How to Specify

24" 36" 291⁄4" CE2436MCT $1481
! Model
@ Top material:
W = Wood
Technology Table 3 Rim profile:
24" 48" 291⁄4" CE2448CT $1750 B = Bevel G = Beaded
4 Pull option (omit for technology
tables):
5 Lock option (omit for technology
tables):
➤See page 2.45.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Finish designator
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood top)

DEFINITION ®
Occasional Tables Pricing Planning 2.16
GSA SIN 711-11
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
End Table • Table top: semi-open pore finish
18" 24" 201⁄2" CTK1824EN $1042 with a satin sheen (50).
• Ships ready to assemble
Corner Table How to Specify

24" 24" 201⁄2" CTK2424CN $1105 ! Model
@ Material options:
W = Wood
Magazine Table 3 Rim profile:
24" 42" 151⁄2" CTK2442MG $1353 B = Bevel
C = Dbl.Radius
F = Softened
G = Beaded
H = Crescent
M = Reed
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)

DEFINITION ®
Wood and Laminate F Surface Materials Planning 2.16
➤See the Kimball Surface Materials

Wood Group 1 Group 2
MC Amber Cherry CS Coco Sapele
CC Cordoba Cherry SS Sienna Sapele
MH Mocha Cherry
SC Sedona Cherry
IM Brighton Maple
TM Huntington Maple
• Fabric application and colorways
• Customer’s own material (COM)
ES Espresso Walnut
overview
MW Midtown Walnut
• Alliance program
TW Tribeca Walnut
• TB133 process
UW Urban Walnut
IMPORTANT: Woodgrain laminate is a
wood finish of the same name and
designator with consideration for the
most common application—laminate
HPL Woodgrain Solid Pattern
surfaces on a wood chassis. When
MC Amber Cherry 480 Antique White 874 Bronze Legacy
laminate and wood are mixed in other
IM Brighton Maple 403 Chamois 842 Canyon Zephyr
CZ Clear Zebrawood 462 Cinder 823 Carbon Evolv
rally in veneer may influence the
CC Cordoba Cherry 440 Cloud 841 Desert Zephyr
overall match from piece to piece.
TM Huntington Maple 405 Designer White 862 Grey Glace
MW Midtown Walnut 450 Fog 844 Loden Zephyr
MH Mocha Cherry 488 Frosty White 843 Misted Zephyr
SC Sedona Cherry 461 Graphite 846 Morro Zephyr
TW Tribeca Walnut 416 Putty 812 Mushroom Tigris
UW Urban Walnut 420 Sandstone 808 Nickel Evolv
425 Shadow 807 Silcon Evolv
460 Storm 873 Tawny Legacy
419 Wallaby 805 Titanium Evolv
809 Tungsten Evolv
802 White Nebula
814 White Tigris

DEFINITION ®
Paint and Non-Paint Finishes Surface Materials Planning 2.16

Reference Guide at www.kimball.com Paint and Non-Paint Finishes
for a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Paint Plated Anodized
materials program, including: • Drawer pulls 514 Carbon Metallic 487 Brushed Nickel 486 Clear Anodized Alumimum
• Characteristics of wood 462 Cinder 490 Polished Chrome
• Special wood finishes ➤See page 2.41 for available 405 Designer White
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) finishes by pull style. 501 Platinum Metallic
• Customer-specified paint (CSP) SF Silver Frost Metallic
• Fabric application and colorways 544 Silver Pearl
overview
• TB133 process
Applies to: Paint Plated
• Grommets 514 Carbon Metallic 487 Brushed Nickel
IMPORTANT: Due to the reflective
405 Designer White MB Matte Black
➤See page 2.42 for available
qualities of metallic paint, variations in
501 Platinum Metallic 490 Polished Chrome
color may occur.
finishes by grommet style. 544 Silver Pearl

DEFINITION ®
Fabric and Upholstery Surface Materials Planning 2.16

Applies to: Kimball Panel Fabric Kimball Seating Fabric
• Tackboards Price Grades A–E (Upholstery)
Price Grades 1–6
EXCEPTION: Tackboards are not
available in Crossroads pattern. EXCEPTIONS: Tackboards are not
available in Dolce, Sedona, Silvertex,
➤See the Surface Materials
Chambray, Network, or
Reference Guide at Essense/Ultraleather™ patterns.
www.kimball.com for the most
up-to-date list of available panel
overview
fabric patterns. Reference Guide at
• TB133 process
up-to-date list of available seating
fabric patterns.

JOLT™ Table of Contents Pricing 03.14.19
Revision 03.14.19
Charging Device
➤See page
Statement of Line 3.2
Planning 3.3
Pricing 3.4
Page 3.1 Jolt

JOLT™ Charging Device Statement of Line Planning 3.3
Accessories Pricing 3.4
USB Charging Device

➤See page 3.3 for product info.
Page 3.2 Jolt

JOLT™ USB Charging Device W Planning Planning 3.3
Details Connections
Jolt USB charger provides connec-

tivity and functionality in a clean and
flexible way. This USB charger can be
USB charger adheres to laminate,
adhered to underneath side of work-
veneer, solid surface or glass tops
surfaces so it’s readily accessible. Jolt
with acrylic foam tape, provided.
USB charger is capable of charging a
variety of devices including phones
USB charger should be mounted
and tablets; IOS or Android. The front 1/8" insert from underside of worksur-
connectors are backlit (blue) indicating
faces.
that the USB connectors are
powered.
USB charger includes UL listed AC
adapter with 10' cord.
Unit charges up to 2 amps per
port; devices must be compatible
with USB 1.0, 2.0 or 3.0 (Type A).
Page 3.3 Jolt

Features of Line
Statement ➤See
➤Seepage
page3.2
32
JOLT™ USB Charging Device Pricing Finishes & Materials
Planning page 3.3
A1
GSA Non-Contract
D W H Model Description Price

Standard Includes
USB Charging Device • Two USB ports
11⁄2" 2" 3⁄4" 97KUSBCU $250 • AC adapter with 10' cord
How to Specify
! Model
Electrical accessories are available for

field installation only.
➤See assembly instructions at

www.kimball.com for proper use,
device locations, and installation.
Page 3.4 Jolt

JOLT™ Notes Planning 3.3
Page 3.5 Jolt

JOLT™ Notes Planning 3.3
Page 3.6 Jolt

Price List Effective Dates:
PERKS ®
Revisions 02.17.20
➤See page
Planning 4.12
Tools 4.12
Technology Mangement 4.13
Monitor Arms 4.14
Power/Data Systems 4.15
LED Lights 4.23
Pricing 4.25
Tools 4.25
Technology Mangement 4.41
Power/Data Systems 4.64
LED Lights 4.69
Wood 4.71
Laminate 4.72
Paint 4.73
Fabric and Upholstery 4.74
Page 4.1 Perks

PERKS ®
Tools Statement of Line Planning page 4.12
Accessories Pricing page 4.25
Metal Work Tools
Personal Shelf Phone Shelf Dry-Erase Markerboard with Tray Cup Holder
For use with: For use with: For use with: For use with:
Paper Tray
• Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles
For use with:
• Load bars • Load bars • Load bars • Load bars
• Metal slat tiles
• Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx
• Load bars
• Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx
➤See page 4.25 to specify. ➤See page 4.25 to specify. ➤See page 4.25 to specify. ➤See page 4.25 to specify.
• Wall-mounted Traxx
• Xsite Traxx
Name Plate Pendaflex Folder Holder Ear Phone/Bud Holder Slant Sorter
Picture Frames For use with: For use with: For use with: For use with:
For use with: • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles
• Metal slat tiles • Load bars • Load bars • Load bars • Load bars
• Load bars • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx
• Wall-mounted Traxx • Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx
• Xsite Traxx ➤See page 4.26 to specify. ➤See page 4.26 to specify. ➤See page 4.26 to specify. ➤See page 4.26 to specify.
Page 4.2 Perks

PERKS ®
Metal Work Tools, continued Surface Materials 4.71
Front
Back
Vertical Sorter Shelf Side Trays Pocket Organizer Slant Sorter with Chrome Dividers
For use with: For use with: For use with: For use with: For use with:
• Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles
• Load bars • Load bars • Load bars • Load bars • Load bars
• Wall-mounted Traxx ➤See page 4.27 to specify. ➤See page 4.27 to specify. • Wall-mounted Traxx ➤See page 4.27 to specify.
• Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx
Binder Shelf CD Holder Hanging File Holder Memo Tray Pencil Tray
• Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles • Metal slat tiles
• Load bars • Load bars • Load bars • Load bars • Load bars
• Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx
• Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx • Xsite Traxx
Note Poster Load Bars Wall Brackets

For use with: For use with: For use with:
• Metal slat tiles • Cetra or Interworks EQ panels • Load bars
• Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall brackets ➤See page 4.29 to specify.
• Xsite Traxx ➤See page 4.29 to specify.
Page 4.3 Perks

PERKS ®
Plastic Work Tools
Accessory Dish Utility Tray Binder Shelf Shelf Pencil Cup

• Slat tiles • Slat tiles • Slat tiles • Slat tiles • Slat tiles
• Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx
Phone Holder Paper Trays Slant Sorter Accessory Tray

For use with: For use with: For use with: For use with:
• Slat tiles • Slat tiles • Slat tiles • Slat tiles
• Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx
File Pocket Photo/Document Display

For use with: For use with:
• Slat tiles • Slat tiles
• Wall-mounted Traxx • Wall-mounted Traxx
• Xsite storage tiles • Xsite Traxx
• Xsite tip-out drawers ➤See page 4.32 to specify.
• Standard file drawers
Page 4.4 Perks

PERKS ®
Organizational Tools
Carousel Center Drawer Carousel Tray Center Drawer Wood Center Drawer Pencil Tray
➤See page 4.33 to specify. ➤See page 4.33 to specify. ➤See page 4.33 to specify. Available in paint and wood finishes. ➤See page 4.33 to specify.
Drawer Organizer Box Drawer Dividers Overhead/Shelf Dividers CD Holder Coat Hook
Utility Hook Front-to-Back File Bars Side-to-Side File Bars Side-to-Side Surface Dividers
Page 4.5 Perks

PERKS ®
Collaboration Tools
Wall-Mount Tackboards Name/Sign Holder Wall-Mount Markerboards Hanging Markerboard Tile Hard-Surface-Mount
➤See page 4.37 to specify. ➤See page 4.37 to specify. ➤See page 4.38 to specify. ➤See page 4.38 to specify. Magnetic Markerboards
Mobile Screens Visual Boards with or

Available in fabric, translucent, and without Molding
markerboard models. ➤See page 4.40 to specify.
Page 4.6 Perks

PERKS ®
Technology Management Statement of Line Planning page 4.12
Computer Support & Cable Management
Single-Monitor Arms Dual-Monitor Arms Adjustable Keyboard Kits Sit-to-Stand Keyboard Kit Trackless Keyboard Kit
Select slat, clamp, grommet/ Select dual crossbar with clamp mount Available in manual or intuitive ➤See page 4.43 to specify. ➤See page 4.44 to specify.
bolt-through, Xsede accessory rail, or grommet/bolt-through mount, or adjusting models.
or wall mount. dual independent clamp mount. ➤See page 4.43 to specify.
➤See page 4.14 for product info. ➤See page 4.14 for product info.
Keyboard Adjusters Wood Keyboard Drawer Keyboard Trays Corner Sleeve Hanging CPU Holder
Laptop/Equipment Lock Grommets Vertical Cable Managers Horizontal Cable Managers Wire Manager Fillers
➤See page 4.47 to specify. Available in metal, plastic, and Available in expandable. flexchain, ➤See page 4.51 to specify. ➤See page 4.52 to specify.
desktop through-mount models. and adhesive-style models.
➤See pages 4.48 and 4.49 to specify. ➤See page 4.50 to specify.
Page 4.7 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data/Voice Accessories
Ashley Duo™ Clamp-Mount Clamp-On Power Module Clamp-On Voice/Data Module Power/USB Center with 6' Cord Surface-Mount Power/USB Center
Power/USB Center ➤See page 4.53 to specify. ➤See page 4.53 to specify. ➤See page 4.54 to specify. ➤See page 4.54 to specify.
Power Module Voice/Data Module Salt USB Unit Pepper Power Unit
Node® Power Center
Node® Power/USB Center Pull-Up Power/USB Grommet Power/Communication Grommet Single-Sided Pneumatic Power/Data Center
➤See page 4.55 to specify. ➤See page 4.56 to specify. ➤See page 4.56 to specify. Pop-Up Power/Data Centers ➤See page 4.57 to specify.
Page 4.8 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data/Voice Accessories, continued
Ashley Duo™ Power/USB Center Ashley Trio™ Power/Data/USB Axil Z Power/USB/Bluetooth® Mho® Retractable Power/Data Vault Turnbox Power/USB Center
➤See page 4.58 to specify. Center Center and Power/Data/USB Centers ➤See page 4.60 to specify.
Vault Turnbox Power/Data/USB M2X Double-Sided Pneumatic M2X Retractable Power/Data Mho® 2X Power/Data/USB Center E2X Power/Data
Center Pop-Up Power/Data/USB Centers Center and Power/Data/USB/ ➤See page 4.61 to specify. Center
➤See page 4.60 to specify. ➤See page 4.61 to specify. HDMI/VGA Center ➤See page 4.62 to specify.
40" Rectangular Power/Data Mini-Tap® Undersurface Power Outlet Strip

Center Power and Power/USB Units ➤See page 4.63 to specify.
Page 4.9 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data Systems Statement of Line Planning page 4.12
Power/Data Drawers Single-Circuit Electrical Four-Circuit (8-Wire) Electrical Hardwire Components

➤See page 4.15 for power/data Components Components ➤See page 4.15 for power/data
systems overview. ➤See page 4.15 for power/data ➤See page 4.15 for power/data systems overview.
➤See page 4.64 to specify. systems overview. systems overview. ➤See page 4.68 to specify.
➤See page 4.65 to specify. ➤See page 4.66 for power entries.
➤See page 4.67 for power components.
Page 4.10 Perks

Lighting Statement of Line ➤See page 4.2
PERKS ®
Statement of Line Planning page 4.12
LED Freestanding Lights LED Surface-Mount Lights LED Task Lights

➤See page 4.23 for product info. ➤See page 4.23 for product info. ➤See page 4.24 for product info.
Page 4.11 Perks

PERKS ®
Work, Organization, and Collaboration Tools Planning Planning page 4.12
Name/sign holders are available for Work tools, available in metal or

an aesthetically pleasing method of plastic, provide storage up off of the
identifying and personalizing your worksurface.
workspace.
Coat hook helps keep your work-

space clear for more usable space. Hanging markerboard tile hangs
from Xsite Traxx, metal slat tiles, or
lower mobile table screens. It can be
moved easily around the workspace
to keep the creativity flowing.
Organizational tools, such as pencil

trays and drawer organizers, provide
more functionality to storage units.
Mobile screens provide visual

privacy and divide space.
Carousel trays and center drawers
provide convenient undersurface stor-
age. Carousel trays rotate 360°.
Page 4.12 Perks

PERKS ®
Technology Management Planning Planning page 4.12
Adjustable Keyboard Kits:

Power and voice/data modules Monitor arms can be positioned at
provide convenient access to power optimum height and distance to mini- Keyboard kits cannot be used with
and data on the worksurface. Mod- mize strain and fatigue, preventing President and Senator kneespace
ules slip securely into worksurface discomfort and injury. credenzas due to the central lock-
wire manager; no field scribing is nec- ing mechanism; nor can they be
essary and they may be relocated as used with Scenario tables and
Grommets are available for field in-
needed. Fluent worksurfaces as they inter-
stallation to allow cords and cables to
pass through the worksurface. fere with the support channels.
➤See the applicable price list for
Keyboard kits, adjusters, or trays factory-installed grommets. Keyboard kits can be used with
attach below the surface to provide
Xsede when undersurface support
adjustability and storage for computer
rails are not used.
keyboards.
Keyboard kit models 99K1706KK2

and 99K1706KK1 work with Priority
support rails and height-adjustable
Wire manager fillers provide a fin-
tables. Keyboard mount slide will
ished end to wire manager at the end
of a worksurface. need to be oriented parallel with the
front edge of the worksurface.
To store, lower the keyboard and
swing under the surface.
Flexchain Data Areas
1⁄2" x 17⁄8" opening on each side
For corner applications:
Series Keyboard Arm Model
Data cable Data cable Priority™ 99K2208KK1
push-thru push-thru 99K2319KKS1
18"
Definition® 99K2208KK1
Power cord push-thru
99K2319KKS1
Transcend® 99K2208KK1
Undersurface cable manager is Single-sided pneumatic pop-up Expandable cable manager pro- 99K2319KKS1
available to manage cords and cables power/data centers provide con- vides cable management from under Footprint® 99K2319KKS1
Flexchain manages cables and under the worksurface. Cables pres- venient access to power and USB the worksurface to the floor. It is ideal
power-in feeds from under the surface sure fit between loops. ports at worksurface height. Field for use with height-adjustable tables.
to the floor. Flexchain U-bracket, scribing of surface is required. Trackless Keyboard Kits:
specified separately, mounts to a Wireless presentation systems are Trackless keyboard kit is engi-
standard wall outlet to manage cords available.
➤See the Presentation Systems
from the outlet to under the surface. neered to fit workspaces that have
Flexchain has a center area for electri- undersurface supporting structures,
chapter in the Kimball Meeting &
cal cords and power in-feeds, and Collaboration Price List. such as height-adjustable tables
two side areas for data cables. and benching systems, where
space is limited and conventional
Page 4.13 Perks track-mounted keyboard arms will
Kimball Desks & Accessories not fit.
PERKS ®
Monitor Arms Planning Planning page 4.12
Single and Dual
Arm with integrated cable

Details
management reach is 20" on
single and dual independent models;
22" on dual crossbar models. Height Slat-mount single monitor arms
adjustment range is 12" on Clamp Clamp Grommet/ are for use on metal slat tiles.
single and dual independent models ; for Xsede Bolt-Thru The number of single monitor arms
and 111⁄2" on dual crossbar models. Open Plan per slat tile is limited:
Single
Dual crossbar monitor arms are • Wall-mounted, full, metal slat tiles
Monitors up to 151⁄2 lbs. can be ac- accommodate one monitor arm per Clamp-mount models must be
available in clamp-mount and grom-
commodated: tile. Trim channels included with the mounted on the straight edge of a
met/bolt-through models. Dual cross-
• Single model supports one monitor slat tile must be used. 13⁄16" or 19⁄16" worksurface; they are
bar models can be used for a
between 5–151⁄2 lbs. • 24" or 30"W Cetra slat tiles accom- not applicable for knife, reverse knife,
single-monitor application; however,
• Dual independent model supports modate one monitor arm per tile. and sloped edge profile surfaces.
the cross bar would be exposed.
two monitors between 5–151⁄2 lbs. • 18", 24", or 30"W 1-high or 2-high When using on wire manager work-
Dual Independent each. Each arm adjusts independ- Xsite slat tiles accommodate one surfaces, the hard plastic underneath
(Monitors move ently of the other for the greatest monitor arm per tile. 2-high Xsite will have to be notched so the clamp
independently) versatility. slat tiles require an extra mid-frame is flush to a straight edge. The flexible
• Dual crossbar model supports two support for stability, specified topside durometer will bend.
monitors up to 121⁄2 lbs. each. separately. Trim channels included
Note: Dual-arm crossbar monitors Clamp with the slat tile must be used.
must have two monitors attached at • Xsite technology tile can hold two
all times for balance. Dual independent monitor arms monitors per tile.
are available as a clamp-mount model • Priority slat or fabric/slat tiles will ac-
only. commodate two monitor arms if
spaced at least 24" apart.
Dual Crossbar 100mm x 100mm VESA plates are
(Monitors move • Xsede slat tiles will accommodate
standard. A 75mm x 75mm plate can two monitor arms if spaced at least
together)
be accommodated. The standard 24" apart. Grommet/bolt-through models can
Slat or Clamp Grommet/ VESA plates are not compatible with
be used in holes up to 2.3" in diame-
Wall Bolt-Thru Apple monitors.
➤Contact Apple Computer directly to
Slat-mount model cannot be used ter. They cannot be placed over a
Monitor arms in this collection on wall-mounted Traxx, wall-mounted pedestal, modesty panel, or support
feature 4D adjustment, adjusting in purchase an appropriate VESA plate fabric/slat tiles, or Xsite Traxx. panel. They can be used with 13⁄16" or
and out, up and down, swiveling left separately. 19⁄16" worksurfaces. Bolt-through ap-
and right, and tilting back and plication can utilize a hole as small as
forward. Rotation of arm can be Accessory Rail 1⁄2" in the surface.
➤Refer to assembly instructions at

adjusted to prevent overhang on desk for Xsede Open Plan Connections
edges. Single monitor arms are available in IMPORTANT: Monitor mounts are www.kimball.com.
slat-mount, clamp-mount, grommet/ specific to arm style and are not are Wall-mount monitor arms must be
bolt-through, Xsede accessory rail interchangeable between single and mounted to a stud or Alterna wall
models, and wall-mount models. dual applications. panel.
Page 4.14 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data Systems Planning Planning page 4.12
Overview Surface Materials 4.71
Power/data drawers and electrical Circuitry Options:

components are for use in open Cut-outs on the ends (sides) of the
drawer allow jumpers to exit for connec- Power/data drawers accept single-
planning and freestanding applications. circuit or four-circuit electrical com-
tion inside the next drawer.
They are recommended for use with ponents. Components are specific
Priority™, Definition®, Fluent® (where to either single or multi-circuit; they
modesty panel is not used), and cannot be used interchangeably.
Footprint®. Power/data drawers are U.L. listed.
Large cut-outs on the bottom of the

Perks power/data sliding drawer drawer allow power in-feed to enter the
brings both power and data to drawer.
the underside of the worksurface. Un-
like fixed troughs or baskets, the Single-circuit components access
drawer pulls out to allow routing of ex- power from a standard wall or floor
cess cabling once the initial connec- Data/telecommunication modules electrical outlet. This flexible, non-
tion has been made. can be used in the power/data drawer sequential, daisy-chaining system
bottom cut-outs or the knock-outs on allows power to be distributed to a
the front or back of the drawer. maximum of eight duplex recepta-
cles per power in-feed.
Data cables can also be routed in ➤See page 4.18 for application
Mounting hardware is field installed. guidelines.
the drawer to service the workstation.
Four-circuit components combine

to form an 8-wire, 4-circuit, power
system.
Metal knock-outs in the front face ➤See page 4.19 for application
and back of the drawer can be re- Flexchain (shown) or expandable guidelines.
moved as needed for data or electri- cable manager manages cables
cal outlets. from under the surface to the floor. Hardwire components are also
available to allow field hardwiring of
IMPORTANT: Flexchain, expandable, power within the power/data
vertical, and undersurface cable man- drawer where required by local
Single-circuit, four-circuit, and Flexchain Data Areas
agers are required to protect codes.
➤See page 4.22 for application
1⁄2" x 17⁄8" opening on each side
hardwire electrical components
four-circuit (8-wire) components from
are for use in power/data drawers. guidelines.
physical damage.
Data cable Data cable
push-thru push-thru
Power cord push-thru
Power Area
21⁄2" x 17⁄8" opening
Page 4.15 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data Drawers Planning Planning page 4.12
Specify drawer size based on the

Details
width of the surface to which it will at-
tach. Specify the drawer to be 10"
shorter than the worksurface width to
allow for it to mount inboard of the
surface support. For example, specify
a 62"W drawer for a 72"W work-
Power/data drawer is a powder- surface. If using a surface with stor-
36"
coated metal tray that mounts to the age, base your calculation on the 48" or 60"
underside of a worksurface using two unsupported surface dimension to de-
bent sheet metal drawer slides. termine drawer size.
drawer.
90° and 120° corner worksurfaces

can accommodate a power/data
Power/data center (99KPDCAM) may
drawer. Specify model 99K26PDD for
1⁄2" 1⁄2" be mounted (recessed) on 36"D work-
use with a 90° corner support frame;
surfaces with a power/data drawer.
specify model 99K26PDD or
99K32PDD, for use with 120° corner On 48" and 60"D worksurfaces
support frame. (depicted above), power/data drawer
73⁄4"
can be located so that when the
1⁄2" gap between the worksurface drawer is extended, it is located on When using wire manager work-
and the front and back edges of the Power/data drawers are not in-
the centerline of the surfaces. Both surfaces in back-to-back configu-
drawer allows cords to exit. Cut-outs tended for use against a wall or in
the 10" rectangular power/data center rations, the power/data drawer can
in the sides allow cables to pass to ad- conjunction with Systems panels.
(KCU0810ELPDC) and the 40” rec- be shared between the users depend-
jacent drawers. tangular power/data center ing on user electrical needs. It should
➤See next page for knock-out and In single worksurface applica-
(KCU0840ELPDC) will work in con- align with the wire manager. The
cut-out details. tions, the power/data drawer should drawer can extend forward to store 24" or 30"
junction with the power/data drawer
be inset 1" from the back of the work- the excess cabling under the wire Use of a power/data center on a
in this application.
surface. manager. 24" or 30"D surface in conjunction
Holes centered in the floor of the Note: Not applicable for all surface
power/data drawer are provided to at- widths due to interference with sup- with single power/data drawer is not
tach Perks laptop/equipment lock port legs. possible due to clearance.
(model 99KLTCK). Note: Use two smaller power/data
Grommet
drawers on a single worksurface to
allow power/data center, clamp-
Planning Factors Modesty Panel mounted accessories, or through-
Power/data drawers are for use in grommet accessories to extend below
open plan and freestanding applications. the surface between the power/data
Recommended for use with Priority, drawers.
Factory-installed grommets in Modesty panel must be located
Definition, Fluent, and Footprint. They behind the power/data drawer to
worksurfaces are located so excess Depending on user electrical
are designed to work with 24”, 30" allow the drawer to extend forward to-
cabling will fall directly into the drawer. needs, one drawer can be shared in
and 36"W worksurfaces in single or ward the approach side of the work-
back-to-back configurations. back-to-back configurations. Some surface for cable access.
users may require an individual
Page 4.16 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data Drawers Planning Planning page 4.12
Knock-Out and Cut-Out Locations Surface Materials 4.71
Front & Back Small Bottom Flexchain

Surface Width Drawer Width Model Number Knock-Outs Cut-Outs Cut-Outs
36" 26" 99K26PDD 3 2 1
42" 32" 99K32PDD 5 2 3
48" 38" 99K38PDD 5 2 3
54" 44" 99K44PDD 7 4 3
Knock-outs in the front and back of
60" 50" 99K50PDD 7 4 3
the drawer are compatible with indus-
try-standard data faceplates, such as 66" 56" 99K56PDD 9 6 3
Tyco/Amp, Panduit, ECA and Hubbell. 72" 62" 99K62PDD 9 6 3
Individual knockouts are 13⁄8" x 78" 68" 99K68PDD 11 8 3
211⁄16". Data and telecommunication
modules are the responsibility of the 84" 74" 99K74PDD 11 8 3
user. Knock-outs are located 6" on 90" 80" 99K80PDD 13 10 3
center. Distance between knockouts 96" 86" 99K86PDD 13 10 3
is 31⁄4".
Pre-punched cut-outs are located

in the floor of the drawer and are
sized similarly to knock-outs as de-
scribed above. Use these cut-outs for
hardwire applications. Receptacles
placed in the drawer bottom cut-outs
must be installed facing the floor.
Page 4.17 Perks

PERKS ®
Single-Circuit Power System Planning Planning page 4.12
In 120° applications, 24" jumper ca- Power/Data Drawers:

bles can be used to jump from one Power/data drawers accept single-
Single-circuit components access When planning jumper cable power/data drawer to another. circuit or four-circuit electrical com-
power from a standard wall or lengths to connect two adjacent
ponents. Components are specific
floor electrical outlet. This flexible, power/data drawers, calculate that an Jumpers must be secured every to either single or multi-circuit; they
non-sequential, daisy-chaining system additional 24" of the cable is required 24" when spanning under the work- Single-circuit mini-adapt power cannot be used interchangeably.
➤See page 4.16.
allows power to be distributed to a inside the drawers (12" per drawer) to surfaces. module features an 18" modular feed
maximum of eight duplex receptacles make connection to the receptacles’
with a double-over interface.
per power in-feed. modular feeds. This system should not be The unit contains two receptacles for
plugged into a GFCI outlet recep- power access at the worksurface. Approval/Compliance:
The following components com- For jumping between receptacles tacle. The single-circuit system con- A hand-tightened clamp on the back All Perks single-circuit components
prise the single-circuit system: inside a power/data drawer, 12" tains an overload breaker, and the of the unit allows flexibility for position-
• Power in-feed jumpers are recommended for drawers sensing circuit in the “smart box” can are U.L. 962 Listed and comply
ing it at the back of the worksurface.
• Duplex receptacles with an attached that are 50"W or smaller; 24" jumpers affect the sensitivity of a GFCI power with the National Electrical Code
12" modular feed are for 56"W and wider drawers. feed, causing the GFCI duplex recep- (NEC). Consult a qualified electrical
• 12", 24", 48", 74", 96" and 120" tacle to trip. contractor or engineer for proper in-
jumper cables
stallation of electrical equipment.
Note: Any field modification of the
Power in-feed is a 10' cord with a
electrical components voids the
“smart box” that monitors the number
UL listing.
of receptacles connected. The system
will automatically shut off if more than 48" jumper cables can be used to
eight receptacles are plugged into the connect one power/data drawer to
another. They can span over one Recommended
power in-feed. One end of the cord
features a three-prong plug that plugs 15"W pedestal with spacers. Receptacles:
into a standard 110 volt, 15 amp wall Drawer Model Recommended No.
or floor outlet. 74", 96", and 120" jumpers are for 99K**PDD of Receptacles
use when spanning over Priority
26 2
For ease in installation, jumper ca- storage with spacers.
32 4
bles feature a squeeze-latch connec-
tor and will only plug in one way. 38 4
44 4
Duplex receptacles snap into the 50 6
power/data drawer. Receptacles fea-
12" and 24" jumper cables con- 56 8*
ture a 12" modular feed with a dou-
ble-out interface. Power is brought to nect duplex receptacles 62 8*
the receptacle by a power in-feed or inside the power/data drawer. 68 8*
jumper cable. Power is passed to ad-
74 8*
jacent components by a jumper cable,
forming a daisychain. 80 8*
Power in-feed sits on the
bottom of a power/data Duplex receptacle 86 8*
drawer. *Limited by circuit availability.
Page 4.18 Perks

PERKS ®
Four-Circuit (8-Wire) Power System Planning Planning page 4.12
Details Power/Data Drawers:

Power/data drawers accept single-
The following components com-
circuit or four-circuit electrical com-
bine to form an 8-wire,
Ceiling power in-feed features a 12' ponents. Components are specific
four-circuit system:
flexible, galvanized metal conduit with to either single or multi-circuit; they
• Hardwire power in-feeds (two op- Modular wall power in-feed fea-
a pigtail on one end that must be cannot be used interchangeably.
➤See page 4.16.
tions) or ceiling power entry tures a 10' modular conduit with a Power/data flexible ceiling pole is
• Power distribution assemblies wired by a licensed electrician to a available to conceal ceiling power in-
squeeze-latch connector on each
• Duplex receptacles junction box in the ceiling. The other feed and other data cables. Pole is a
end. One end must connect to modu-
• Jumper cables end features a single squeeze-latch flexible, metal conduit. Outer diameter
lar wall starter, specified separately, Approval/Compliance:
connector to attach to a power distri- of pole is 21/8"; inner diameter is 2".
the other end connects to a power
For ease in installation, the connec- bution assembly. All Perks four-circuit components
distribution assembly. Modular wall
tors will only plug in one way. Ceiling power pole can be field in- are U.L. 1286 Listed and comply
starter must be wired to building
stalled on Priority center-mount shelf with the National Electrical Code
power by licensed electrician.
There are three ways to bring on stanchions. Power can be routed (NEC). Consult a qualified electrical
Note: This modular power in-feed
power to the system: between tiles to the bottom of the contractor or engineer for proper in-
option allows you to unplug the cable
• 10' floor/wall power in-feed; worksurface. stallation of electrical equipment.
from the wall and store away when
• Modular wall starter and modular Note: Any field modification of the
not in use.
10' power in-feed; or electrical components voids the
• 12' ceiling power in-feed UL listing.
IMPORTANT: Power in-feeds entering

the power/data drawer from the floor Jumper cable Receptacles:
or wall must be secured/ protected by Drawer Model Recommended No.
a flexchain, expandable cable 99K**PDD of Receptacles
manager, vertical cable manager, or 26 2
Floor or wall power in-feed
secured to the legs.
32 2
38 2
44 2
Power distribution assembly 50 4
56 4
Floor/wall power in-feed features a 62 4
10' liquid tight conduit with a pigtail 68 4–6
on one end that must be wired by a Duplex receptacle
74 4–6
licensed electrician to a wall or floor-
mounted junction box. The other end 80 4–6
features a single squeeze-latch con- Modular wall power 86 4–6
nector to attach to a power distribu- in-feed starter plate
tion assembly.
Page 4.19 Perks

PERKS ®
continued
Wiring Schematics: Planning & Installation:

The 8-wire, multi-circuit configuration provides up to four circuits. Ideally a IMPORTANT: Planning actual
4-wire, WYE, 208 volt service provides the best utilization. power supplies and branch circuits
Jumper cables feature a squeeze- must be performed by qualified
latch connector on each end and are electricians or electrical engineers
Trim plates can be specified for field available in 24", 36", 48", 74", 96" and familiar with the National Electrical
installation to conceal the intersection 120" widths. Jumpers are encased in Code and the appropriate local
of the flexible ceiling pole at the ceiling a flexible, galvanized metal conduit. codes. The information provided
and worksurface. herein is intended to assist speci-
Use 24" and 36" jumper cables in- fiers.
side the power/data drawer to con-
nect power distribution assemblies Installations should be in accor-
and duplex receptacles. dance with the NEC. Local codes
may vary. Consult a qualified electri-
When planning jumper cable cal contractor or engineer for
Power distribution assembly sup- lengths to connect two adjacent proper installation of electrical
plies power for four duplex recepta- power/data drawers, calculate that an equipment. Hardware necessary for
cles within a power/data drawer. additional 24" of the cable is required installation is shipped with all com-
Power distribution assemblies are 36" inside the drawers (12" per drawer) to ponents.
long. make connection to the receptacles’
modular feeds.
Use 48" jumper cables to connect a

two power/data drawers on adjacent
surfaces. 48" jumpers may also be
Duplex receptacles feature a 12" used to span over one Priority 15”W
flexible, metal conduit and a single pedestal with spacers.
squeeze-latch connector to attach it
to the power distribution assembly. 78", 96", and 120" jumpers are for
use when spanning over Priority stor-
Receptacles models are num- age with spacers.
bered 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 to correspond
to the circuit to which they will provide Jumpers must be secured every
access. 24" when spanning under the work-
surfaces.
Page 4.20 Perks

PERKS ®
continued Surface Materials 4.71
Planning Factors 3 and 1 (8-wire): 2 and 2 (8-wire): Related Products

Two wiring configurations are pos- ➤See page 4.16 for power/data
sible—3 and 1 or 2 and 2—utilizing drawer details.
the same components.
➤See wiring configurations at right.
Duplex receptacles used for both

types of wiring configurations are the
same. This simplifies specifications
and allows a faster understanding of
the system.
➤See page 4.18 for receptacle
recommendations for single-circuit
applications.
➤See page 4.19 for receptacle
recommendations for four-circuit ap- • Three utility circuits share a neutral • Two DESIGNATED utility circuits and
plications. and common ground. two DESIGNATED computer cir-
• One circuit with a DEDICATED hot, cuits.
A maximum of 13 duplex recepta- neutral and ground. • Utilize receptacles #1 and #2 for the
cles can be accommodated per cir- • Utilize receptacles #1, 2, 3 for utility designated utility circuits and recep-
cuit. and #4 for the DEDICATED ground tacles #4 and #5 for the designated
circuit. computer circuits.
Note: Receptacle #3 cannot be used
Circuits 1, 2, and 3 can be used for in the 2 and 2 configuration. If recep-
general electrical needs. Customarily, tacle #3 is used, possible cross feed
one or more of the circuits is reserved or interference from utility circuits one
for lighting or other everyday uses, and two can be introduced to com-
which allows control by central or puter circuits.
master switching.
Circuits 1 and 2 provide a pair of des-
Circuit 4 consists of three separate ignated circuits for general electrical
conductors (hot, neutral, and ground) needs, as described for
and meets the BIFMA/ANSI definition the 3 & 1.
for a dedicated circuit.
Circuits 4 and 5 provide a pair of des-
ignated circuits for computer applica-
tions.
Page 4.21 Perks

PERKS ®
Hardwire Power Planning Planning page 4.12
City of Chicago: Planning & Installation:

IMPORTANT: Planning actual
The City of Chicago requires that an Hardwire box (99KPBH) power supplies and branch circuits
electrician hardwire the electrical must be performed by qualified
components to the furniture. The electricians or electrical engineers
electrician can install hardwire boxes familiar with the National Electrical
into the bottom of the power/data Code and the appropriate local
drawer utilizing the pre-punched rec- codes. The information provided
tangular cut-outs. Holes for attaching herein is intended to assist speci-
the duplex to the hardwire box are fiers.
also provided.
Installations should be in accor-
Hardwired receptacles must be Flexible galvanized metal Leviton Decora duplex dance with the NEC. Local codes
placed in the drawer bottom knock- conduit is recommended receptacle may vary. Consult a qualified electri-
outs and be installed facing the floor. so that the power/data
cal contractor or engineer for
drawer can still be extended
proper installation of electrical
for excess cable storage.
equipment. Hardware necessary for
installation is shipped with all com-
ponents.
Hardwire components are also

City of New York: available to allow field hardwiring of
power within the power/data
The City of New York requires that an drawer where required by local
New York box lid
electrician to make the connection codes.
from the floor entry to the modular
electrical system. The electrician can
wire the floor/wall power in-feed
hardwire boxes into the bottom of the New York box
power/data drawer using the pre-
punched rectangular cut-outs. Power
entry for NYC (model 99KP4FPFNYC)
includes a modular floor/wall power Four-circuit snap-in du-
in-feed, hardwire box and lid, 2' gal- plex receptacles
vanized metal conduit to encase the
power in-feed (not shown), and cover
plate.
New York modular power in-feed
Galvanized metal conduit provided

by electrical contractor
Page 4.22 Perks

PERKS ®
LED Lights Planning Planning page 4.12
Freestanding and Surface-Mount Lights
• 3-year warranty
Details
• 50,000 hour LED life
161⁄8" • U.L. listed power supply
• Mercury, lead and UV free
• Kelvin—3500K
Arm on freestanding light swivels Head on surface-mount light ro-

1515⁄16"
350°. tates 360° allowing the light to be di-
Head on freestanding light rotates rected to any angle.
360° allowing the light to be directed
to any angle.
61⁄8"
Freestanding LED light includes
touch sensor switch on the head of
the lamp. Push the red switch to turn 373⁄16"
on light. Hold the switch down and
the light will dim to its lowest cycle
and then start to brighten again. Re- 137⁄16"
lease the switch when the light inten-
sity is at the desired level.
Surface-mount LED light is field in-
Hinge on freestanding light allows stalled. Available for use with surfaces
light to be turned straight up. from 3⁄4" to 19⁄16" thick. The on/off
touch switch is incorporated into the
light.
Page 4.23 Perks

PERKS ®
LED Lights Pricing Planning page 4.12
Task Lights
Details Connections Interconnect Guide:

Task Watts Max.
LED task lights are a thin-profile so- Power cords and interconnect Light per No. of Total
lution for overhead cabinets, highback cords can be plugged into either end Length Unit Units Watts
organizers, and shelves. LEDs are of the fixture. Interconnect cord
17" 8 6 48
mercury-free and consume less utilizes independent switching; each
power. fixture must be turned on and off indi- 31" 18 3 54
Single/starter unit includes:
• Fixture vidually. 44" 26 2 52
Linear body features a metal trough Interconnect (daisy chain) applica-
• Two-piece 12' black cord with an
reflector with diffuser lens. The body is Mounting kits, standard with each tion requires one single/starter unit IMPORTANT: Different task light
inline 41⁄2"W x 21⁄8"D x 11⁄8"H
silver anodized aluminum with white task light unit, include: and add-on units. Total wattage must lengths can be combined in the
65-watt brick power supply with
plastic end caps. • Two screw-mount clip/screws not exceed 54 watts for the full run. chain; however, the total wattage
➤See Interconnect Guide at right.
plug
• Mounting kit • Two magnetic-mount clip/magnets cannot exceed 54. For example,
Single-touch on/off and touch- • Two adhesive cord managers one 17" unit (8 watts) plus one 44"
and-hold continuous dimming pad unit (26 watts) = 34 watts which is
with last state memory will be remem- below the maximum.
bered for the next time the fixture is
turned on.
Only one occupancy sensor is
required per interconnected (daisy
Automatic turn-off feature comes
chained) run of fixtures to turn all
standard and will turn the fixture off
fixtures on and off automatically.
after 10 hours of continuous use.
Add-on unit includes: The power supply must connect to
• Fixture the occupancy sensor, followed
Number of LED lights varies by
• One 8" black interconnect cord by the connector pin, then the
fixture width:
• One 30" black interconnect cord single/starter unit as shown above.
17"W models include 24 LEDs
31"W models include 48 LEDs • Two adhesive managers
44"W models include 72 LEDs • Mounting kit
LED specifications:
• LED lifespan: 50,000 hours
• Color temperature: 3500K Optional occupancy sensor, avail-
• Color rendering index: 83 able separately, turns the fixture off
• ETL listed; compliant to UL 153 & after 30 minutes of inactivity and back
CSA C22.2 No. 9 on again as the user enters the work-
space. If occupant is present, the light
will remain on. Occupancy sensor
model includes:
• Sensor
• 1" connector pin
• Mounting kit
Page 4.24 Perks

PERKS ®
Metal Work Tools Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
D H W Model Price
Standard Includes
Paper Tray • Metal work tool: paint
91⁄2" 13⁄16" 13" 99K0913PTP $131
How to Specify
! Model
STD = Group 1
Personal Shelf STDM = Group M (+10%)
51⁄4" 13⁄16" 13" 99K0513PSP $131 STD21 = Group 21 (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Phone Shelf
4" 13⁄16" 71⁄2" 99K0407PSP $124
Dry-Erase Markerboard with Tray

129⁄32" 1127⁄64" 821⁄64" 99K0811DMP $129
Utility Cup
41⁄4" 35⁄8" 3" 99K0404CHP $96
Picture Frame
5⁄6" 71⁄4" 51⁄2" 99K0507PFP $109
5⁄6" 101⁄4" 81⁄2" 99K0810PFP 116
Page 4.25 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
continued
D H W Model Price
Standard Includes
Name Plate • Metal work tool: paint
9" 1" 99K0109NPP $137
How to Specify
! Model
Pendaflex Folder Holders (set of 2) STD = Group 1
1" 21⁄4" 99K0102PFHP $82 STDM = Group M (+10%)
STD21 = Group 21 (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Phone/Ear Bud Holder

1" 1" 11⁄2" 99KEPHP $51
Slant Sorter
9" 13⁄16" 13" 99K0912SSP $132
Vertical Sorter
Front 13⁄8" 9" 13" 99K0913VSP $149
Back
Page 4.26 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price Standard Includes

Shelf • Metal work tool: paint
91⁄8" 24" 21⁄4" 99K0924SHM $131 • Dividers on slant sorter: chrome
30" 99K0930SHM 147
36" 99K0936SHM 167 How to Specify
42" 99K0942SHM 190 ! Model
48" 99K0948SHM 215 2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
Single Side Tray
STDM = Group M (+10%)
115⁄8" 17" 23⁄8" 99K1217SPTM $121 3 Finish designator
Double Side Tray

115⁄8" 17" 5" 99K1217DPTM $165
Single Pocket Organizer

11⁄8" 155⁄8" 71⁄4" 99K16POM $100
Slant Sorter With Chrome Dividers

113⁄4" 12" 73⁄4" 99K1212SSM $121
Binder Shelf
91⁄8" 5" 81⁄16" 99K0905SHBM $74
Pocket organizers can be stacked

vertically up to 5 units.
Recommended uses are specific for

each metal work tool model;
refer to the statement of line.
➤See page 4.2.
Page 4.27 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
CD Holder • CD Holder: paint; accommodates
39⁄16" 315⁄16" 83⁄4" 99K0409CDHM $146 up to 12 CDs, DVDs, or Zip disks
• Hanging file folder: 6 paint colors
(see below)
• Memo tray and pencil tray: black
paint
Hanging File Holder
35⁄16" 127⁄16" 83⁄16" 99K0312HFH $119
How to Specify
CD Holder
! Model
Memo Tray 2 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
5" 7" 1" 99K0507BXB $85
3 Finish designator
Hanging File Holder

Pencil Tray ! Model
5" 10" 1" 99K0510PT $85
STD = Group 1
Note Poster 462 = Cinder
480 = Antique White
7⁄8" 18" 127⁄32" 99K0118NP2 $71 501 = Platinum Metallic
544 = Silver Pearl
Memo Tray, Pencil Tray,

Note Poster
! Model
Recommended uses are specific for

each metal work tool model;
refer to the statement of line.
➤See page 4.2.
Page 4.28 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Load Bars for Use with Metal Work Tools • Load bars or wall brackets: paint
3⁄4" 30" 33⁄4" 99K30LBM $80
36" 99K36LBM 88
How to Specify
42" 99K42LBM 95
Load Bars
48" 99K48LBM 116 ! Model
54" 99K54LBM 124 2 Application:
60" 99K60LBM 131 C = Cetra
I = Interworks EQ
Wall Brackets for Load Bars (set of 2) 3 Finish price group:
3⁄4" 21⁄2" 4" 99KLBBR $31 STD = Group 1
4 Finish designator
Wall Brackets
! Model
STD = Group 1
3 Finish designator
Load bars are for use on Cetra or

Interworks EQ panels. They can also
be wall mounted using wall brackets,
specified separately.
Load bars can span one or more

panels that equal the width of the
load bar.
Page 4.29 Perks

PERKS ®
Plastic Work Tools Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Accessory Dish • Accessory dish, and utility tray:
6" 6" 11⁄8" 99K0606ADC $37 clear plastic
• Utility tray, binder shelf, and shelf:
black plastic
• Pencil cup: clear or black plastic
Utility Tray
63⁄16" 91⁄8" 15⁄16" 99K0609UTC $42 How to Specify
Pencil cup
! Model
@ Plastic color:
Binder Shelf B = Black
C = Clear
101⁄2" 5" 9" 99K1105SHB $53
All others
! Model
Shelf
7" 24" 2" 99K0724SHB $117
Pencil Cup
31⁄2" 4" 4" 99KCP $41
Plastic work tools on this page are for

use with:
• Slat Tiles
Note: They are not recommended for
use on Xsite Traxx or load bars.
Page 4.30 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Phone Holder • Work tool: black or clear plastic
91⁄2" 81⁄2" 2" 99KPH $56
How to Specify
! Model
Letter-Size Paper Tray @ Plastic color:
14" 93⁄8" 2" 99K149LTPT $62 B = Black
C = Clear
Legal-Size Paper Tray

101⁄2" 15" 2" 99K1115LPT $65
Slant Sorter
121⁄2" 7" 71⁄2" 99KSS $66
Accessory Tray
93⁄8" 101⁄8" 2" 99KAC $56
Plastic work tools on this page are for

use with:
• Slat Tiles
Note: They are not recommended for
use on Xsite Traxx or load bars.
Page 4.31 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
continued
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
File Pocket • File pocket: frosty white
13⁄4" 113⁄4" 91⁄4" 99KFTP $23 • Photo/document display: clear
acrylic
(interior dimensions)
How to Specify
Photo/Document Displays
! Model
8 15⁄16" 12" 99K0912PDD $41

11 7⁄16" 12" 99K1212PDD 41
17 5⁄8" 12" 99K1812PDD 45
File pockets may be used with:

• Slat tiles
• Xsite storage tiles
• Xsite tip-out drawers
• Standard letter-size file drawers
Photo/document displays may be

used with:
• Xsite Traxx
Page 4.32 Perks

PERKS ®
Organizational Tools S Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Planning Factors Price

Standard Includes
Carousel Center Drawer • Carousel center drawer: clear
81⁄4" 135⁄8" 13⁄8" 99K0817CDR Rotates 360°. 81⁄4" front-to-back and 135⁄8" side-to-side $70 plastic
clearance required. • Carousel tray, plastic center
drawer, and pencil trays: black
plastic
Carousel Tray • Wood center drawer: paint or
151⁄4" 233⁄4" 13⁄4" 99K1624CT Rotates 360°. 16" front-to-back and 24" side-to-side $114 wood finishes
clearance required. • Drawer organizer includes
dispensers for tape and sticky
notes: black plastic
Plastic Center Drawer (non-locking)
193⁄16" 22" 2" 99K1922CD Cannot be used under a 24"D worksurface $71
when using a recessed modesty panel. How to Specify
Wood Center Drawer
! Model
@ W = Wood
Wood Center Drawer (non-locking) P = Paint
225⁄8" 24" 23⁄8" 99K2424CD For use with Footprint components. Center drawers $259
STD = Group 1
cannot be used under a 24"D worksurface when using
4 Finish designator
a modesty panel. Interior drawer dimensions: 137⁄8"D x 183⁄4"W.
All Others
! Model
Pencil Trays
For Use in 15"W Footprint® Pedestals
51⁄2" 12" 11⁄8" 99K0612PT $23
For Use in 15"W Transcend®, Fluent®, and Definition® Pedestals
47⁄8" 117⁄8" 11⁄8" 99K0512PT $23
For Use in 18"W Transcend®, Footprint®, Fluent®, and Definition® Pedestals
51⁄2" 15" 11⁄8" 99K0515PT $30
Drawer Organizer
113⁄4" 101⁄2" 15⁄8" 99K1211DO Fits any letter-width box or file drawer. $101
(expandable to 16”) When expanded, organizer fits most legal-width
drawers or 18"D lateral file drawers.
➤See the applicable price list for

series-specific center drawers.
Page 4.33 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
continued

Standard Includes
Box Drawer Dividers • Box drawer dividers: black plastic
For Use in Footprint® Flat Profile Box Drawers • Overhead/shelf divider, coat hook,
125⁄8" 33⁄16" 99K1303DD $14 CD holder, and utility hook: cinder
For Use in Footprint Square Profile Box Drawers and Priority 18"W Pedestals
141⁄4" 21⁄2" 99K1402DD $14 How to Specify
For Use in Footprint Radius Profile Box Drawers Coat Hook
12" 21⁄2" 99K1202DD $14 ! Model
2 Application:
C = Cetra
X = Xsite, Traxx, or Slat Tiles
I = Interworks EQ
All Others
Overhead/Shelf Dividers (set of 3) ! Model
6" 91⁄4" 7" 99K9SD $72
CD Holder
51⁄2" 125⁄8" 61⁄2" 99KFDCDH Holds 24 cases. For use in a drawer. $34
Coat Hook
11⁄4" dia. 99KCH Works with Xsite® Traxx®, slat tiles, wall-mount $30
Traxx, Cetra®, and Interworks® EQ. Use of coat hook
with slat tiles requires the removal of end trim and
trim channels before installation.
Utility Hook
1⁄2" 3⁄4" 11⁄2" 99KUH Works with Cetra panels.. Hook is secured in place $27
by panel top cap.
Page 4.34 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
continued

Standard Includes
Front-to-Back File Bars • File bars: black
17"D
For Use in 17"D Casegoods File Drawers
171⁄16" 13⁄16" 99K17FBFB3 Allows for front-to-back letter filing. $63
Set of three. One file bar used per drawer. How to Specify
For Use in 25"D Casegoods File Drawers ! Model
121⁄8" 13⁄16" 99K25FBFB6 Allows for front-to-back letter filing. $93
25"D Set of six. Two file bars used per drawer.
For Use in LF Series™, and Fundamental™, and Footprint® Flat Profile Undersurface Lateral File Drawers
153⁄4" 11⁄8" 13⁄4" 99KFFB Allows for front-to-back letter filing. $27
Set of two. One set of dividers required
per drawer. Front-to-back file bars provide
2 rows of letter or 1 row of legal in 30"W file,
2 rows of letter or 2 rows of legal in 36"W file,
3 rows of letter or 2 rows of legal in 42"W file.
Side-to-Side File Bars

For Use in Footprint Flat Profile Metal Pedestals and File Centers
3⁄4" 1115⁄16" 3⁄4" 99KFB Set of two. $27
Page 4.35 Perks

PERKS ®
Organizational Tools Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
continued
D W H Model TFL (LL) HPL (L)
Laminate Side-to-Side Surface Dividers Standard Includes

24" 55⁄16"* 131⁄2" 99K2414SSD $283 $369 • Surface divider
30" 55⁄16"* 131⁄2" 99K3014SSD 308 399 • Attachment hardware
24" 55⁄16"* 207⁄16" 99K2421SSD 309 419
30" 55⁄16"* 207⁄16" 99K3021SSD 336 455 How to Specify
Laminate Dividers
Upholstery Fabric Grade ! Model
D W H Model 1 or COM 2 3 4 5 6 7 @ Material
LL = TFL
Fabric Side-to-Side Surface Dividers in Seating Fabric L = HPL (markerboard)
24" 55⁄16"* 131⁄2" 99K2414SSDF $614 $642 $658 $676 $702 $728 $754 3 Laminate designator
30" 55⁄16"* 131⁄2" 99K3014SSDF 634 662 678 696 722 748 774 4 Frame paint group
STD = Group 1
24" 55⁄16"* 207⁄16" 99K2421SSDF 670 698 714 732 758 784 810
30" 55⁄16"* 207⁄16" 99K3021SSDF 694 722 738 756 782 808 834 STD21 = Group 21 (+10%)
5 Frame paint designator
Panel Fabric Grade
Fabric Dividers
D W H Model A B C D E
! Model
Fabric Side-to-Side Surface Dividers in Panel Fabric 2 Fabric grade
24" 55⁄16"* 131⁄2" 99K2414SSDF $614 $637 $652 $676 $711
3 Fabric number
4 Frame paint group
30" 55⁄16"* 131⁄2" 99K3014SSDF 634 657 672 696 731 STD = Group 1
24" 55⁄16"* 207⁄16" 99K2421SSDF 670 693 708 732 767 STDM = Group M (+10%)
30" 55⁄16"* 207⁄16" 99K3021SSDF 694 717 732 756 791 STD21 = Group 21 (+10%)
5 Frame paint designator
* Bracket width; divider is 3⁄4" wide (thickness). For use with tops up to 13⁄16" thick.
Page 4.36 Perks

PERKS ®
Collaboration Tools W Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Tackboards & Name/Sign Holder
COM GSA Non-Contract Surface Materials 4.71
Panel Fabric Price Grade

Standard Includes
D W H Model A or COM B C D E
Tackboards
Wall-Mount Tackboards • Tackboards: fabric on one side
7⁄8" 30" 20" 99K3020TBW $169 $195 $211 $238 $278 • Mounting hardware
36" 99K3620TBW 195 221 237 264 304
42" 99K4220TBW 205 231 247 274 314 Name/Sign Holder
• Name/sign holder: double-faced
48" 99K4820TBW 218 244 260 287 327 tape and blinder for hard surface
applications or appropriate
mounting bracket for panels or
D W H Model Price
slat tiles
Name/Sign Holder
3⁄8" 43⁄8" 43⁄8" 99K0404NH $147
How to Specify
Tackboards
! Model
2 Fabric grade
3 Fabric number
Name/Sign Holder
! Model
@ Application:
H = Hard surfaces
C = Cetra panels
X = Xsite panels or slat tiles
I = Interworks EQ panels
# Finish:
B = Black
P = Platinum
Page 4.37 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Markerboards † GSA Contract Pending Surface Materials 4.71
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Wall-Mount Markerboards Wall-Mount Markerboards
3⁄4" 2913⁄16" 30" 99K3030MBW $476 • Wall-mount markerboards: black
3513⁄16" 99K3630MBW 495 tray and 409M Icey White
markerboard
4113⁄16" 99K4230MBW 552 • Mounting hardware
4713⁄16" 99K4830MBW 650
5913⁄16" 36" 99K6036MBW 807 Markerboard Tile
• Hanging markerboard tile: cinder
frame with porcelain markerboard
surface
Hanging Markerboard Tile Magnetic Markerboards

23⁄4" 19" 143⁄4" 99K1915HMT $241 • Markerboard
• Double-sided tape
How to Specify
Hard-Surface-Mount Magnetic Markerboards
Wall-Mount Markerboards and
22" 10" 99K1022MBP † $77 Markerboard Tile
28" 99K1028MBP † 89 ! Model
Magnetic Markerboard
! Model
2 Markerboard finish:
Magnets (Set of 5) 405M = Designer White
99KMAG5 † $124
Magnets
! Model
2 Color:
BLK = Black
Hanging markerboard tile may be WHT = White
used with:
• Xsite Traxx
• Lower mobile table screens
Expo dry erase markers are recom-

mended for use on markerboards. All
other markers are not recommended,
as they may leave undesirable results
when erased.
Page 4.38 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Mobile Screens
COM GSA Non-Contract Surface Materials 4.71
Fabric Price Grade

Standard Includes
D W H Model A or COM B C D E
• Screen: fabric, translucent plastic,
Fabric Starter Screen or 409M Icey White markerboard
13⁄4" 237⁄8" 671⁄2" 99K2468MSSF $605 $649 $675 $721 $787 • Two casters on starter screens;
297⁄8" 99K3068MSSF 634 686 718 772 852 one caster on add-on models
Fabric Add-On Screen

13⁄4" 237⁄8" 671⁄2" 99K2468MSAF $605 $649 $675 $721 $787 Planning Factors
297⁄8" 99K3068MSAF 634 686 718 772 852 A minimum of two screens are
required for screens to stand. For
safety and stability, the angle of
screens must not exceed 115°.
D W H Model Price
Translucent Starter Screen Only one starter screen can be used

13⁄4" 237⁄8" 671⁄2" 99K2468MSST $730 for each grouping. Additional
screens must be add-ons.
297⁄8" 99K3068MSST 832
Translucent Add-On Screen

13⁄4" 237⁄8" 671⁄2" 99K2468MSAT $727 How to Specify
297⁄8" 99K3068MSAT 827 Fabric
! Model
Markerboard Starter Screen . 2 Frame finish designator:
13⁄4" 237⁄8" 671⁄2" 99K2468MSSM $743 462 = Cinder
297⁄8" 99K3068MSSM 890 501 = Platinum metallic (+10%)
3 Fabric grade
Markerboard Add-On Screen 4 Fabric number
13⁄4" 237⁄8" 671⁄2" 99K2468MSAM $735
Translucent and Markerboard
297⁄8" 99K3068MSAM 888 ! Model
2 Frame finish designator:
462 = Cinder
501 = Platinum metallic (+10%)

when erased.
Page 4.39 Perks

PERKS ®
Collaboration Tools Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Visual Boards Surface Materials 4.71

Visual Board without Molding • Two doors
41⁄4" 48" 48" AVB-4848W $3219 • Metal frame: black
• White porcelain on steel writing
surface
• Tackable fabric-covered panels on
inside doors
• Fabric on tack panels is Guilford
Visual Board with Molding
FR701-408 black
41⁄4" 48" 48" AVB-4848WM $3255 • Set of 4 dry erase markers and
eraser
• Hardware
• Pegs on inside of doors for hang-
ing flip charts
• Full length black door hinges
How to Specify
! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator

when erased.
Page 4.40 Perks

PERKS ®
Monitor Arms Pricing Planning page 4.12
Single GSA Non-Contract
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Single-Monitor Arms • Monitor arm: silver finish with
Slat Mount gray trim
205⁄16" 41⁄2" 141⁄16" 99KSMAM2SMS $460 • 100mm x 100mm VESA plate
• Applicable mounting bracket
How to Specify
! Model
Clamp Mount
203⁄4" 41⁄2" 181⁄4" 99KSMAM2CMS $460
Grommet/Bolt-Through Mount
203⁄4" 41⁄2" 181⁄4" 99KSMAM2GMS $460
Accessory Rail Mount for Xsede Open Plan

203⁄4" 41⁄2" 181⁄4" 99KSMAM2ARMS $446
Wall Mount
205⁄16" 41⁄2" 141⁄16" 99KSMAM2WMS $460
Page 4.41 Perks

PERKS ®
Monitor Arms Pricing Planning page 4.12
Dual GSA Non-Contract
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Dual Crossbar • Monitor arm: silver finish with
Clamp Mount gray trim
211⁄2" 267⁄8" 20" 99KSMACBM8CMS $918 • 100mm x 100mm VESA plate
• Applicable mounting bracket
How to Specify
! Model
Clamp Mount for Xsede Open Plan Wire Gap Worksurfaces

211⁄2" 267⁄8" 20" 99KSMACBM8LCMS $890
Grommet/Bolt-Through Mount
211⁄2" 267⁄8" 20" 99KSMACBM8GMS $918
Dual Independent
Clamp Mount
211⁄2" 267⁄8" 20" 99KMF2DACM12S $729
Page 4.42 Perks

PERKS ®
Keyboard Supports C Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA Non-Contract
Adjustable Keyboard Kits Surface Materials 4.71
Vertical Adjustment**
Planning Factors
Tray Tilt Above Below
D* W H Model Adjustment Surface Surface Rotation Price 17"D adjustable keyboard kits are
D recommended for bridge applica-
Adjustable Keyboard Kits tions; 22” and 23"D adjustable
Manual Adjustment keyboard kits can be used in corner-
17" 281⁄2" 6" 99K1706KK2 -15° to +15° 113⁄16" 69⁄16" 360° $572 mount applications.
22" 281⁄2" 8" 99K2208KK2 -15° to +15° 15⁄16" 73⁄8" 360° 629 Width of keyboard kits includes
mouse tray. Keyboard tray is
2011⁄16"W; mouse tray is 9" in
Intuitive Adjustment diameter and is non-handed for
D
17" 281⁄2" 6" 99K1706KK1 -15° to +10° 17⁄16" 615⁄16" 360° $665 mounting on the left or right.
22" 281⁄2" 8" 99K2208KK1 -15° to +10° 211⁄16" 8" 360° 731 Manual and intuitive adjustable key-
board kits slide in and out under
the surface.
Keyboard kits will not be flush with

the worksurface edge (in the
stored, recessed position) when
Sit-to-Stand Adjustable Keyboard Kit mounted in accordance with the
D
Intuitive Adjustment manufacturer’s directions.
23" 281⁄2" 103⁄4" 99K2319KKS1 -10° to +15° 8" 69⁄16" 360° $771
Keyboard kits can be used with
Xsede Open Plan when undersur-
face support rails are not used.
* Depth listed is the depth of the track that mounts to the underside of the worksurface.
➤See page 4.13 for a cross refer-
**Vertical adjustment dimensions are based on 13⁄16"-thick worksurface; they can also be used on 19⁄16"-thick worksurfaces.
ence chart by furniture series of
keyboard kits that comply to
ANSI/HFES Method 2.
Standard Includes
• Keyboard arm: black
• Foam gel wrist rest: black
• High-density polyethylene tray
IMPORTANT: Keyboard kits on this
and ABS mouse tray: black
page not compatible with height-
adjust tables and benches due to the
track depth. Specify trackless key-
How to Specify
board kit (99K1806KAT).
➤See page 4.44. ! Model
Page 4.43 Perks

PERKS ®
Keyboard SupportsC Pricing Planning page 4.12
Trackless Keyboard Kit GSA Contract Pending
Planning Factors
Tray Tilt Vertical Adjustment
D W H Model Adjustment Below Surface Rotation Price Trackless keyboard kit is engineered
to fit workspaces that have under-
Trackless Keyboard Kit
surface supporting structures, such
Intuitive Adjustment as height-adjustable tables and
211⁄4"* 193⁄8" 31⁄8" 99K1806KAT -15° to +10° –1.25" to 6.98" 360° $632 benching systems, where space is
D
(5.73" adjustment range) limited and conventional track-
mounted keyboard arms will not fit.
*Depth listed is overall depth, which includes the trackless keyboard with mini keyboard tray platform.
Suggested mounting position is 93⁄8"
from front edge of worksurface for
full undersurface storage. The unit
can be installed on clearances
slightly less than 93⁄8", but this will
position the keyboard further away
from the surface and reduce the
undersurface storage area.
Exceeds HFES and BIFMA 5th

percentile seated keyboarding
height when mounted in accor-
dance with manfuacturers
directions.
Weight not to exceed 20 lbs on

keyboard and mouse.
Standard Includes
• Mounting hardware
• Black trackless keyboard arm
• Mini keyboard tray platform
(91⁄2"D x 193⁄8"W x 13⁄8"H): black
high-density polyethylene tray and
gel foam palm rest
• Non-handed mouse platform
(83⁄4"diameter, 360° swivel); can
be mounted on left or right
How to Specify
Page 4.44 Perks ! Model
PERKS ®
Keyboard Adjusters GSA SIN 711-8
Vertical Adjustment*
How to Specify
Tray Tilt Above Below
D W H Model Adjustment Surface Surface Rotation Price ! Model
Keyboard Adjusters
For Use on 42"W Straight Adjustable Split Corner Worksurface (13⁄16"); set of 2 (one required per worksurface)
13" 8" 3" 99K42KA -12° to +18° 1" 3" — $694
(Lockable)
For Use on 48"W Straight Adjustable Split Corner Worksurface (13⁄16")
25" 303⁄4" 61⁄8" 99K48KA -15° to +9° 1" 5" — $905
(Lockable)
*Vertical adjustment dimensions are based on 13⁄16"-thick worksurface; they can also be used on 19⁄16"-thick worksurfaces.
Page 4.45 Perks

PERKS ®
continued GSA SIN 711-8

Standard Includes
Wood Keyboard Drawer Keyboard Tray
171⁄4" 255⁄8" 41⁄8" 99K1826KDW For use under 29"H worksurface; 18" front-to-back $427 • Metal tray: Matte black
and 27" side-to-side clearance required under • Sliding mouse pad and adjustable
worksurface. Locks into position when in use. palm rest on applicable model
Keyboard Tray
14" 231⁄2" 3" 99K1424KT For use under 29"H worksurface; $141 Corner Sleeve
15" front-to-back and 251⁄2" side-to-side • Metal sleeve: Black textured finish
clearance required. Locks into position when in use.
How to Specify
Keyboard Tray with Sliding Mouse Pad Wood Keyboard Drawer
19" 24" 23⁄8" 99K1924KTM Features adjustable palm rest and sliding mouse pad. $423 ! Model
Height can range from 211⁄32" to 311⁄16" in 7⁄32" 2 Finish price group:
increments. 20" front-to-back and 26" side-to-side STD = Group 1
clearance required under the worksurface. 3 Finish designator
All Others
Corner Sleeve ! Model
For Use with 13⁄16" Worksurfaces
119⁄16" 22" 13⁄8" 99K1222SL2 For use at corner junction of two perpendicular $133
worksurfaces; creates 45°-angle instant corner surface.
Removable.
For Use with 19⁄16" Worksurfaces
113⁄4" 22" 13⁄4" 99K1222SL For use at corner junction of two perpendicular $133
worksurfaces; creates 45°-angle instant corner surface.
Removable.
Keyboard drawers and trays are not

for use with Priority Progressive work-
surfaces, as they will conflict with the
undersurface support rails.
Exceptions: Due to the extra clear-
ance afforded by the shape of corner
worksurfaces, keyboard tray model
99K1424KT can be used on Priority
Progressive 90° corner surfaces; all
keyboard drawer and tray models on
this page can be used on Priority
Progressive 120° corner surfaces.
Page 4.46 Perks

PERKS ®
CPU Supports C Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
† GSA Non-Contract Surface Materials 4.71

How to Specify
Hanging CPU Holder ! Model
95⁄8" 69⁄16" 181⁄2" 99KCPUH 71⁄2" depth adjustment, 53⁄4" width adjustment, $261
and 9" height adjustment. Black. Attaches
to underside of worksurface. Swivels 360°.
Hanging CPU holder is not for use with Priority
Progressive undersurface support rails.
Laptop/Equipment Lock System †

39" 99KLTLCK 39" long x 1⁄4" diameter nylon-jacketed $76
stainless steel cable. Includes two Kimball
lock cores (one on each end; keyed randomly
between 001–005), one key, and one anchor.
Locks into laptop, printer, CPU tower, or other
portable electronic equipment, as well as
specifically designed slots in Scenario and Perks
power/data drawers. Anchor can be field
installed into any wood-based panel or
worksurface.
Page 4.47 Perks

PERKS ®
Cable Management P Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Grommets Surface Materials 4.71
D W H Model Finish/Material For Use With Price

How to Specify
Round Metal G7 Grommets ! Model
21⁄2" dia. 11⁄8" 99KG7MB Matte Black metal Definition®, Innsbruck™, Transcend® $43
21⁄2" dia. 11⁄8" 99KG7PL Platinum Metallic metal Definition 43 Note: Grommets maybe used in any
worksurface, except Scenario 1⁄2"-
21⁄2" dia. 11⁄8" 99KG7SN Satin Nickel metal Transcend 43
thick tops.
21⁄2" dia. 11⁄8" 99KG7AB Antique Brass metal President™, Senator® 43
Round Metal G19 (G12) Grommets with Locking Cap and Brush Access
25⁄8" dia. 3⁄4" 99KG19PL Platinum Metallic metal Definition, Dock, Priority™, $53
Scenario® 13⁄16", Xsede™
25⁄8" dia. 3⁄4" 99KG19DW Designer White metal Definition, Dock, Priority, Scenario 13⁄16", 53
Xsede
25⁄8" dia. 3⁄4" 99KG19CM Carbon Metallic metal Definition, Dock, Priority, Scenario 13⁄16", 53
Xsede
25⁄8" dia. 3⁄4" 99KG19490 Polished Chrome metal Definition, Xsede, Priority 53
25⁄8" dia. 3⁄4" 99KG19487 Brushed Nickel metal Definition, Xsede, Priority 53
25⁄8" dia. 3⁄4" 99KG19544 Silver Pearl metal Definition, Dock, Priority, Scenario 13⁄16", 53
Xsede
25⁄8" dia. 3⁄4" 99KG12MN Matte Nickel metal 53
Round Plastic G50, G60, G65, and G80 Grommets
25⁄16" 3⁄4" 99KG50 Matte Black plastic Footprint® $27
23⁄4" 3⁄4" 99KG60 Matte Black plastic Dock, Footprint, Priority, Scenario 13⁄16" 27
23⁄4" 3⁄4" 99KG65 Silver plastic Dock, Footprint, Priority, Scenario 13⁄16" 27
31⁄2" 1" 99KG80 Matte Black plastic Footprint 29
Page 4.48 Perks

PERKS ®
Cable Management Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Grommets, continued
D W H Model Finish/Material For Use With Price

How to Specify
Rectangular Metal G18 Grommets ! Model
23⁄4" 71⁄4" 13⁄16" 99KG18SS Silver Satin Aluminum Fluent® $81
Note: Grommets maybe used in any
worksurface, except Scenario 1⁄2"-
thick tops.
Square Metal G17 Grommets

23⁄4" 23⁄4" 13⁄16" 99KG17SS Silver Satin Aluminum Fluent $43
Rectangular Metal C31 Single-Sided Access Grommet

315⁄16" 95⁄16" 9⁄16" KCEK31SAA Anodized aluminum; fits 321⁄32" x 93⁄16" cut-out. $144
Rectangular Metal C30 Dual-Sided Access Grommet

411⁄32" 1219⁄32" 15⁄16" KCEK30DAA Anodized aluminum; fits 41⁄32" x 129⁄32" cut-out. $259
Page 4.49 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Vertical Cable Managers Surface Materials 4.71
D W H Model Planning Factors Price Standard Includes

Flexchain Cable Manager • Flexchain cable manager: clear
• Flexchain U-bracket: black
21⁄8" 37⁄8" 363⁄8" 99K36CMFC Connects to the underside of worksurface to route $176
cables and power-infeeds to the floor • Expandable cable managers: at-
tachment hardware included
• Vertical cable managers: black or
semi-translucent white polypropy-
Flexchain U-Bracket lene
99KFCB Connects a flexchain to wall outlet. $23
How to Specify
! Model
Expandable Cable Managers
6" 33⁄4" 7–48" 99KECMB Weighted base; ideal for height-adjustable tables. $169
4" diameter interior space for cable routing.
43⁄4" 7–435⁄16" KCUCMHW White base with neutral brushes 215
43⁄4" 7–435⁄16" KCUCMHC Chrome base with black brushes 215
Vertical Cable Managers for Casegoods

Black
173⁄4" 99K18WMV For use with casegoods products to manage cords $58
on a vertical surface; attaches to surface with
double-sided adhesive.
Semi-Translucent (set of 4)
15⁄16" 9⁄16" 193⁄16" 99K19WMV For use with Fluent highback support assembly leg $40
to manage cords. Can be cut in the field to size for
other applications. Adheres to metal, paint, or veneer;
peel film and press in place.
15⁄16" 9⁄16" 265⁄8" 99K27WMV For use with Fluent leg assembly, Priority U-legs and 55
open-frame legs to manage cords. Can be cut in the
field to size for other applications. Adheres to metal,
paint, or veneer; peel film and press in place.
Systems-Specific Vertical Cable
Managers
➤See the Kimball Panel Systems
Price List.
Page 4.50 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Horizontal Cable Managers Surface Materials 4.71

Standard Includes
U-Shaped Cable Manager (set of 6) • Cable manager(s): black plastic
2" 40" 2" 99K40WMHU For use under a worksurface. $73 • Dual-stick tape with P-shaped
Each section of 40" in length; cut to size. models
How to Specify
W-Shaped Cable Manager (set of 6)
! Model
3" 291⁄2" 11⁄2" 99K30WMHW For use under a worksurface. $95
Each section is 291⁄2" in length; cut to size.
Loop-Style Cable Manager (set of 6)

29⁄16" 35⁄8" 19⁄16" 99KCMU Individual loops. Openings are 1"D x 5⁄8"W x 1"H $56
and can be removed to expand individual capacity.
P-Shaped Cable Managers

23⁄8" 24" 15⁄8" KCE24LJWM $45
23⁄8" 30" 15⁄8" KCE30LJWM 51
23⁄8" 36" 15⁄8" KCE36LJWM 58
23⁄8" 48" 15⁄8" KCE48LJWM 63
15⁄8"
23⁄8"
Page 4.51 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Wire Manager Fillers

Standard Includes
Square rim Foam Wire Manager Fillers • Wire manager filler
6" 7⁄8" 11⁄16" 99KWMF Set of 6. For use on surfaces with square or knife rim profile. $42
Knife rim
How to Specify
Foam Wire Manager Filler
! Model
Metal Wire Manager Filler
3" 15⁄16" 11⁄16" 99KWMF2 For use on surfaces with knife rim profile on the side edge. $25 Metal Wire Manager Filler
! Model
480 = Antique White
403 = Chamois
462 = Cinder
440 = Cloud
485 = Dark Chocolate
450 = Fog
488 = Frosty White
461 = Graphite
420 = Sandstone
425 = Shadow
460 = Storm
Footprint Wire Manager Filler Cap

➤See the Worksurfaces and Support
chapter in the Kimball Surfaces &
Storage Price List.
Page 4.52 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data/Voice Accessories Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Clamp Mount

Ashley Duo™ Clamp-Mount Power/USB Center Ashley Duo
• Two 15-amp receptacles
51⁄2" 71⁄2" KCE0306ADCM Clamp mount adjusts to accommodate 1⁄2"- to $330
11⁄2"-thick surfaces. When installed, unit height is 3" • Two 2.1 amp USB ports
above the surface. For use with P, J, or F rim • White housing with silver bezel or
profiles. Not for use with knife rim, reverse knife rim, black housing with black bezel
sloped edge, or wire manager surfaces. • 6'L cord in matching color
Clamp-On Power Module

Clamp-on Power Module • Two 15-amp NEMA-rated
25⁄8" 35⁄8" 2" 99KELPM2 Clamp hand tightens and can be removed. $175 receptacles
Can be secured to worksurfaces up to 19⁄16" thick. • 9'L grounded cord with 15-amp
plug: black
• Black housing
Clamp-on Voice/Data Module
Clamp-on Voice/Data Module
25⁄8" 35⁄8" 2" 99KELDM2 Two openings. Does not include jacks; end user $152
supplies jacks, cabling, and voice/data connection to • Data jack adapter bezel tree
work with standard, keystone-style CAT3, CAT5, CAT5e, • Black housing
and CAT6 jacks or couplers, Avaya (Lucent) proprietary jacks,
Orthonics CAT5, CAT5e, and CAT6, or blanks for no
opening. Clamp hand tightens and can be removed. How to Specify
Ashley Duo
! Model
@ Housing color:
WW = White
BB = Black
Clamp-On Power Module or

Voice/Data Module
! Model
All electrical accessories are available

for field installation only.
U.L. listed. Any field modification of

the electrical components voids the
U.L. listing. The customer is responsi-
ble for the proper application of prod-
ucts to the local codes under which
installation must be made.
Page 4.53 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Above-Surface Mount

Standard Includes
Power/USB Module with 6' Cord Power/USB Module
315⁄16" 319⁄32" 21⁄2" KCE0204WPDW Sits on surface. Walnut with zig-zag cord. $544 • One USB duplex for charging
• One simplex power outlet
Surface-Mount Power/USB
• One 2-amp USB duplex for charging
Surface-Mount Power/USB Center
• Three power outlets
23⁄4" 75⁄16" 21⁄16" 99K0207PDB Mounts on top of surface with non-skid bottom; $631 • 10' 15-amp power cord
no field scribing required. • Housing: black or white high-gloss
plastic
Power Module
Power Module • Two 15-amp NEMA-rated
receptacles
21⁄8" 3" 33⁄4" (cover open) 99KELPM Fits into worksurface wire manager. $162 • 6'L grounded cord with 15-amp
2" (cover closed) Not for use on Scenario® 1⁄2" surfaces. plug: black
• Black housing with frost cover
Voice/Data Module
Voice/Data Module • Two CAT5e-certified RJ45 fittings
21⁄8" 3" 33⁄4" (cover open) 99KELDM Two 11⁄2"D x 11⁄3"W x 23⁄4"H openings. Can $183 (ports)
2" (cover closed) replace fittings and cables with CAT5 or CAT6 • Two 6'L CAT5e cables with jacks
fittings and cables; not provided. Fits into on either end
worksurface wire manager. Not for use • Black housing with frost cover
on Scenario 1⁄2" surfaces.
How to Specify
Power/USB Module, Power
Module, or Voice/Data Module
! Model
Data modules accept CAT5 and CAT6 All electrical accessories are available
Surface-Mount Power/USB
cabling. Siemens CAT6 jacks are for field installation only. ! Model
recommended. @ Housing color:
W = White
Data ports accept Amp Flex-Mode the electrical components voids the
B = Black
and Panduit Mod-Com connector U.L. listing. The customer is responsi-
modules. Contact your local data ble for the proper application of prod-
communications supplier for the ucts to the local codes under which
appropriate connector modules. installation must be made.
Page 4.54 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Surface Mount Surface Materials 4.71
Diameter H Model Planning Factors Price

Standard Includes
Salt USB Unit Salt USB Unit
2" 21⁄8" KCE02SUSM 13⁄4"-diameter surface cut-out required. $209 • 2 two-amp USB ports
Unit extends 1⁄8" above the surface when • Housing: white or black
installed. • 6' cord in matching color
Pepper Power Unit

• 1 receptacle
Pepper Power Center • Housing: white or black
2" 21⁄8" KCE02PPSM 13⁄4"-diameter surface cut-out required. $74 • 6' cord in matching color
Unit extends 1⁄8" above the surface when
installed. Node Power Center
• 10' cord with three-prong plug
• Two power receptacles
• Metallic silver powdercoat finish
• Fits C6 cut-out
Node® Power Center
33⁄8" KCEBN20PP $197 Node Power/USB Center
• 10' cord with three-prong plug
• One power receptacle
• One duplex USB
• Metallic silver powdercoat finish
• Fits C6 cut-out
Node® Power/USB Center
33⁄8" KCEBN11PU $303
How to Specify
Salt USB Unit or Pepper
Power Unit
! Model
@ Housing color:
W = White
B = Black
Node Power or Power/USB

Center
! Model
Page 4.55 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Surface Mount, continued Surface Materials 4.71
† GSA Non-Contract

Standard Includes
Pull-Up Power/USB Grommet Pull-Up Power/USB Grommet
23⁄8" 111⁄4" KCE0211PUPUGMB † 23⁄8"-diameter surface cut-out required. $262 • Four receptacles
In stored position, unit extends 115⁄8" below • Two USB ports
the surface. Unit sits flush on surface when in use. • Overcurrent and voltage
protection
• 10’ black cord
• Finger-pull access
• Black housing
Power/Communication
Power/Communication Grommet
Grommet
41⁄4" dia. 51⁄4" 99K0405ELPDG 31⁄2-diameter surface cut-out required. $600 • Two power outlets
• One data port (RJ45)
• One voice port (RJ11)
• 6' grounded cord with 15-amp
plug: black
• Plastic housing: black
How to Specify
! Model


Page 4.56 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8

Single-Sided Pneumatic Pop-Up Power/Data Centers Single-Sided Pneumatic Pop-Up
Power/Power Power/Data Center
47⁄16" 55⁄16" 39⁄16" 99KG21 Silver finish. Requires a 4" x 5" cut-out. $506 • Two power outlets on
power/power model
Power/Data
• One power outlet and one data
47⁄16" 55⁄16" 39⁄16" 99KG22 Silver finish. Requires a 4" x 5" cut-out. $506 port on power/data model
Power/USB • One power outlet and two USB
47⁄16" 55⁄16" 39⁄16" 99KG26 Silver finish. Requires a 4" x 5" cut-out. $386 ports on power/USB model
• 6’ cord
Ellora Power/Data Center

• Three 15-amp, 110-volt electrical
Ellora® Power/Data Center outlets
55⁄16" 85⁄16" 35⁄8" 99KPDCAM AV adapter kits and voice/data jacks must be $501 • One data port
provided by the customer. Extends 25⁄16" below the • 10' power cord
worksurface. Cannot be used in conjunction with a • Housing: silver anodized
power/data drawer on 24" or 30"D worksurfaces. aluminum
Specify a G20 cut-out on Definition®, Priority™, or
31⁄2" Scenario® 13⁄16" surfaces for factory cut-out.
Hardwire How to Specify
55⁄16" 85⁄16" 35⁄8" 99KPDCAMH For areas where local codes do not accept modular $556 ! Model
electrical plug-in components.


Page 4.57 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8

Standard Includes
Ashley Duo™ Power/USB Center Ashley Duo
4" 61⁄2" 27⁄8" KCE0307ADBSMWW 23⁄16" x 6" surface cut-out required. Can mount $311 • Two receptacles
horizontally or vertically. • Two USB ports
• Housing: white
• Bezel: white
• 6'L white cord
Ashley Trio™ Power/Data/USB Center
Ashley Trio
4" 9" 27⁄8" KCE0409ATSMWW 23⁄16" x 81⁄2" surface cut-out required. Can mount $357 • Three receptacles
horizontally or vertically. • Two USB ports
• One open port for HDMI, RJ45, or
VGA
• Data plate adapter kit
Axil Z Power/USB/Bluetooth® Center • Housing: white
Silver Faceplate with Black Trim • Bezel: white
• 6'L white cord
3" 11" 21⁄2" KCE311AXZPDUS Fits G27 cut-out $811
Flat Black Faceplate and Trim Axil Z
3" 11" 21⁄2" KCE311AXZPDUB Fits G27 cut-out $811 • One Bluetooth® speaker
• One USB charging port: stainless
steel
• Three receptacles
• 120"L cord
How to Specify
! Model


Page 4.58 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8

Mho® Retractable Power/Data Center with Three-Prong Plug Mho Power/Data Center
43⁄8" 83⁄8" KCEB2PDPS Fits C4 cut-out. $386 • Silver anodized aluminum body
• 10' cord with 15-amp straight,
three-prong plug
• Two blank data ports that can
accommodate one of eight
Mho® Retractable Power/Data/USB with Three-Prong Plug provided adapter plates
• Pop-up lid that sits flush with
43⁄8" 83⁄8" KCEB2PDUPS Fits C4 cut-out. $499
surface when closed
Mho Power/Data/USB Center

• Silver anodized aluminum body
• 10' cord with 15-amp straight,
three-prong plug
Mho® Pop-Up Power/Data Center
43⁄8" 83⁄8" 99KPC2MB Fits C4 cut-out. $386 • One blank data port that can
accommodate one of eight
provided adapter plates
• One port with two USB charging
outlets
• Pop-up lid that sits flush with
surface when closed
Mho Pop-Up Power/Data Center

• Housing: matte black anodized
aluminum
• Two simplex power outlets
• Two black voice/data ports
• Adapter kit for couplers and jacks
• 6’ 15-amp power cord
All electrical accessories are available How to Specify

! Model
Page 4.59 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data/Voice Accessories P Pricing Planning page 4.12
Surface Mount, continued GSA SIN 711-8

Standard Includes
Vault Turnbox Power/USB Center Power/USB Center
113⁄4" 43⁄8" 43⁄8" KCE4124PD Fits C8 cut-out. $1281 • 12' cord with 15-amp, three-prong
plug
• Two USB ports
• One touch open and close
mechanism
Vault Turnbox Power/Data/USB Center • Safety photo-electronic eye
157⁄8" 43⁄8" 43⁄8" KCE4164PD Fits C9 cut-out. $1423 prevents rotation when unit is
in use
• Housing: anodized aluminum
finish
• Fits C8 cut-out
Power/Data/USB Center
• 12' cord with 15-amp, three-prong
plug
• Three 15-amp receptacles
• One RJ45 CAT5e data port
• One USB port
• One HDMI port
• One VGA port
• Two 3.5mm audio ports
• One touch open and close
mechanism
• Safety photo-electronic eye
prevents rotation when unit is
in use
• Housing: anodized aluminum
finish
• Fits C9 cut-out
All electrical accessories are available How to Specify

for field installation only. ! Model

Page 4.60 Perks

Standard Includes
PERKS ®
Power/Data/Voice Accessories Pricing
M2X Double-Sided Pneumatic
Accessories Pop-Up Power/Data Center
GSA SIN 711-8
Surface Mount, continued • Three power outlets on each side
(six total) on power/power model
• Two power outlets (four total) and
one data port on each side (two
D W H Model Planning Factors Price total) on power/data model
• Side 1 two power outlets and one
M2X Double-Sided Pneumatic Pop-Up Power/Data Centers open data port; side 2 one power
Power/Power outlet and two USB
81⁄16" 613⁄16" 39⁄16" 99KG23 Fits cut-out size 711⁄16"D x 61⁄2"W. $1012 • 6’ cord
Power/Data • Housing: silver anodized
aluminum
81⁄16" 613⁄16" 39⁄16" 99KG24 Fits cut-out size 711⁄16"D x 61⁄2"W. $1012
Power/USB M2X Power/Data Center
81⁄16" 613⁄16" 39⁄16" 99KG25 Fits cut-out size 711⁄16"D x 61⁄2"W. $1201 • Four power outlets (2 per side)
• Six blank data ports (3 per side)
• Voice/adapter kit to accept
couplers and jacks
M2X Retractable Power/Data Center
• One touch pivot open/close
8" 10" 21⁄2" KCU0810ELPDC Fits C2 cut-out. $976
• Two 10' power cords
For Hardwire Application • Housing: silver anodized
8" 10" 21⁄2" KCU0810ELPDCH Fits C2 cut-out. $1026 aluminum
M2X Power/Data/USB/HDMI/
VGA Center
M2X Retractable Power/Data/USB/HDMI/VGA Center • Four power outlets (2 per side)
8" 10" 21⁄2" KCE820ELPDC Fits C2 cut-out. $1278 • Two duplex USB charging ports
For Hardwire Application (1 duplex per side)
8" 10" 21⁄2" KCE820ELPDCH Fits C2 cut-out. $1278 • One HDMI port
• One VGA port
• Two blank data ports (1 per side)
Mho® 2X Power/Data/USB couplers and jacks
Silver • Two touch pivot open/close
8" 10" 21⁄2" KCE810M2XPDUAA Fits C2 cut-out. $1215 • Two 6' power cords, rated at 15
Black amps 120 volts (1 per side)
• Housing: silver anodized
8" 10" 21⁄2" KCE810M2XPDUAB Fits C2 cut-out. $1215
aluminum
for field installation only. Mho 2X Power/Data/USB Center
• One 2-port USB charger
U.L. listed. Any field modification of • One open data port
the electrical components voids the • Three power outlets
U.L. listing. The customer is responsi- • 120"L power cord
installation must be made. How to Specify
! Model
Page 4.61 Perks
PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8

E2X Power/Data Center E2X Power/Data Center
113⁄8" 101⁄8" 31⁄2" KCE1110PDESMAA Fits C7 cut-out (11" x 913⁄16"). When installed, $1301 Side 1:
23⁄8" of the unit is below the surface. • Three power outlets with 72"
power cord
For Hardwire Application
• One VGA DB15HD female with
113⁄8" 101⁄8" 31⁄2" KCE1110PDEHWSMAA Fits C7 cut-out (11" x 913⁄16"). When installed, $1301 120" cable
23⁄8" of the unit is below the surface. • One USB 2-port simplex charger
• One 3.5mm stereo jack
Side 2:
40" Rectangular Power/Data Center • Three power outlets with 72"
power cord
8" 40" 21⁄2" KCU0840ELPDC Fits C3 cut-out. $2651 • One USB 2-port simplex charger
• One HDMI coupler
• One open port
aluminum
40" Rectangular Power/Data

Center
• Eight power receptacles (4 per
side [2 left and 2 right])
• Eight blank data ports; 4 left and 4
right (2 on each side)
• Resin center section: white frost
couplers and jacks
• One touch pivot open/close
• Four 10' power cords
aluminum
How to Specify
for field installation only. ! Model

Page 4.62 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Undersurface Mount Surface Materials 4.71

Standard Includes
Mini-Tap Power Unit
Mini-Tap® Power Unit
• Two receptacles
33⁄8" 3" 13⁄8" KCE0303MTPPUSMB Mount unit near the worksurface edge for easy access. $110 • Slide mounting hardware
• 6’ black cord
Mini-Tap Power/USB Unit

• One receptacle
Mini-Tap® Power/USB Unit • Two USB ports
33⁄8" 3" 13⁄8" KCE0303MTPUUSMB Mount unit near the worksurface edge for easy access. $237 • Slide mounting hardware
• 6’ black cord
Power Outlet Strip

• Six outlets
Power Outlet Strip • 10' power cord
13⁄4" 101⁄2" 11⁄2" 99KELPS † $80
How to Specify
! Model


Page 4.63 Perks

PERKS ®
Power/Data Drawer Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
D W* H For Use with** Model Price

Standard Includes
Power/Data Drawer • Cut-outs on bottom of drawer for
73⁄4" 275⁄8" 21⁄2" 36" tops 99K26PDD $118 power, data, flexchain, and power
73⁄4" 335⁄8" 21⁄2" 42" tops 99K32PDD 133 in-feeds
• Cut-outs on both sides (ends) of
73⁄4" 391⁄2" 21⁄2" 48" tops 99K38PDD 147 drawer for routing power to adja-
73⁄4" 451⁄2" 21⁄2" 54" tops 99K44PDD 161 cent drawers
73⁄4" 511⁄2" 21⁄2" 60" tops 99K50PDD 175 • Knockouts on front and back
compatible with industry-standard
73⁄4" 571⁄2" 21⁄2" 66" tops (shown) 99K56PDD 188
data faceplates
73⁄4" 631⁄2" 21⁄2" 72" tops 99K62PDD 214 • Holes in bottom of drawer for
73⁄4" 691⁄2" 21⁄2" 78" tops 99K68PDD 226 Perks laptop/equipment lock
• Attachment hardware
73⁄4" 753⁄8" 21⁄2" 84" tops 99K74PDD 241
73⁄4" 813⁄8" 21⁄2" 90" tops 99K80PDD 272
73⁄4" 873⁄8" 21⁄2" 96" tops 99K86PDD 303 How to Specify
! Model
* Width includes drawer and mounting brackets. 2 Finish color:
** For storage-supported tops, select the drawer width based on the open, unsupported kneespace. 405 = Designer White
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Accepts Perks single-circuit and four-

circuit (8-wire) electrical system.
For use with Priority™, Definition®,

Fluent®, or Footprint® in open plan or
freestanding applications.
➤See the Priority chapter of the
Kimball Desks & Accessories Price
List for additional information
pertaining to the use of power/data
drawers with Priority worksurfaces.
Not intended for use with Cetra®,

Xsite®, or Interworks® EQ panels.
Page 4.64 Perks

PERKS ®
Single-Circuit Power Components Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Model Description Price

Standard Includes
Power In-Feed Power In-Feed
99K210P1PF $240 • 10' black power cord with stan-
dard three-prong plug on one end
and single squeeze-latch connec-
tor on the other end
• Smart box monitor
Duplex Receptacle Duplex Receptacle

99K2P1RDS $74 • Two three-prong outlets
• 12" modular feed with double-out
interface
Jumper Cables Jumper Cables

99K2P1J8 12" $83 • Black cable with a squeeze-latch
99K2P1J4 24" (shown) 77 connector on each end
99K2P1J1 48" 99 Mini-Adapt Power Module

99K2P1J5 74" 108 • Two NEMA-rated 15-amp recepta-
99K2P1J6 96" 164 cles
• 18" modular feed with double-out
99K2P1J7 120" 181
interface; cord is black
• Housing: black textured finish
Mini-Adapt Power Module

How to Specify
99K2P1PM2 2”H x 35/8”W x 25/8”D. $148
! Model
Mini-adapt power module features a

clamp that hand-tightens to secure
the module to the worksurface.
Page 4.65 Perks

PERKS ®
Four-Circuit (8-Wire) Power Components Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Power Entries Surface Materials 4.71
Model Planning Factors Price

Standard Includes
Modular Power In-Feed Modular Power In-Feed Starter
Starter Plate • Black metal wall plate
99KP4WPSM Accepts modular power in-feed. 51⁄8" x 51⁄8". $118
Modular Power Harness
Power Harness • 10' liquid tight conduit with a
99K10P4FPFM Must be used with modular starter. $306 squeeze-latch connector on each
end
Floor/Wall Power In-Feed Floor/Wall Power In-Feed

99K10P4FPF $279 • 10' liquid tight conduit with a sin-
gle squeeze-latch connector on
one end and pigtail on the other
Ceiling Power In-Feed
Ceiling Power In-Feed
99K12P4CPF $247
• 12' galvanized metal conduit with
a single squeeze-latch connector
on one end and pigtail on the
Power Entry for Use in New York City other
99KP4FPFNYC $372
Power Entry for Use in NYC
• Modular floor/wall power in-feed
• Hardwire box
Related Products: • 2’ galvanized metal
• Cover plate
Power/Data Flexible Ceiling Pole
99K10PDPC Used to conceal power in-feed and data cables $494 Flexible Ceiling Pole
• 10’ flexible conduit: stainless steel
Metal Ceiling Trim Plates (set of 2) How to Specify

99KPCTP Conceal intersection of the flexible ceiling pole at the worksurface and ceiling. $48 ! Model
➤See the appropriate price list for

series-specific electrical planning
guidelines for four-circuit
configurations.
Four-circuit electrical power

entries or modular starter must be
installed by a licensed electrician.
Page 4.66 Perks

PERKS ®
Four-Circuit (8-Wire) Power Components Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Modular Components Surface Materials 4.71
Model Description Function Price Standard Includes

Duplex Receptacles Duplex Receptacles
• Two outlets black plastic housing
For 3 + 1 Circuit Configuration • Squeeze-latch connector on one
99KP4RD1 Circuit 1 Delivers power from circuit 1 with shared neutral and ground $99 end
• Housing: black plastic
99KP4RD2 Circuit 2 Delivers power from circuit 2 with shared neutral and ground 99
99KP4RD3 Circuit 3 Delivers power from circuit 3 with shared neutral and ground 99 Power Distribution Assembly
99KP4RD4 Circuit 4 (dedicated) Delivers power from dedicated circuit 4 with ded. neutral and ground 99 • Galvanized metal conduit with
triple-out interface
For 2 + 2 Circuit Configuration • Accepts one or two receptacles
99KP4RD1 Circuit 1 Delivers power from circuit 1 with shared neutral and ground $99
Jumper Cables
99KP4RD2 Circuit 2 Delivers power from circuit 2 with shared neutral and ground 99
• Galvanized metal conduit
99KP4RD4 Circuit 4 (designated) Delivers power from designated circuit 4 with shared neutral and ground 99 • Squeeze-latch connectors on both
99KP4RD5 Circuit 5 (designated) Delivers power from designated circuit 5 with shared neutral and ground 99 ends
Power Distribution Assemblies How to Specify

99K36P4D 36"W $198
! Model
Jumper Cables
99KP4J4 24"W $164
99KP4J2 36"W 177
99KP4J1 48"W (shown) 198
99KP4J5 74"W 264
99KP4J6 90"W 315
99KP4J7 120"W 375
➤See the appropriate price list for

series-specific electrical planning
guidelines for four-circuit
configurations.
Four-circuit electrical power

entries or modular starter must be
Page 4.67 Perks

PERKS ®
Hardwire Power Components Pricing Planning page 4.12
GSA SIN 711-8
Model Function Price

Standard Includes
Hardwire Box Hardwire Box
99KPBH Accommodates junctions and receptacles $48 • Steel box
Hardwire Cover
Hardwire Covers • Cover: steel
99KPHCB Blank cover; use to protect the contents of the hardwire box $28
How to Specify
99KPHCD Duplex cover plate provides an access hole, sized to fit $28
Pass & Seymour 26242 series receptacles (or compatible size and type).
! Model
Hardwire Box Template

99KPHT Used for locating and drilling holes required to attach hardwire box $28
to power/data tray.
Hardwire components must be

Page 4.68 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA Non-Contract
Freestanding and Surface-Mount Lights
W H Base Diameter Model Price

Standard Includes
Freestanding Freestanding and Surface Mount
161⁄8" 1515⁄16" 61⁄8" KCUFSL † $281 • Fixture
• Power supply
• 6 foot cord
\How to Specify
Surface Mount ! Model
373⁄16" 137⁄16" KCUSML † $384
Page 4.69 Perks

PERKS ®
GSA SIN 711-8
Task Lights

Standard Includes
Single/Starter Units Starter Unit
2" 17" 1⁄2" 99K17TLS 24 LED lights $266 • Fixture
2" 31" 1⁄2" 99K31TLS 48 LED lights 381 • Two-piece 12' black cord with an
inline 41⁄2"W x 21⁄8"D x 11⁄8"H
2" 44" 1⁄2" 99K44TLS 72 LED lights 494 65-watt brick power supply and
plug
• Mounting kit
Add-On Unit
Add-On Interconnect Units
• Fixture
2" 17" 1⁄2" 99K17TLA 24 LED lights $256 • One 8" black interconnect cord
2" 31" 1⁄2" 99K31TLA 48 LED lights 369 • One 30" black interconnect cord
2" 44" 1⁄2" 99K44TLA 72 LED lights 484 • Mounting kit
• Two adhesive managers
Related Products: Sensor

• Sensor
Occupancy Sensor • 1" connector pin
• Mounting kit
2" 21⁄4" 3⁄4" 99KTLOS $177
How to Specify
! Model
Interconnect (Daisy Chain) Guide

➤See page 4.24.
Page 4.70 Perks

PERKS ®
Wood Surface Materials Planning page 4.12

Wood
for a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Group 1 Group 2 1 CX Coco and SX Sienna finishes
materials program, including: • Keyboard drawers MC Amber Cherry CS Coco Sapele2,3 coordinate with price group 2
• Characteristics of wood • Wood center drawers CC Cordoba Cherry SS Sienna Sapele2,3 finishes of the same name; no
• Special wood finishes • Visual boards MH Mocha Cherry upcharge applies.
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) SC Sedona Cherry CZ Clear Zebrawood2,3
• Customer-specified paint (CSP) 2 Not available on visual boards
• Fabric application and colorways IM Brighton Maple2 with molding.
• Customer’s own material (COM) TM Huntington Maple2
overview 3 Not available on keyboard drawers
• Alliance program ES Espresso Walnut and wood center drawers.
• TB133 process MW Midtown Walnut
TW Tribeca Walnut
IMPORTANT: Wood finishes applied to UW Urban Walnut
solid hardwood are complementary to
the same wood finish applied to wood CO Canyon Straight Grain
veneer, but not an exact match. DF Driftwood Straight Grain
➤Contact Customer Service for more YO Monterey Straight Grain
information. NW Tuscan Straight Grain
CX Coco1,2
SX Sienna1,2
Page 4.71 Perks

PERKS ®
Laminate Surface Materials Planning page 4.12

TFL
for a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Woodgrain Solid
materials program, including: • Surface dividers MC Amber Cherry 480 Antique White
• Characteristics of wood MH Mocha Cherry 462 Cinder
• Special wood finishes 440 Cloud
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) IM Brighton Maple 405 Designer White
• Customer-specified paint (CSP) 461 Graphite
• Fabric application and colorways MW Midtown Walnut 420 Sandstone
• Customer’s own material (COM) 460 Storm
overview CO Canyon Straight Grain
• Alliance program DF Driftwood Straight Grain
• TB133 process YO Monterey Straight Grain
NW Tuscan Straight Grain
applications, the flip that occurs
naturally in veneer may influence the
overall match from piece to piece.
Writable Laminate
Applies to: Solid
• Markerboards 409M Icey White
483M Off White
Page 4.72 Perks

PERKS ®
Paint Surface Materials Planning page 4.12

Paint
for a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Group 1 Group 211 Group M
materials program, including: • Metal work tools 480 Antique White 111 Apricot Orange 514 Carbon Metallic
• Characteristics of wood • Organizational tools 427 Barley 106 Cloud Blue 507 Patina Metallic
• Special wood finishes 437 Cement 107 Dark Blue 501 Platinum Metallic
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) Note: Metal memo box, note poster 403 Chamois 113 Golden Rod 505 Satin Bronze Metallic
• Customer-specified paint (CSP) and pencil tray are available in black 462 Cinder 105 Spinach Green 544 Silver Pearl
• Fabric application and colorways only. 440 Cloud 112 Tango Red 504 Taupe Metallic
• Customer’s own material (COM) 485 Dark Chocolate
1 Group 21 solid colors are available on
overview 405 Designer White
• Alliance program 453 Environmental Grey select metal work tools; see
pricing pages.
• TB133 process 459 Featherstone
450 Fog
IMPORTANT: Due to the reflective 488 Frosty White
qualities of metallic paints, variations 461 Graphite
in color may occur. 445 Moon Beam
416 Putty
420 Sandstone
425 Shadow
465 Smoke
460 Storm
429 Tantalum
419 Wallaby
Applies to: Group 1 Group M

• Hanging file folders 480 Antique White 514 Carbon Metallic
462 Cinder 501 Platinum Metallic
405 Designer White 544 Silver Pearl
Applies to: Group 1 Group 1, continued

• Wire manager filler 480 Antique White 461 Graphite
403 Chamois 420 Sandstone
462 Cinder 425 Shadow
440 Cloud 460 Storm
485 Dark Chocolate
405 Designer White
450 Fog
488 Frosty White
Page 4.73 Perks

PERKS ®
Fabric and Upholstery Surface Materials Planning page 4.12

• Surface dividers Price Grades A–E (Upholstery)
• Mobile screens Price Grades 1–6
Reference Guide at EXCEPTIONS: Surface dividers and
www.kimball.com for the most mobile screens are not available in
up-to-date list of available panel vinyl, faux leather, or polyurethane
fabric patterns. patterns.
overview
Reference Guide at
• TB133 process
fabric patterns.
Applies to: Kimball Panel Fabric

• Tackboards Price Grades A–E

available in Crossroads and Tenor
patterns.

Reference Guide at
fabric patterns.
COM Yardage Requirements

66"W 54"W 66"W 66"W 54"W 66"W
Model Directional Directional Non-Dir. Model Directional Directional Non-Dir.
IMPORTANT: If your COM is less than Mobile Screens Wall-Mounted Tackboards

66"W, some size restrictions may 99K2468MSAF 1.9 1.9 1.5 99K3020TBW 0.9 0.9 0.9
apply. Additional yardage may be 99K3068MSAF 1.9 3.7 1.8 99K3620TBW 0.9 0.9 0.9
required if patterns require matching. 99K2468MSSF 1.9 1.9 1.5 99K4220TBW 0.9 0.9 0.9
99K3068MSSF 1.9 3.7 1.8 99K4820TBW 0.9 0.9 0.9
Page 4.74 Perks

PRIORITY™ Table of Contents Pricing 03.14.19
Revision 03.14.19
Desks and Components
➤See page
Positioning 5.2
Introduction 5.2
Planning 5.37
Distinctives 5.37
Typical Configurations 5.38
Filing Capacities 5.47
Cord Management 5.48
Factory-Installed
Grommet Options 5.50
Pull Options 5.55
Locking Information 5.57
Integrating with Traxx® 5.58
Integrating with Xsite® 5.59
Integrating with Xsede® 5.60
Integrating with Footprint® 5.61
Assembled Casegoods 5.62
Worksurfaces, Support,
and Screens 5.64
Wall Panels 5.89
Storage 5.90
Fixed-Height &
Height-Adjustable Tables 5.109
Height-Adjustable Desks 5.117
Pricing 5.118
Assembled Casegoods 5.118
Worksurfaces 5.131
Support 5.154
Screens 5.187
Wall Panels 5.192
Storage 5.217
Tables 5.315
Height-Adjustable Desks 5.332
Page 5.1 Priority

PRIORITY™ Introduction Positioning Planning page 5.37
Desks & Components Pricing page 5.118
Surface Materials page 5.341
No matter where you work or how you

work, Priority supports it in extensive PRIVATE OFFICE BENCHING
ways. Today’s environments require flexi-
ble solutions for a variety of workplace
strategies addressing work modes,
behaviors, locations, patterns and ulti-
mately configurations. Priority is a
versatile planning solution that encom-
passes a coordinated suite of desks,
benches, tables, and storage units that
adapt to changing business needs while
supporting a dynamic workplace for pro-
gressive organizations.
Priority strikes a balance between indi-

vidual and group activities in the
workplace. Each element integrates to
create modern work environments
enabling people to work healthy, move
freely and seamlessly between inde-
pendent and interactive work modes.
COLLABORATION HEIGHT-ADJUSTABLE
Page 5.2 Priority

PRIORITY™ Assembled Casegoods Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
Desks & Components rounded to the nearest inch. Refer the
appropriate pricing pages for actual
Desks, Returns, and Bridges
dimensions.
30"
Rectangular-Top Arc-Top Rectangular-Top Arc-Top Extended-Top Rectangular-Top

Double-Pedestal Desks Double-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Cockpit
➤See page 5.118 to specify. ➤See page 5.118 to specify. Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models. Desks
➤See page 5.119 to specify. ➤See page 5.120 to specify. ➤See page 5.121 to specify. Available in left and right models.
60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W
30"D • • • 30"D • 30"D • • • 30"D • • • 42"D • 48"D •
36"D • 36"D • 36”D • 36”D •
Arc-Top Single-Pedestal Center Drawers File/File Pedestal Multi-File Pedestal Bridges

Cockpit Desks ➤See page 5.124 to specify. Executive Returns Executive Returns ➤See page 5.127 to specify.
Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models.
➤See page 5.123 to specify. ➤See page 5.125 for returns. ➤See page 5.125 for returns.
➤See page 5.126 for cockpit ➤See page 5.126 for cockpit
returns. returns.
60"W 66"W 72"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 66"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W
48"D • 22"D • • • 24"D • • 24"D • 24"D • • • •
Page 5.3 Priority

PRIORITY™ Assembled Casegoods Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
Cockpit Corners and Credenzas
dimensions.
Cockpit Corners Single-Pedestal Credenzas Lateral File Credenzas Kneespace Credenzas Storage Credenzas
➤See page 5.128 to specify. Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models. ➤See page 5.130 to specify. ➤See page 5.130 to specify.
48"W 66"W 72"W 72"W 66"W 72"W 66"W 72"W

48"D • 24"D • • 24"D • 24"D • • 24"D • •
Page 5.4 Priority

PRIORITY™ Worksurfaces Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
For Flush-Surface Applications
dimensions.
Rectangular Worksurfaces Rectangular Desk Worksurfaces Arc Desk Worksurfaces

• = Side-to-side grain direction ➤See page 5.135 to specify. ➤See page 5.135 to specify.
n = Front-to-back grain direction
➤See pages 5.131 – 5.134 to specify.
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W 120"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 72"W
24"D • n • n • n • n • n • n • n • n •n • n • n • n • n • n • n 30"D • • • 36"D •
36"D • 42"D •
Rectangular Cockpit Desk Arc Cockpit Desk Taper Worksurfaces P-Shaped Worksurfaces U-Shaped Worksurfaces Corner Worksurfaces
Worksurfaces Worksurfaces ➤See page 5.138 to specify. Available in left and right models. ➤See page 5.139 to specify. ➤See page 5.140 to specify.
72"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 72"W 66"W 72"W 84"W 36"W 42"W
48"D • 48"D • 24/30"D • • • 30"D • 30"D • • 36"D •
30/24"D • • • 36"D • • 42"D •
Page 5.5 Priority

For Floating-Surface Applications
dimensions.
Rectangular 90° and 120° Corner

• = Rim on 4 sides • = Rim on all sides
n = Wire manager on back side; rim on front and sides n = Wire manager on back side; rim on other sides
➤See pages 5.141 – 5.143 to specify. ➤See pages 5.179 – 5.180 to specify.
36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 120"W 144"W 48"W
24"D • n • n • n • n • n • n • n • n • n •n •n 24"D •n
30"D •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n 30"D •n
36"D •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n
48"D • • • • • • • • • • •
60"D • • • • • • • •
Arc End U-Shaped Extended Wedge

➤See page 5.146 to specify. ➤See page 5.147 to specify. ➤See page 5.148 to specify. ➤See page 5.149.
42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 72"W 72"W
24"D • • • • • • • • • 36"D • 36"D •
30"D • • • • • • • • •
36"D • • • • • • • • •
Page 5.6 Priority

Table Tops and Glass Modesty Panels for Freestanding Applications
dimensions.
and Transaction Counters
Round Square Oval Racetrack Elliptical

➤See page 5.150 to specify. ➤See page 5.150 to specify. ➤See page 5.151 to specify. ➤See page 5.152 to specify. ➤See page 5.152.
36"W 42"W 48"W 60"W 78"W 72"W 72"W

36" diameter • 36"D • 42"D • 36"D • 40"D •
42" diameter • 42"D •
Glass Modesty Panel Transaction Counters Note: Table desk components are also
➤See page 5.152 to specify. ➤See page 5.153 to specify. available.
➤See page 309 for facet base and
9"H 65"W applicable rectangular and ellipse tops.
36"W • 12"D •
Page 5.7 Priority

PRIORITY™ Support Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
dimensions.
End Support Panels Mid-Support Panels End Panels T-Leg End Panels Corner Support Panels
Available in left and right models. ➤See page 5.154 to specify. • = For single-pedestal applications ➤See page 5.156 to specify. ➤See page 5.140 to specify.
➤See page 5.154 to specify. n = For use with recessed modesty panel
15"W 18"W 23"D 24"D 29"D 30"D 35"D 36"D 24"D 30"D 36"D 36"W 42"W
24”D • 11"D • 28"H n • n • n • 6"H • • • 36"D •
30"D • • 12"H • • • 42"D •
36"D • 28"H • • •
42"D •
48"D •
Support Columns Height-Adjustable U-Legs U-Legs and O-Legs for Extension Applications
Available in column and Available in end- and mid-support models. ➤See page 5.159 to specify.
half-cylinder models. ➤See page 5.159 to specify.
10"D 24"D 30"D 36"D 24"D 30"D 36"D

28"H • 28"H • • • • 28"H • • •
Page 5.8 Priority

For Flush-Surface Applications, continued
dimensions.
Hinged Modesty Panels Technology Modesty Panels

12"W 18"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 23"W 24"W 26'W 27'W 28'W 29'W 30"W 32"W 34"W 36"W 40"W 42"W 46"W
28"H • • • • • • • • 25"H • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Wood or Laminate Modesty Panels

• = For use as kneespace modesty (between two pedestals), see pages 5.161 – 5.162 for full height; page 5.165 for partial height.
n = For use as a flush back panel for open-back storage, see pages 5.161 – 5.162 for full height; page 5.165 for partial height.
▲ = For use as recessed modesty panel in single-pedestal desk applications, see page 5.164 for full height, page 5.166 for partial height.
15"W 18"W 24"W 27'W 30"W 33"W 36"W 39"W 42"W 45"W 48"W 51"W 54"W 57"W 60"W 63"W 66"W 69"W 72"W 75"–120"W (3" increments)
12"H • • • •▲* •▲* •▲* •▲* •▲* •▲* • • • • •
28"H •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n▲* •n▲* •n▲* •n▲* •n▲* •n▲* •n •n •n •n •n •n
* Models for recessed applications are 1" less in width than indicated in this table due to the end panel depth.
Modesty Panels for U- and P-Shaped Worksurfaces Cable Surround Support Drawers Support Shelves
• = Wood or laminate, see page 5.163. Modesty Panel ➤See page 5.169 to specify. ➤See page 5.169 to specify.
n = Glass, see page 5.167. ➤See page 5.168 to specify.
66"W 72"W 84"W 48W 60"W 15"D 15"D

10"H n n n 6"H • • 5"H • 11"H •
28"H • • • 12"H • •
Note: For wood or laminate partial-height, use 12"H x 66”W or 72"W.
Page 5.9 Priority

dimensions.
Undersurface Support Rails Starter Bracket Return Mounting Bridge Worksurface Attachment Bracket Kit
➤See page 5.170 to specify. ➤See page 5.170 to specify. Bracket ➤See page 5.171 to specify.
For use with unsupported span of: For use with Worksurfaces:
36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 22"D 20"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W
1"D • • • • • • 14”W • 5"D* • 6"W • • • • • •
72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
1"D • • • • •
End-Support Open-Frame Legs End-Support U-Legs Mid-Support U-Legs

• = Fixed height • = Fixed height • = Full depth
n = Adjustable height (push button on 24"–36"D; screw adjust on n = Adjustable height (push button on 24"–36"D; screw adjust on 48”–60"D) n = Recessed
48”–60"D) ➤See page 5.173 to specify. Available in fixed-height and height-adjustable models (screw adjust).
➤See page 5.172 to specify. ➤See pages 5.174 – 5.175 to specify.
24"D 30"D 36"D 48"D 60"D 24"D 30"D 36"D 48"D 60"D 24"D 30"D 36"D 48"D 60"D
5"H • • • 28"H • n • n • n • n • n 28"H • • • • n •n
11"H • • • 41"H • • •
28"H •n •n •n •n •n
Page 5.10 Priority

For Floating-Surface Benching Applications
dimensions.
Stanchion End-Support Stanchion Mid-Support U-Legs 90° Corner Support Frames with Stanchions 120° Corner Support Frames
U-Legs • = Full depth Available in fixed-height and height-adjustable models (screw adjust). Available with or without stanchions, and in fixed-height and
Available in fixed-height and n = Recessed Includes undersurface support rails. height-adjustable models (screw adjust).
height-adjustable models (screw Available in fixed-height and height- ➤See page 5.179 to specify. ➤See page 5.180 to specify.
adjust). adjustable models (screw adjust).
➤See page 5.176 to specify. ➤See pages 5.177 – 5.178 to
specify.
For use with 90° worksurfaces: For use with 120° worksurfaces:
50"D 62"D 50"D 62"D 24" x 48" 30" x 48" 24" x 48" 30" x 48"
28"H* • • 28"H* •n •n 28"H* • • 28"H* • •
* Leg height * Leg height * Leg height * Leg height
Slat/Fabric Tiles Fabric Tiles Slat Tiles

36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
18"H • • • • • • • • • • •
Page 5.11 Priority

For Floating-Surface Benching Applications, continued
dimensions.
Benching Top Caps

36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W For 90° For 120°
3"D • • • • • • • • • • • • (set) • (set)
End Panels End Panels for use with Benching Stanchions Stanchion for End Panels or Double-Sided Pedestals
24"D 30"D 36"D 48"D 60"D 50"D 62"D 5"D

5"H • • • 28"H • • 2”W •
11"H • • •
28"H • • • • •
Wood or Laminate Modesty Panels

• = For use as kneespace modesty (between two pedestals)
n = For use as a flush back panel for open-back storage
15"W 18"W 24"W 27'W 30"W 33"W 36"W 39"W 42"W 45"W 48"W 51"W 54"W 57"W 60"W 63"W 66"W 69"W 72"W 75"–120"W (in 3" increments)
27"H • n •n •n • n • n • n • n • n • n •n • n • n • n • n • n • n • n •n • n •n
Page 5.12 Priority

PRIORITY™ Screens Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
dimensions.
Fabric Privacy Screens

24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W

12"H • • • • • • • • •
16"H • • • • • • • • •
Resin Privacy Screens Resin Privacy Screen Attachment Brackets

• = Standard screen Available for:
n = End-support screen • Freestanding
➤See pages 5.188 – 5.189 to specify. • Surface top
• Edge of softened or reed rim
21"W 24"W 27"W 30"W 33"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W • Edge of knife rim
n n n ➤See page 5.190 to specify.
12"H • • • • • • • • • • • •
16"H n • n • n • • • • • • • • • •
Wood or Laminate Click-Adjust Privacy Screens

36"W 42"W 48"W

28"H • • •
Page 5.13 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wall Panels Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
dimensions.
TFL or Wood Wall Panels Accessories

For use with wall panels with
• = Blank
n = With wood or glass shelves accessory rail.
u = With wood or glass shelves and accessory rail ➤See page 5.216 to specify.
▲ = With accessory rail
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
14"H • • • • • • • • • • • •
20"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
21"H • • • • • • • • • • • •
26"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
27"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
32"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
38"H •nu •nu •nu •nu •nu •nu •nu •nu •nu •nu •nu •nu
Note: Wood grain runs vertically on wood veneer wall panels; woodgrain runs horizontally on TFL wall panels.
Page 5.14 Priority

Continued
dimensions.
Fabric Wall Panels Accessories

• = Blank For use with wall panels with
▲ = With accessory rail accessory rail.
➤See pages 5.192–5.207 to specify. ➤See page 5.216 to specify.
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
14"H • • • • • • • • • • • •
20"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
21"H • • • • • • • • • • • •
26"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
27"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
32"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
38"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
44"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
50"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
57"H •▲ •▲ •▲ •▲
Page 5.15 Priority

Continued
dimensions.
Markerboard or Glass Wall Panels

• = Markerboard
n = Magnetic glass
▲ = Non-magnetic glass
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
14"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
20"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
21"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
26"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
27"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
32"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
38"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
44"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
50"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
57"H •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ • • • •
Page 5.16 Priority

PRIORITY™ Storage Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
dimensions.
28"
28" 28" 28" 28" 28"
Box/Box/File Pedestals File/File Pedestals Hinged-Door Pedestals Open/Open Pedestals Open/File Pedestals
• = Open back, see page 5.217. • = Open back, see page 5.217. Available in left or right door. • = Open back, see page 5.219. • = Open back, see page 5.219.
n = Finished back, see page n = Finished back, see page • = Open back, see page 5.218. n = Finished back, see pages 5.230 and 5.231. n = Finished back, see
5.228. 5.228. n = Finished back, see page page 5.230.
5.229.
15"W 18”W 15"W 18”W 15"W 18”W 15"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 48"W 15"W 18”W
24"D •n • n 24"D • n • n 24"D • n • n 24"D • n • n • n • n n 24"D • n •n
30"D •n •n 30"D •n •n 30"D •n •n 30"D •n •n 30"D •n •n
36"D •n 36"D •n
28" 28" 28" 28"

28"
Hinged-Door Storage Two-Drawer Lateral File Printer/CPU Storage Multi-File Pedestals

• = Open back, see page 5.220. Pedestals • = Open back, see page 5.220. Available in box/box/open/lateral and box/box/file/lateral models.
n = Finished back, see page • = Open back, see page 5.220. n = Finished back, see page • = Open back, see page 5.221.
5.231. n = Finished back, see page 5.231. n = Finished back, see page 5.232.
5.231.
30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W

24"D • n •n 24"D • n •n 24"D • n 24"D • n •n
Page 5.17 Priority

dimensions.
28"
28" 28" 28" 28"
Box/Box/File Pedestal File/File Pedestal Hinged-Door Pedestals Open/Open Pedestals

• = Open back, see page 5.222. • = Open back, see page 5.222. Available in left or right door. • = Open back, see page 5.224.
n = Finished back, see page n = Finished back, see page • = Open back, see page 5.223. n = Finished back, see page 5.235.
5.233. 5.233. n = Finished back, see page
5.234.
15"W 15"W 15"W 18”W 15"W 18"W 30"W 36"W

24"D •n 24"D • n 24"D • n •n 24"D • n •n • n •n
30"D •n 30"D •n 30"D •n •n 30"D •n •n
36"D •n 36"D •n
28" 28" 28" 28"

28"
Open/File Pedestals Hinged-Door Storage Two-Drawer Lateral File Multi-File Pedestals Pedestal Filler Strip
• = Open back, see page 5.224. • = Open back, see page 5.225. Pedestals Available in box/box/open/lateral and box/box/file/lateral models. ➤See page 5.227.
n = Finished back, see page n = Finished back, see page • = Open back, see page 5.225. • = Open back, see page 5.226.
5.235. 5.236. n = Finished back, see page n = Finished back, see page 5.237.
5.236.
15"W 18”W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 1"D

24"D •n •n 24"D •n •n 24"D •n •n 24"D •n •n 28"H •
30"D •n •n
Page 5.18 Priority

For Floating-Surface Applications, continued
dimensions.
28" 28" 28" 28" 28" 28"
Box/Box/File—Box/Box/File File/File—File/File Box/Box/File—File/File Box/Box/File—Box/Box/File File/File—File/File Box/Box/File—File/File

Double-Sided Pedestal Double-Sided Pedestal Double-Sided Pedestal Double-Sided Pedestal for Double-Sided Pedestal for Double-Sided Pedestal for
➤See page 5.238 to specify. ➤See page 5.238 to specify. ➤See page 5.238 to specify. use with Stanchion use with Stanchion use with Stanchion
15"W 15"W 15"W 15"W 15"W 15"W

48"D • 48"D • 48"D • 50"D • 50"D • 50"D •
60"D • 60"D • 60"D • 62"D • 62"D • 62"D •
Page 5.19 Priority

Mobile Pedestals
dimensions.
24" 28" 28" 23"
Cushion-Top Box/File Mobile Box/Box/File File/File Mobile Pedestals Active File Mobile Pedestals
Pedestals Mobile Pedestals ➤See page 5.239 to specify. ➤See page 5.239 to specify.
Available with flat or rounded ➤See page 5.239 to specify.
cushion.
15"W 15"W 15"W 15"W

24"D • 24"D • 24"D • 22"D •
Page 5.20 Priority

Low Storage
dimensions.
22"
22" 15" 22" 22" 22"
15" 15"
Low Storage with Wide Box Low Storage with Wide Box Low Storage with Lateral File Drawer Low Storage Open Bookcase
and Lateral File Drawer and Lateral File Drawer Available in lateral file and open/lateral file models. ➤See page 5.242 to specify.
➤See page 5.240 to specify. Available in left or right models. • = Freestanding
➤See page 5.240 to specify. n = Mobile
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W

16"D • • 16"D • • 16"D •n •n 16"D • •
24"D • • 24"D • • 24"D •n •n 24"D • •
Component Tops Organizer Shelves Straight Shelves

30"W 36"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 108"W 28"W 34"W 28"W 34"W
16"D • • • • • • • • • 15"D • • 15"D • •
24"D • • • • • • • • • 22"D • • 22"D • •
Cushion Tops Ganging Brackets

30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W

16"D • • • •
24"D • • • •
Page 5.21 Priority

Sliding-Door and Open Wall- and Traxx-Mount Overheads
dimensions.
16" 16"
Sliding-Door and Matching Open Overheads

• = Sliding solid door, see page 5.247.
n = Slding writable glass door, see page 5.253.
• = Open (no doors), see page 5.249.
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
16"H •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n•
31"H •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• •n• • • • •
Wall-Mount Tackboards and Tackboards with Tool Bar Tool Bar Accessories Filler Strips for Traxx-Mounted Overhead Storage
For use with 16"H overheads. ➤See page 5.282 to specify. ➤See page 5.263 to specify.
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 10"H 16"H 19"H 24"H 31"H 36"H
22"H • • • • • • • • • • • • 2"D • • • • • •
Page 5.22 Priority

Hinged-Door and Open Wall- and Traxx-Mount Overheads
dimensions.
16"
16"
16"
Hinged-Door and Matching Open Overheads

• = Hinged solid doors, see page 5.256.
▲ = Hinged glass doors, see page 5.257.
n = Hinged writable glass doors, see page 5.258.
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
19"H •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n•
31"H •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n•
Wall-Mount Tackboards and Tackboards with Tool Bar Filler Strips for Traxx-Mounted Overhead Storage Tool Bar Accessories
For use with 19" and 31”H overheads. ➤See page 5.263 to specify. ➤See page 5.282 to
➤See page 5.255 to specify. specify.
19"H • • • • • • • • • • • • 2"D • • • • • •
31"H • • • • • • • • • • • •
Page 5.23 Priority

Hinged-Door and Open Wall- and Traxx-Mount Overheads, continued
dimensions.
Hinged-Door and Matching Open Overeheads with Paper Storage

30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
24"H • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •▲n•
▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n
36"H •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n•
Wall-Mount Tackboards and Tackboards with Tool Bar Tool Bar Accessories Filler Strips for Traxx-Mounted Overhead Storage
For use with 24" and 36”H overheads with paper storage. ➤See page 5.282 to specify. ➤See page 5.263 to specify.
13"H • • • • • • • • • • • • 2"D • • • • • •
Page 5.24 Priority

Wall- and Traxx-Mount Cubbies and Wall-Mount Shelves
dimensions.
Cubbies
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
10"H • • • • • • • • • • • •
Shelves
24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W

8"D • • • • • • • • •
Page 5.25 Priority

Center-Mount for Benching Applications
dimensions.
16" 16" 16"

16"
Center-Mount Overheads
• = Sliding solid or writable glass door, see page 5.264.
n = Hinged solid or writable glass doors, see page 5.265.
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W

16"H •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n
Center-Mount Straight Shelves Center-Mount Mitred Shelf Sets for 90° and 120°
➤See page 5.266 to specify. Applications
30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 49"W
15"D • • • • • • • • • • • • 15"D •
Center-Mount Overhead/Shelf Xsede Accessory-Rail-Mount Mitred Shelf Brackets Shelf Divider

Brackets Stanchion Brackets ➤See page 5.268 to specify. ➤See page 5.268 to specify.
Page 5.26 Priority

Sliding-Door Highback Organizers
dimensions.
16" 16"
Sliding-Door Highback Organizers

• = Sliding solid door, see page 5.2715.2715.269
n = Slding writable glass door, see page 5.270.
60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W

33"H • n • n • n
38"H •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n
50"H •n •n •n
Page 5.27 Priority

Hinged-Door and Open Highback Organizers
dimensions.
16" 16"
16"
Hinged-Door and Open Highback Organizers

60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W

38"H • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •▲n•
▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n
50"H •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n•
Tackboards and Tackboards with Tool Bar Metal Slat Wall Tile Tool Bar Accessories
For use with 38" and 50"H hinged-door and open highback organizers (without paper storage). For use with 38" and 50"H hinged-door and open highback organizers (without paper storage). ➤See page 5.282 to
➤See page 5.275 to specify. ➤See page 5.276 to specify. specify.
For use with highback organizer widths: For use with highback organizer widths:
60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W
18"H • • • • • • • •* •* 13"H • • • • • • •* •* •*
* Two tackboard models required. * Two tile models required.
➤See pricing page for actual tackboard dimensions. ➤See pricing page for actual tile dimensions.
Page 5.28 Priority

Hinged-Door and Open Highback Organizers with Paper Storage
dimensions.
Hinged-Door and Open Highback Organizers with Paper Storage

n = Hinged writable glass doors, see page 5.279,
60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W

38"H • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •▲n•
▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n ▲n
50"H •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n•
Tackboards and Tackboards with Tool Bar Tool Bar Accessories

For use with 38" and 50"H hinged-door and open highback organizers with paper storage. ➤See page 5.282 to specify.
For use with highback organizer widths:

60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 102"W 108"W
12"H • • • • • • • •* •*
* Two tackboard models required.
➤See pricing page for actual tackboard dimensions.
Page 5.29 Priority

Set-on-Surface
dimensions.
Set-on-Surface Bookcases Set-on-Surface Organizers Project Trays

• = Solid doors, see page 5.287. • = Solid doors, see page 5.287. ➤See page 5.287 to specify.
▲ = Glass doors, see page 5.284. ▲ = Glass doors, see page 5.288.
n = Writable glass doors, see page 5.285. n = Writable glass doors, see page 5.289.
15"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 15"W 18"W 16"W

38"H •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• 38"H •▲n• •▲n• 14"D •
50"H •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• •▲n• 50"H •▲n• •▲n•
Page 5.30 Priority

Freestanding
dimensions.
53"
53"
40" 29" 41"
Three-Drawer Lateral Files Four-Drawer Lateral Files Two-Drawer Lateral Files with Three-Drawer Lateral Files Four-Drawer Lateral Files
with Open Top with Open Top Finished Top with Finished Top with Finished Top
➤See page 5.290 to specify. ➤See page 5.290 to specify. ➤See page 5.291 to specify. ➤See page 5.291 to specify. • = Finished back
n = Finished top
30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W
24"D • • 24"D • • 24"D • • 24"D • • 24"D •n •n
15" 19"
15"
Shelving Units Straight-Front Bookcases Arc-Front Bookcases

42"H 50"H 28"H 40"H 53"H 67"H 80”H 84”H 28"H 40"H 53”H 67"H 80"H
36"W • • 30"W • • • • • • 36"W • • • • •
36"W • • • • • •
Page 5.31 Priority

Vertical Storage
dimensions.
16 or 24" 16 or 24"
16"
16"
Bookcases with Lateral File Bookcases with Sliding Door Bookcases with Hinged Doors Organizer and Straight Back Panels Space Dividers
Available in full- and partial-back and Lateral File and Lateral File Shelves ➤See page 5.302 to specify. Available in full- and partial-back
models. Available with solid door or writable Available with solid doors or writable ➤See page 5.302 to specify. models.
➤See page 5.296 to specify. glass door; full- and partial-back glass doors; full- and ➤See page 5.303 to specify.
models. partial-back models.
➤See pages 5.297–5.298 for 16"D. ➤See pages 5.299 – 5.300 for 16"D.
➤See pages 5.308 – 5.309 for ➤See page 5.310 – for 24"D.
24"D.
49"H 67"H 80"H 49"H
67"H 80"H
36"W • 36"W • • 30"W •
36"W • •
24" 30"
24" 24" 24"
24"
Bookcase with File/File Single-Door Cabinets Double-Door Cabinets Front-Access Side-Access Storage Towers Side-Access Wardrobe
➤See page 5.304 to specify. ➤See page 5.305 to specify. • = Wardrobe Storage Towers Available with box/box/file or Storage Towers
n = Lateral File Available with box/box/file or file/file; left and right models. Available with box/box/file or file/file;
➤See page 5.307 to specify. file/file; left and right models. ➤See page 5.313 to specify. left and right models.
42"H 49"H 67"H 80"H 42"H 49"H 67"H 80"H 67"H 80"H 42"H 49"H 67"H 80"H 42"H 49"H 67"H 80"H 42"H 49"H 67"H 80"H
15"W • • • • 15"W • • • • 30"W n •n 24"W • • • • 24"W • • • • 15"W • • • •
18"W • • 36"W • n •n
24"W • • • •
30"W • •
Page 5.32 Priority

PRIORITY™ Tables Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
Table Desk and Freestanding Table Base Components
dimensions.
Facet Table Desk Base Rectangular Top Elliptical Top

➤See page 5.315 to specify. for Facet Base for Facet Base
• = Back-painted glass • = Back-painted glass
n = Wood or laminate n = Wood or laminate
36"W 30"W 36"W 38"W

29"H • 72"W •n •n 72"W •n
Round Metal Bases Square Metal Bases Cylinder Bases Column Legs Note: Table base compo-
➤See page 5.316 for fixed height. ➤See page 5.316 for fixed height. Available in laminate and wood. Available in static and mobile. nents at left are for use with
➤See page 5.321 for adjustable ➤See page 5.321 for adjustable ➤See page 5.316 to specify. ➤See page 5.316 for fixed height. flush-mount worksurfaces.
height. height. ➤See page 5.321 for adjustable
height.
28"H 28"H 28"H 28"H
24" diameter • 24" square • 16" diameter • 2" diameter •
Page 5.33 Priority

Fixed-Height T-Legs
dimensions.
Fixed-Height T-Leg Bases Fixed-Height Extension Post-Leg Bases

• = Main (2 legs and rails) ➤See page 5.319 to specify.
n = Return (1 leg and rails)
For Use with Worksurfaces: For Use with Worksurfaces:

36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W
28"H • •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n • 28"H • • • •
Fixed-Height 90° and 120° Bases

For Use with 120° worksurfaces:

24" x 48" 30" x 48"
28"H • •
Page 5.34 Priority

Height-Adjustable T-Legs
dimensions.
T-Leg Bases Table Desk Surround for Use with Electric Main T-Leg
• = Main (2 legs and rails) ➤See page 5.326.
n = Return (1 leg and rails)
➤See pages 5.322 – 5.323 for manual-adjust models; pages 5.326 – 5.328 for electric-adjust models.
For Use with Worksurfaces:
36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W 60"W 66"W 72"W
Manual Adjust 30"D • • •
Incremental • •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n • 36"D • • •
Click • •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •
Crank • • • • • • • • • • •
Electric Adjust
Single stage • •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •
Dual stage • •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •n •
Extension Post-Leg Bases 90° and 120° Bases T-Leg Casters Snap-On Cable Managers
➤See page 5.324 for manual-adjust models. ➤See page for manual-adjust models. ➤See page 5.331 to specify. ➤See page 5.331 to specify.
➤See page 5.329 for electric-adjust models. ➤See page 5.330 for electric-adjust models.
For Use with Worksurfaces: For Use with 90° or 120° Worksurfaces:
42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 24" x 48" 30" x 48"
Manual Adjust Manual Adjust
Incremental • • • • Incremental • •
Click • • • • Click • •
Electric Adjust Crank • •
Single stage • • • • Electric Adjust
Dual stage • • • • Single stage • •
Dual stage • •
Page 5.35 Priority
PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Desks and Components Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
dimensions.
Breakfront Height-Adjustable Desks Facet Height-Adjustable Desks Facet Extension Inline Height-Adjustable Desks
➤See page 5.332. ➤See page 5.333. Height-Adjustable Desks ➤See page 5.336.
➤See page 5.334.
60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W
Softened Rim Softened Rim Softened Rim Softened Rim
30"D • • • 30"D • • • 30"D • • • 24"D • • • • •
Knife Rim Knife Rim Knife Rim Knife Rim
32"D • • • 32"D • • • 32"D • • • 25"D • • • • •
Component Tops for Low Storage Low Storage with Open Shelves Low Storage with Lateral File Low Storage with Hinged Door
Available with facet notch, square notch, or no notch ➤See page 5.338. Available with open area or box drawer. Available with box drawer or without.
➤See page 5.337 ➤See pages 5.338–5.339. ➤See page 5.339.
30”W 36"W 60"W 72"W 90"W 96"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W 30"W 36"W
24"D • • • • • • 24"D • • 24"D • • 24"D • •
Low Storage with Trash Receptacles

➤See page 5.339.
30"W 36"W
24"D • •
Page 5.36 Priority

PRIORITY™ Distinctives Planning Planning page 5.37
Flush-Surface and Floating-Surface Applications
Priority offers you two distinctive styles Similarities: Differences: Worksurfaces— • Floating-surface applications utilize
and aesthetics to select from when • Storage is available in the same Knife-rim worksurfaces— • Worksurfaces for flush-surface appli- finished-top storage with ¾" spacers
planning with Priority: heights, widths and depths. • Knife-rim worksurfaces for flush-sur- cations are designed for use with that mount to worksurfaces and under-
• Overall storage depth, width, and face applications have the mitred rim assembled casegoods and feature surface support rails. These units
height are the same in both flush- on the user edge only and it overhangs bracket options such as main, exten- feature optional locking in the bottom
Flush-surface applica- surface and floating-surface the storage by 1¼". Knife-rim surfaces sion, and filler. drawer.
tions are the foundational components. on returns and bridges feature a • Worksurfaces for floating-surface
elements of Priority. This • Softened- and reed-rim worksurfaces reverse knife edge for a flush fit with applications are sized to align with
style is reflected in assem- open-frame legs and U-legs.
feature the rim on all four sides of the the adjoining surface. Mixing Flush-Surface
bled casegoods, as well as surface and do not overhang the • Knife-rim worksurfaces for floating-
modular components, which feature a
and Floating-Surface
storage. surface applications have the mitred Storage—
more transitional style with worksurfaces • Undersurface storage for flush-sur-
Components:
rim on all four sides of the surface; the
attaching directly to storage element. • As a general guideline, flush-surface
edges align with the storage unit or face applications features unfinished,
Flush-surface applications were previ- undersurface storage units, modesty
support. Knife-rim surfaces join open tops and optional locking in the
ously categorized as “Classic” Priority. panels, and support panels should not
together without a coped rim. top drawer.
Note: Illustration shows knife-rim be used with floating knife-rim work-
worksurface. surfaces.
• Floating worksurfaces are designed to
align with open-frame legs or U-legs.
Floating-surface appli- 25" 24" • Floating-surface pedestals can be
cations are created with used with worksurfaces for flush-
pedestals featuring spac- surface applications.
ers and open leg supports. • Mixing softened- or reed-rim worksur-
The top will appear to be faces will work in either flush-surface or
“floating” above undersurface storage floating-surface applications.
279⁄16" 279⁄16"
and support. Floating-surface applica- • Floating knife-rim worksurfaces
239⁄16" 239⁄16"
tions were previously categorized as cannot be mixed with assembled
“Progressive” Priority. casegoods, nor with flush-surface
Note: Illustration shows knife-rim bridges or return worksurfaces with
worksurface. knife rim.
Open-Top Pedestals Pedestals with Spacers • Floating surfaces should not be used
for Flush-Surface Applications for Floating-Surface Applications with flush-mount supports due to
dimensional differences.
• End panels for use in floating-surface
applications and modesty panels and
end supports for flush-surface applica-
tions should not be mixed in the same
configuration.
Vertical
Low-Height and Mobile Storage Open-Top Pedestals Pedestals with Spacers Storage
for Flush-Surface for Floating-Surface
Applications Applications
Page 5.37 Priority

PRIORITY™ Typical Configurations Planning Planning page 5.37
Assembled Casegoods Applications
TFL Worksurface HPL Worksurface Wood Worksurface

TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis
Qty Model Description (each) (each) (each)
1 53KE2442BEF* Bridge, modesty panel $464 $499 $588

1 53KE2472CRF*2 Credenza, sgl ped, right, FF 1266 1416 1992
1 53KE3672DLFB*1 Desk, sgl ped, rect, LH, BBF 1648 1853 2813
1 53K7238HBH* High-back organizer, hinge door 1451 1451 2476
TOTAL $4829 $5219 $7869
1 53KE2472CKF*2 Credenza, knsp, FF/FF $1738 $1946 $2636

1 53KE3672DDFB*8 Desk, dbl ped, rect, BBF/FF 1877 2084 3060
1 53K7238HBH* High-back organizer, hinge door 1451 1451 2476
TOTAL $5066 $5481 $8172
1 53KE2448BEF* Bridge, modesty panel $484 $519 $614

1 53KE2472CLF*6 Credenza, sgl ped, LH, lat file 1658 1797 2324
1 53K3667BCOSSF* Bookcase, freestanding, open, str shelf 1074 1074 2002
1 53KE3672DRFB*1 Desk, sgl ped, rect, RH, BBF 1648 1853 2813
TOTAL $4864 $5243 $7753
* Placeholder for material designator
Accessories and electrical components

are not included in these configurations.
Page 5.38 Priority

Assembled Casegoods Applications, continued

1 53KE2442RREF*2 Return, right, FF $940 $1052 $1719

1 53KE3672DLFB*1 Desk, sgl ped, rect, LH, BBF 1648 1853 2813
TOTAL $2588 $2905 $4532
1 53KE4872DLCFB*1 Dsk, sgl ped, rect, CP, LH, BBF $2368 $2653 $3609
1 53K4848CC* Corner cockpit unit 1845 2068 2414
1 53KE2442RREF*2 Return, right, FF 940 1052 1719
1 53K1538BCSHL* Bookcase organizer, left, hinged door 770 770 1575
1 53K1538BCSHR* Bookcase organizer, right, hinged door 770 770 1575
1 53KE6019SOOM* Overhead, open, wall mt 936 936 1451
1 KAC6020TBKW Tackboard 379 379 379
TOTAL $8008 $8628 $12722

Page 5.39 Priority

Flush-Surface Applications

1 53KE2415PUFF* Pedestal, undersurface, ff (flush) $789 $789 $1117
1 53K2442WSS* Surface, rect 212 272 462
1 53K3628ST* End panel, t-leg 417 417 714
1 53K3672WSU* Surface, U shape 570 785 978
1 KAC2804SFBP Support, full cyl base 335 335 335
TOTAL $2323 $3598 $3606
1 53K3672WSS* 36"Dx72"W rectangular desk worksurface, softened rim $508 $700 $814
1 53K3628SLUSAP 36"Dx29"H end support u-leg 772 772 772
1 53K3618SESR* 36"Dx18"W right end-support panel 672 672 1109
1 53KE2466RREF*10 24"Dx66"W return with multi-file pedestal on right 1348 1504 2584
1 53K3067VWHLOS* 24"Dx30"W x 67"H wardrobe with open shelves (non-locking) 2230 2230 3848
1 53K7238HBH* 16"Dx72"W hinged-door highback organizer (non-locking) 1451 1451 2476
1 53K1538BCO* 16"Dx15"W set on open bookcase 480 480 982
1 53K1538BCHR* 16"Dx15"W set on bookcase with door hinged right (non-locking) 709 709 1452
1 KAC7118TBK Tackboard, grade A fabric 382 382 382
TOTAL $8552 $8900 $14419

Page 5.40 Priority

Floating-Surface Applications

1 53K3078WBS* 30"Dx78"W rectangular worksurface, softened rim $401 $550 $779
1 53K78SRUP Worksurface support rail set 318 318 318
2 53K3028EPS* 30"Dx27"H fixed-height end panel 313 313 539
2 53KEPSBP End panel starter bracket 119 119 119
1 53K7212PSR 72"Wx12"H resin privacy screen 460 460 460
1 53KPSBSP Resin privacy screen attachment brackets (set of 2) 66 66 66
2 53KE163022PFBLF* 16"Dx30"W x 22"H wide box/lateral file low storage 893 893 1351
2 53K163022BCO* 16"Dx30"W x 22"H open bookcase low storage 847 847 1155
2 53K1660CPT* 16"Dx60"W rect. component top for low storage 337 337 560
2 53K6016SOST* 16"Dx60"W x 16"H solid sliding-door overhead; Traxx mount 1218 1218 1853
1 53K1867VWHR* 24"Dx18"W x 67"H single-door wardrobe/storage hinge right (non-locking) 1473 1473 2778
1 TTWMT144 Set of 2 Traxx and 4 splice plates 522 522 522
2 FIT6037A 60"Wx37"H fabric tile 479 479 479
2 TTET40 Full end trim 106 106 106
TOTAL $11864 $12013 $17247

Page 5.41 Priority

Floating-Surface Applications, continued

1 53KE243022PFOLF* 24"Dx30"Wx22"H open/lateral file low storage $893 $893 $1559
1 53K2330OS* 22"Dx28"W organizer shelf 272 272 523
1 53KE243022PFBLF* 24"Dx30"Wx22"H wide box/lateral file low storage 1052 1052 1592
3 53K163022BCO* 16"Dx30"Wx22H open bookcase low storage 847 847 1155
2 53K1430OS* 14"Dx28"W organizer shelf 220 220 430
1 53K2430PC 24"Dx30"W cushion top for low storage, grade 1 514 514 514
1 53K2430CPT* 24"Dx30"W rectangular component top for low storage 164 212 411
1 53K1690CPT* 16"Dx90"W rectangular component top for low storage 249 531 748
1 53K2490WBS*3 24"Dx90"W rectangular worksurface with wire manager 459 588 811
1 53K90SRUP 90" undersurface support rail set 418 418 418
2 53K2405EP* 24"Dx5"H fixed-height end panel for 22"H low storage 156 156 269
2 53KEPSBP End panel/pedestal starter bracket 119 119 119
3 53K3019SOH*T 16"Dx30"Wx19"H solid hinged-door overhead; Traxx mount 614 614 1120
2 TTWMT144 144"W set of 2 Traxx and 4 splice plates 522 522 522
3 FIT3037A 30"Wx37"H fabric tile, grade 1 392 392 392
4 FIT3037M 30"Wx37"H markerboard tile 598 598 598
2 TTET40 Full end trim 106 106 106
1 53K36RD 36"-diameter table top 415 499 1077
1 53K26BRGMP Adjustable height round table base 2990 2990 2990
1 99KWMF Wire manager fillers (set of 6) 42 42 42
TOTAL $17665 $18208 $23970
1 53K60144WBS* 60"Dx144"W rectangular worksurface, softened rim $2484 $4355 $6284

2 53K6028SLUESP 60"Dx28"H fixed-height end-support U-leg 904 904 904
1 53K6028SLUMSP 60"Dx28"H fixed-height mid-support U-leg 1117 1117 1117
TOTAL $6601 $8472 $10401

Page 5.42 Priority


1 53K3078WBS* Surface, benching, rectangular $401 $550 $779
1 53K2460CPT* Comp top, rectangular 331 363 572
1 53K3028SLOSP Support leg, open, static, paint 545 545 545
1 53K78SRUP 78W, support rail set, undersurface, paint 318 318 318
1 53KEPSBP End panel starter bracket, paint 119 119 119
1 53K3011EP* End panel 296 296 473
1 53K243015BCO* Bookcase, open 790 790 1072
1 53KE243015LF1* Lateral file, 1 drawer 655 655 1154
1 53K6010WCBOM* Wall cubby, open, wall mount 685 685 1345
1 53KE2450VWHRFFF* Storage/wardrobe, right, FF, finished back 1839 1839 3339
TOTAL $5979 $6160 $9716
1 53K3066WBS* Surface, benching, rectangular $358 $494 $700

1 53K2496WBS* Surface, benching, rectangular 412 570 811
1 53K3028SLOSP Support leg, open, static, paint 545 545 545
1 53K66SRUP 66W, support rail set, undersurface, paint 264 264 264
1 53KE2430LFM2S* LF, undersurface, 2 drawer, with spacers 1151 1151 1993
1 53KE2430PUBBFRS* Ped, undersurface, BB L, file R, LF, spacers 1561 1561 2140
1 53KE2436PUOSS* Undersurface, open storage, spacers 1080 1080 1583
1 53K3050BCO* Bookcase, set on surface, open 934 934 1583
1 53K6650HBPSH* Highback organizer, paper storage, hinged door 2100 2100 3711
1 KAC6512TBK Tackboard 233 233 233
2 ACAWBP1 Flat bracket 12 12 12
1 53K1580VWHL* Vertical storage, LH, storage wardrobe 1495 1495 2321
TOTAL $10145 $10439 $15896

Page 5.43 Priority

Floating-Surface Benching Applications

2 53KE1542VWHLFFF* 42"H vertical storage with side access wardrobe (left) and file/file $2246 $2246 $3881
2 53KE1542VWHRFFF* 42"H vertical storage with side access wardrobe (right) and file/file 2246 2246 3881
4 53K3072WBS*3 30"Dx72"W rectangular wksf, wire manager, softened rim 432 560 784
4 53KEPSBP End panel/pedestal starter bracket to vertical storage 119 119 119
2 99K62PDD Power/data drawer, 62"W, (shared) 214 214 214
1 53K6028SLUMSP 60"Dx28"H fixed-height mid-support U-leg 1117 1117 1117
3 53KPSBU2P Resin privacy screen attachment brackets (set of 2) 66 66 66
TOTAL $14947 $15459 $22859

Page 5.44 Priority

Floating-Surface Benching Applications, continued

6 53K3072WBS*3 30"Dx72"W rectangular wksf, wire manager, softened rim $432 $560 $784
2 53K6028SLUEAP 60"Dx28"H height-adjustable end-support U-leg 1102 1102 1102
2 53K6028SLUMAP 60"Dx28"H height-adjustable mid-support U-leg 1276 1276 1276
5 53KPSBU2P Resin privacy screen attachment brackets (set of 2) 66 66 66
4 53K2812PSER 28"Wx12"H resin end-support privacy screen 174 174 174
4 53KPSBFP Resin privacy screen freestanding brackets (set of 2) 66 66 66
6 53KE163022PFOLF* 16"Dx30"Wx22"H open/lateral file low storage 761 761 1331
6 53K1430OS* 14"Dx28"w organizer shelf 220 220 430
6 53KE163022PFBLF* 16"Dx30"Dx22"H wide box/lateral file low storage 893 893 1351
6 53K1630PC 30"Wx16"D cushion top for low storage, grade 1 478 478 478
1 99KWMF Wire manager fillers (set of 6) 42 42 42
TOTAL $25960 $26728 $35500

Page 5.45 Priority

Height-Adjustable Tables Applications

1 53KE2467VBWHLBBF* 24"D x 24"W x 67"H side-access vertical storage tower with wardrobe $2041 $2041 $3652
(non-locking doors)
1 53KE2467VBWHRBBF* 24"D x 24"W x 67"H side-access vertical storage tower with wardrobe 2041 2041 3652
(non-locking doors)
2 53K3060WBS* 30"D x 60"W rectangular worksurface, softened rim 331 427 644
2 53K2460TBTDEMP 24"D x 60"W electric height-adjustable dual-stage base 2668 2668 2668
2 53K4816PSR 48"W x 16"H resin privacy screen 358 358 358
2 53KPSBU2P Resin privacy screen attachment brackets for softened rim (set of 2) 66 66 66
2 53K16CMSD Dual stage snap on cable manager 95 95 95
TOTAL $11308 $11500 $15156
1 53KE3072DS* Desk surround with modesty $951 $951 $1721

1 53K3072WBS Surface, benching, rectangular 384 509 732
1 53K2472TBTSEMP Table base, T, single, elec, paint 2182 2182 2182
2 53K2436WSS* Surface, rectangular 175 239 436
1 53K2472WSS* Surface, rectangular 367 435 647
1 53KE2436PUBBFL* Pedestal, modular, multi-file 1572 1572 2189
1 53KE2436PUBBFR* Ped, undersurface, BB left, FILE right, LF, spacers 1572 1572 2189
4 ACAWBP1 Flat bracket 12 12 12
1 75K56WSSR Undersurface support rail 52 52 52
2 DFWBVS Surface bracket for vertical storage 89 89 89
2 53K3638BCH* Bookcase, set-on-surface, doors 1012 1012 2070
1 53K7219SOHMG2* Overhead, hinged, wall mount, glass doors 2258 2258 3086
1 KAC7220TBKW Tackboard 399 399 399
TOTAL $12337 $12658 $18435

Page 5.46 Priority

PRIORITY™ Filing Capacities Planning Planning page 5.37
Exterior Unit or Ped Dimensions Interior Dimensions Standard Filing Capabilities Filing Reference:
Nominal Nominal Inside Inside Inside • Legal size paper is 81⁄2" x 14".
Description Depth Width Depth Width Height Front-to-Back Side-to-Side • Letter size paper is 81⁄2" x 11".
Box Drawers 24"–36" 15" (letter width*) 17" 111⁄2" 21⁄2" — — • EDP size paper is 81⁄2" x 147⁄8".
24"–36" 18" (legal width*) 17" 141⁄2" 21⁄2" — —
IMPORTANT: For all pedestals where
Wide Box Drawers 16" 30" 12" 263⁄8" 21⁄2" — — legal front-to-back filing is standard,
16" 36" 12" 323⁄8" 21⁄2" — — letter front-to-back filing is possible by
File Drawers 24" 15" (letter width*) 17" 12" 9" Letter Legal, double letter, and EDP specifying universal file bars
separately.
24" 18" (legal width*) 17" 15" 9" Legal Legal, double letter, and EDP
30" 15" (letter width*) 17" 12" 9" Letter Legal, double letter, and EDP Desks & Accessories Price List.
36" 15" (letter width*) 25" 12" 9" Letter Legal, double letter, and EDP
Lateral Drawers 16" 30" 12" 263⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Letter
16" 36" 12" 323⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Letter
24" 30" 15" 263⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Legal and letter
24" 36" 15" 323⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Legal and letter
Center Drawers 22" 18" 17" 141⁄2" 11⁄2" — —
22" 30" 17" 263⁄8" 11⁄2" — —
22" 36" 17" 323⁄8" 11⁄2" — —
*Refer to the applicable pricing page for width (letter or legal) of the pedestal.
Page 5.47 Priority

PRIORITY™ Cord Management Planning Planning page 5.37
Priority provides several flexible Grommets for field installation are

23⁄4"
options for routing and concealing also available.
cords and cables. These include: ➤See the Perks chapter in the Kimball
7⁄8" 21⁄4"
• Factory-installed worksurface Desks & Accessories Price List.
dia.
grommet options (G1 and G19) IMPORTANT: Note the location of sup- Wire manager option on worksurfaces
• Factory-installed G20 cut-out for port legs to ensure they do not interfere for floating-surface applications offers a
power/data center (specified G1 plastic grommet is a two-piece unit with grommet locations. flexible trough, allowing cords and
C3 cut-out is designed to accept 40"
separately) with snap-in lid. Lid cutout slides open cables to be routed along the back edge
power/data center (model
• Factory-installed C2 cut-out for 10" to route cables or can be closed when of the worksurfaces.
KCU0840ELPDC), specified separately.
➤See the Dock Meeting chapter of the
power/data center or C3 cut-out for not in use. Available finish:
40" power/data center (specified MB Matte Black
Kimball Meeting & Collaboration Price
separately)
List.
• Factory-installed G10 grommet, which
features a touch-latch for open and 25⁄8" G20 cut-out is designed to accept
closure. 85⁄16" x 55⁄16" above-mount power/ data
• Wire manager option is available on center (model 99KPDCAM), specified
worksurfaces used in floating-surface 23⁄8" 7⁄8" separately, for applications where connec-
applications. dia. tions are required at the worksurface.
• Technology modesty panels Power/data center has an anodized
aluminum finish.
• Open-back pedestals have up to 3” G19 metal grommet is a two-piece unit
clearance for routing cables behind with black brush access. Top locks in Open-back pedestals allow cords and
Desks & Accessories Price List. Technology modesty panels are available
drawers place. Powdercoat finish in the following cables to be routed behind the drawers.
to provide wall access for units built from
• Highback organizer grommet at center colors:
top for task light cords modular components. Assembled
405 Designer White bridges and returns without a modesty
487 Brushed Nickel
Factory-installed grommets and panel will not accept the technology
490 Polished Chrome
cutouts are available as an option on modesty panel. Widths are available up
501 Platinum Metallic
assembled casegoods and modular to 46".
514 Carbon Metallic
worksurfaces in pre-determined
C2 cut-out is designed to accept 10"
worksurface locations.
➤See pages 5.50– 5.53 for specification
power/data center (models
KCU0810ELPDC or KCU0810ELPDCH), 2"-diameter, black plastic
information, upcharges, and locations by grommet is standard on highbacks at
➤See the Dock Meeting chapter of the
worksurface shape or type. center top behind apron rail to manage
G10 grommet features a touch-latch for Kimball Meeting & Collaboration Price task light cords.
open and closure. Pops open for use; List.
push down to close when not in use.
Black plastic.
G20 cutout and power/data
center can be installed over open
kneespace areas and the technology
modesty panel. Cords can be plugged in
at the surface and exit inside the unit.
Power/data center cannot be installed
over pedestals.
Page 5.48 Priority

PRIORITY™ Cord Management Planning Planning page 5.37
18"
Perks undersurface cable manager

is available to manage cords and cables
under the worksurface. Cables pressure Perks flexchain manages cables and
fit between loops. power-in feeds from under the surface to
➤See the Perks chapter in the Kimball the floor. Flexchain U-bracket, specified
Desks & Accessories Price List. separately, mounts to a standard wall
outlet to manage cords from the outlet
to under the surface.
Desks & Accessories Price List.
Page 5.49 Priority

PRIORITY™ Factory-Installed Grommet Options Planning Planning page 5.37
For Assembled Casegoods
How to Specify
G1 Plastic Grommets
1 Insert the location and finish
designator into model number
Rectangular and arc desks G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 — — sequence as indicated on the
Extended desks G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 — — corresponding pricing page.
Rectangular and arc cockpit desks G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 — —
Note: Specify grommet location and
Corner cockpit — — — G1C +$66 — finish together in one step without a
Executive returns — — — G1C +$66 — space between the location and the
Bridges with modesty panel — — — G1C +$66 — finish designators.
For example:
Kneespace and single-ped credenzas — — — G1C +$66 —
G1LMB = G1 grommet, left, matte
Storage and lateral file credenzas — — G1LR +$132 — — black
G19 Metal Grommets G19R501 = G19 grommet, right,
platinum metallic
Rectangular and arc desks G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 — — ➤See page 5.48 for grommet
Extended desks G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 — — descriptions and finish designators.
Rectangular and arc cockpit desks G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 — —
IMPORTANT: Only the grommet loca-
Corner cockpit — — — G19C +$66 —
tions shown in the matrix with a
Executive returns — — — G19C +$66 — designator and price are available.
Bridges with modesty panel — — — G19C +$66 — Note: P-shaped and U-shaped work-
surfaces do not offer factory-installed
Kneespace and single-ped credenzas — — — G19C +$66 —
grommet options.
Storage and lateral file credenzas — — G19LR +$132 — —
Top of arc
Left Right Left Right
Approach Side
Left Right Back Edge Back Edge Back Edge
Center of Center Left Center Right

Kneespace
Approach Side
Worksurface grommets are located 33⁄8" from
the side edge. Location relative to the approach or Left Back Edge
Right Back Edge Center
back edge is 131⁄2" on arc worksurfaces (to top of
Center Left Right
arc), 71⁄2" on all rectangular and extended desk
worksurfaces, and 33⁄8" for all other surface shapes.
Page 5.50 Priority

PRIORITY™ Factory-Installed Grommet Options Planning Planning page 5.37
How to Specify
G1 Plastic Grommets
24”/25”D rectangular G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 G1C +$66 G1A +$198 sequence as indicated on the
Arc & rectangular desk worksurfaces G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 — — corresponding pricing page.
Arc & rectangular cockpit desk wksf. G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 — —
Corner cockpit worksurfaces — — — G1C +$66 — finish together in one step without a
Corner worksurfaces — — — G1C +$66 — space between the location and the
Taper G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 G1C +$66 G1A +$198 finish designators.
For example:
G19 Metal Grommets G1LMB = G1 grommet, left, matte
24”/25”D rectangular G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198 black
G19R501 = G19 grommet, right,
Arc & rectangular desk worksurfaces G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 — —
platinum metallic
Arc & rectangular cockpit desk wksf. G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 — — ➤See page 5.48 for grommet
Corner cockpit worksurfaces — — — G19C +$66 — descriptions and finish designators.
Corner worksurfaces — — — G19C +$66 —
IMPORTANT: Only the grommet
Taper G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198
locations shown in the matrix with a
designator and price are available.
Note: P-shaped and U-shaped work-

surfaces do not offer factory-installed
grommet options.
Top of arc
Left Center Right

Left Right Left Right
Approach Side
Left Right Back Edge Back Edge Back Edge
Center of Center Left Center Right

Kneespace
Approach Side
Worksurface grommets are located 33⁄8" from
the side edge. Location relative to the approach or Left Right Back Edge Back Edge Center
back edge is 131⁄2" on arc worksurfaces (to top of
Center Left Right
arc), 71⁄2" on all rectangular and extended desk
worksurfaces, and 33⁄8" for all other surface shapes.
Page 5.51 Priority

PRIORITY™ Factory-Installed Grommet/Cut-Out Options Planning Planning page 5.37
For 24", 30", and 36"D for Floating-Surface Applications
How to Specify
G1 Plastic Grommets
24", 30", and 36"D rectangular** G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 G1C +$66 G1A +$198 sequence as indicated on the
G19 Metal Grommets corresponding pricing page.
24", 30", and 36"D rectangular** G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198
36"D extended G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198 finish together in one step without a
90° and 120° corner G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198 space between the location and the
finish designators.
Taper G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198
For example:
G20 Cut-Outs* G1LMB = G1 grommet, left, matte
24", 30", and 36"D rectangular — — — G20C +$59 — black
90° and 120° corner G20L +$59 G20R +$59 G20LR +$118 — —
platinum metallic
G20 Cut-Outs ➤See page 5.48 for grommet
*G20 cutouts cannot be used on surfaces G1 or G19 Grommets
descriptions and finish designators.
supported by a main T-leg base. 33⁄8"
Back Edge Centered on Back Edge
33⁄8" IMPORTANT: Only the grommet
**Left and right grommet cut-out may be partially blocked by 111⁄16"*
U-legs in benching applications. Center grommet or wire
*111⁄16" on 24"D; designator and price are available.
manager worksurfaces are recommended.
611⁄16" on 30" or 36"D Arc-end, wedge, oval, and U-shaped
33⁄8" worksurfaces do not offer factory-
Back Edge installed grommet options.
33⁄8"
111⁄16"* 24"
111⁄16"* 24" 24"
33⁄8"
24" 111⁄16"*
Back Edge 111⁄16"*
33⁄8"
*111⁄16" on 24"D; 611⁄16" on 30" or 36"D
33⁄8" 24"
33⁄8"
24"
24" 24"
33⁄8"
33⁄8"
Page 5.52 Priority

For 48" and 60"D for Floating-Surface Applications
How to Specify
G10 Plastic Grommets
48"W–66"W rectangular — — — G10C +$93 — sequence as indicated on the
72"W–96"W rectangular G10L +$93 G10R +$93 G10LR +$186 G10C +$93 G10A +$279 corresponding pricing page.
120"W–144"W rectangular G10L +$93 G10R +$93 G10LR +$186 — —
C2 Cut-Outs finish together in one step without a
48"W–66"W rectangular — — — C2C +$59 — space between the location and the
finish designators.
72"W–96"W rectangular C2L +$59 C2R +$59 C2LR +$118 C2C +$59 C2A +$177
For example:
120"W–144"W rectangular C2L +$59 C2R +$59 C2LR +$118 — — G1LMB = G1 grommet, left, matte
C3 Cut-Outs black
72"W–96"W rectangular — — — C3C +$59 —
platinum metallic
120"W rectangular — — — C3C * +$59 — ➤See page 5.48 for grommet
144"W rectangular C3L +$59 C3R +$59 C3LR +$118 C3C * +$59 — descriptions and finish designators.
* Cut-out will span the two-piece surface. IMPORTANT: Only the grommet
Arc-end, wedge, oval, and U-shaped
worksurfaces do not offer factory-
installed grommet options.
Centered Centered Centered
Centered Centered Centered
24" 24" 24" 24" Centered in Half Table
Centered Centered
Centered
Centered in Half Table Centered in Half Table Centered
Centered Centered 30"
Page 5.53 Priority

For Height-Adjustable Desks
How to Specify
G10 Plastic Grommets 1 Insert the location and finish
Breakfront G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 — — sequence as indicated on the
Facet G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 G1C +$66 G1A +$198 corresponding pricing page.
Facet Extension G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 G1C +$66 G1A +$198
Inline G1L +$66 G1R +$66 G1LR +$132 G1C +$66 G1A +$198 finish together in one step without a
G19 Metal Grommets space between the location and the
finish designators.
Breakfront G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 — —
For example:
Facet G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198 G1LMB = G1 grommet, left, matte
Facet Extension G19L +$66 G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198 black
Inline G19L +$66 G19R501 = G19 grommet, right,
G19R +$66 G19LR +$132 G19C +$66 G19A +$198
platinum metallic
➤See page 5.48 for grommet
descriptions and finish designators.
IMPORTANT: Only the grommet

Arc-end, wedge, oval, and U-shaped
worksurfaces do not offer factory-
installed grommet options.
Worksurface Grommet Locations:

(Dimensions are to center of grommet)
Inset from
Inset from Approach or
Desk Type Side Edge Side Edge
Breakfront 711⁄64" 53⁄64"
Inline 315⁄16" 29⁄16"
Facet (softened or reed rim) 79⁄32" 533⁄64"
Approach Side Back Edge
Facet (knife rim) 79⁄32" 637⁄64"
Left Center Right
Facet extension Left Right
(softened or reed rim) 79⁄32" 533⁄64"

Facet extension (knife rim) 79⁄32" 637⁄64"
Note: Facet extension desk is only handed when

ordered with grommets installed.
Page 5.54 Priority

PRIORITY™ Pull Options Planning Planning page 5.37
IMPORTANT: Linear pulls are not

How to Specify
available on:
• 22"H open/lateral files (fixed or mobile) For pulls on this page, specify pull
• Mobile pedestals (box/box/file, file/file, option and finish together in one
89 Studio 91 Niche 90 Trinity 61 Helix 63 Link 64 Wisp 93 Aero 95 Deco 97 Linear active file) step. If pull finish designator is a num-
(+$31/unit) ber, insert an underscore between the
➤Additional pull options on next page. pull designator and the finish designa-
Finishes: Finishes: Finishes: tor. For finish designators that are
Paint— Paint— Plated— letters, put the pull and finish together
405 Designer White 405 Designer White 487 Brushed Nickel without a space or underscore.
462 Cinder 462 Cinder 490 Polished Chrome
501 Platinum Metallic 501 Platinum Metallic Examples:
514 Carbon Metallic 514 Carbon Metallic Paint (available on Aero pulls only)— 93_487 = Aero pull, Brushed Nickel
544 Silver Pearl 544 Silver Pearl 462 Cinder 61SF = Helix, Silver Frost metallic
501 Platinum Metallic
SF Silver Frost Metallic 514 Carbon Metallic
544 Silver Pearl
Anodized (available on Linear

pulls only)—
486 Clear Anodized
Boring Patterns: Boring Patterns: Boring Patterns:

Studio 192 mm Helix 160 mm Aero 128 mm
Niche 96 mm Link 160 mm Deco 76 mm
Trinity 160 mm Wisp 192 mm Linear n/a
Pull Size: Pull Size: Pull Size:

Width Height Projection Width Height Projection Width Height Projection
Studio 77⁄8" 3⁄8" 11⁄8" Helix 75⁄8" 1⁄2" 11⁄4" Aero 51⁄2" 3⁄8" 3⁄4"
Niche 53⁄8" 7⁄8" 7⁄8" Link 65⁄8" 11⁄8" 1" Deco 47⁄8" 5⁄8" 1"
Trinity 91⁄4" 3⁄8" 7⁄8" Wisp 97⁄8" 5⁄8" 11⁄8" Linear 101⁄8" 1⁄4" 5⁄8"
Note: Linear pull wraps the drawer face

and attaches on the backside of the
drawer.
Page 5.55 Priority

PRIORITY™ Pull Options Planning Planning page 5.37
continued
How to Specify
For pulls on this page, specify pull
option and finish together in one
ARC Arc 65 Dome 66 Span step. If pull finish designator is a num-
ber, insert an underscore between the
pull designator and the finish designa-
Finishes: Finishes: tor. For finish designators that are
462 Cinder CM Carbon Metallic letters, put the pull and finish together
465 Dark Chocolate MB Matte Black without a space or underscore.
501 Platinum Metallic PL Platinum Metallic
503 Satin Nickel PA Polished Argent Examples:
505 Satin Bronze SN Satin Nickel ARC462 = Arc pull, Cinder
514 Carbon Metallic 66SN = Span pull, Satin Nickel
Boring Patterns: Boring Patterns:

Arc 192 mm Dome 128 mm
Span 128 mm
Pull Size: Pull Size:

Width Height Projection Width Height Projection
Arc 91⁄16" 5⁄16" 13⁄4" Dome 61⁄4" 13⁄16" 11⁄4"
Span 511⁄16" 5⁄8" 11⁄4"
Page 5.56 Priority

PRIORITY™ Locking Information Planning Planning page 5.37
Locking is optional on all storage Model/Key Range Price

Key Random: Key Specific: Installing Locks:
units. When locking is selected, locks
When key random option is selected, When key specific option is selected, the Standard key that ships with the lock
can be specified as:
key numbers will be assigned arbitrarily storage unit will be pre-drilled to accept core can be used for the initial installa-
• Key random with a black lock core
at the factory with key numbers ranging a lock core; however, no lock cores will tion of the lock core in the field.
with black hinged key (KRB);
from KCCB001 to KCCB300 (black) or be shipped standard with the unit. If lock Black Lock Core with
• Key random with a silver (matte nickel)
KCCG001 to KCCG100 (silver). cores are standard on the unit, the price
lock core with black hinged key (KRS); Black Hinged Key
of the unit is reduced by the price of the Changing Locks:
or KCCB001 to KCCB300 † $27
Randomly numbered lock core(s) will lock core or cores. IMPORTANT: A change key, specified
• Key specific (KS)
ship standard along with your order for separately, is required to remove lock
field installation. You must specify lock core(s) separately cores in the field.
Black lock cores with black hinged
for key specific option; specify any key
keys are identical to the ones used with
number from KCCB001 to KCCB300 Change key model KCCB1CK allows
other casegoods and systems products.
(black) or KCCG001 to KCCG100 removal of lock cores within these
(silver). ranges:
Silver Lock Core with
Silver lock cores are matte nickel and
have black hinged keys. These lock KCCB001–KCCB300 Black Hinged Key
cores and keys are identical to the ones KCCG001–KCCG100 KCCG001 to KCCG100 † $27
KCC*001 KCC*002 KCC*001
used with Definition and Fluent series.
Master Keys: Change Key

KCC*005 KCC*005 KCC*005 Master key model KC2GMK will unlock KCCB1CK † $9
any lock within these key ranges:
KCCB001–KCCB300
KCC*003
KCCG001–KCCG100 Master Key
KC2GMK † $15
K KCC*005
With random keying, different furniture
How to Specify
units may or may not have the same key
number. If you must have all locks keyed ! Specify exact key number for lock
differently or all locks keyed the same, cores or model number for
K
choose the key specific option. To key all the furniture units in a work- change or master key
station or department alike, choose the
key specific option and order the quan-
tity of locks needed for your installation.
Page 5.57 Priority

PRIORITY™ Integrating with Traxx ®
Planning Planning page 5.37
and Fixed Wall Applications
Guidelines:
• Worksurfaces and overhead storage
can also be attached to Traxx using
standard Traxx brackets. Traxx
should be installed at heights that
correspond with Cetra or Xsite
panels.
➤See Kimball Panel Systems Price
List.
• For 48"W and wider floating work-
surfaces, undersurface support rails
must be specified. When using U- or
open-frame legs, undersurface sup-
port rails must be used regardless of
worksurface width.
• Additional support is required for
48"W or wider worksurfaces for
flush-surface applications. If span-
ning 48"W or less, pedestals can be
Wall-Mounted Traxx used for end support.
with Undersurface Storage and Worksurfaces • Starter brackets can also be
for Flush-Surface Applications mounted directly to most interior
walls, including steel or wood stud
Floating-Surface, Wall-Mounted Traxx Application walls, masonry block, or solid
masonry walls.
IMPORTANT: It is the responsibility
of the installer to ensure that the
connection to the studs is adequate
to support the worksurface load.
• When using pedestal starter brack-
ets in a fixed wall application, you
can connect a bridge kit to create a
U-unit configuration. Connect the
undersurface rails to U-legs, open-
frame legs, fixed T-legs, or any style
of storage.
Structural Wall-Mounted Application Structural Wall-Mounted Application with Bridge Kit
Page 5.58 Priority

PRIORITY™ Integrating with Xsite ®
Guidelines:
worksurface width.
used for end support.
• All worksurfaces, excluding floating
surfaces with knife rim on all four
sides, can also be attached to Xsite
Traxx.
Priority Center-Mount Priority Center-Mount Shelves on Xsite • Center-mount overheads can also
Overhead Cabinets on Xsite be mounted on top of Xsite panels
using two Xsite transaction counter
support brackets. Overheads must
be the same length or longer than
the frame it will be placed over. For
example, a 48"W center-mount
overhead can be mounted above a
30"W Xsite frame; however, a 30"W
center-mount overhead cannot be
mounted onto a 48"W Xsite frame.
Not for use on Xsite stackable
panels.
• Traxx-mounted overheads can be
used on Xsite panels.
• Follow the standard overhead/panel
guidelines for further Xsite
integration.
➤See the Xsite chapter in the
Kimball Panel Systems Price List.
Page 5.59 Priority

PRIORITY™ Integrating with Xsede ®
Guidelines:
worksurface width.
• Priority center-mount shelf, which is
Priority Center-Mount Overheads on Xsede Priority Center-Mount Overheads on Xsede banded on all sides, can be
attached to Xsede accessory rail
using stanchion mounting brackets.
• Priority center-mount overheads can
be attached to Xsede accessory rail
using stanchion mounting brackets.
• Priority height-adjustable tables can
be used in conjuction with Xsede
crossrail applications.
• Wire gap worksurfaces are recom-
mended to allow clearance between
the tiles and the table, if the work-
surface is wrapped on two sides as
shown. If table is wrapped on three
sides, specify Footprint worksur-
faces sized 2" less in depth and 1"
less in width (e.g., instead of a 24" x
72" surface, specify a 22"D x 71"W).
• Worksurface-mounted power/data
is recommended when using
height-adjustable tables with Xsede.
Power & data in a tech tile cover
Priority Height-Adjustable Tables
could interfere with the raising of
and Wire Gap Worksurfaces with Xsede
the table.
Page 5.60 Priority

PRIORITY™ Integrating with Footprint ®
Guidelines:
worksurface width.
Footprint Sliding-Door Overheads
• Footprint center-mount overheads
can be mounted on top of Priority
stanchion U-legs.
• Footprint sliding-door overheads
can be center-mounted on Priority
stanchion U-legs and 90° or 120°
corner support frames. Two over-
heads can be ganged together;
however, attachment brackets must
hit a stanchion on both sides and
the overheads must be ganged
together in the middle. When an
overhead is used next to a Priority
shelf as shown above, there must
be a stanchion between the shelf
and the cabinet.
Page 5.61 Priority

Statement of Line ➤See
➤See 5.3
pagepage
PRIORITY™ Assembled Casegoods Planning Planning page page
5.37
Desks & Components Finishes & Materials
Pricing page 5.118
page
Overview
Pricing Materials
Surface page 5.341
page
Assembled casegoods fit an extensive Materials:

Worksurfaces are 13⁄16"-thick, 3-ply,
range of design, application, space, and
balanced construction and available in W Wood worksurface, rim, and
budget challenges.
wood, high-pressure laminate (HPL), or chassis
thermally fused laminate (TFL). LW HPL worksurface, wood rim and
wood chassis
L HPL worksurface, vinyl rim, and
Wood veneers on wood and laminate TFL chassis
with wood rim models are carefully LL TFL worksurface, vinyl rim, and
selected and matched to assure proper TFL chassis
balance and consistency.
Wood models feature a semi-open
pore finish with a satin (50) sheen.
Worksurface Rim Profiles:
Chassis and drawer/door fronts on

laminate models feature thermally fused
laminate (TFL). Grain direction runs top to
bottom.
Laminate models offer great flexibility

in finish selections. The worksurface,
rim, drawer/door fronts, and chassis P Softened F Softened M Reed
may be specified in different colors. Worksurface rims are 1⁄8" thick. Rims vinyl rim wood rim wood rim
are available in four profiles options.
Softened and reed rim profiles

appear on all four edges of the
worksurface.
S Knife wood rim
Knife rim profile appears on the user
edge and overhangs by 11⁄4"; side and
Pedestals are full height and letter width Laminate models are available with a
back edges are flat on all units except
on assembled units. They connect softened vinyl (P) rim profile. Wood
desks. On desks, the knife rim appears
directly to surfaces. Locks are optional. and laminate/wood rim models are
on the approach and user sides.
available with a softened (F), reed (M),
Drawer fronts are 3⁄4"-thick, 3-ply con- or knife (S) rim profile.
struction. Five-sided drawer construction
allows easy removal of drawer fronts.
Pull Options:
➤See page 5.55.
Page 5.62 Priority

PRIORITY™ Assembled Casegoods A Planning Planning page 5.37
Product Information
Face-mounted locks are optional on Cockpit corner

Details Connections
all desks, returns, and credenzas. Lock for connection to
Exterior surfaces are available wood cylinders are removable if rekeying is nec- desk on left Return Assembled desks with knife rim
and laminate. essary. Key random and key specific profile feature the rim on both the user
options are available. and approach sides.
Joints are securely fastened with dow- ➤See page 5.57 for lock information.
els and mechanical fasteners to ensure Assembled returns, bridges, and Flush installation
maximum strength. Fixed modesty panels are featured on credenzas with knife-rim profile fea-
all assembled casegoods. ture the rim on the user side only.
Drawer fronts are 3⁄4"-thick, 3-ply con-
struction. Five-sided drawer construction Optional hinged modesty panel is Knife rim overhangs the user side by
allows easy removal of drawer fronts. 11⁄4".
available on assembled bridges, returns,
kneespace, and single-pedestal creden- Cockpit desk
Drawer sides and back are 1⁄2" thick with pedestal on left
zas. Hinged modesty panel swings Recessed installation
and wrapped in natural woodgrain vinyl. To create a cockpit U-configuration, Bridge or Desk or
inward to allow access to wall outlets. It
Bottoms are 3⁄16" thick. specify a single-pedestal cockpit desk, Return Credenza
lifts from the floor and is held in place by Fixed or hinged modesty panels can
and a rectangular or arc-front corner be installed in a flush or recessed loca-
Optional wood drawers are available leveling feet.
cockpit, and cockpit return unit. Grain Returns and bridges with knife rim tion. Flush installation visually lines up
on wood and laminate with wood direction on units will match the width- profile have a reverse knife edge on modesty panel with the adjoining side
rim/chassis units. Drawer sides and wise direction on the desk as indicted by abutting edges to provide a flush fit with panels for an exposed orientation.
back are 1⁄2" thick with veneer faces. the arrow in the illustration above. Desk the adjoining surface. Recessed installation insets modesty
Bottoms are 1⁄4" thick with veneer faces. or return can also be built using modular panel 6" from the back edge of the
Interiors are sealed, sanded, and components. worksurfaces to create an area to store
finished with a clear durable topcoat.
cords and cables. Recessed modesty
panel allows the whole unit to be placed
Drawer suspensions feature black Black half-round grommet is available
flush against the wall.
slides with precision steel ball bearings factory installed at the top center of
to ensure long-lasting, quiet, smooth hinged modesty panels; upcharge
Single-pedestal desks and single-
operation. Box, file, and lateral file applies.
pedestal credenzas may be used as
drawers feature full extension slides.
stand-alone units.
A variety of factory-installed work-
Black filing rods are standard in all file surface grommet options are
drawers to accommodate various filing available.
requirements. ➤See page 5.50.
➤See page 5.47 for filing capacities.
Page 5.63 Priority

➤See 5.3
pagepage
PRIORITY™ Worksurfaces, Support, and Screens Planning Planning page page
5.37
Pricing page 5.118
page
Flush-Surface Applications Overview
Pricing Materials
Surface page 5.341
page
Flush-surface applications can be Materials:

created by selecting: Technology modesty panels provide
wall access by allowing the face to Worksurfaces
• Worksurfaces for flush-surface
fold down. W Wood worksurface, rim, and
applications
chassis
• Support/end panels, mid-support
LW HPL worksurface, wood rim and
panels, and modesty panels
wood chassis
• Undersurface storage or low storage
for flush-surface applications.
TFL chassis
Flat brackets ship standard with LL TFL worksurface, vinyl rim, and
worksurfaces when specified as a filler TFL chassis
Worksurfaces are 13⁄16" thick and avail-
or extension.
able in thermally fused laminate (TFL),
high-pressure laminate (HPL), HPL with Supports
wood rim, and wood. • Wood
• Laminate
• Metal
Storage
• Wood
• Laminate
• Glass doors on select models

Flush-surface appearance is created

by the undersurface storage being
attached directly to the worksurface.
This provides a clean, transitional Softened, reed, and knife rims are
aesthetic. available on worksurfaces.
Support options, such as end-support Glass, resin, wood, or laminate

panels, T-leg end panels, column legs, modesty panels can be used with
modesty panels, and undersurface stor- worksurfaces, column legs, and
age are designed to sit “flush” with the panel supports.
worksurface.
Page 5.64 Priority

➤See 5.3
pagepage
PRIORITY™ Worksurfaces, Support, and Screens Planning Planning page page
5.37
Pricing page 5.118
page
Floating-Surface Applications Overview—Private Office
Pricing Materials
Surface page 5.341
page
Floating-surface desking Dimensions:

configurations can be created by Use vertical storage in conjunction
selecting: with low or undersurface storage to
• Worksurfaces for floating-surface create a workwall. 29"
259⁄16" 273⁄4"
applications
• U-legs, open legs, or end panels
• Undersurface storage with spacers or
low storage
Materials:
Worksurfaces
W Wood worksurface, rim, and
chassis
LW HPL worksurface, wood rim and
wood chassis
Overheads can be wall-mounted or TFL chassis
Traxx-mounted. LL TFL worksurface, vinyl rim, and
Floating-surface support legs and ➤See page 5.97. TFL chassis
end panels feature a worksurface
bracket location on top that causes the
Supports
worksurfaces to appear to float above
• Wood
the support component.
• Laminate
• Powder-coated steel
Privacy Screens
Use worksurfaces above low • Resin
storage to create a layered look.
➤See page 5.69. Storage
Support options, such as U-legs,
• Wood
open-frame legs (shown), wood end
• Laminate
panels, and pedestals with spacers, are
• Glass doors on select models
designed so that the worksurface
Vertical storage and overheads are
appears to “float” 3⁄4" above the
universal within the Priority series. Wood models feature a semi-open
➤See pages 5.97 and 5.105.
support.
➤See page 5.77.
Privacy screens and cable surround

modesty panel, specified separately,
can attach to worksurfaces for additional
privacy.
➤See pages 5.75 and 5.87.
Page 5.65 Priority

PRIORITY™ Worksurfaces, Support, and Screens Planning Planning page 5.37
Floating-Surface Applications Overview—Benching
Benching tables are created by

Overhead storage is avail-
selecting: Dimensions:
able in 36"–72" widths with
• Worksurfaces for floating-
sliding door or hinged doors.
➤See the Kimball Surfaces &
surface applications
• Undersurface support rails
Storage Price List for metal
• U-legs, open legs, end panels, 485⁄16"
center-mount overheads.
and/or undersurface storage 29"
with spacers. 273⁄4"
Tiles mount to stanchions to
Floating-surface support legs provide privacy above the
and end panels feature a work- worksurface. Top caps,
surface bracket location on top shelves or overheads must
that causes the worksurfaces to be specified to complete the
appear to float above the top of the tile run when using 16"
support component. stanchion U-leg support.
639⁄16"
(631⁄4")*
Center-mount shelves and Shared mid-support
storage connect to U-legs with U-leg supports the ends of 479⁄16"
stanchions using a center-mount two adjoining worksurfaces. (487⁄8")*
overhead shelf bracket. Shelves Available with or without stan-
keep shared materials visible chions; full-depth or recessed
and within easy reach. from surface edge.
72"
Privacy screens may be
Undersurface support rails mounted to top or edge or a
provide strength for the work- Center-Mount Storage
surface. Brackets for free-
surface, connecting between standing screen applications Tile
support models. are also available. 639⁄16"
(631⁄4")*
479⁄16"
U-legs are used to create 259⁄16" (487⁄8")*
benching tables. Available in End-support U-leg without
fixed-height and height- stanchions provides support
adjustable models. at the end of a run of sur-
faces. Available with or 113⁄16"
without stanchions.
Worksurfaces are available Screen Screen 153⁄4"
in 24", 30", 36", 48", and 60"
Low storage and mobile
widths. 24" or 30"D 45"
cushion top pedestal can 41" 259⁄16"
worksurfaces are used for
stow under the surface.
dual-sided benching with
Mobile BBF and FF units will
stanchions; 36", 48", and
not stow below the surface * Dimensions in parentheses represent
60"D models provide a
due to the location of the Footprint center-mount overhead
continuous surface for U-legs
undersurface support rails.
without stanchions.
Page 5.66 Priority

Floating-Surface Applications Overview—Benching, continued
Materials:
Bracket on top of support legs and
end panels creates a floating- Worksurfaces
surface appearance. • Laminate with a vinyl rim
• Wood with wood rim
Supports
• Wood
• Laminate
Storage
• Laminate
Returns are created with 24", 30", and • Wood
36"D worksurfaces, undersurface sup- • Glass doors on select models
port rails, return mounting brackets, flat
brackets, and legs. Tiles
• Fabric
• Slat
Privacy Screens
• Resin

72"
Privacy screens may be specified at
72" the same height or width for consistent
There is no length
aesthetics or at different heights for
limitation as to the
72" function.
number of tables that can
be linked when using full-
End-Support
depth support legs. U-Leg 72"
There is no dimensional
creep. Recessed
Mid-Support
U-Leg
Maximum is 24 feet when Recessed
using recessed mid-support Mid-Support
U-legs. U-Leg
Recessed
Mid-Support
U-Leg
End-Support
U-Leg
Page 5.67 Priority

Floating-Surface Applications Overview—Collaboration and Conferencing
Collaboration work and

conference tables are created by 12"H privacy screens are Dimensions:
selecting: available to provide privacy
• Worksurfaces for floating-surface below the worksurface. 24", 30", 36", 48" or 60"D
applications Use surface-mount
• Undersurface support rails brackets for attachment.
• U-legs, open legs, end panels, and/or
undersurface storage with spacers.
29"
259⁄16" 273⁄4"
Worksurface height
Floating-surface support 423⁄16"

Casters are available for 3815⁄16" 41"
legs and end panels fea-
ture a worksurface bracket field installation, specified
location on top that causes separately, on individual
the worksurfaces to appear worksurface-height tables.
Standing height (for use as extension)
to float above the Caster height is 17⁄8".
support component.
Materials:
Worksurfaces
• Laminate with a vinyl rim
Factory-installed • Laminate with a wood rim
grommets and cutouts are • Wood with wood rim
Two sets of undersurface
support rails connect to U- available for power/data
centers. Supports
legs to provide strength.
• Wood
For field-installed • Laminate
grommets, note the • Powder-coated steel
location of support legs to
eliminate interference with Privacy Screens
48" and 60" U-legs are grommets. • Resin
used to create conference
tables. Wood models feature a semi-open pore finish
Shared mid-support with a satin (50) sheen.
Worksurface depth
U-leg supports the ends of
matches the depth of the
two adjoining worksurfaces.
U-legs.
Page 5.68 Priority

PRIORITY™ Worksurfaces Planning Planning page 5.37
Flush-Surface Applications
and historical preservation guidelines. These are just

Details Connections
a few instances where this capability becomes an
Worksurfaces are sized in 6" increments that asset.
correspond to Priority pedestals and storage. M M M
Appropriate bracketry is included. They are available
in thermally fused laminate (TFL), high-pressure F
E F
laminate (HPL), HPL with a wood rim, and wood.
M M Filler or Extension Main
IMPORTANT: Assembled casegoods may be used

together in the same configuration with worksur- Filler and extension surfaces with knife rim
M
faces, storage and support components for E M profile have a reverse knife edge on abutting edges
M The maximum recommended span of an
flush-surface applications. Corner to provide a flush fit with the adjoining surface. Back
unsupported worksurface is 48" using storage and
E and exposed side edge of extension worksurfaces
E
F support for flush-surface applications; longer
are flat.
distances require additional support.
➤See the Xsede Open Plan chapter in the Kimball
M Main knife rim worksurfaces cannot be used
Benching Price List for undersurface support rails
adjacent to a corner worksurface.
that can be used as additional support for spans up
Note: Arrows on illustration indicate grain direction.
to 72"W. Model 45W48WSSR is for use with
P Softened F Softened M Reed S Knife All worksurfaces are offered with side-to-side grain, IMPORTANT: Flush- and floating-surface knife rim
54"–60"W unsupported span; 45W72WSSR is for
vinyl rim wood rim wood rim wood rim except corners on which the grain runs parallel to models cannot be used together.
use with 66"–72"W unsupported span.
the user’s edge. Front-to-back grain is available on
Laminate (HPL and TFL) models are available select 24"D surfaces for use as a filler or extension
with a softened vinyl (P) rim profile. (as indicated by shading). Approach Approach
Wood and HPL/wood rim models are available Worksurfaces for flush-surface applications 24" 30" 24" 30"
with a softened (F), reed (M), or knife (S) rim profile. are interchangeable; however, to receive the cor-
rect brackets, the application—main (M), extension Up to 96" unsupported
Attachment brackets based on the application (E), or filler (F)—must be specified. Main surfaces
specified are standard on all worksurface shapes. receive no attachment hardware; extension surfaces
Support rail
receive 2 flat brackets; and filler surfaces receive 4
Taper worksurfaces can be used in two ways
A variety of factory-installed worksurface flat brackets.
➤See pricing pages for bracketry options by
depending on the desired aesthetic. Where the Starter brackets
grommet options are available. positioned below
➤See page 5.50.
taper worksurfaces abuts the side of a rectangular
worksurface shape. the surface
worksurface (illustration on the right), a 60”W taper
The maximum span for an unsupported
worksurface would be unsuitable due to limited
If the application or position of the work- worksurface can be extended to 96" between
kneespace; knife rim worksurfaces are also not
surface needs to be changed, it can be flush-surface pedestals, end panels, or storage
applicable for this application.
accomplished by changing the bracketry. units by utilizing floating-surface starter brackets
Exception: All desk worksurfaces must be used as a and appropriately sized undersurface support rails.
“main” worksurface. Planning Factors Starter brackets would be placed at the side of the
storage unit and/or end panels even with the top of
24"D rectangular worksurfaces are for use with Consider the load a worksurface will carry when the pedestal. Rails would connect to starter brack-
24"D pedestals. planning support. Additional support is recommended ets at both ends. Storage units will be defaced. For
for surfaces where heavy equipment will be placed. example: To span 72" unsupported, specify a 72"W
Worksurfaces can be scribed on site to conform Support can be placed where needed without the (nominal) undersurface support rail and a starter
with oblique angles, irregular column placement, limitations of predrilled or predetermined locations. bracket for each storage unit/end panel.
➤See the starter bracket planning information.
Page 5.69 Priority

Floating-Surface Applications
48" and 60"D rectangular surfaces can be used

Details
to build:
IMPORTANT: Floating worksurfaces are intended for • Double-sided benching applications
use with floating-surface supports: • Large conference or work tables
• Undersurface support rails Knife rim on worksurfaces appears on all four
• Open-frame or U-legs sides and butts end to end.
• End panels
• Pedestals or low storage
Note: Knife rim worksurfaces cannot be supported
by flush-surface supports or undersurface storage,
or used in Systems applications. Grain direction on on one- and two-piece
Grain direction on one-piece wood tops runs woodgrain laminate tops runs with the width.
Worksurfaces are 13⁄16" thick, 3-ply balanced Wire manager option is available on 24", 30", and with the width in all veneers and finishes. On two-piece TFL surfaces, the woodgrain pattern
construction. 36"W rectangular worksurfaces and corner work- will not be matched; two-piece HPL tops will have a
surfaces. This flexible trough allows cords and continuous acceptable match.
cables to be routed along the back edge of the
worksurface. Selected rim profile appears on the Other worksurface shapes include: U-shape,
front and side edges. Wire manager is recom- arc-end, extended, wedge, oval, 90° corner, and
mended for back-to-back benching applications. 120° corner.
P Softened F Softened M Reed S Knife Rectangular worksurfaces are available in five A variety of factory-installed grommet and
vinyl rim wood rim wood rim wood rim depths: 24", 30", 36", 48", and 60" and in widths Grain direction on two-piece wood tops runs
cut-out options are available.
➤See pages 5.52 – 5.53.
ranging from 36" up to 144" depending on the with the width on plain-sliced cherry, maple,
Rim profile is 1⁄8" thick and appears on all edges of depth of the surface. 120" and 144"W worksurfaces walnut, and quarter-sliced sapale.
the worksurface. Laminate models are available with a consist of two pieces.
softened vinyl rim. Wood and laminate with wood ➤See the Statement of Line for sizing combinations.
rim models are available with a softened, reed, or
knife rim.
Grain direction on two-piece wood tops runs

with the depth on the following quartered (straight)
grain finishes:
24", 30", or 36"D 48" or 60"D • CO Canyon Oak
24"–36"D rectangular surfaces can be used to • YO Monterey Oak
build: • NW Tuscan Walnut
• Private office configurations • CZ Clear on Zebrawood
• Freestanding open-plan applications
• Single-sided benching applications
• Double-sided benching (24" and 30"D only)
• Height-adjustable tables
• Standing-height extensions
Page 5.70 Priority

Connections
Return worksurfaces can be created by adding a

Pedestals, U-legs, and open legs for floating- 24", 30", or 36"D worksurface and appropriate sup-
surface applications, specified separately, are port legs perpendicular to the main worksurface.
designed to be support so that the worksurface Use a return mounting bracket and two flat brack-
appears to “float” 3⁄4" above support and storage. ets, specified separately. Rail will be 6" longer than
Undersurface storage satisfies both support and the return surface for connection to main surface.
storage needs. Pedestal must match worksurface
depth.
IMPORTANT: Supports and brackets must be
specified separately for all worksurfaces.
Low storage models can be used when the work-

Undersurface support rails, specified separately, surface is placed at 29"H or higher. Clearance from
are required for all surfaces. the undersurface support rail to the floor is 259⁄16".
Note: Rails are standard with height-adjustable bases.
Ganging units together result in no “dimensional

creep.” There is no limitation as to number and
width of tables that can be joined if using the full-
depth mid-support U-leg. If using the recessed
mid-support U-leg, maximum run is 24’. Varying
widths of worksurfaces are not intended for use
together in a straight, linear application (side
by side).
Page 5.71 Priority

PRIORITY™ Table Tops Planning Planning page 5.37
For Flush-Surface, Floating-Surface, and Height-Adjustable Applications

Base requirements differ based on the table top
shape and size.
Modesty panels are available to attach to the ➤See page 5.110 for base requirements.
54" 60"
U-Legs or Height-Adjustable T-Legs
underside of 36" x 72" racetrack or 40" x 72"
Open-Frame Legs or Fixed-Height T-Legs
elliptical table tops. They feature a metal frame with
silver frost finish and an opaque frost glass insert.
78"W oval worksurface can be supported by
several different support-U-legs, open-frame legs,
height-adjustable, or fixed-height T-legs. Specify
components to create a 30"D x 54"W frame for
Table tops are available in wood, high-pressure
U-legs and open-frame legs. Specify components
laminate (HPL) with wood rim, and HPL with a vinyl
to create a 30"D x 60"W frame for height-adjustable
rim, or thermally fused laminate (TFL) with a vinyl
or fixed-height T-legs.
rim. Select from round, square, oval, racetrack, and
elliptical shapes.
Table tops are 13⁄16" thick, 3-ply, balanced

construction. Rims are 1⁄8" thick.
P Softened F Softened M Reed S Knife

vinyl rim wood rim wood rim wood rim
Laminate models are available with a softened

vinyl (P) rim profile.
Wood and laminate/wood rim models are

available with a softened (F), reed (M), or knife (S)
rim profile.
Page 5.72 Priority

PRIORITY™ Support M Planning Planning page 5.37
Details
IMPORTANT: Assembled casegoods and modular
support for flush-surface applications may be used
together in the same configuration.
Modular support components are designed to Support panel bracket is for use as additional
End panels are available in 3 depths: 23", 29",
support flush-surface applications. 5" and 11" T-leg end panels are for use on top of support for end panels that are not next to a stor-
and 35". End panels are sized 1" less deep than
low storage to support worksurfaces. 5"H model age component or modesty panel.
worksurfaces to accommodate modesty panel or
sits atop 22"H storage; 11"H model is for use with
filler strip.
15"H storage. Component top is required.
End support panels can support the non-pedestal

end of a worksurface to create a single-pedestal Height-adjustable U-leg is 27¾"H and adjusts
desk or credenza in freestanding, L-, or U-configu- from 24¾"–32¼" in 3⁄8" increments. U-legs can be
rations. End support panels consists of an end Corner-support panels are used with corner used to displace wood end panels on desks,
panel, back/modesty panel, and one support panel worksurface. Assembly includes modesty and wing returns or modular return and extension worksurfaces;
creating a false pedestal. support panels. Corner worksurface is specified not intended for use to create a freestanding table.
separately. End U-legs are available in 24", 30", and 36"D. Mid-
Undersurface pedestals, low storage with sup- support U-leg is 10"D and is for use on 24"D, 30"D,
End panels for use in single-pedestal applications and 36"D surfaces only. All adjustable U-legs fea-
port drawers or shelves, and cable
with a kneespace modesty panel are available in ture a button that indexes into notches in the inner
surround modesty panel can also support the
three depths: 24", 30", and 36". These end panels leg member. By depressing the button, the leg
end of worksurfaces.
➤See page 5.92 for flush-surface storage
can also be used in conjunction with a square releases the lower leg assembly. This gives the user
fluted-metal column base or half-cylinder. the ability to change the height as needed through-
components.
➤See page 5.95 for low storage components. out the day. Legs can be used with Priority,
Support columns for extension worksurfaces,
Definition or Footprint worksurfaces. For 13⁄16"
such as rectangular, U-shaped, and P-shaped
worksurfaces, support is required every 48"; for
worksurfaces that extend out from an adjacent
Chamfered 19⁄16" worksurfaces, support is required every 60".
back edge worksurfaces, include:
• Round metal and wood column
• Wood half cylinder
• Square fluted-metal column
T-leg end panels can also be used to support the Note: Column legs and half-cylinder bases must
end of a worksurface when there is no pedestal. always be inset and are typeically placed between
12"D worksurface mid-support panel (model Modesty panel cannot be used in conjunction with 12”–18" from the end of the surface depending on
53K1128SSW) can be used for additional support. T-leg end panels. worksurface depth.
Worksurface support panel prohibits a hinged mod-
esty panel from tilting forward for cable access.
Back edge is chamfered for cable management.
Page 5.73 Priority

PRIORITY™ Support M Planning Planning page 5.37
For Flush-Surface Applications, continued
Connections Planning Factors Related Products

U-leg and O-leg are attached directly to underside
of worksurface with screws.
U-legs and O-legs are powder-coated steel and

are available in platinum metallic, carbon metallic, Modesty panels can be used with a half cylinder
designer white, and cinder paint. The U- and O-legs base. Follow modesty panel guidelines to calculate
are fixed at 273⁄4"H, are 23⁄8"W, and available in 24", To accommodate a longer worksurface, the the desired modesty width. Modesty panels are not
30", and 36" depths. surface can overhang support pedestal or leg at for use with column legs.
18" maximum. The end panel or leg depth does not
IMPORTANT: U-legs and O-legs are not for use in have to match the worksurface depth in a overhang
freestanding desk applications. They cannot sup- application. Support can be inset by half the depth
port set-on-surface storage applications. of the surface it is being used with; for example, a
support with 24"D surface can be inset 12". When
inset, a 24"D support can be used with a 30" or
36"D surface; a 30" support can be used with a
36"D surface.
Black plastic leveler insert is located at the bot- Full-height and partial-height modesty panels
tom of each U-leg and O-leg. The glide stem is 1" are available for use between storage and support.
long and provides 3⁄4" of adjustment.
The maximum recommended span of an unsup-

Metal worksurface support bracket (model
ported worksurface is 48"; longer distances require
DFWBVS) is available to attach 24"D worksurfaces
additional support.
to vertical storage in place of an end panel.
Consider the load a worksurface will carry when

planning support. Additional support is recommended
for surfaces where heavy equipment will be placed.
Support can be placed where needed without the
limitations of predrilled or predetermined locations.
Page 5.74 Priority

PRIORITY™ Hinged and Technology Modesty Panels Planning Planning page 5.37

Specify the same size modesty panel as the
kneespace width into which it will fit.
Hinged modesty panels are optional. They are for Face of unit is hinged at the center to fold down
use in conjunction with undersurface pedestals and to access wall.
worksurfaces to create an enclosed kneewell on
desks, credenzas, bridges, and returns. A black Factory-installed worksurface grommet
half-round grommet is available factory-installed at Connections options (G1 and G19) are designed to allow
Bridge worksurfaces can be placed above a
the top center on hinged modesty panels; Technology modesty panel is not freestanding cords to fall directly into the technology modesty
technology modesty panel. Two 12"D worksurface
upcharge applies. and must be secured between storage, end panel’s cavity.
➤See the Perks chapter in the Kimball Desks &
support panels are required to which the technology
panels, or support panels.
modesty panel will attach. The technology panel
Accessories Price List for power/data center and
and the support panels do not attach to or provide
field-installed grommets.
support for the bridge; bridge is supported by adja-
23⁄16"
gap
cent worksurfaces with flat brackets.
Support drawers and shelves
➤See page 5.169.
Elevation View
Hinged modesty panel always spans between
Gap between the top of the technology modesty
two pedestals or between a pedestal and an end-
and underside of the worksurface of 23⁄16" allows
support panel. It cannot extend behind the back of
cords from adjoining extensions or main worksur-
a pedestal.
faces to exit into the cavity.
Returns and credenzas created from modular

components can accommodate a technology panel.
One 12"D worksurface support panels is required to
57⁄8"
cavity
mount on the open end. Order the modesty to cor-
respond with the kneespace width for assembled
returns without modesty. For modular returns, cal-
Plan View culate the kneespace opening to determine the
When mounted flush with the back of storage or modesty panel width. For example: 72"W worksur-
Technology modesty panels are for use with end panel, the technology modesty panel creates a face – two 15"W pedestals = 42"W technology
modular components and provide wall access. 57⁄8" cavity to store cords. The unit can be mounted modesty panel.
Widths are available up to 46". forward to create a larger cavity to the wall.
Assembled bridges and returns without a

modesty panel will not accept the technology
modesty panel.
Page 5.75 Priority

PRIORITY™ Other Modesty Panels Planning Planning page 5.37
Details
Partial-height glass modesty panels are for use

Pedestal back panels attach to undersurface in with P-or U-shaped worksurfaces, an end panel,
pedestals to provide a finished back. They are sized and a square metal column base or wood
to fit individual pedestal components. half-cylinder base.
Modesty panels are used in conjunction with
undersurface components to create a finished back
(back panel) or enclosed kneewell. Modesty panels
are designed for a specific application and are not
universal. To assure proper fit and attachment hard-
ware, modesty panels must be used in their correct
application. They are fully finished on both sides.
Full-height modesty panels are for use in con-
junction with rectangular, P-shaped, or U-shaped
worksurfaces, an end panel, and a square metal
column base or wood half-cylinder base. Grain runs
horizontal on laminate model. Field installation of
grommets is recommended to ensure placement
of the grommet on the user’s side of the Cable surround modesty panel can be attached
modesty panel. underneath the worksurface to conceal cabling.
B
Full-height and partial-height modesty panels
are available to use with storage, support, and Support drawers and shelves can be used as
Modesty panels for modular casegoods
worksurface to create a single-pedestal desk. support on top of low storage. 5"H support drawer
mount underneath tops; hardware for attachment
Modesty panel will be recessed. unit is for use with 22"H low storage; 11"H support
is included. Modesty panels can be specified to cre-
shelf is for use with 15"H low storage. They replace
ate a recessed modesty panel (A), or a breakfront
the need for a T-leg end panel as worksurface
effect (B) as shown in the desks illustrated. The
support on low storage. Component top for low
finish of a modesty panel can either match or
storage must be specified.
contrast with top.
Note: When creating a breakfront effect (B), the
modesty panel is attached to the sides of the
pedestals creating handed units.
Page 5.76 Priority

PRIORITY™ Undersurface Support Rails Planning Planning page 5.37
to the main worksurface as a return. Two flat plates

Details
(model ACAWBP1), specified separately, are also
required when mounting each return.
Mounting holes are located on the undersurface

support rail in several locations to accommodate
various return depths. For a 24"D main worksur-
face, bolt to the first set of holes; for a 30"D main
Undersurface support rails are required for all
worksurface, bolt to the middle set of holes; for a
floating worksurfaces to provide strength and allow
36"D main worksurface, bolt to the nearest set
connection of U-legs, open-frame legs, and storage.
of holes.
Rails are powder-coated steel, non-handed, and
come in a set of 2; they are 21⁄4"H and are installed
Data cabling can be secured to undersurface
41⁄2" apart.
support rails utilizing cable ties and holes in the rails.
Available in 9 lengths from 36"–96" in 6"

increments to correspond to worksurface widths.
either side. Four flat plates (model ACAWBP1), If the length of rail required is not a size
specified separately, are required to link surfaces. offered, specify the next smaller size. The starter
Connections bracket will compensate for the dimensional
difference.
Planning Factors
When using storage as support, calculate the
length of the rail required by deducting the width of
the storage from the width of the corresponding
worksurface. For example, a 72"W surface with two
Undersurface support rails attach to starter
15"W pedestals would require a 42"W rail, the
brackets. Starter brackets are welded to all U-legs
Return length of the unsupported span. A 72"W surface
and open-frame legs. Specify starter brackets sepa-
Mounting with one 15"W pedestal has an unsupported span
rately for attaching rails to undersurface pedestals Bracket Flat Plate of 57" and would require a 54"W rail, the next
or end panels.
Undersurface available smaller size.
Support
Rails Clearance from the rail to the worksurface edge:
36" Softened or
30" 48" and 60"D applications require two sets of
24"
undersurface support rails. Surface Size Reed Rim Knife Rim
24” or 48"D 83⁄4" 73⁄4"
For linear applications, specify support rail length 30” or 60"D 113⁄4" 103⁄4"
to match the width of the worksurface.
Bridge mounting kits consist of two return 36"D 143⁄4" 133⁄4"
mounting brackets and set of undersurface support 24"x48" 90° corner 237⁄8" 227⁄8"
IMPORTANT: For returns, specify support rail
rails. Undersurface support rails in each kit are 12"
length that is 6" longer than the width of the return 30"x48" 90° corner 195⁄8" 185⁄8"
Return mounting bracket is non-handed and can longer than the bridge length. For example, 48"W
surface. Rail will extend under the main surface and
be attached to either end of an undersurface sup- bridge kits ships with 60" undersurface support rails 24"x48" 120° corner 15" 14"
connect to a return mounting bracket.
port rail to attach a 24", 30", or 36"D worksurfaces to allow for 6" of connection to the brackets on 30"x48" 120° corner 201⁄4" 191⁄4"
Page 5.77 Priority

PRIORITY™ Open-Frame Legs Planning Planning page 5.37
IMPORTANT: Component tops must be specified

Details
for low storage when open-frame legs will be
IMPORTANT: Only floating worksurfaces are for use placed on top for worksurface support.
with open-frame legs. Priority worksurfaces for
flush-surface applications and Systems worksurfaces
are not applicable. Connections
3⁄4"
Undersurface support rails attach to starter

brackets. Starter brackets are welded to all open-
frame legs.
Fixed-height open-frame legs are 273⁄4"H from

undersurface to the floor. Available in 24", 30", 36", support rails and aligns to solid end panels for float- mechanism that indexes into notches in the inner
48", and 60" depths. Plastic leveler insert is located ing-surface applications or pedestals with spacers. leg member. By removing the screw, the leg
at the bottom of each leg. The glide stem is 1" long Open-frame leg models are for use in benching, releases the lower leg assembly. These larger U-
and provides 3⁄4" of adjustment. work table, open plan, conferencing or private legs are engineered to carry more load then the
office applications. smaller width U-leg units. These models provide
maximum height adjustment of 71⁄16" in 3⁄8" incre- Field installed caster kits are available for use on
ments from 257⁄16" to 321⁄2"H, plus an additional 3⁄4" the individual tables up to 36”D x 96”W. They are
of adjustment utilizing the plastic leveling insert. not for use for bases that are linked together. Cast-
IMPORTANT: The intent of these adjustable U-legs ers feature a tall neck with an M-10 thread; height is
is to provide an initial bench height adjustment at 17/8". Sold in a set of 4.
the time of installation; they are not intended to
3/8" provide the user height adjustability.
3/8"
Push Button Screw-Adjust Planning Factors
3/8"
When planning long spans of tables or have
24", 30", and 36"D height-adjustable open- out-of-level floors, height-adjustable legs are
frame legs feature a push button that indexes recommended. By extending some legs further than
Height-adjustable open-frame legs are 257⁄16"H into notches in the inner leg member. By depressing others, the table leg can compensate for the floors
from undersurface to the floor, at the lowest posi- the button, the leg releases the lower leg assembly. that are out of level.
tion. Available in 24", 30", 36”, 48", and 60" depths. These models provide maximum height adjustment
of 77⁄16" in 3⁄8" increments from 257⁄16" to 327⁄8"H, 11"H and 5"H open-frame legs are for use on
Create a different visual by placing open-frame
plus an additional 3⁄4" of adjustment utilizing the top of low storage. 5"H model sits atop 22"H stor-
Open-frame legs are powder-coated steel and legs inboard from the end of the worksurfaces.
plastic leveling insert. age; 11"H model is for use with 15"H storage. They
are available in carbon metallic, designer white, The undersurface rails would need to be specified in
are not intended for use with height-adjustable
shadow, cinder, silver pearl, or platinum metallic a smaller width to connect the legs together. Legs
48" and 60"D height-adjustable open-frame open-frame legs in the same configuration.
paint. They connect directly to undersurface may be placed inboard 12" on 24"D surfaces, 15"
legs feature a mechanical screw-adjust on 30"D surfaces, and 18" on 36"D surfaces.
Page 5.78 Priority

PRIORITY™ U-Legs Planning Planning page 5.37
24" IMPORTANT: The intent of these adjustable U-legs

Details
is to provide an initial bench height adjustment at
IMPORTANT: Only floating 13⁄16" worksurfaces are the time of installation; they are not intended to
for use with U-legs for floating-surface applications. provide the user height adjustability.
Priority worksurfaces for flush-surface applications
and Systems worksurfaces are not applicable. Fixed-height standing U-legs are 41"H and avail-
End-support U-leg able in 24", 30", 36" depths. Standing-height legs
U-legs are powder-coated steel and are avail- are for use as extension support only.
able in carbon metallic, designer white, shadow,
cinder, silver pearl, or platinum metallic paint. They Mid-support U-leg
connect directly to undersurface support rails. U-leg 48"
models are for use in benching, work table, open
plan, conferencing or private office applications.
End-support U-leg
3⁄4"
Dual mid-support Mid-support U-legs link tables together using a
U-leg single middle leg versus two independent legs. They
are available in full-depth or recessed models. There
is no run length limitations when using full-depth
mid-support legs.
Fixed-height U-legs are 273⁄4"H from undersur- Dual end-support
U-leg
face to the floor. Available with or without a Single mid-support U-legs are available for use
stanchion. Plastic leveler insert is located at the with 24", 30", and 36"D worksurfaces.
bottom of the leg. The glide stem is 1" long and appearance since both the inner and exterior legs These models provide maximum height adjustment
provides 3⁄4" of adjustment. Available with or without are painted the same color. Available with or without of 77⁄16" in 3⁄8" increments from 257⁄16" to 327⁄8"H,
Dual mid-support U-legs for use with 48" or 60"D
a stanchion. a stanchion. When using recessed mid-suport legs, plus an additional 3⁄4" of adjustment utilizing the plas-
applications have two sets of brackets for mounting
the maximum legnth is 24'. tic leveling insert.
surfaces. Two surfaces can be used back to back
or one surface can be used as long as the depth
48," 50", 60", and 62"D height-adjustable
equals the U-leg depth. For example, one 48"D or
U-legs and 24", 30", and 36"D mid-support
two 24"D surfaces can be used on a 48"D dual
U-legs feature a mechanical screw-adjust
mid-support leg. Dual U-leg applications require two
mechanism that indexes into notches in the inner
sets of undersurface support rails.
leg member. By removing the screw, the leg
3/8"
3/8" releases the lower leg assembly. These larger U-
3/8" Push Button Screw-Adjust legs are engineered to carry more load then the
smaller width U-leg units. These models provide
24", 30", and 36"D height-adjustable end maximum height adjustment of 71⁄16" in 3⁄8" incre-
Height-adjustable U-legs are 257⁄16"H from U-legs feature a push button that indexes into ments from 257⁄16" to 321⁄2"H, plus an additional 3⁄4"
undersurface to the floor, at the lowest position. notches in the inner leg member. By depressing the of adjustment utilizing the plastic leveling insert.
Height-adjustable U-legs provide the best aesthetic button, the leg releases the lower leg assembly.
Page 5.79 Priority

PRIORITY™ U-Legs Planning Planning page 5.37
Connections Planning Factors

When planning long spans of tables or have
out-of-level floors, height-adjustable legs are
recommended. By extending some legs further than
others, the table leg can compensate for the floors
Center-mount
that are out of level.
overhead/shelf
bracket
Tile support
bracket Undersurface support rails attach to starter
Center-mount overheads, shelves, or top caps
brackets. Starter brackets are welded to all U-legs.
are required to complete the top of the tile run.
Create a different visual by placing U-legs

Stanchion support U-legs feature a vertical
L-Bracket inboard from the end of the worksurfaces. The
member that supports tiles and center-mount
undersurface rails would need to be specified in the
overhead shelves and cabinets. The overall leg is
smaller width to connect the legs together. Legs
23/8" deeper than the non-stanchion U-legs to
may be placed inboard 12" on 24"D surfaces, 15"
accommodate two 24"D or two 30"D worksurfaces Field installed caster kits are available for use on on 30"D surfaces, and 18" on 36"D surfaces.
and two tiles. the individual tables up to 36”D x 96”W. They are
not for use for bases that are linked together or for
Center-mount overhead/shelf brackets, stanchion models. Casters feature a tall neck with Tiles mount to the stanchions to provide visual
specified separately, connect directly to the an M-10 thread; height is 17/8". Sold in a set of 4. privacy in two directions.
stanchion. Stanchion U-legs connect directly to
undersurface support rails. They are available in
end- and mid-support models.
Page 5.80 Priority

PRIORITY™ 90° Corner Support Frames Planning Planning page 5.37

IMPORTANT: Only floating 13⁄16"worksurfaces are Center stanchion When planning long spans of tables or have
for use with 90° corner supports. Priority worksur- out-of-level floors, height-adjustable legs are
faces for flush-surface applications and Systems recommended.
worksurfaces are not applicable.
90° corner support frames with stanchion are

powder-coated steel and are available in carbon 481⁄16" 481⁄16" 481⁄16" 481⁄16"
metallic, designer white, shadow, cinder, silver 90° 90°
pearl, or platinum metallic paint. Frames consist of:
• Center four-way stanchion
• Four legs with adapter brackets 24" 24" 30" 30"
• Undersurface support rails to connect to U-legs 34"
25½"
U-legs
90° corner supports are available in two sizes
Undersurface support
that accept either 24"D x 48"W or 30"D x 48"W cor-
rails (included)
ner worksurfaces, with or without a wire manager.
Larger worksurface spans are not recommended
for this application.
321⁄2"H, plus an additional 3⁄4" of adjustment utilizing

3⁄4" Top cap
the plastic leveling insert. Height-adjustable U-legs
provide the best aesthetic appearance since both
the inner and exterior legs are painted the same color.
Fixed-height 90° corner support frames is
273⁄4"H from undersurface to the floor. Plastic leveler Incremental screw-adjust mechanism on
insert is located at the bottom of the leg. The glide height-adjustable model indexes into notches in the
stem is 1" long and provides 3⁄4" of adjustment. inner leg member. By removing the screw, the leg
releases the lower leg assembly. These larger U-
legs are engineered to carry more load then the
smaller width U-leg units.
Stanchions on 90° corner support frames
IMPORTANT: The intent of these adjustable frames
accept top caps or shelves, but not both. They 90° corner workstations can also be created
also can support overhead storage. Overhead/shelf without the use of a 90° corner support by using
the time of installation; they are not intended to
brackets are required, specified separately. end U-legs with stanchions and returns going in the
provide the user height adjustability.
3/8"
opposite directions. Flat brackets must be specified
3/8" for the returns for additional support. This applica-
3/8"
tions allows for visual privacy in one direction, with
Connections
tiles down the spine of the station. Privacy screens
Height-adjustable 90° corner support frames is Four U-legs with stanchions, specified separately, can also be mounted on the returns for additional
257⁄16"H from undersurface to the floor, at the low- are required. Specify end-support U-legs with stan- side-to-side privacy.
est position. They provide maximum height chions to support the ends of the application or Tiles mount to the stanchions to provide visual ➤See page 5.87 for privacy screens information.
mid-support U-legs with stanchions to continue the privacy in two directions for all four users. Tiles
adjustment of 71⁄16" in 3⁄8" increments from 257⁄16" to
run with additional worksurfaces. are required.
Page 5.81 Priority

PRIORITY™ 120° Corner Support Frames Planning Planning page 5.37

IMPORTANT: Only floating 13⁄16"worksurfaces are Applications shown at left depict how the 120
for use with 120° corner supports. Priority worksur- degree stations provide more side-to-side visual
faces for flush-surface applications and Systems privacy than typical lineal benching layouts. There
worksurfaces are not applicable. are numerous ways to incorporate the 120 degree
station in a floor plan; you are not limited to a
120° corner support frames are powder- typical person station.
coated steel and are available in carbon metallic,
designer white, shadow, cinder, silver pearl, or When planning long spans of tables or have
platinum metallic paint. Frames consist of: out-of-level floors, height-adjustable legs are
• Center three-way stanchion (stanchion model recommended.
only)
• Three legs with adapter brackets
• Undersurface support rails to connect to U-legs 481⁄16" 481⁄16" 481⁄16" 481⁄16"
120º 120º
24" 24"
30" 30"
593⁄16"
531⁄8"
Two sizes accept either 24"D x 48"W or 30"D x

3⁄4" the inner and exterior legs are painted the same
48"W corner worksurfaces, with or without a wire
color.
manager.
Fixed-height 120° corner support is 273⁄4"H from Incremental screw-adjust mechanism on
undersurface to the floor. Plastic leveler insert is height-adjustable model indexes into notches in the
located at the bottom of leg. The glide stem is 1" inner leg member. By removing the screw, the leg L-Bracket
long and provides 3⁄4" of adjustment. releases the lower leg assembly. These larger U- 120° corner supports with stanchions accepts
legs are engineered to carry more load then the top caps or shelves, but not both. Overhead/shelf
smaller width U-leg units. brackets are required, specified separately.
IMPORTANT: The intent of these adjustable frames
the time of installation; they are not intended to pro-
3/8" vide the user height adjustability. Tiles mount to the stanchions to provide visual
3/8"
3/8"
privacy in two directions for all users. Tiles must be
specified for both sides of the stanchion.
Connections
Height-adjustable 120° corner support is
Three U-legs, specified separately, are required.
257⁄16"H from undersurface to the floor, at the low- 120° corner supports without stanchions can
Specify end-support U-legs to support the ends of
est position. They provide maximum height be used to create a more open work area.
the application or mid-support U-legs to continue
adjustment of 71⁄16" in 3⁄8" increments from 257⁄16" to
the run with additional worksurfaces.
321⁄2"H, plus an additional 3⁄4" of adjustment utilizing 12" or 16" resin privacy screens can be added
the plastic leveling insert. Height-adjustable models for visual privacy.
Undersurface support rails to connect to U-legs
provide the best aesthetic appearance since both
are included with the frame.
Page 5.82 Priority

PRIORITY™ Tiles Planning Planning page 5.37
Details Width of Table Shelf
Width of Table
67⁄16"
121⁄16"
End-Support
U-Leg
Top cap
Tiles are 18½"H and available 36"–96"W (in 6" Mid-Support U-Leg
increments). Select from tackable fabric, slat and (recessed or full-depth)
End-Support
fabric/slat combination models. U-Leg
Tackable fabric tiles are constructed of fiberglass

and covered in fabric. Fabric is applied railroad Width of the tile aligns with the stanchion U-legs. Planning Factors
style. For example, a 72"W tile is a true 72" dimension.
Tiles are required for both sides when using
When using tiles with stanchion support
stanchion support U-legs. They do not need to be
Slat tiles are powder-coated extruded aluminum. U-legs, either top caps, shelves or overheads must
the same type of tile, but must be the same width.
Slats are ¾"H with ½" space between each slat; be specified to complete the top of the tile run.
total of 12 slats.
Fabric/slat tiles feature a nominal 6"H of tackable Width of Table Related Products
area above a 12"H of slat tile area with a total of 8 slats.
Perks single-monitor arms can be mounted on
slat tile and fabric/slat tiles if spaced at least 24"
apart. Maximum monitor weight up to 13 lbs.
Connections
Accessories Price List.
L-Bracket
When tables are ganged together using the
shared support U-leg, the tiles are centered rela-
tive to the mid-support stanchion. There is no
dimensional creep.
Tiles install into an L-shaped bracket that is Slat tiles allow work tools to be placed in appro-
priate areas to accommodate individual needs. Tiles must be specified the same width as the
part of the stanchion U-leg assembly.
They accommodate all Kimball Perks work tools surface to mount correctly to stanchions.
including monitor arm mounts.
Page 5.83 Priority

PRIORITY™ End Panels Planning Planning page 5.37
Details Connections
IMPORTANT: Only floating 13⁄16" worksurfaces are Starter bracket must be specified separately
for use with end panels for floating-surface applica- for all end panel applications. Starter brackets
tions. Priority worksurfaces for flush-surface are intended to be mounted ¾" above the top edge
applications and Systems worksurfaces are not of the panel to give the worksurface a “floating”
applicable. appearance. Specify one starter bracket for
24"–36"D end panels; specify two starter brackets
End panels are 13/16" and available in both veneer for 48"–62"D end panels.
and laminate. They are available multiple depths for ➤See page 5.86 for additional information.
use in either benching, open plan, or private office
applications. End panels can be used in conjunction
with other floating-surface supports, such as U-legs
and open-frame legs.
IMPORTANT: End panel illustrations on this page

show end panels with a starter bracket, which must
be specified separately.
5"H or 11"H end panels can be used to create

layered applications with low height storage. 5"H
model sits atop 22"H storage; 11"H model is for
use with 15"H storage. Create conventional casegoods assemblies by
specifying end panels, starter brackets, privacy
screen used as a modesty panel, and undersurface
24", 30", and 36"D end panels can be used for support rails.
creating private office configurations.
50"D and 62"D end panels are for use with end
panel stanchion brackets (model 53KSSEPP), Planning Factors
specified separately, to create dual sided benching
Maximum run is dictated by the length of
applications. They are for use at the end of a
undersurface rails and the surface size.
run only.
Note: Stanchion bracket, model 53KSSDPP, cannot
End panels are intended for use at the end of runs
be used in this application.
only not as a shared support.
IMPORTANT: Component tops must be specified

for low storage when short end panels will be
placed on top for worksurface support.
48" and 60"D end panels can be used to bench-

ing, collaboration, or conference environments.
Page 5.84 Priority

PRIORITY™ Full-Height Modesty/Back Panels Planning Planning page 5.37

Attachment hardware is included with modesty
panels. Modesty panels can create a breakfront
effect or full overlay modesty panel when used with
open-back storage.
Full-height modesty/back panels should align Full-height pedestal filler strip is recommended
with floating-surface pedestal; 3⁄4" below the to conceal exposed end when using oepn-back
worksurface. They are for use as a modesty panel storage. Filler strip will be flush to the worksurface
with open-back storage or as a back panel for an so that the back of the unit is not visible.
open-back storage unit. They can also be used in ➤See page 5.227.
kneespace appllications with open-back
storage units. Undersurface storage
➤See page 5.92.
Pedestal back panels attach to the undersurface

back panels to provide a finished back and are
sized to fit individual components.
Page 5.85 Priority

PRIORITY™ Starter Brackets Planning Planning page 5.37
Details Connections
Bridge
Starter Kit
Bracket
Starter brackets support many office configura-

tions. This bracket connects to the undersurface
Wall-mounted starter brackets can be used in to
support rails to provide support to surfaces. It is
create a U-configuration with a bridge kit between
identical to, and performs the same function, as
two surfaces. Connect the undersurface rails for the
the brackets that are welded to U-legs and
left and right surfaces to U-legs, open-frame legs,
open-frame legs.
fixed T-legs, or any style of storage.
Starter brackets can also be mounted directly
Starter brackets are the most versatile items in to most interior walls, including steel or wood
the Priority offering. Specify this bracket to begin or stud walls, masonry block, or solid masonry walls.
end an office layout with an end panel, pedestal or One bracket is required to connect to each set of IMPORTANT: It is the responsibility of the installer to
storage tower units. When used with an end panel, undersurface support rails when using with 24", ensure that the connection to the studs is
pedestal, or storage tower, this bracket replaces the 30", and 36"D end panels or 36”D or smaller depth adequate to support the worksurface load.
need for leg support. storage.
Two brackets are required when using 48", 50",

60", or 62"D storage or end panels.
Page 5.86 Priority

PRIORITY™ Resin Privacy Screens Planning Planning page 5.37
Details
Resin privacy screens provide visual privacy for
users when in the seated position. Screens can Knife-edge brackets are for use in floating-surface
mount onto worksurfaces in private office, bench- applications on any knife-rim worksurface. Bracket
ing, or height-adjustable table applications. Privacy mounts under the worksurface to hold screen
screens are available in nominal 12" and 16"H above the surface.
models and in widths from 24"–90" (in 6" Note: Can be used in flush-surface applications if
increments). storage or support does not interfere with mounting.
Screen material is ¼"-thick resin with a bullnose

edge. Screens are available in three colors: Mist,
Planning Factors
Breeze, and Alpine White (upcharge applies). Both
sides of the screen have a matte texture.
Brackets should be placed 6" inward of either

113⁄16" 153⁄4" end and then evenly spaced for the remainder of
the screen. For example, 72"W screen should have
45" 27" between the center of each bracket.
41"
259⁄16"
Brackets are packaged in sets of two. Specify the
number of brackets based on the screen size:
Two different heights provide different levels of
Surface-mount brackets can be used to mount • 24"–54"W screens require 2 brackets
visual privacy.
screens above or below the worksurface. This • 60"–78"W screens require 3 brackets
End-support screens provide side-to-side visual bracket can also be used to mount screens to • 84"–90"W screens require 4 brackets
privacy, and are available in 12" and 16" heights Priority top caps in benching applications.
and 22", 28", and 34"W. They are sized 2" smaller Note: Using this bracket will deface the surface to
in width than the nominal worksurface depth and which it is attached.
are mounted inboard of the table legs.
Connections
Four bracket styles are available: freestanding,
surface mount, square edge, and knife edge.
Brackets are extruded aluminum and have a
powder-coated finish. Brackets must be specified Square-edge brackets are for use in floating-
12"H screens can also be used as an undersur- separately. surface applications on any worksurface with a soft-
face modesty panel. When used with U-legs or ened rim, reed rim, or any worksurface with a wire Add another layer of privacy with screens on
open-frame legs, screens must be specified 6" manager. Bracket mounts under the worksurface to top of Priority top caps or Xsite flat top caps using
smaller in width than the nominal worksurface width hold screen above the surface. surface-mount brackets.
to allow proper clearance from legs. Note: Can be used in flush-surface applications if
Freestanding brackets allow privacy screens to storage or support does not interfere with mounting. Accessories and work tools cannot be mounted
be placed freely on any surface or storage unit.
on screens.
Page 5.87 Priority

PRIORITY™ Click-Adjust and Fabric Privacy Screens Planning Planning page 5.37

Fabric privacy screens are not intended for use
with Perks power/data drawers.
When using T-legs for support, the fabric privacy

screen can match the worksurface width.
When using O-legs or U-legs for support, fabric

privacy screens must be positioned inward of the
Click-adjust privacy screens are available in
legs (6" from both ends). For example, specify a
three widths: 36", 42", 48". They are constructed of
60"W screen for use with a 72"W worksurface.
¾"-thick wood or laminate with a softened rim
detail; finished on both sides.
When using 24"D worksurfaces with fabric
privacy screen, grommets are not recommended.
Click-adjust screen can be adjusted up or
down to provide various heights of user-privacy.
Privacy screens do not accept accessories
The screen features a mechanical ratchet mecha-
and work tools or carry load.
nism that provides 4" of height adjustment in 1"
7
increments. The height of screens adjusts from 12"
Take support placement into consideration
above the worksurface to 16" above the worksur-
when using the privacy screens.
face and coordinates with the heights of the resin
privacy screens.
At the 16" height position, the click-adjust pri-

vacy screen will clear the underside of an overhead Connections
or shelf.The modesty section of the privacy screen 12" or 16"H
varies in height from 7" to 11" depending on the
12" or 16"H
position of the screen.
281⁄4"
7"–11"
Fabric privacy screens feature fabric that is rail-

roaded (applied horizontally) on both sides. These Click-adjust privacy screens can be attached to Fabric privacy screens screens are for use on
tackable screens are surrounded by a metal frame the underside of any style of table. 13⁄16"-thick worksurfaces and attach to the
which provides integrated worksurface attachment underside of the surface as shown above.
points on the bottom of the frame. 12" and 16"H
screens are available to coordinate with resin
screens. Screen widths of 24"–72" in 6" increments
match worksuface widths.
Page 5.88 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wall Panels Planning Planning page 5.37
Details
Priority wall panels are available in:
• Wood 80"H
• TFL
• Fabric 24"H
67"H 31"H overhead 80"H
• Markerboard Vertical
overhead
• Writable, backpainted glass 24"H 19"H Storage
67"H
(non-magnetic or magnetic). overhead overhead
57"H Vertical
44"H Wall Panel Storage
All wall panels are 13⁄16" thick. 32"H Wall Panel
26"H 26"H Wall Panel
21"H Wall Panel Wall Panel
Wall panels are available with:
Wall Panel
• Wood or glass shelves
• Accessory rail
• Wood or glass shelves and accessory rail
• No shelves or rails (blank) 213⁄8"H Low Storage Pedestals with Component Tops
Note: Not all options are available on all sizes and
wall materials.
➤See the statement of line or pricing pages for
available options.
80"H
Grain direction on wood wall panels runs verti- 24"H 80"H
cally; grain runs horizontally on TFL wall panels. 67"H 31"H overhead Vertical
overhead 67"H Storage
24"H 19"H
overhead overhead 50"H Vertical
Planning Factors 38"H Wall Panel Storage
➤See chart at right to determine the 27"H Wall Panel
20"H 20"H Wall Panel
appropriate size wall panel for your 14"H Wall Panel Wall Panel
application. Wall Panel
If using wall panels with component tops and

low storage to encase the leg of a height-
adjustable facet extension desk, request the
273⁄4"H Desk-Height Pedestals with Component Tops
appropriate cutout to accommodate the wall panel.
Maximum load for wall panels with glass or wood

shelves is 10 lbs. per shelf.
Related Products
Accessories for Accessory Rail
➤See page 5.216.
Page 5.89 Priority

PRIORITY™ Storage Planning Planning page 5.37
Overview
Low storage, overheads,

highback organizers, and Vertical storage can be Undersurface Storage:
vertical storage can com- used in private office, open
plement both flush-surface plan, and benching 24"
and floating-surface applications. 42" and 50"H

applications. units feature a finished back
for use in open plan areas.
67" and 80"H units feature 279⁄16"
Undersurface storage 239⁄16"
models are specific for flush- unfinished backs (unless
surface or floating-surface otherwise noted) for use in
applications. Finished-back the private office.
Pedestals for flush-surface applications
and open-back models are feature an open-top. Worksurface sits flush on
available on a multitude of top of the pedestal; softened rim shown.
configurations. ➤See page 5.37 for knife rim detail.
Face-mounted locks are
optional on all storage doors 24"
Overheads, highback and drawers.
organizers, and set-on-
surface storage are
available in a variety of door
279⁄16"
selections and two heights to Adjustable glides feature 239⁄16"
1⁄4" adjustment.
align with vertical storage.
Storage units feature verti- Pedestals for floating-surface applica-

cal grain direction and are tions feature spacers on top which suspend
offered in wood or laminate. Low storage, when used the worksurface for a floating appearance.
Laminate units are con- with component worksur-
structed with thermally fused faces and additional support Drawer fronts are 3⁄4"-thick, 3-ply construc-
laminate (TFL). such as a short end panels or tion. Five-sided drawer construction allows
cable surround modesty easy removal of drawer fronts.
panel, can provide support
Drawer sides and back are 1⁄2" thick and
Cable surround modesty for worksurfaces and create
wrapped in natural woodgrain vinyl. Bottoms
panel conceals power and a layered affect to the
are 3⁄16" thick.
data below the surface and workstation.
can also provide support. Optional wood drawers are available on
➤See page 5.75. wood units. Drawer sides and back are 1⁄2"
thick with veneer faces. Bottoms are 1⁄4" thick
Overheads can be wall-
with veneer faces. Interiors are sealed, sanded,
mounted or Traxx-mounted
and finished with a clear durable topcoat.
Utilize low storage for as shown here.
storage, extra work area, Drawer suspensions feature black slides with
occasional seating and to Paper storage below doors precision steel ball bearings to ensure long-last-
divide space. on overheads and highback ing, quiet, smooth operation. Box, file, and
organizers is also available. lateral file drawers feature full extension slides.
Page 5.90 Priority

PRIORITY™ Storage Planning Planning page 5.37
Height Reference Information
Traxx Installation Heights:

Traxx should be installed at heights to
correspond with the appropriate application.
313⁄16"
183⁄16"
Upper Traxx
667⁄8" 503⁄8"
383⁄8"
787⁄8"
793⁄16" Lower Traxx 667⁄8"
195⁄16" 195⁄16"
281⁄2" 281⁄2"
13⁄16" 13⁄16" 13⁄16" 13⁄16"
3⁄4"
16", 19", or 24"H overhead cabinets 667⁄8"H

283⁄4" 283⁄4"
31" or 36"H overhead cabinets 787⁄8"H
279⁄16" 279⁄16" 279⁄16" 2613⁄16"
➤See theTraxx chapter of the Kimball Panel

Systems Price List for Traxx and tiles
planning and pricing information.
31"H hinged-door wall-mounted 19"H hinged-door wall-mounted Flush-surface application Floating-surface application
overhead aligns with 80"H vertical overhead aligns with 67"H vertical
storage units. storage units. Materials:
Storage
• Wood
• Laminate
• Glass doors on select overhead and high-
back organizer models
Wood models feature a semi-open pore finish

with a satin (50) sheen.
Page 5.91 Priority

PRIORITY™ Undersurface Storage Planning Planning page 5.37
position, they will be non-locking; file drawer and

Details
lateral file will lock.
IMPORTANT: Flush-surface storage is intended for
use with worksurfaces and support for flush-surface
applications, specified separately, unless otherwise Ganging brackets can be used to attach two or
noted. Flush-surface storage cannot be used with Finished-back models include a finished back more cabinets together side-by-side without
floating-surface worksurfaces. panel for use in freestanding applications such as defacing the cabinet.
desks and credenzas.
Flush-mount undersurface pedestals can
Open storage is available in 15", 18", 30" and 36"
support a worksuface as part of a desk, return, Planning Factors
widths. Open/open models feature an adjustable
credenza, and other applications. The top of
shelf. Open/file unit provides a cubby area for books
pedestals are open to attach to the underside of
and binders and a file drawer for paper storage.
the worksurface.
Flush-mount undersurface pedestals feature an

15"W box/box/file and file/file pedestals are
open top and are available with an open or fully fin-
available in 24" and 30" depths. 18"W units are
ished back panel. Pedestals connect directly to Undersurface storage can support the end of
available in 24", 30" and 36" depths.
worksurfaces. Undersurface pedestals are available worksurfaces. Pedestal depth must match desk
in 15", 18”, 30" and 36" widths and 24", 30", and worksurface end depth.
Printer/CPU storage organizes printers, CPUs,
36" depths. Configurations include:
and paper for easy accessibility.
• Box/box/file
• File/file
Locks are optional on all storage and located in the
Related Products
• Open
upper right corner of the top drawer face. Hinged, fixed, and technology modesty mod-
➤See page 5.57.
• Open/file
esty panels are available. Fixed modesty panels
• Two-drawer lateral file Single-door 15" and 18"W pedestals in 24" and also function as back panel for open-back storage.
➤See page 5.75.
• Multi-file 30" depths, feature an adjustable shelf and can
• Hinged-door storage function as a personal locker. Connections
• Printer/CPU storage
➤See page 5.90 for drawer and suspension
descriptions.
30" and 36"W hinged-door pedestals include

Use flush-surface storage with other flush-
one fixed shelf.
surface support to create a clean aesthetic. Support drawers and shelves can be used as
support on top of low storage. 5"H support drawer
Open-back models feature an inset, unfinished unit is for use with 22"H low storage; 11"H support
sub-back or stretcher rails and a partial-sub-back. shelf is for use with 15"H low storage. They replace
Open-back storage is for use against a wall. Back the need for a T-leg end panel as worksurface
panels (specified separately) are required for support on low storage. Component top for low
freestanding applications. Multi-file units feature two box drawers, open storage must be specified.
cubby or file drawer, and lateral file. In drawer con- Filler strip is recommended to conceal end when
figurations where the box drawers are in the left using open-back storage against a wall.
Page 5.92 Priority

configurations where the box drawers are in the left

Details Connections
position, they will be non-locking; file drawer and
IMPORTANT: Floating worksurfaces must be used lateral file will lock.
with storage and support intended for use in floating-
surface applications; however, undersurface storage Finished-back models include a finished back
identified for floating-surface applications may be panel for use in freestanding applications such as
used with worksurfaces for flush-surface applications. desks and benching applications.
Pedestals can support a worksurface in a private Use flush-surface storage with other flush-
office or benching application. surface support to create a clean aesthetic.
Open storage is available in 15", 18", 30" and 36"
widths. Open/open models feature an adjustable
Floating worksurface effect is created with 3⁄4" sil-
shelf. Open/file unit provides a cubby area for books
ver-colored spacers on top of storage units. Regular
and binders and a file drawer for paper storage.
depth pedestals have four spacers and double-sided 15"W box/box/file and file/file pedestals are
pedestals have eight spacers. Tops are enclosed on available in 24", 30", and 36" depths. Locks are optional on all storage and located in the
open-back and finished back floating-surface models.
upper right corner of the bottom drawer face.
➤See page 5.57. Filler strip is recommended to conceal the end
Undersurface pedestals for floating-surface when using open-back storage against a wall.
applications are available in 15", 18”, 30" and 36" Filler strip will be flush to the bottom of the worksur-
widths and 24", 30", and 36" depths. face, so the back of the unit is not visible. Filler strip
Configurations include: does not align to the top of the pedestal.
• Box/box/file
• File/file Single-door 15" and 18"W pedestals in 24" and
• Open 30" depths, feature an adjustable shelf and can
• Open/file function as a personal locker.
• Two-drawer lateral file
• Multi-file
• Hinged-door storage Ganging brackets can be used to attach two or
➤See page 96 for drawer and suspension more cabinets together side-by-side without
descriptions. defacing the cabinet.
Double-sided pedestals are a unique design to

30" and 36"W hinged-door pedestals include Kimball for creating 48"D or 60"D open-plan and
one fixed shelf. benching applications. They create a clean aes-
thetic of one continuous end panel, eliminating the
need to position two separate pedestals back to
Open-back models feature an inset, unfinished back and add filler panels to fill the gap.
sub-back or stretcher rails and a partial-sub-back.
Open-back storage is for use against a wall. Back Top of the double-sided pedestal features a
panels (specified separately) are required for 23⁄16" opening for cable routing.
Multi-file units feature two box drawers, open
cubby or file drawer, and lateral file. In drawer
Page 5.93 Priority

Planning Factors
If using floating-surface storage to create a

workwall with flush-surface support on the
opposite end, starter brackets and undersurface
Starter bracket, specified separately, is required to support rails are not required if the unsupported span
Pedestal stanchion bracket, (model 53KSSDPP)
connect pedestals to undersurface support rails is 48"W or less.
specified separately, is available for use with the 50"
and the worksurface.
and 62"D double-sided pedestals. Double-sided
• One starter bracket is required to connect to each
pedestal models for use with stanchions bracket
set of undersurface support rails when using with
are deeper than the non-stanchion models (48" and
24", 30", and 36"D surfaces or 36"D or smaller
60"D). The difference accommodates two 24" or
depth storage.
two 30"D worksurfaces in addition to the thickness
• Two brackets are required when using 48"D or
of the stanchion plus two tiles for either side of the
60"D storage or surfaces.
➤See page 5.86.
stanchion. The pedestal stanchion bracket aligns
with stanchion support legs and features a vertical If using storage to create a workwall with a
member that supports fabric tiles, slat tiles and fab- continuous floating-surface effect, use pedestals with
ric/slat tiles. Overhead/shelf brackets, specified spacers in conjunction with appropriate surface
separately, connect directly to the stanchion, to support such as:
support center-mount overhead or shelf. • Worksurface
• End panels with starter brackets
• U-legs or open-frame legs
• Undersurface support rails (required)
Modesty/back panels align with the top of the

floating-surface pedestal. Intended for use as a back
Two pedestals can be used in a back-to-back
panel for open-back units or a full modesty; not
application; however, a double-sided pedestal is
intended for use in a kneespace modesty application.
recommended for a clean visual. A stanchion
bracket could not be used in the two-pedestal
application.
Page 5.94 Priority

PRIORITY™ Mobile Pedestals and Low Storage Planning Planning page 5.37
Details Connections
Mobile pedestals and low storage units are Use component tops to span multiple low storage
available in wood or laminate and are finished on all units for a cleaner aesthetic.
sides. Laminate units offer flexibility in color selec-
tion in on drawer fronts, back and chassis. This 15"H open bookcase features three holes spaced
option enables you to utilize storage elements to 33/16" apart and accepts either three straight or
create an environment to meet your brand organizer shelves, specified separately.
and image.
Mobile cushion-top pedestal provides occasional

seating as well as storage. The 24"H box/file mobile
pedestal easily stows under surfaces. 13⁄16" flat 22"H open bookcase features a fixed shelf. There
cushion top matches the low storage cushion. are two holes spaced 33/16” apart above the fixed
19⁄16" cushion top is rounded and more dense. shelf to accept either two straight or organizer
shelves. There are 3 holes below the fixed shelf to
accept either three straight shelves or organizer
Mobile low storage units feature inset casters shelves, specified separately.
enabling the mobile and freestanding units to align
when sitting next to each other. Mobile low storage
Mobile box/box/file and file/file pedestals stow cannot be used to support worksurfaces or
under surfaces in flush-mount applications only. Low storage is available freestanding or mobile. other storage.
IMPORTANT: In applications with an undersurface Units are available in two heights (153/16" and
support rail, these pedestals will not fit underneath 213/8"H), two widths (30" and 36"W), and in two Low storage bottom drawers align with other
the worksurface; however, they can be used next to depths (16" and 24”D). Low storage is available in a Priority storage units to keep a consistent visual
the surface. variety of configurations, including open bookcase, within the office.
22"H open/lateral file unit accepts either two
Note: Linear pulls are not applicable to mobile open/lateral file and box/lateral file.
straight or organizer shelves in open area. If using
box/box/file, file/file, and active file since the top of Anti-tip mechanism is standard on all mobile
as a pedestal cushion or component top with an
the drawer face is visible. pedestals and low storage with drawers. Mobile low
open/lateral, shelves cannot be used in the
storage units also include counterweights.
top position.
Lock is optional and is located in the upper right

corner of the bottom drawer. Lock in bottom of
active file locks both box and file drawer.
23"H active file provides two divided sections in 213/8"H low storage credenzas at 16” or 24"D ➤See page 5.57.
the top area to place papers and folders for easy and 42" or 48"W. Configurations consist of 30"W
access to work-in-progress. The open slot in the box/lateral file and the remaining space is open
rear of the pedestal allows for hanging Pendaflex® storage. Open storage can be on the left or right
folders for hot project files. Active file easily stores side. Open top requires a component or
under the worksurface. cushion top.
Page 5.95 Priority

PRIORITY™ Mobile Pedestals and Low Storage Planning Planning page 5.37
continued
33"H highback organizers can be used above

Planning Factors
freestanding, fixed-height low storage with
Component tops in either softened or knife rim component tops to divide space and provide
are required for the box/lateral file units. Knife rim additional storage.
component tops extend ¼" beyond the drawer fronts. ➤See page 5.101.
If using low height storage in conjunction with

end panels for support, 13/16" component tops
are required to span the low storage. 5" or 11" end
panels are then placed atop the storage and
properly align to undersurface height.
Ganging brackets can be used to attach two or
If using low height storage as freestanding more 24"D cabinets together side-by-side without
units, component tops are required for the box/ defacing the cabinet. Not for use with 16"D storage.
lateral unit but not required on other units.
If using 24"D low storage in a freestanding
Low storage cushion, specified separately, is the application without component tops or with a
same thickness as component tops (13/16") for visual highback organizer, pedestal ganging bracket
alignment. The mobile cushion-top pedestal with (KACGB1) is recommended. If using 16”D low stor-
the 13/16" flat cushion-top matches the low storage age in a freestanding application, ganging bolts are
cushion. In depth, the pedestal cushion aligns with recommended.
the drawer fronts on the low height storage.
➤See page 5.245.
Open areas in the low storage accept either

straight or organizer shelves. Organizer shelves
should be installed with the organizer leg pointed
downward. To add color contrast to units, specify
shelves in different finish or material than the low
storage unit.
➤See page 5.245.
Page 5.96 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wall-Mount or Traxx -Mount Overhead Storage®
Details
Overhead storage cabinets are 16"D and with
wood or laminate chassis. Door styles include:
• Sliding
• Hinged
• Open (no doors)
Hinged-door and open overheads are also

available with paper storage below the overhead
sections. 5"H sections hold paper, folders, or proj-
ect files. Hinged doors overhang the paper storage
area by 1/4", allowing easy access to open the
doors. Two heights, 24" and 36", are available.
30"–96" widths are offered to match standard door
Sliding-door overhead cabinets are available in offering. Hinged doors available with solid, opaque
two heights, 16” and 31"H. 16"H units are available glass, or writable glass doors.
in 30"–96" widths; 31"H units are available in Note: Paper storage is not available on
30"–72" widths. All units feature one non-locking, sliding-door units.
solid or writable glass door that can slide from side
to side. One side of the unit will be open at all times; Finished inset top, finished bottom, and apron
center panel divides the space. rail conceal lighting. On sliding-door and hinged-
door units without paper storage, apron rail is
concealed by the doors.
Back panels are inset between the end panels on

both wall-mount and Traxx-mount models for a neat
Hinged-door four- and six-door models feature appearance.
sets of two facing doors with matching wood or
3 door laminate grain pattern (two sets on four-door model Glass pattern/door frame finish options include:
2 door
Hinged-door overhead cabinets are available in and three sets on six-door models). • Opaque Frost glass (11) with Silver Frost frame
two heights, 19” and 31"H, and in 30"–96" widths; (510); available on hinged-door models only
31"H units are available in 30"–72" widths. 19”H • Ice Gloss Writable Glass (202G) with Silver Satin
units offer solid, opaque glass, or writable 4 door 6 door frame (511)
glass doors. Hinged-Door Configurations: Note: Expo dry erase markers are recommended for
• 30"W and 36"W overhead cabinets have 2 doors. use on writable glass doors. All other markers are
One adjustable shelf per section is standard on • 42–54"W overhead cabinets have 3 doors. not recommended, as they may leave undesirable
all 31" and 36"H overhead storage units. • 60"–84"W overhead cabinets have 4 doors. results when erased.
• 90"–96"W overhead cabinets have 6 doors.
Lock is optional on hinged laminate or wood door Wall-mount models include attachment brackets
Open overheads (no doors) are available in three
models. Glass doors are non-locking. Note: A support panel divides the interior into and rail. Traxx-mount models include an attachment
heights, 16", 19", and 31"H to align with sliding- or
➤See page 5.57. separate sections as indicated above. hinged-door units. All heights are available in widths
bracket. Traxx and tiles must be specified
separately.
from 30"–96"; 30"–72"W units have two open
sections; 78"–96"W units have three open sections.
Page 5.97 Priority

PRIORITY™ ®
Wall-Mount or Traxx -Mount Overhead Storage Planning Planning page 5.37
continued
Fabric tackboards feature routed channels on the

Connections Related Products
back side to manage cords. Fabric tackboards with
Overhead storage cabinets can be Traxx or Tackboards, with or with tool bar, are available in tool bar are framed with aluminum. Both styles are
wall mounted. Overhead width detemrines the 30"–96" widths and heights to coordinate with all wall-mounted with Dual Lock™ fastener strips,
number of solid attachment points needed on a overhead configurations. Tackboards are the same which allow the tackboard to stand off the wall
wall: 30"W = 2; 36" and 42"W = 3; 48–72"W = four; width of the overhead unit and fit snugly between slightly so cords can be managed behind the unit.
94–96"W = six. the underside of the overhead and the worksurface. Tackboards should be located on wall studs or
1/8" reveal is created at the top and bottom of tack-
secured to the wall with anchors.
board to allow easy installation.
Overhead Availability Matrix

Available Available Available Widths
Door Type Door/Chassis Materials Heights 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 54"W 60"W 66"W 72"W 78"W 84"W 90"W 96"W
Sliding – Laminate/laminate 16" • • • • • • • • • • • •
– Wood/wood
– Writable glass/laminate or wood
31" • • • • • • • •
Hinged – Laminate/laminate 19" • • • • • • • • • • • •

– Wood/wood
– Opaque glass/laminate or wood
31" • • • • • • • • • • • •
Open – No door/laminate 16" • • • • • • • • • • • •

– No door/wood 19" • • • • • • • • • • • •
31" • • • • • • • • • • • •
Hinged with – Laminate/laminate 24" • • • • • • • • • • • •

Paper Storage – Wood/wood
– Opaque glass/laminate or wood
36" • • • • • • • • • • • •
Open with – No door/laminate 24" • • • • • • • • • • • •

Paper Storage – No door/wood 36" • • • • • • • • • • • •
Page 5.98 Priority

PRIORITY™ Cubbies and Shelves Planning Planning page 5.37

Cubbies can be wall- or Traxx-mounted. Wall- Cubbies can be mounted to align with other
mount cubbies attach to wall with Z-clip bracket. storage or at the user’s preferred height.
Traxx-mounted cubbies ship with the appropriate
hardware specifically for mounting the cubby:
Open cubbies are 10"H and available in several 30"–36" cubbies use two Traxx brackets;
widths ranging rom 30" to 96" for wall-mount or 42"–54"W cubbies use three Traxx brackets;
Traxx-mount applications. They are available in TFL 60"–96"W cubbies use four Traxx brackets.
or wood. Back panels are inset for a flush fit against Traxx and tiles must be specified separately.
a wall.
Wall-mount shelves are for display purposes
Cubby compartment configuration differs per only. Weight limit on 24"–48"W shelves is 20 lbs,
width of the unit: 30 lbs. on 54–72"W units. Attachment brackets
• 30" and 36"W cubbies have two compartments are included.
• 42–54"W cubbies have three compartments
• 60"–96"W cubbies have four compartments
Wall-mounted shelves are 8"D and 1"H and avail-

able in 24"–72" widths. Shelves are TFL or wood
and dimensioned to match worksurface widths and
fit flush to the wall. 24"–36"W shelves use two
attachment brackets; 42"–60"W shelves use three
attachment brackets; 66"–72"W shelves use four
attachment brackets.
Page 5.99 Priority

PRIORITY™ Center-Mount Overhead Storage U Planning Planning page 5.37
For Use in Floating-Surface Benching Applications
Details
IMPORTANT: Center-mount overhead storage is
intended for use with benching stanchions, unless
otherwise noted.
Center-mount overhead cabinets are available in

30"–72"W (in 6" increments) with hinged doors or
sliding door. Units are finished on all sides; flat bottom.
Center-mount storage can be mounted to Xsede
Hinged wood four-door models feature one set accessory rail using Xsede stanchion brackets;
of grain pattern matching doors; laminate models specify two 53KSKOP per overhead. Overhead can
feature two sets of two-doors that match in grain be any width.
pattern. Lock is optional on hinged-door models.
➤See page 64 for locking information.
Planning Factors
Sliding-door units feature one door and center Multiple units can be ganged and then con-
divider panel. One side of the unit will be open at all nected at the stanchion intersection. For example,
times. Center panel divides the space. two 36"W center-mount overheads can be ganged
in opposite directions above a 72"W surface, and
Writable glass models features thin aluminum then connected to the stanchions as an
frame finished in silver satin metallic; non-locking. assembled unit.
Center-mount shelves are available in 30"–96"W Shelves and overheads cannot be mixed
(in 6" increments), as well as models for use on 90° between stanchions, but can be specified to align
and 120° frames. Units have a finished top and bot- at the stanchion intersection (see illustration at left).
tom and feature a softened rim on all four sides of
the shelf. On laminate units 60"W and greater, the grain
on the back panel runs horizontal.
Center-mount
Connections overhead/shelf
bracket Related Products
Tile support
bracket
Center-mount storage can be mounted on top
of Xsite or Narrate panels using two transaction
counter support brackets. Overheads must be the Shelf divider Shelf divider provides further organi-
Center-mount cabinets can be ganged with the same length or longer than the frame it will be zation to shared materials stored on center-mount
Overhead/shelf bracket (53KOBP), specified placed over. For example, a 48"W center-mount shelves. Shelf divider, made of powder-coated
units facing the same direction side to side or facing
separately, is required at each stanchion intersec- overhead can be mounted above a 30"W frame; metal, slides onto the center-mount shelf and
opposite directions (shown above). Four ganging
tion Sold in a set of two. however, a 30"W center-mount overhead cannot be attaches to the underside of shelf.
bolt assemblies ship standard with each model.
Note: Center-mount shelves and cabinets cannot mounted onto a 48"W frame. Not for use on
be ganged to each other. stackable panels. Expo dry erase markers are recommended for
➤See the Kimball Panel Systems Price List. use on writable glass doors.
Page 5.100 Priority

PRIORITY™ Highback Organizers Planning Planning page 5.37
Details
Dimensions:
Sliding-door highback organizers feature a wood
4 door 623⁄16"H
or laminate chassis and one non-locking, solid or
56"H
writable glass door that can slide from side to side.
493⁄16"H
One side of the unit will be open at all times; center
6 door
panel divides the space.
Hinged-Door Configurations: 337⁄16"H
• 60"–84"W overhead storage and highback Highbacks
Grain direction on laminate backs 60"W or wider
runs horizontally. organizers have 4 doors.
50"H sliding-door models are available in 60", 66",
• 90"–108"W highback organizers have six doors.
and 72" widths and have one adjustable shelf per
Note: A support panel divides the interior into Lateral File Wide Box/ 2-Drawer
section. These units align with 80"H vertical storage. 153⁄16" Lateral File Lateral File
separate sections as indicated above.
213⁄8" 279⁄16"
Hinged-door four- and six-door models feature

627⁄16"
sets of two facing doors with matching wood or lam-
inate grain pattern (two sets on four-door model and
three sets on six-door models).
Lock is optional on hinged laminate or wood door

33"H sliding-door models are available in 60", 66", models. Glass doors are non-locking.
or 72" widths. Back is finished and the area below ➤See page 5.57.
the cabinet is open for use in open plan
applications.
Hinged-door highback organizers are available in
widths ranging from 60"–108"; they are 38"H and
50"H (nominal). Back is unfinished for use in 67" and
80"H private office applications, respectively. These
Glass Pattern/Door Frame Finish:
units are offered with solid, opaque glass, or writable
glass doors. 50"H models ship with one adjustable • Opaque Frost glass (11) with Silver Frost frame
shelf per section. 102" and 108"W units consist of (510); available on hinged-door models only
two sections. • Ice Gloss Writable Glass (202G) with Silver Satin
frame (511)
Open highback organizers (no doors) are available
38"H sliding-door models are available in 60"–96" Note: Expo dry erase markers are recommended
38" and 50"H and 60"–108”W to align with sliding-
widths. Back is unfinished and is for use in 67"H pri- for use on writable glass doors. All other markers
or hinged-door units. 50”H units ship with one
vate office applications. Back panel features one are not recommended, as they may leave
adjustable shelf in each section. Section
black plastic grommet with cover at top center. undesirable results when erased.
configurations:
• 60"–72"W highbacks have two open sections.
• 78–96"W highbacks have three open sections.
• 102"–108"W highbacks have four open sections.
Page 5.101 Priority

PRIORITY™ Highback Organizers Planning Planning page 5.37
continued
Connections Planning Factors Related Products

38" and 50"H highback organizers accept slat
tiles or tackboards with or without toolbars,
➤See page 5.83 for slat tiles.
Accessories Price List for work tools for use on slat
tiles.
Hinged-door and open highbacks are also

33"H highback organizers can be used above
available with paper storage below the overhead Highback organizers can be specified with
freestanding, fixed-height low storage with compo- Tackboards, with or with tool bar, are available in
sections. 5"H sections hold paper, folders, or proj- set-on-surface storage to create a variety of
nent worksurfaces to divide space and provide 30"–96" widths and heights to coordinate with high-
ect files. Hinged doors overhang the paper storage configurations.
additional storage. back organizers. Tackboard is installed below the
area by 1/4", allowing easy access to open the
center grommet and extends to 1/8" above the
doors. 38" and 50"H units are available in 60"–108"
Highback organizers require proper support, worksurface. Task lighting cords can be routed
widths with solid, opaque glass, or writable
such as non-adjustable legs, end panels, or through center grommet of the highback unit.
glass doors.
pedestals directly under the worksurface where the Cords can also be managed behind the tackboard.
➤See page 5.282 for toolbar accessories.
Note: Paper storage is not available on sliding-door
end panel of the highback rests.
units.
Finished, inset top and apron rail conceals

lighting. On sliding-door and hinged-door units
without paper storage, the apron rail is concealed
by the doors.
Page 5.102 Priority

PRIORITY™ Set-on-Surface Storage Planning Planning page 5.37
Details Glass Pattern/Door Frame Finish:

• Opaque Frost glass (11) with Silver Frost
frame (510); available on hinged-door
models only
• Ice Gloss Writable Glass (202G) with Silver
Set-on-surface bookcases are for use on top of Satin frame (511)
worksurfaces. Chassis is 16"D and available in wood
or laminate. They accommodate standard-size Note: Expo dry erase markers are
binders in the center and bottom storage areas. recommended for use on writable glass
doors. All other markers are not recom-
Single-door, double-door, and open bookcase mended, as they may leave undesirable
models feature two 3⁄4"-thick shelves; top shelf is results when erased.
adjustable. Two heights, 38" and 50"H, are available.
Set-on-surface organizers can be used in con- Connections Related Products

junction with set-on-surface bookcases, highback
organizers, and overheads. Ganging adjacent units is recommended. Gang-
ing bolts are included.
Doors are available in solid, opaque glass, and
writable glass options.
Planning Factors
Lock is optional on hinged laminate or wood door Set-on-surface models align with highback Project trays, specified separately, are available for
models. Glass doors are non-locking. organizers for a clean aesthetic. use in 18"W set-on-surface organizer models; they
➤See page 5.57. will accommodate up to five project trays.
Nominal widths of 15”, 18", 30", and 36" can be ➤See page 5.287.
Shelves are 3⁄4" thick and adjustable. 38"H units used together to create a workwall. Bookcases and
have two adjustable shelves; 50"H have three organizers can be used together.
adjustable shelves.
IMPORTANT: Set-on-surface storage is not intended
for freestanding applications.
Back of units is unfinished and intended for use

against a wall.
Page 5.103 Priority

PRIORITY™ Lateral Files, Shelving Units, and Bookcases Planning Planning page 5.37
Freestanding shelving units are available in 42" Freestanding bookcases are available with arc
Details
or 50"H with finished backs. Shelves are 3⁄4" thick. front or straight front in laminate or wood. These
IMPORTANT: Lateral files with open tops must be These units align with other vertical units and can units have finished inset tops and unfinished backs.
used with flush-mount modular worksurfaces, spec- be used to divide space as well as provide storage. Shelves are ¾" thick. Both straight and arc front
ified separately. They cannot be used with floating Top section accepts straight and organizer shelves models feature 117⁄8" shelf openings when shelves
worksurfaces with a knife rim. or can remain open for binder storage. are in center position unless otherwise noted.
Arc-front bookcases feature shelves that extend
3" beyond the 1513⁄16" end panels for a total depth
of 181⁄8". Units are 357⁄8" wide.
• Two shelf bookcase is 275⁄8"H with one adjustable
shelf.
• Three-shelf bookcase is 40¼"H with one
adjustable shelf.
42"H shelving unit accepts up to four organizer • Four-shelf bookcase is 527⁄8"H with two
Three-drawer and four-drawer lateral files with shelves and one straight shelf. Straight shelf must Straight front bookcases are 153⁄16"D and are adjustable shelves.
open top are available. These models have an always be used in top position. One adjustable shelf available in 2915⁄16" or 357⁄8" widths. They feature a • Five-shelf bookcase is 67"H with three
unfinished back. can be positioned up or down 1¼"; shelves are ¾" combination of fixed and adjustable shelves that adjustable shelves.
thick. 117⁄8" shelf openings when shelves are in can be positioned up or down 1¼". • Six-shelf bookcase is 793⁄16"H with three
center position (excluding top section). Accommo- • Two-shelf bookcase features one adjustable shelf adjustable shelves.
dates five straight shelves or four organizer shelves, and is 279⁄16"H. ➤See page 289.
and/or component top. • Three-shelf bookcase features one adjustable
shelf and is 40"H.
• Four-shelf bookcase features two adjustable Connections
shelves and is 53"H.
• Five shelf bookcase features three adjustable
Finished top two-, three-, and four-drawer lat- shelves and is 667⁄8”H. Top opening is 133⁄8".
eral files feature an interlock mechanism that • Six-shelf bookcase is available in two heights:
allows only one drawer to be open at a time. Two- 793⁄16" or 84". Both units offer three adjustable
and three-drawer lateral files feature a finished back; 50"H shelving unit accepts up to two organizer shelves. 79"H unit has 133⁄8" opening in top posi-
four-drawer units are available with an unfinished or shelves and one straight shelf. Straight shelf must tion while the 84" model has a 1715⁄16" top
a finished back. always be used in top position. Two adjustable opening. 84" ships with a tip-resistant kit and
Ganging adjacent lateral files is recommended.
shelves can be positioned up or down 1¼"; shelves must be attached to a wall.
Lock is optional on all storage and located in the are ¾" thick. 117⁄8" shelf openings when shelves are ➤See page 5.293.
Component tops for use with 16"D low storage
upper right corner of the top drawer face. in center position (excluding top section). Top area
➤See page 5.57.
may be used on straight-front freestanding
holds two organizer shelves or three straight bookcases.
shelves, and/or component top.
Planning Factors
Pull options
➤See page 5.55.
Filing capacities
➤See page 5.47.
Page 5.104 Priority

PRIORITY™ Vertical Storage Planning Planning page 5.37
16"D
Starter brackets, specified separately, can be

Details
attached to back of unit. Starter brackets connect
16"D vertical storage is available in space divider to undersurface support rails to support surfaces,
and bookcase/lateral file models. Both are offered in displacing the need for a support leg on that side.
laminate or wood. Storage unit will be defaced.
➤See page 5.86 for starter bracket planning
Lock is optional on vertical storage models and information.
located in the upper right box drawer of spacer
dividers and in the upper right top lateral file on
other units. Glass doors are non-locking. Planning Factors
➤See page 5.57.
Units are designed so that the middle sections
align with worksurface heights; see illustration
at left.
119⁄16"
Space divider vertical storage units provide area, specified separately. 50"H units feature book-
storage as well as side-to-side privacy. These units case area with five holes spaced 3¼" apart. 67"
can be positioned so that the overhead section and 80"H units feature center section with five holes
spans above the worksurface while the box/lateral 209⁄16" spaced 3¼" apart.
file spans below the surface; open area is 119⁄16".
Units are 16"D x 2915⁄16"W and 487⁄8"H and avail- Top section with center divider is available with Center Back Panel
able in left or right orientation. Units feature a two one sliding door (non-locking) or two hinged doors Installed on Opposite Side
piece, non-matched back panel set for the upper in wood, laminate or writable glass. Hinged doors Specify back panels separately in a different
Bookcase with two-drawer lateral files are feature pulls in vertical position with locking or non-
and lower sections. material or finish to add a band of color to the
available in nominal heights of 50", 67" and 80"H in locking doors. Top section on the 80"H model center section to create a non-monochromatic aes-
wood or laminate. Lock in top drawer position. features five holes spaced 1¼" apart to accept
Each space divider unit consists of: thetic. Center back panels on full-back models can
These units can be used to divide space in open straight interior shelves for additional organization.
• Bottom section with a wide box/lateral file with be removed in the field and replaced with another in
plan areas. Units feature finished backs with fin-
lock in bottom drawer; anti-tip device is standard a different material or finish, or moved to the front of
ished inset top. Full back units for the 67" and 80"H
in bottom drawer. the unit, exposing the center section to the
• Middle section with cubby area on one side and
units feature three-piece matched back panel set. Connections opposite side.
Partial back units have open center sections and
open area on the other. IMPORTANT: All units must be ganged with pro-
feature two-piece non-matched back panel sets.
• Top section with hinged door on one side and vided ganging bolt and are not intended for use as Pull options
cubby area on the other. a single, freestanding unit. ➤See page 5.55.
Filing capacities
➤See page 5.47.
All bookcase vertical storage models accept
straight or organizer shelves in 209⁄16"H center
Page 5.105 Priority

24" and 30"D
Details
24" and 30"D vertical storage is available in a
variety of shelf, door, drawer, and wardrobe
configurations. Locking is optional on all units.
Side-access bookcase vertical storage towers

with finished inset top are available in left or right
configurations and in nominal heights 42", 50", 67",
and 80". Nominal 42" and 50"H units have finished
backs for use in open plan. Select from either
box/box/file or file/file letter width drawer options
with lock. Shelf storage above drawers includes one
Open bookcase with letter-width file drawers
adjustable shelf; nominal 67"H and 80"H units have
have finished inset top and are 23½"D and
an unfinished back and one fixed and one
1415⁄16"W. Four height options: nominal 42" and
adjustable shelf. Wardrobe area includes removable
50"H units have finished backs and one adjustable
coat rod and one fixed shelf 12" above bottom
shelf; nominal 67"H and 80"H units have an unfin-
panel; interior width is 77⁄8"W. Door pulls are in
ished backs and one fixed and one adjustable shelf.
vertical application.
67"H unit has one adjustable shelf and one fixed
shelf; 80"H unit has two adjustable shelves and one
fixed shelf.
All bookcase vertical storage models accept

straight or organizer shelves in 209⁄16"H center
area, specified separately. 67" and 80"H units
feature center section with five holes spaced
3¼" apart. Side-access wardrobe units are 2911⁄16"D and
Front access vertical storage towers with are intended for end-of-run applications with
209⁄16"
finished inset top are available in left or right config- wardrobe sections facing outward in left or right
Top section with center divider is available with
urations and in nominal heights 42", 50", 67" and configurations. Available in nominal heights of 42",
one sliding door (non-locking) or two hinged doors
80"H. Nominal 42" and 50" H units have finished 50", 67" and 80" with finished inset tops. 42" and
in wood, laminate or writable glass. Hinged doors
backs for use in open plan. Select from either 50" units have finished backs for use in open plan;
Bookcase with two-drawer lateral files are feature pulls in vertical position with locking or non-
box/box/file or file/file letter width drawer options 67" and 80”H units have unfinished backs. Units are
available in nominal heights of 67" and 80"H in locking doors. Top section on the 80"H model
with lock. Shelf storage above drawers include and 15"W with either letter width box/box/file or file/file
wood or laminate. Lock in top drawer position. features five holes spaced 1¼" apart to accept
one adjustable shelf; nominal 67"H and 80"H units configurations with optional lock. Front-access sin-
These units can be used to divide space in open straight interior shelves for additional organization.
have an unfinished back and one fixed and one gle-door storage area has one adjustable shelf on
plan areas. Units feature finished backs with fin- adjustable shelf. Wardrobe area in applicable mod-
ished inset top. Full back units for the 67" and 80"H 50"H units; one fixed and one adjustable shelf in
els includes removable coat rod and one fixed shelf 67" units; two adjustable shelves and one fixed
units feature three-piece matched back panel set. 12" above bottom panel; interior width is 77⁄8"W.
Partial back units have open center sections and shelf on 80"H model. Wardrobe area is 77⁄8"W; 42"
Door pulls are in vertical application. wardrobe has one coat hook while the 50" and 67"
feature two-piece non-matched back panel sets.
units contain removable coat rod and fixed shelf 12"
above bottom panel.
Page 5.106 Priority

24" and 30"D, continued

Starter brackets, specified separately, can be When using storage in place of support legs,
attached to back of unit. Starter brackets connect be aware of starter bracket location. In floating-
to undersurface support rails to support surfaces, surface applications, bracket is mounted 3⁄4" higher
displacing the need for a support leg on that side. than in flush-surface applications.
Storage unit will be defaced.
Single- and double-door units are available in a ➤See page 5.86 for starter bracket planning Bookcase vertical storage units are
variety of nominal heights and feature combinations information. designed so that the middle sections align with
of shelf storage. Single-door units are 15", 18”, 24”, worksurface heights.
or 30”W nominal with left or right hinged doors with Metal worksurface support bracket (model
shelf or wardrobe storage. Double-door units offer DFWBVS) is available to attach a 24"D worksurface
combinations of shelves and lateral file or shelves to vertical storage in place of an end panel.
and wardrobe.
Center Back Panel

Installed on Opposite Side
Specify back panels separately in a different

material or finish to add a band of color to the
center section to create a non-monochromatic aes-
thetic. Center back panels on full-back models can
be removed in the field and replaced with another in
a different material or finish, or moved to the front
of the unit, exposing the center section to the
opposite side.
Pull options
➤See page 5.55.
Filing capacities
➤See page 5.47.
Page 5.107 Priority

PRIORITY™ Table Desk with Facet Base Planning Planning page 5.37

Face base ships ready to assemble. Table tops in HPL, HPL with wood rim, and wood
are 13/16" thick; TFL tops are 11/8" thick;
Tesa tape (included) is required to secure laminate back-painted glass tops are 1/2" thick.
or wood tops to the base. Glass top does not
require Tesa tape; it sits directly on anti-skid discs
Table desk can be created using a Facet base with on top of base.
either a rectangular or elliptical top in TFL, HPL,
HPL with wood rim, wood, or back-painted glass.
Facet base is a white metal frame for use with

30"D x 72"W or 36"D x 72"W rectangular tops or
38"D x 72"W elliptical tops.
Rectangular and elliptical backpainted glass

tops (ice gloss), feature polished edges, are 1/2"
thick; for use only with a facet base.
Page 5.108 Priority

PRIORITY™ Fixed-Height Table Bases Planning Planning page 5.37
➤See the pricing pages for the size of base required

Details
based on the table top size.
Base requirements differ based on the table top
shape and size.
➤See page 5.110 for base requirements. Field installed caster kits for T-leg bases are
Height-adjustable column legs feature a fluted available for tables up to 36"D and 96"W.
surface and are available in cinder, platinum metal- ➤See page 5.331.
lic, or silver frost metallic finish. Static model or Note: Casters are not directly applicable to a 3-leg
mobile model with locking caster are available; both 90° or 120° base with center post. To create a
models may be set to heights ranging from 253⁄4"– Fixed-height T-leg bases, for use with 24", 30", mobile 3-leg table, order two caster kits, a return
345⁄8" (without top) to allow the table to nest under and 36"D worksurfaces, consist of one or two T- foot kit model 53KFKTR for the post leg, and
Cylinder base is available in wood or laminate. For other worksurfaces or tables. Mobile models are not legs with feet and a set of undersurface support hardware bag #2417313 (service parts) for screw
use with round, square, and racetrack tops. Specify applicable to 36" round top. Standard model rails that run underneath the center of the worksur- to attach the foot and casters.
two for racetrack tops. includes set of four legs. face. Return mounting bracket is included with the
return model. Specify two flat brackets separately
Select table bases, available as part the Kimball for return applications. Related Products
tables offering, are available for use Priority table
Table tops
➤See page 5.72.
tops: Maximum load*: 400 lbs. BIFMA/670 lbs. UL
• 24"-diameter cylinder base (CBS2724CYL) Max. load L-config*: 775 lbs. BIFMA/1300 lbs. UL
• 16" soft-square (CBS1627SSW)
• 16" square (CBS1627SQW) *Maximum load for tables with casters is 120 lbs.;
Round and square bases are available in fixed applies to all table base types.
• 24" square (CBS2427SQW)
➤See the Contemporary/Transitional Tables
and height-adjustable (gas lift) models. Height-
adjustable models are standard with a release
chapter in the Kimball Legacy Price List at
paddle for field installation on the underside of the
www.kimball.com.
top. Adjustment range is 16" from 26"–42"H. Glass modesty panels are available to attach to
Accepts round 36" or 42" 13⁄16" table tops only; the underside of 36" x 72" racetrack or 40" x 72"
neither base accepts casters. elliptical table tops. They feature a metal frame with
silver frost finish and an opaque frost glass insert.
Fixed-height extension post-leg bases consist
of one or post-leg and a set of undersurface sup- 12"H resin privacy screen can also be used as a
port rails that run underneath the center of the modesty panel.
Fixed-height T-leg and post-leg style bases worksurface. They are intended for use as a return ➤See page 5.87.
are the same height as height-adjustable bases, but base. Depending on the depth of the main worksur-
with no height adjustability. Fixed-height T-leg bases face and the depth of the extension worksurface,
Column legs are specified individually and are
are applicable to rectangular worksurfaces or race- the post will be inset approximately 12"–15" from
available in static model with glide or mobile model
track table tops. Fixed-height 90° and 120° bases the end of the extension worksurface. Return
with locking caster. They are available in a paint fin-
(shown above) are applicable to 90° and 120° mounting bracket is included. Specify two flat
ishes or chrome. These can be used to support
worksurfaces, respectively. These bases ship ready brackets separately for return applications.
table tops or as support at the end of a
to assemble. Plastic leveling inserts located at the
worksurface.
bottom of the feet provides 1" of adjustment. Maximum load*: 400 lbs. BIFMA/670 lbs. UL
Aluminum foot on T-legs can be specified in Max. load L-config*: 775 lbs. BIFMA/1300 lbs. UL
polished (upcharge applies) or in a contrasting
color from the column. The maximum kneespace *Maximum load for tables with casters is 120 lbs.;
clearance is 209⁄16". applies to all table base types.
Page 5.109 Priority

PRIORITY™ Fixed-Height Table Bases Planning Planning page 5.37
Base Requirement Matrix
n
n
m
e
m
e
se
bl
lu
bl
lu
M sta
2 Co
Ba
ta
2 Co
*
g
M jus
FM g
P*
eg
SG dju
**
Le
P
B le
CA ble
BT Le
SL eg
CA le
SP
ES
RG l Ad
0T tab
BC n L
*
CB qu W*
CB Squ W*
6B l A
0T T-
03 ab
W
BC n
03 ta
L
02 lum
O
LU
F
53 d-H T
l
46 us
Y
Y
02 m
28 us
62 eta
62 ta
RF l
02 e
46 ht
28 st
6B ta
6B ta
BS
62 re
m
6C
24 24C
So 27S
7S
7S
S2 are
S1 re
e
28 olu
M ju
K2 eig
8S
j
M Adj
K2 Me
K2 Me
28 o
S1 ua
K2 Ad
K2 M
K2 M
K3 ra
a
6
8
d
C
71
62
S2 r
S2 r
AB ic C
02
CB ic A
CB Sq
53 -F
CB e
CB e
53 ht-
7
4
53 re
53 are
53 nd
53 d
AB ile
CB ile
53 g
d
"S
n
K3
un
ua
ft-
Le
lin
lin
ob
ob
ig
pe
u
at
at
xe
"
Ro
Ro
He
Sq
Sq
Cy
Cy
16
U-
St
St
M
Fi
Top Shape
Round 36" dia. 1 1 1 4 4 4
42" dia. 1 1 1 4 4 4 4
48" dia. 1 4 4 4 4
60" dia. 1 1
Square 36" x 36" 1 1 1 4 4 1 1
42" x 42" 1 1 4 4 1 1
48" x 48" 1 1 1
60" x 60" 1
Oval 42" x 78" 2 2 1 1
Racetrack 36" x 72" 2 4 4 4 4 2 2
Elliptical 40" x 72" 4 4
* These bases are available in the Kimball Legacy Price List at www.kimball.com.
** Requires 53K54SRUP support rail in additional to leg.
Page 5.110 Priority

PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Tables Planning Planning page 5.37
For Floating-Surface Applications Overview
Height-adjustable tables are

created by selecting Resin privacy screens and Dimensions:
floating worksurfaces and a modesty panels can be
height-adjustable base. specified for privacy. 353⁄16" 351⁄2"
223⁄16" 2311⁄16"
Table bases are available in Consider possible pinch

stand-alone models, returns, points when using height-
and extension post-leg. adjustable tables within your
workstation. Incremental Click
Manual-adjust bases are Manual Adjust Manual Adjust
available in incremental, click,
and crank models. Worksurfaces, specified 4511⁄16"
separately from the bases,
Electric-adjust bases are 28"
are not undersized.
available in single- and dual-
stage models.
Expandable cable manager Crank

is ideal to manage cords Manual Adjust
below height-adjustable
Table Configurations: tables.
465⁄16" 481⁄4"
277⁄16"
221⁄4"
L Configuration (non-handed) U Configuration 90° Corner 120° Corner Single-Stage Dual-Stage

• Main T-Leg Base • Two Main T-Leg Bases • 90° Base (includes two • 120° Base (includes two Electric Adjust Electric Adjust
• Post-Leg Extension • Bridge Mounting Kit T-Legs and a corner post leg) T-Legs and a corner post leg)
Note: Worksurface is included in the height ranges
shown above. Calculate kneespace by subtracting
35⁄16" from desired height to allow for worksurface
and rails.
Materials:
L Configuration (non-handed) Rectangle 90° Corner 120° Corner Bases
• Main T-Leg Base • Main T-Leg Base (alternate configuration) (alternate configuration)
• Return T-Leg Base • Main T-Leg Base • Main T-Leg Base
• Aluminum foot
Note: L-configurations are possible with incremental-, click-, or electric-adjust models; U-configurations are possible with incremental- or click-adjust Worksurfaces (specified separately)
models only. • Laminate with a vinyl rim
Page 5.111 Priority • Wood with wood rim
PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable T-Leg Table Bases Planning Planning page 5.37
Manual Adjust for Floating-Surface Applications
Details Adjustability:
IMPORTANT: Only floating-surface Priority 13⁄16"
353⁄16" 351⁄2"
worksurfaces are for use with height-adjustable table
bases. Worksurfaces for flush-surface applications 223⁄16" 2311⁄16"
and Systems worksurfaces are not applicable.
Height-adjustable T-leg table bases consist of

one or two T-legs and a set of undersurface support
Incremental Adjust Click Adjust
rails that run underneath the center of the worksur-
Range: 13" Range: 1113⁄16"
face. Return T-legs include a return bracket for
connecting to a main base at a 90° angle. Bases
4511⁄16"
ship ready to assemble.
Main T-Leg Base Return T-Leg Base
28"
Manual-adjust bases are available in three styles:
incremental, click, and crank. The T-legs on manual
bases feature powder-coated steel 2"D x 2"W upper Crank-adjust models feature an adjustment
column, a 23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W lower column, and a die- handle located on the right side of the base. On
Crank Adjust
cast aluminum base (foot). Glide provides 15⁄16" of rectangular surface applications, the crank can be Range: 1711⁄16"
adjustment. positioned on the left or right side of the base. Han- Cranks per inch: 12
dle pulls in and out, receding to store flat under the
Field installed caster kits are available for use on Note: Worksurface is included in the height ranges
worksurface. Crank-adjust models also include a hex
the main T-leg table bases up to 36”D x 96”W and in shown above. Calculate kneespace by subtract-
rod that runs beneath the worksurface that allows ing 35⁄16" from desired height to allow for
L-configurations. Casters feature a low neck with an
both legs to raise and lower simultaneously; worksurface and rails.
M-8 thread; height is 15/8"; set of 4.
➤See page 5.331.
ships ready to assemble. These models are not
applicable for L- or U-configurations.
Load Capacity:
Incremental Click Crank Note: Load capacity is defined as the recom-
Planning Factors
Connections mended maximum distributed weight of items on
Incremental-adjust models can be adjusted in 1" or attached to the worksurface.
IMPORTANT: Above-surface storage, highbacks,
increments using a 5mm Allen wrench. Main only L-Config.
and organizers should not be used with height-
adjustable tables. Incremental- or Click-Adjust T-Leg Base
Click-adjust models feature an adjustment
BIFMA maximum load* 400 lbs. 775 lbs.
mechanism on each leg that works like a ratchet. Create a different visual by placing T-leg table
Table height can be adjusted upward in 3⁄16" UL maximum load* 670 lbs. 1300 lbs.
base inboard from the end of the worksurface; 90° and 120° corner worksurfaces can also be
increments by lifting the table. To lower the table, specify a smaller width table base. Legs may be Max. load with casters 120 lbs. 1300 lbs.
supported by height-adjustable T-leg bases placed
pull and hold the small handle. placed inboard 12" on 24"D surfaces, 15" on 30"D parallel to the front edge of the worksurface. To cre- Crank-Adjust T-Leg Base
surfaces, and 18" on 36"D surfaces. ate 48"W 90° application, use a 36"W base; for a
Two people are recommended when adjusting BIFMA maximum load* 400 lbs. n/a
120° application, use a 54"W base. This application
height for incremental- and click-adjust models. UL maximum load* 135 lbs. n/a
provides a lower-cost alternative to using a 3-leg
base. Casters are not recommended for this Max. load with casters 120 lbs. n/a
application. Maximum lift** 100 lbs. n/a
* Static
** With or without casters; reflects the total weight
Page 5.112 Priority allowed for the table to raise and lower
Electric Adjust for Floating-Surface Applications
Details Adjustability:
worksurfaces are for use with height-adjustable table 465⁄16" 481⁄4"
bases. Worksurfaces for flush-surface applications
and Systems worksurfaces are not applicable. 277⁄16"
221⁄4"
Height-adjustable T-leg table bases consist of
T-leg(s) and a set of undersurface support rails that
run underneath the center of the worksurface. Bases
Single-Stage Adjust Dual-Stage Adjust
ship ready to assemble. The T-legs on electric bases Range: 187⁄8" Range: 26"
feature powder-coated steel 2"D x 2"W upper col- Lift Speed: 1.5" per sec. Lift Speed: 1.5" per sec.
umn, a 23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W lower column, and a die-cast Main T-Leg Base
aluminum base (foot). Glide provides 15⁄16" of Return T-Leg Base
Note: Worksurface is included in the height ranges
adjustment.
shown above. Calculate kneespace by subtract-
90° and 120° height-adjustable 3-leg bases Control box on main table without a return or ing 35⁄16" from desired height to allow for
Electric-adjust bases provide sit-to-stand are also available. Center leg is a post leg. extension is not interchangeable with control box worksurface and rails.
capabilities. with 3 outlets that is standard on main table base
specified along with a return or extension.
Load Capacity:
Note: Load capacity is defined as the recom-
Planning Factors
mended maximum distributed weight of items on
or attached to the worksurface.
Standard Programmable
Main only L-Config.
Select either a standard switch or a Single-Stage Adjust T-Legs
programmable switch. Standard switch features BIFMA maximum load* 400 lbs. 775 lbs.
Single-stage electric models features a
up and down arrows, and is 21⁄2”W x .625” thick x 90° and 120° corner worksurfaces can also be sup-
two-column leg, that compresses inside itself when UL maximum load* 135 lbs. 1300 lbs.
21⁄2”D (front to back). Programmable switch allows ported by height-adjustable T-leg bases placed parallel
in the lower positions. Max. load with casters 120 lbs. 1300 lbs.
the user to pre-set up to four-different table heights, to the front edge of the worksurface. To create 48"W
and is 51⁄2”W x .625” thick x 21⁄2”D (front to back); 90° application, use a 36"W base; for a 120° applica- Maximum lift** 100 lbs. 150 lbs.
upcharge applies. To move the table to one of the tion, use a 54"W base. This application provides a
Dual-Stage Adjust T-Legs
pre-set heights, the user must depress the button lower-cost alternative to using a 3-leg base. Casters
while the table is in motion. A digital indicator shows are not recommended for this application. BIFMA maximum load* 400 lbs. 775 lbs.
the overall height of the table. Switch can be located UL maximum load* 135 lbs. 1300 lbs.
on either side of the table. Max. load with casters** 120 lbs. 1300 lbs.
Related Products
Maximum lift** 100 lbs. 150 lbs.
Field installed caster kits are available for use on
Connections the main T-leg table bases up to 36”D x 96”W.
* Static
➤See page 5.331.
Dual-stage electric models features a three- ** With or without casters; reflects the total weight
IMPORTANT: Above surface storage, highbacks, and
column leg, that compresses inside itself when in the allowed for the table to raise and lower
organizers should not be used with height-adjustable
lower positions.
tables. Snap-on cable managers are available.
➤See page 5.331.
Page 5.113 Priority

Table Desk Surround for use with Electric-Adjust Main T-Leg
Details Related Products

Table desk surround provides the aesthetic of a Flush-mount worksurfaces
floating-surface on a double-pedestal desk. It ➤See page 5.75.
encompasses the functionality of a height-
adjustable table base. Single-stage height-adjustable table base
➤See page 5.326.
Table desk surround is available in laminate,
wood, or a combination of both materials. the sur- Cable Manager
round, which consists of two end supports and a
Leg
modesty panel, are available in 30"D x 60"W, 30"D
x 66"W, 30"D x 72"W, and 36"W x 72"W sizes. The
height of the surround (251⁄4") allows for the single-
stage adjustable base to be fully lowered to
279⁄16"H. Snap-on cable managers are available.
➤See page 5.331.
Flush-mount surface must be specified sepa-
rately. Surface will “float” above the surround to
avoid creating a pinch point.
Modesty panel is available wood or laminate to

create a contrast in color from the end supports.
Modesty panel can be mounted recessed or flush.
User’s Side Approach Side

IMPORTANT: Flush-mount surface and single-stage Desk surround ships with two end supports and a
height-adjustable base must be specified modesty panel; ready to assemble.
separately.
Height-adjustable table base adjusts independ-

ently. The desk surround does not adjust in height;
it is a stationary unit.
Page 5.114 Priority

PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Post-Leg Bases Planning Planning page 5.37
Manual or Electric Adjust for Floating-Surface Applications
Mounting holes are located on the undersurface

Details
support rail in several locations to accommodate
IMPORTANT: Only floating-surface Priority 13⁄16" various return depths. For a 24"D main worksur-
worksurfaces are for use with height-adjustable face, bolt to the first set of holes; for a 30"D main
table bases. Worksurfaces for flush-surface applica- worksurface, bolt to the middle set of holes; for a
tions and Systems worksurfaces are not applicable. 36"D main worksurface, bolt to the end set of holes.
Post legs are a versatile table base extension that

can be used in conjunction with other leg styles Planning Factors
including U-legs, open-frame legs, fixed-height
Extension post-leg base model should be speci-
T-legs, and height-adjustable T-legs.
fied to match the adjustability mechanism of the
main T-leg table base. For example, if specifying a
Rectangular, U-shape, extended, and arc-end
single-stage electric-adjust height-adjustable T-leg
worksurfaces can be supported by post legs
as the main base, specify a single-stage electric-
when used as a return or extension surface.
adjust extension post-leg base.
Extension post-leg bases are intended to be

used as a return. Depending on the depth of the
main worksurface and the depth of the extension
worksurface, the post will be inset approximately
Connections 12"–15" from the end of the extension worksurface.
Incremental Click Crank
Incremental-adjust models can be adjusted 36"

30"
manually in 1" increments using a 5mm Allen 24"
Single Stage Dual Stage
wrench.
Single-stage electric models features a
Click-adjust models feature an adjustment
two-column leg, that nests inside itself when in the
mechanism on each leg that works like a ratchet.
lower positions.
Pull upward on the handle to extend the height of
the leg; to lower the table, depress the release han-
Dual-stage electric models features a three-
dle and lift slightly. Return mounting bracket is included with post-
column leg, that nests inside itself when in the
lower positions. leg models for connection to main worksurface
Two people are recommended when adjusting undersurface support rails. Post-leg is non-handed
height for incremental- and click-adjust models. and can be attached to either end of an undersur-
face support rail to attach a 24", 30", or 36"D
worksurfaces to the main worksurface as a return.
Two flat brackets (model ACAWBP1), specified
separately, are also required when mounting each
return.
Page 5.115 Priority

PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable 90° and 120° Bases Planning Planning page 5.37
Manual or Electric Adjust for Floating-Surface Applications
Details
Adjustability:
worksurfaces are for use with height-adjustable table 353⁄16" 351⁄2"
bases. Worksurfaces for flush-surface applications 223⁄16" 2311⁄16"
and Systems worksurfaces are not applicable.
90° and 120° height-adjustable 3-leg bases are

available in manual or electric adjust models. These Incremental Adjust Click Adjust
bases must be used with a corresponding size 90° Range: 13" Range: 1113⁄16"
or 120° corner worksurface. Center leg is a post leg.
4511⁄16"
90° and 120° tables are freestanding use only;
28"
Note: Worksurface is
L- and U-configurations are not applicable.
included in height ranges
shown above. Calculate
T-leg adjustable bases is powder-coated steel.
kneespace by subtracting
with a 2"D x 2"W upper column, a 23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W
35/16" from desired height
lower column, and a die-cast aluminum base (foot). Crank Adjust
Range: 1711⁄16" to allow for worksurface
Glide provides 15⁄16" of adjustment.
Cranks per inch: 12 and rails.
worksurface. The handle is mounted so that it Connections
swings to the side. Crank-adjust models include a
hex rod that runs beneath the worksurface that 465⁄16" 481⁄4"
allows both legs to raise and lower simultaneously;
ships ready to assemble. These models are not
277⁄16"
applicable for L- or U-configurations. 221⁄4"
Field installed caster kits are available; however,
Incremental Click Crank they are not directly applicable to a 90° or 120° 3-
leg base with center post. To create a mobile 3-leg
Incremental-adjust models can be adjusted table, order two caster kits, a return foot kit model Single-Stage Adjust Dual-Stage Adjust
manually in 1" increments using a 5mm Allen 53KFKTR for the post leg, and hardware bag Range: 187⁄8" Range: 26"
wrench. #2417313 (service parts) for screw to attach the foot Lift Speed: 1.5" per sec. Lift Speed: 1.5" per sec.
and casters.
Click-adjust models feature an adjustment Single Stage Dual Stage Load Capacity:
mechanism on each leg that works like a ratchet. Note: Load capacity is defined as the recom-
Pull upward on the handle to extend the height of Single-stage electric models features a Related Products mended maximum distributed weight of items on
the leg; to lower the table, depress the release han- two-column leg, that nests inside itself when in the or attached to the worksurface.
Cable Manager
dle and lift slightly. lower positions. Incremental Crank or
Leg
or Click Electric
Two people are recommended when adjusting Dual-stage electric models features a three- BIFMA maximum load* 400 lbs. 400 lbs.
height for incremental- and click-adjust models. column leg, that nests inside itself when in the
UL maximum load* 670 lbs. 135 lbs.
lower positions.
Crank-adjust models feature an adjustment han- Max. load with casters 120 lbs. 120 lbs.
Snap-on cable managers are available.
➤See page 5.331.
dle located on the right side of the base. The handle
Maximum lift** 100 lbs.
pulls in and out, receding to store flat under the
* Static
** With or without casters; reflects the total weight
Page 5.116 Priority
allowed for the table to raise and lower
PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Desks Planning Planning page 5.37
and Low Storage
and lowers with the top to conceal the leg. A metal

Details
shroud inside and a wood or laminate end panel
Priority height-adjustable desks offering outside encases the other leg
includes:
• Breakfront desk
• Facet desk
• Facet extension desk
• In-line desk In-line desks are 24"D for softened and reed rim
Desks ship fully assembled. Breakfront height-adjustable desks are 30"D
models and 25"D for knife rim models, and available
and available in widths of 60", 66", and 72". The
in 48", 54", 60", 66", and 72" widths. Height range
Worksurfaces on desks are avaialble in: modesty panel is inset 5", creating the breakfront Low storage pedestals are available in 30" and
is 2815⁄32"–45" to the top of the surface.
• Thermally fused laminate (TFL) appearance. Height range is 2829⁄32"–457⁄16" to the 36"W and are 24"D. They feature an option top and
• High-pressure laminate (HPL) top of the surface. require a component top or facet extension desk,
Weight capacity for all height-adjustable desks is
• HPL with a wood rim 265 lbs. specified separately. Models include
• Wood Metal shroud that is attached to the bottom of the • Open storage
surface raises and lowers with the top, completely • Open/lateral file
Height-adjustable base and metal shroud come hiding any cords on the inside of the desk. Related Products • Box/lateral file
standard in Designer White, Cinder, or Platinum • Box/hinged door
Metallic finishes. Other paint colors are available for • Hinged door
an upcharge. • Trash receptacles
Note: If a 36"W pedestal is used with a facet exten-
Worksurfaces are 13⁄16" thick, 3-ply balanced sion desk, the pedesal will extend past each edge
Cover trays are available separately for in-line,
construction. by 3".
facet, and facet extension desks to cover the sup-
port rail of the base and help hold up wires and
Back panels or rails on low storage units are
data cables.
inset to allow clearance for adjustable height leg. If
Facet height-adjustable desks are 30"D for soft-
adding an extra shelf, specify one that is 15"D.
ened and reed rim models and 32"D for knife rim Modesty panels are available separately for use
models, and available in 60", 66", and 72" widths. with facet and facet extension desks in laminate or
P Softened F Softened M Reed S Knife Height range is 2629⁄32"–437⁄16" to the top of wood. Select 12"H modesty panel for facet desk or
vinyl rim wood rim wood rim wood rim the surface. 8"H modesty panel for facet extension.
Laminate (HPL and TFL) models are available

Component tops for use with low storage are
with a softened vinyl (P) rim profile.
24"D and available in widths of 30", 36", 60", 72",
90", and 108". Tops are available with optional facet
Wood and HPL/wood rim models are available
notch to fit the facet extension desk or a square
with a softened (F), reed (M), or knife (S) rim profile.
notch to fit around an Xsede freestanding config-
ured desk (worksurface and adjustable height
A variety of factory-installed worksurface
base).
grommet options are available.
➤See page 5.54.
Facet extension height-adjustable desks are Note: When specifying a top with a notch, select
Component tops and low storage pedestals
30"D for softened and reed rim models and 32"D the appropriate option for use with or without wall
are designed to sit against a wall or panel, and
for knife rim models, and available in 60", 66", and panels.
covers one of the adjustable-height legs. Height-
72" widths. Height range is 2629⁄32"–437⁄16" to the
adjustable leg has a metal facet cover that raises
top of the surface.
Page 5.117 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Double-Pedestal Desks Pricing • Box/box/file letter-width pedestal, left
Desks & Components • File/file letter-width pedestal, right
GSA SIN 711-8
• Breakfront modesty panel
How to Specify
TFL Top HPL Top HPL Top Wood Top ! Model
TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
D W H KW KH AO Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W)
LL = TFL/TFL
Rectangular Top L = HPL/TFL
LW = HPL/wood
Softened or Reed Rim
W = Wood/wood
30" 60" 283⁄4" 28" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3060DDFB $1645 $1842 $2649 $2649 # Pedestal option:
30" 66" 283⁄4" 34" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3066DDFB 1719 1925 2779 2779 8 = BBF/FF
30" 72" 283⁄4" 40" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3072DDFB 1797 2009 2916 2916
4 Rim profile:
P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
36" 72" 283⁄4" 40" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3672DDFB 1877 2084 3060 3060
F = Softened wood (LW or W)
Knife Rim M = Reed wood (LW or W)
32" 60" 283⁄4" 28" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3260DDFB — — $2788 $2788 S = Knife wood (LW or W)
5 Pull option:
32" 66" 283⁄4" 34" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3266DDFB — — 2923 2923
Approach side
32" 72" 283⁄4" 40" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3272DDFB — — 3068 3068 6 Lock option:
38" 72" 283⁄4" 40" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3872DDFB — — 3219 3219 X = Non-locking
KRB = Key random, black lock
core (+$138)
Arc Top KRS = Key random, silver lock
Softened or Reed Rim core (+$138)
7 Worksurface grommet option:
30" 60" 283⁄4" 28" 271⁄2" 67⁄8" 53KE3060DDFBA $1681 $1882 $2704 $2704
36" 72" 283⁄4" 40" 271⁄2" 67⁄8" 53KE3672DDFBA 1918 2143 3123 3123 X = No grommet
Knife Rim 8 Worksurface finish price group
(omit for LL):
32" 60" 283⁄4" 28" 271⁄2" 67⁄8"* 53KE3260DDFBA — — $2845 $2845
STD = Group 1
38" 72" 283⁄4" 40 " 271⁄2" 67⁄8"* 53KE3872DDFBA — — 3286 3286 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
bl Drawer front finish designator (omit
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4".
for LW and W models)
Arc top depth dimensions represent the widest point.
bm Chassis finish designator (omit for
LW and W)
bn Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, and W models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
bo Rim finish designator (omit for W
models)
bp Wood interior drawer option (omit
Center Drawers for standard drawers and LL & L
➤See page 5.124. models):
WD = Wood interior drawers
Page 5.118 Priority (+5%)
Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Single-Pedestal Desks Pricing • Box/box/file letter-width pedestal
Desks & Components • Breakfront modesty panel
Rectangular Top GSA SIN 711-8
How to Specify
! Model
TFL Top HPL Top HPL Top Wood Top @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis LL = TFL/TFL
L = HPL/TFL
Pedestal on Right LW = HPL/wood
W = Wood/wood
# Pedestal option:
30" 60" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3060DRFB $1536 $1720 $2547 $2547 1 = BBF
30" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3066DRFB 1548 1756 2599 2599 4 Rim profile:
30" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3072DRFB 1601 1769 2807 2807 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
36" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3672DRFB 1648 1853 2813 2813
M = Reed wood (LW or W)
Knife Rim S = Knife wood (LW or W)
32" 60" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3260DRFB — — $2674 $2674 5 Pull option:
Approach side 32" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3266DRFB — — $2733 $2733
6 Lock option:
32" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3272DRFB — — 2948 2948 X = Non-locking
38" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3872DRFB — — 2958 2958 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify
Pedestal on Left KRB = Key random, black lock
30" 60" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3060DLFB $1536 $1720 $2547 $2547 KRS = Key random, silver lock
core (+$69)
30" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3066DLFB 1548 1756 2599 2599 7 Worksurface grommet option:
30" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3072DLFB 1601 1769 2807 2807 X = No grommet or cutout
36" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3672DLFB 1648 1853 2813 2813 ➤See page 5.50 for designators.
8 Worksurface finish price group
Knife Rim
(omit for LL):
Approach side 32" 60" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3260DLFB — — $2674 $2674 STD = Group 1
32" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3266DLFB — — $2733 $2733 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: 60"W models 32" 9 Worksurface finish designator
72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3272DLFB — — 2948 2948
are for use as a standalone bl Drawer front finish designator (omit
38" 72" 3
28 ⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3872DLFB — — 2958 2958
desk only; they cannot be for LW and W models)
used in an L or U configu- bm Chassis finish designator (omit for
ration due to kneespace LW and W)
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4".
width. bn Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, and W models):
66" and 72"W single- STD = Group 1
pedestal desks can be STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
used in L or U configura- bo Rim finish designator (omit for W
tons or as standalone models)
units. bp Wood interior drawer option (omit
for standard drawers and LL & L
Center Drawers models):
➤See page 5.124. WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
Page 5.119 Priority

Standard Includes
How to Specify
! Model
L = HPL/TFL
W = Wood/wood
# Pedestal option:
30" 60" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3060DRFBA $1567 $1756 $2598 $2598 1 = BBF
30" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3066DRFBA 1580 1764 2652 2652 4 Rim profile:
30" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3072DRFBA 1632 1844 2863 2863 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
36" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3672DRFBA 1681 1875 2871 2871
Knife Rim S = Knife wood (LW or W)
32" 60" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3260DRFBA — — $2728 $2728 5 Pull option:
32" 66" 283⁄4" 49"" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3266DRFBA — — 2788 2788
6 Lock option:
32" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3272DRFBA — — 3008 3008 X = Non-locking
Approach side
38" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3872DRFBA — — 3018 3018 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify
Pedestal on Left KRB = Key random, black lock
30" 60" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3060DLFBA $1567 $1756 $2598 $2598 KRS = Key random, silver lock
core (+$69)
30" 66" 283⁄4" 49"" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3066DLFBA 1580 1764 2652 2652 7 Worksurface grommet option:
30" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3072DLFBA 1632 1844 2863 2863 X = No grommet
36" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE3672DLFBA 1681 1875 2871 2871 ➤See page 5.50 for designators.
Knife Rim
(omit for LL):
32" 60" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3260DLFBA — — $2728 $2728 STD = Group 1
32" 66" 283⁄4" 49"" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3266DLFBA — — 2788 2788 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: 60"W models 9 Worksurface finish designator
32" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3272DLFBA — — 3008 3008
are for use as a standalone bl Drawer front finish designator (omit
desk only; they cannot be 38" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE3872DLFBA — — 3018 3018 for LW and W models)
used in an L or U configu- bm Chassis finish designator (omit for
ration due to kneespace LW and W)
width. *Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". bn Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
Arc top depth dimensions represent the widest point. L, and W models):
66" and 72"W single- STD = Group 1
pedestal desks can be STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
used in L or U configura- bo Rim finish designator (omit for W
tons or as standalone models)
units. bp Wood interior drawer option (omit
Page 5.120 Priority

Standard Includes
Extended Top GSA SIN 711-8
How to Specify
! Model
30"
L = HPL/TFL
W = Wood/wood
# Pedestal option:
42" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE4272DRFEB $1830 $2017 $3058 $3058 1 = BBF
Knife Rim 4 Rim profile:
44" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE4472DRFEB — — $3215 $3215 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
24"
S = Knife wood (LW or W)
5 Pull option:
Approach side 6 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
Pedestal on Left lock core separately
Softened or Reed Rim KRB = Key random, black lock
42" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE4272DLFEB $1830 $2017 $3058 $3058 core (+$69)
KRS = Key random, silver lock
Knife Rim
core (+$69)
44" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53⁄4"* 53KE4472DLFEB — — $3215 $3215 7 Worksurface grommet option:
30"
X = No grommet
24"
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". 8 Worksurface finish price group
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
Approach side STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
bl Drawer front finish designator (omit
for LW and W models)
bm Chassis finish designator (omit for
LW and W)
bn Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, and W models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Extended top single- bo Rim finish designator (omit for W
pedestal desks can be models)
used as standalone units. bp Wood interior drawer option (omit
Page 5.121 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Single-Pedestal Cockpit Desks Pricing • Box/box/file letter-width pedestal
Rectangular GSA SIN 711-8
How to Specify
! Model
L = HPL/TFL
30" Pedestal on Right LW = HPL/wood
72"
W = Wood/wood
# Pedestal option:
48" 72" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE4872DRCFB $2368 $2653 $3609 $3609 1 = BBF
D 24" Knife Rim 4 Rim profile:
50" 72" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE5072DRCFB — — $3789 $3789 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
Pedestal on Left M = Reed wood (LW or W)
Softened or Reed Rim S = Knife wood (LW or W)
5 Pull option:
➤See page 62 for designators.
48" 72" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE4872DLCFB $2368 $2653 $3609 $3609
Knife Rim 6 Lock option:
50" 72" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE5072DLCFB — — $3789 $3789 X = Non-locking
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". KRB = Key random, black lock
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
X = No grommet or cutout
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
Rim profile: STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
– Softened or reed rim on 9 Worksurface finish designator
all edges bl Drawer front finish designator (omit
– Knife rim user’s edge: for LW and W models)
overhangs 11⁄4" bm Chassis finish designator (omit for
– Knife rim side edges: flat LW and W)
(no rim profile) on the bn Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
pedestal side (exposed L, and W models):
side edge) and reverse STD = Group 1
knife rim on abutting side STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
to cockpit corner unit bo Rim finish designator (omit for W
models)
Models on this page are bp Wood interior drawer option (omit
intended for use with for standard drawers and LL & L
cockpit corner. models):
➤See page 144. WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
Page 5.122 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Single-Pedestal Cockpit Desks Pricing • Box/box/file letter-width pedestal
How to Specify
! Model
L = HPL/TFL
30" Pedestal on Right LW = HPL/wood
72"
W = Wood/wood
# Pedestal option:
48" 72" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE4872DRCFBA $2438 $2730 $3693 $3693 1 = BBF
D 24" Knife Rim 4 Rim profile:
50" 72" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE5072DRCFBA — — $3789 $3789 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
Pedestal on Left M = Reed wood (LW or W)
Softened or Reed Rim S = Knife wood (LW or W)
5 Pull option:
48" 72" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE4872DLCFBA $2438 $2730 $3693 $3693
Knife Rim 6 Lock option:
50" 72" 283⁄4" 43" 271⁄2" 53⁄4" 53KE5072DLCFBA — — $3789 $3789 X = Non-locking
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". KRB = Key random, black lock
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
X = No grommet
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
Rim profile: STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
– Softened or reed rim on 9 Worksurface finish designator
all edges bl Drawer front finish designator (omit
– Knife rim user’s edge: for LW and W models)
overhangs 11⁄4" bm Chassis finish designator (omit for
– Knife rim side edges: flat LW and W)
(no rim profile) on the bn Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
pedestal side (exposed L, and W models):
side edge) and reverse STD = Group 1
knife rim on abutting side STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
to cockpit corner unit bo Rim finish designator (omit for W
models)
Models on this page are bp Wood interior drawer option (omit
intended for use with for standard drawers and LL & L
cockpit corner. models):
Page 5.123 Priority

PRIORITY™ Center Drawers Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Wood Center Drawers • Center drawer: wood or laminate
For Use with 60" and 66"W Single-Pedestal Desks (TFL)
213⁄4" 173⁄4" 21⁄4" 53K2218CDW $290 • Attachment hardware
For Use with 66"W Double-Pedestal Desks and 72"W Single-Pedestal Desks
213⁄4" 293⁄4" 21⁄4" 53K2230CDW $386 How to Specify
For Use with 72"W Double-Pedestal Desks Wood Center Drawer
213⁄4" 363⁄4" 21⁄4" 53K2236CDW . $435 ! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Laminate Center Drawers 4 Wood interior drawer option (omit
For Use with 72"W Single- and Double-Pedestal Desks for standard drawers):
WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
20" 24" 23⁄4" 53KE2024CDL $135
Laminate Center Drawer
! Model
2 Laminate (TFL) color
IMPORTANT: Not for

use when undersurface
support rails are in use.
Page 5.124 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Executive Returns Pricing • File/file letter-width pedestal or 36"W
Desks & Components multi-file pedestal (two box drawers, one
GSA SIN 711-8
file drawer, and one lateral file drawer)
• Fixed modesty panel
Number of TFL Top HPL Top HPL Top Wood Top How to Specify
Optional TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis ! Model
D W H KW KH Locks Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
LL = TFL/TFL L = HPL/TFL
File/File Pedestal on Right
LW = HPL/wood W = Wood/wood
Softened or Reed Rim # Pedestal option:
24" 42" 283⁄4" 27" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2442RREF $940 $1052 $1719 $1719 2 = File/file 10 = Multi-file
4 Rim profile:
24" 48" 283⁄4" 33" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2448RREF 981 1178 1898 1898 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
Knife Rim F = Softened wood (LW or W)
25" 42" 283⁄4" 27" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2542RREF — — $1809 $1809 S = Knife wood (LW or W)
25" 48" 283⁄4" 33" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2548RREF — — 1996 1996 5 Pull option:
File/File Pedestal on Left 6 Lock option:
Softened or Reed Rim X = Non-locking
KS = Key specific (+$41); specify lock
24" 42" 283⁄4" 27" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2442RLEF $940 $1052 $1719 $1719 core separately
24" 48" 283⁄4" 33" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2448RLEF 981 1178 1898 1898 KRB = Key random, black lock core
(+$69 per lock)
Knife Rim KRS = Key random, silver lock core|
25" 42" 283⁄4" 27" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2542RLEF — — $1809 $1809 (+$69 per lock)
7 Modesty panel option:
25" 48" 283⁄4" 33" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2548RLEF — — 1996 1996
X = Fixed modesty panel (ships
Multi-File Pedestal on Right attached)
H = Hinged modesty panel (+$59; ships
Softened or Reed Rim unattached, assembly required)
24" 66" 283⁄4" 30" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2466RREF $1348 $1504 $2584 $2584 8 Worksurface grommet option:
X = No grommet
Knife Rim ➤See page 5.50 for designators.
25" 66" 283⁄4" 30" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2566RREF — — $2718 $2718 9 Modesty panel grommet option:
X = No grommet
Multi-File Pedestal on Left MG1MB = Center top (+$66); matte
Softened or Reed Rim black
bl Wksf. finish price group (omit for LL):
24" 66" 283⁄4" 30" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2466RLEF $1348 $1504 $2584 $2584 STD = Group 1 STD2 = Group 2
Knife Rim (+20%)
bm Worksurface finish designator
25" 66" 283⁄4" 30" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2566RLEF — — $2718 $2718 bn Drawer front finish designator (omit for
LW and W models)
bo Chassis finish designator (omit for LW
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". and W)
bp Rim finish price group (omit for LL, L,
Front-to-back grain direction on worksurface on file/file returns and wood multi-file returns; side-to-side on laminate multi-file return and W):
STD = Group 1 STD2 = Group 2
(+20%)
bq Rim finish designator (omit for W
Modesty panel grommet models)
option br Wood interior drawer option (omit for
standard drawers and LL & L models):
Page 5.125 Priority WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
Statement ofIncludes
Standard Line ➤See page
PRIORITY™ Executive Cockpit Returns Pricing •Planning pagemulti-
File/file letter-width pedestal or 36"W
Desks & Components file pedestal
Finishes (two box drawers, one
& Materials file
page
GSA SIN 711-8 drawer, and one lateral file drawer)
•Pricing
Fixed modesty panel page
• Side-to-side grain direction
Number of TFL Top HPL Top HPL Top Wood Top How to Specify
Optional TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis
D W H KW KH Locks Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) ! Model
@ Worksurface/chassis materials:
File/File Pedestal on Right LL = TFL/TFL L = HPL/TFL
Softened or Reed Rim LW = HPL/wood W = Wood/wood
# Pedestal option:
24" 42" 283⁄4" 27" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2442CRREF $940 $1052 $1719 $1719 2 = File/file 10 = Multi-file
24" 48" 283⁄4" 33" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2448CRREF 981 1178 1898 1898 4 Rim profile:
25" 42" 283⁄4" 27" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2542CRREF — — $1809 $1809 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
25" 48" 283⁄4" 33" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2548CRREF — — 1996 1996 5 Pull option:
File/File Pedestal on Left ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
6 Lock option:
24" 42" 283⁄4" 27" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2442CRLEF $940 $1052 $1719 $1719 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify lock
core separately
24" 48" 283⁄4" 33" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2448CRLEF 981 1178 1898 1898 KRB = Key random, black lock core
Knife Rim (+$69 per lock)
KRS = Key random, silver lock core
25" 42" 283⁄4" 27" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2542CRLEF — — $1809 $1809
(+$69 per lock)
25" 48" 283⁄4" 33" 271⁄2" 1 53KE2548CRLEF — — 1996 1996 7 Modesty panel option:
X = Fixed modesty panel (ships attached)
Multi-File Pedestal on Right H = Hinged modesty panel (+$59; ships
Softened or Reed Rim unattached, assembly required)
24" 66" 283⁄4" 30" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2466CRREF $1348 $1504 $2584 $2584 X = No grommet
9 Modesty panel grommet option:
25" 66" 283⁄4" 30" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2566CRREF — — $2718 $2718
X = No grommet
Multi-File Pedestal on Left MG1MB = Center top (+$66); matte
black
Softened or Reed Rim bl Worksurface finish price group (omit for
24" 66" 283⁄4" 30" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2466CRLEF $1348 $1504 $2584 $2584 LL):
STD = Group 1
Knife Rim STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
25" 66" 283⁄4" 30" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2566CRLEF — — $2718 $2718 bm Worksurface finish designator
bn Drawer front finish designator (omit for
LW and W models)
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". bo Chassis finish designator (omit for LW
and W)
bp Rim finish price group (omit for LL, L, and
W models):
(+20%)
Modesty panel grommet bq Rim finish designator (omit for W models)
option br Wood interior drawer option (omit for
Page 5.126 Priority
PRIORITY™ Bridges Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-8
TFL Top HPL Top HPL Top Wood Top

TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis Standard Includes
D W H KH Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) • Fixed modesty panel
With Modesty Panel • Front-to-back grain direction on
worksurface
24" 30" 283⁄4" 271⁄2" 53KE2430BEF $428 $459 $536 $536
24" 36" 283⁄4" 271⁄2" 53KE2436BEF 446 479 562 562 How to Specify
24" 42" 283⁄4" 271⁄2" 53KE2442BEF 464 499 588 588 ! Model
@ Worksurface/modesty panel mate-
24" 48" 283⁄4" 271⁄2" 53KE2448BEF 484 519 614 614
rials:
Knife Rim LL = TFL/TFL
25" 30" 283⁄4" 271⁄2" 53KE2530BEF — — $579 $579 L = HPL/TFL
LW = HPL/wood
25" 36" 283⁄4" 271⁄2" 53KE2536BEF — — 606 606
W = Wood/wood
25" 42" 283⁄4" 271⁄2" 53KE2542BEF — — 634 634 3 Rim profile:
25" 48" 283⁄4" 271⁄2" 53KE2548BEF — — 660 660 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". S = Knife wood (LW or W)
X = Fixed modesty panel (ships
unattached, assembly required)
H = Hinged modesty panel (+$59);
ships unattached, assembly
required)
X = No grommet
6 Modesty panel grommet option:
X = No grommet
MG1MB = Center top (+$66);
matte black
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Chassis finish designator (omit for
LW and W models)
bl Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, and W models):
Modesty panel grommet STD = Group 1
option STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
bm Rim finish designator (omit for W
Page 5.127 Priority models)
PRIORITY™ Cockpit Corner Unit Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-8

D W H Front Edge Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) • Worksurface
Side-to-Side Grain Direction (to match Cockpit Desk connected on Right) • Back/modesty panels
• Inside support panels
48" 48" 283⁄4" 34" 53K4848CCDR $1845 $2068 $2414 $2414
Knife Rim
How to Specify
49" 49" 283⁄4" 34" 53K4949CCR — — $2534 $2534
! Model
Side-to-Side Grain Direction (to match Cockpit Desk connected on Left) @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
Softened or Reed Rim LL = TFL/TFL
L = HPL/TFL
48" 48" 283⁄4" 34" 53K4848CCDL $1845 $2068 $2414 $2414
LW = HPL/wood
Knife Rim W = Wood/wood
49" 49" 283⁄4" 34" 53K4949CCL — — $2534 $2534 3 Rim profile:
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". M = Reed wood (LW or W)
Cockpit corner
X = No grommet
for connection to
desk on left Return
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
LW and W)
8 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, and W models):
Cockpit desk STD = Group 1
with pedestal on left STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
9 Rim finish designator (omit for W
models)
IMPORTANT: Must be
used with single-pedestal
desk for use with cockpit
corner.
➤See pages 5.122 –
5.123.
Page 5.128 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Credenzas Pricing • File/file letter-width pedestal or 30"W lat-
Desks & Components eral file
Single Pedestal and Lateral File GSA SIN 711-8 • Fixed modesty panel
• Finished back
How to Specify
TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis ! Model
D W H KW KH Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
LL = TFL/TFL L = HPL/TFL
Single-Pedestal on Right LW = HPL/wood W = Wood/wood
# Pedestal option:
2 = File/File 6 = Lateral File
24" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53KE2466CRF $1212 $1301 $1899 $1899 4 Rim profile:
24" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53KE2472CRF 1266 1416 1992 1992 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
25" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53KE2566CRF — — $1998 $1998 S = Knife wood (LW or W)
5 Pull option:
25" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53KE2572CRF — — 2092 2092
Single-Pedestal on Left 6 Lock option:

X = Non-locking
Softened or Reed Rim KS = Key specific (+$41); specify lock
24" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53KE2466CLF $1212 $1301 $1899 $1899 core separately
KRB = Key random, black lock core
24" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53KE2472CLF 1266 1416 1992 1992 (+$69)
Knife Rim KRS = Key random, silver lock core
(+$69)
25" 66" 283⁄4" 49" 271⁄2" 53KE2566CLF — — $1998 $1998 7 Modesty panel option:
25" 72" 283⁄4" 55" 271⁄2" 53KE2572CLF — — 2092 2092 X = Fixed modesty panel (ships attached)
H = Hinged modesty panel (+$59; ships
Lateral File on Right unattached, assembly required)
24" 72" 283⁄4" 41" 271⁄2" 53KE2472CRF $1658 $1797 $2324 $2324 X = No grommet
Knife Rim 9 Modesty panel grommet option:
X = No grommet
25" 72" 283⁄4" 41" 271⁄2" 53KE2572CRF — — 2443 $2443
MG1MB = Center top (+$66); matte
Lateral File on Left black
bl Worksurface finish price group (omit
Softened or Reed Rim for LL):
24" 72" 283⁄4" 41" 271⁄2" 53KE2472CLF $1658 $1797 $2324 $2324 STD = Group 1 STD2 = Group 2
(+20%)
Knife Rim bm Worksurface finish designator
25" 72" 283⁄4" 41" 271⁄2" 53KE2572CLF — — 2443 $2443 bn Drawer front finish designator (omit for
LW and W models)
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". and W)
bp Rim finish price group (omit for LL, L,
Modesty panel grommet
and W):
option
(+20%)
Single-pedestal credenzas bq Rim finish designator (omit for W
can be used as standalone models)
units. br Wood interior drawer option (omit for
Page 5.129 Priority
Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Credenzas Pricing • Two file/file letter-width pedestals
Desks & Components • Two hinged doors and one adjustable shelf
†GSA
Kneespace and Storage ††GSA
SIN 711-9 in center section of storage credenza
SIN 711-8 • Fixed modesty panel on kneespace cre-
denza (ships unattached; assembly required)
• Finished back
Number of TFL Top HPL Top HPL Top Wood Top

Optional TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis How to Specify
D W H KW KH Locks Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W)
! Model
Kneespace †† @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
Softened or Reed Rim LL = TFL/TFL L = HPL/TFL
LW = HPL/wood W = Wood/wood
24" 66" 283⁄4" 34" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2466CKF $1665 $1844 $2630 $2630 # Pedestal option:
24" 72" 283⁄4" 40" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2472CKF 1738 1946 2636 2636 2 = File/file
4 Rim profile:
Knife Rim P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
25" 66" 283⁄4" 34" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2566CKF — — $2768 $2768 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
25" 72" 283⁄4" 40" 271⁄2" 2 53KE2572CKF — — 2775 2775
Storage † 5 Pull option:
Softened or Reed Rim 6 Lock option:
24" 66" 283⁄4" 3 53KE2466CSF $1753 $1943 $2953 $2953 X = Non-locking
KS = Key specific (+$41 per lock); specify
24" 72" 283⁄4" 3 53KE2472CSF 1834 2034 2998 2998 lock core(s) separately
Knife Rim KRB = Key random, black core (+$69 per
lock)
25" 66" 283⁄4" 3 53KE2566CSF — — $3111 $3111
KRS = Key random, silver core (+$69 per
25" 72" 283⁄4" 3 53KE2572CSF — — 3160 3160 lock)
X = Fixed modesty panel
*Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". H = Hinged modesty panel (+$59)
X = No grommet
9 Modesty panel grommet option (omit for
storage credenza):
X = No grommet
MG1MB = Center top (+$66); matte black
bl Worksurface finish price group (omit for
LL):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
bn Drawer front finish designator (omit for LW
and W models)
and W)
bp Rim finish price group (omit for LL, L, and
W models):
STD = Group 1
Modesty panel grommet STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
option on kneespace bq Rim finish designator (omit for W models)
model br Wood interior drawer option (omit for
Page 5.130 Priority
PRIORITY™ Rectangular Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37
Side-to-Side Grain Direction / For Flush-Surface Applications GSA SIN 711-8
TFL HPL HPL Wood

D W H* Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) Standard Includes
• Worksurface (grain direction runs
with the width)
For Use as Main, Extension (Return), or Filler (Bridge) Worksurface • Rim profile: softened and reed rim
24" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2430WSS $164 $212 $411 $411 profile on all four sides
24" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2436WSS 175 239 436 436
24" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2442WSS 212 272 462 462
24" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2448WSS 248 301 500 500 How to Specify
24" 54" 13⁄16" 53K2454WSS 299 333 546 546 ! Model
24" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2460WSS 308 363 572 572
LL = TFL with P rim
Extension (Return) 24" 66" 13⁄16" 53K2466WSS 354 421 624 624
L = HPL with P rim
24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K2472WSS 367 435 647 647 LW = HPL with F or M wood rim
24" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2478WSS 377 469 680 680 W = Wood with F or M wood rim
3 Worksurface type:
24" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2484WSS 387 504 732 732
M = Main
24" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2490WSS 412 538 759 759 E = Extension (return)
Filler (Bridge) 24" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2496WSS 436 570 811 811 F = Filler (bridge)
24" 1017⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K24102WSS — 650 900 900
4 Rim profile:
24" 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K24108WSS — 677 918 918 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
24" 11913⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K24120WSS — 736 1030 1030 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
➤See next page for knife rim rectangular worksurfaces with side-to-side grain direction. 5 Worksurface grommet option:
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". ➤See page 5.50 for designators
X = No grommet
(omit for LL models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
L, and W models):
STD = Group 1
Undersurface Storage
➤See pages 5.228– 5.231.
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
models)
End Panels
➤See page 5.154.
Modesty Panels
➤See pages 5.160.
Page 5.131 Priority

Side-to-Side Grain Direction / For Flush-Surface Applications, continued GSA SIN 711-8
TFL HPL HPL Wood

Knife Rim
with the width)
For Use as Main Worksurface** • Rim profile:
25" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2530WSS — — $473 $473 – Knife rim user’s edge: overhangs
11⁄4"
25" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2536WSS — — 480 480
– Knife rim side edges: flat (no rim
25" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2542WSS — — 510 510 profile) on “main” worksurfaces, flat
25" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2548WSS — — 551 551 (no rim profile) on the pedestal side
25" 54" 13⁄16" 53K2554WSS — — 602 602 (exposed side edge) and reverse
knife rim on abutting side on
25" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2560WSS — — 630 630
“extension” worksurfaces, reverse
Extension (Return) 25" 66" 13⁄16" 53K2566WSS — — 687 687 knife rim on both sides on “filler”
25" 72" 13⁄16" 53K2572WSS — — 712 712 worksurfaces
– Knife rim back edge: flat (no rim
25" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2578WSS — — 749 749
profile)
25" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2584WSS — — 805 805 • Attachment hardware
25" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2590WSS — — 837 837
Filler (Bridge) 25" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2596WSS — — 894 894
How to Specify
25" 1017⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K25102WSS — — 992 992
! Model
25" 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K25108WSS — — 1010 1010 @ Worksurface material:
25" 11913⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K25120WSS — — 1134 1134 LL = TFL with P rim
For Use as Extension (Return) Worksurface with Pedestal on Left L = HPL with P rim
LW = HPL with F or M wood rim
25" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2536WSSRL — — $480 $480
W = Wood with F or M wood rim
25" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2542WSSRL — — 510 510 3 Rim profile:
25" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2548WSSRL — — 551 551 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
For Use as Extension (Return) Worksurface with Pedestal on Right
25" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2536WSSRR — — $480 $480 S = Knife wood (LW or W)
25" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2542WSSRR — — 510 510 4 Worksurface grommet option:
➤See page 5.50 for designators
25" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2548WSSRR — — 551 551
X = No grommet
For Use as Filler (Bridge) Worksurface 5 Worksurface finish price group
Undersurface Storage 25" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2536WSSB — — $480 $480 (omit for LL models):
➤See pages 5.228– 5.231. STD = Group 1
25" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2542WSSB — — 510 510
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
End Panels 25" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2548WSSB — — 551 551
➤See page 5.154.
➤See previous page for softened- or reed-rim rectangular worksurfaces with side-to-side grain direction.
L, and W models):
Modesty Panels *Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8".
STD = Group 1
➤See pages 5.160. **Knife rim “main” worksurface cannot be used adjacent to corner worksurfaces.
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Front-to-Back Grain Direction / For Flush-Surface Applications GSA SIN 711-8
TFL HPL HPL Wood

with the depth)
For Use as Main, Extension (Return), or Filler (Bridge) Worksurface • Rim profile: softened and reed rim
24" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2430WSSFB $164 $212 $411 $411 profile on all four sides
24" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2436WSSFB 175 239 436 436
24" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2442WSSFB 212 272 462 462
24" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2448WSSFB 248 301 500 500 How to Specify
24" 54" 13⁄16" 53K2454WSSFB 299 333 546 546 ! Model
24" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2460WSSFB 308 363 572 572
Extension (return) LL = TFL with P rim
24" 66" 13⁄16" 53K2466WSSFB — — — 624
L = HPL with P rim
24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K2472WSSFB — — — 647 LW = HPL with F or M wood rim
24" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2478WSSFB — — — 680 W = Wood with F or M wood rim
3 Worksurface type:
24" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2484WSSFB — — — 732
M = Main
24" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2490WSSFB — — — 759 E = Extension (return)
Filler (bridge) 24" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2496WSSFB — — — 811 F = Filler (bridge)
24" 1017⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K24102WSSFB — — — 900
4 Rim profile:
24" 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K24108WSSFB — — — 918 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
24" 11913⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K24120WSSFB — — — 1030 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
➤See next page for knife rim rectangular worksurfaces with front-to-back grain direction. 5 Worksurface grommet option:
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". ➤See page 5.50 for designators
X = No grommet
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
L, and W models):
STD = Group 1
Undersurface Storage STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See pages 5.228– 5.231. 9 Rim finish designator (omit for W
models)
End Panels
➤See page 5.154.
Modesty Panels
➤See pages 5.160.
Page 5.133 Priority

Front-to-Back Grain Direction / For Flush-Surface Applications, continued GSA SIN 711-8
TFL HPL HPL Wood

Knife Rim
with the depth)
For Use as Main Worksurface** • Rim profile:
25" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2530WSSFB — — $473 473 – Knife rim user’s edge: overhangs
11⁄4"
25" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2536WSSFB — — 480 480
25" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2542WSSFB — — 510 510 profile) on “main” worksurfaces, flat
25" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2548WSSFB — — 551 551 (no rim profile) on the pedestal side
25" 54" 13⁄16" 53K2554WSSFB — — 602 602 (exposed side edge) and reverse
knife rim on abutting side on
25" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2560WSSFB — — 630 630
“extension” worksurfaces, reverse
Extension (return)
25" 66" 13⁄16" 53K2566WSSFB — — — 687 knife rim on both sides on “filler”
25" 72" 13⁄16" 53K2572WSSFB — — — 712 worksurfaces
– Knife rim back edge: flat (no rim
25" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16 53K2578WSSFB — — — 749
profile)
25" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2584WSSFB — — — 805 • Attachment hardware
25" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2590WSSFB — — — 837
Filler (bridge) 25" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2596WSSFB — — — 894
How to Specify
25" 1017⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K25102WSSFB — — — 992
! Model
25" 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K25108WSSFB — — — 1010 @ Worksurface material:
25" 11913⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K25120WSSFB — — — 1134 LL = TFL with P rim
For Use as Extension (Return) Worksurface with Pedestal on Left L = HPL with P rim
25" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2536WSSRFBL — — $480 $480
25" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2542WSSRFBL — — 510 510 3 Rim profile:
25" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2548WSSRFBL — — 551 551 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
For Use as Extension (Return) Worksurface with Pedestal on Right
25" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2536WSSRFBR — — $480 $480 S = Knife wood (LW or W)
25" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2542WSSRFBR — — 510 510 4 Worksurface grommet option:
25" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2548WSSRFBR — — 551 551
X = No grommet
For Use as Filler (Bridge) Worksurface 5 Worksurface finish price group
➤See pages 5.228– 5.231.
25" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2536WSSBFB — — $480 $480 (omit for LL models):
25" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2542WSSBFB — — 510 510 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
End Panels 25" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2548WSSBFB — — 551 551
➤See page 5.154.
➤See previous page for softened- or reed-rim rectangular worksurfaces with front-to-back grain direction.
L, and W models):
Modesty Panels *Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8".
➤See pages 5.160.
STD = Group 1
**Knife rim “main” worksurface cannot be used adjacent to corner worksurfaces.
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
PRIORITY™ Desk Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Flush-Surface Applications GSA SIN 711-8
TFL HPL HPL with Wood

D W H* AO ED Model (LL) (L) Wood Rim (LW) (W) Standard Includes
• Worksurface
Rectangular for Use as Main Worksurface
• Rim profile:
Softened or Reed Rim – Softened or reed rim on all edges
301⁄16" 60" 13⁄16" 30" 53K3060WSS $331 $427 $644 $644 – Knife rim on approach and user
side; side edges are flat
301⁄16" 66" 13⁄16" 30" 53K3066WSS 358 494 700 700
301⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 30" 53K3072WSS 384 509 732 732
361⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 36" 53K3672WSS 508 700 814 814 How to Specify
Knife Rim ! Model
321⁄8" 60" 13⁄16" 30" 53K3260WSS — — $700 $700
LL = TFL with P rim
321⁄8" 66" 13⁄16" 30" 53K3266WSS — — 732 732
L = HPL with P rim
321⁄8" 72" 13⁄16" 30" 53K3272WSS — — 805 805 LW = HPL with F, M, or S wood rim
381⁄8" 72" 13⁄16" 36" 53K3872WSS — — 905 905 W = Wood with F, M, or S wood rim
3 Rim profile:
Arc for Use as Main Worksurface P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
Softened or Reed Rim F = Softened wood (LW or W)
361⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 67⁄8" 30" 53K3672WSA $627 $785 $978 $978
421⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 67⁄8" 36" 53K4272WSA 659 793 1161 1161 4 Worksurface grommet option:
381⁄8" 72" 13⁄16" 57⁄8"** 30" 53K3872WSAS — — $1076 $1076 X = No grommet
421⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 57⁄8"** 36" 53K4272WSAS — — 1285 1285
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8".
**Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4".
Arc top depth dimensions L, and W models):
represent the widest point. STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Pedestals 8 Rim finish designator (omit for W
must match worksurface models)
end depth. Kneespace
should not exceed 48"
without additional support.
Pedestals
➤See page 5.217.
Center Drawers
➤See page 5.124.
Page 5.135 Priority

PRIORITY™ Rectangular Cockpit Desk Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

D W H* Model (LL) (L) Wood Rim (LW) (W) Standard Includes
• Worksurface
30"
Worksurface for Use with Pedestal on Right
• Rim profile:
W Softened or Reed Rim – Softened or reed rim on all edges
153⁄4" 48" 72" 13⁄16" 53K4872WSSCR $612 $718 $1076 $1076 – Knife rim user’s edge: overhangs
11⁄4"
Knife Rim**
D 24" – Knife rim side edges: flat (no rim
501⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 53K5072WSSCR — — $1182 $1182 profile) on the pedestal side
Worksurface for Use with Pedestal on Left (exposed side edge) and reverse
knife rim on abutting side to cock-
pit corner unit
48" 72" 13⁄16" 53K4872WSSCL $612 $718 $1076 $1076
Knife Rim**
How to Specify
501⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 53K5072WSSCL — — $1182 $1182
! Model
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". LL = TFL with P rim
**Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". L = HPL with P rim
LW = HPL with F, M, or S wood rim
W = Wood with F, M, or S wood rim
3 Rim profile:
Models on this page are M = Reed wood (LW or W)
intended for use as a S = Knife wood (LW or W)
“Main” surface along with 4 Worksurface grommet option:
cockpit corner. ➤See page 5.50 for designators.
➤See page 5.131. X = No grommet
IMPORTANT: For use with (omit for LL):
15"W x 30"D pedestals. STD = Group 1
Kneespace should not STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
exceed 48" without 6 Worksurface finish designator
additional support. 7 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, and W models):
Pedestals STD = Group 1
End Support Panels models)
➤See page 5.154.
Modesty Panels
➤See pages 5.160.
Page 5.136 Priority

PRIORITY™ Arc Cockpit Desk Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

D W H* Model (LL) (L) Wood Rim (LW) (W) Standard Includes
24" • Worksurface
W Worksurface for Use with Pedestal on Right
• Rim profile:
153⁄4" Softened or Reed Rim – Softened or reed rim on all edges
48" 72" 13⁄16" 53K4872WSACR $640 $749 $1125 $1125 – Knife rim user’s edge: overhangs
D 24" 11⁄4"
Knife Rim**
501⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 53K5072WSACR — — $1239 $1239 profile) on the pedestal side
Worksurface for Use with Pedestal on Left (exposed side edge) and reverse
knife rim on abutting side to cock-
pit corner unit
48" 72" 13⁄16" 53K4872WSACL $640 $749 $1125 $1125
Knife Rim**
How to Specify
501⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 53K5072WSACL — — $1239 $1239
! Model
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". LL = TFL with P rim
**Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4". L = HPL with P rim
3 Rim profile:
Models on this page are M = Reed wood (LW or W)
intended for use as a S = Knife wood (LW or W)
“Main” surface along with 4 Worksurface grommet option:
cockpit corner. ➤See page 5.50 for designators.
➤See page 5.131. X = No grommet
IMPORTANT: For use with (omit for LL):
15"W x 24"D pedestals. STD = Group 1
Kneespace should not STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
exceed 48" without 6 Worksurface finish designator
additional support. 7 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, and W models):
Pedestals
➤See page 5.217.
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
End Support Panels
➤See page 5.154.
models)
Modesty Panels
➤See pages 5.160.
Page 5.137 Priority

PRIORITY™ Taper Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

A B C H* Model (LL) (L) Wood Rim (LW) (W) Standard Includes
C
A • Worksurface
Taper
Softened or Reed Rim • Rim profile on all four sides**
B 60" 24" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2460WSTPL $429 $572 $859 $859 Note: Side C attaches to the main
worksurface, and will feature a reverse
A 66" 24" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2466WSTPL 460 614 920 920
knife rim on knife-rim worksurfaces.
72" 24" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2472WSTPL 490 656 983 983
B
C 60" 301⁄16" 24" 13⁄16" 53K3060WSTPL 429 572 859 859
66" 301⁄16" 24" 13⁄16" 53K3066WSTPL 460 614 920 920
How to Specify
72" 301⁄16" 24" 13⁄16" 53K3072WSTPL 490 656 983 983
! Model
Knife Rim
C LL = TFL with P rim
A 60" 25" 321⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K2560WSTPL — — $944 $944 L = HPL with P rim
66" 25" 321⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K2566WSTPL — — 1013 1013 LW = HPL with F, M, or S wood rim
B 72" 25" 321⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K2572WSTPL — — 1082 1082
3 Rim profile:
60" 321⁄8" 25" 13⁄16" 53K3260WSTPL — — 945 944 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
A 66" 321⁄8" 25" 13⁄16" 53K3266WSTPL — — 1013 1013 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
C
72" 321⁄8" 25" 13⁄16" 53K3272WSTPL — — 1082 1082
B S = Knife wood (LW or W)
Models on this page are X = No grommet

Suggested Applications:
intended for use as an 5 Worksurface finish price group
Approach Approach
”extension” surface only. (omit for LL):
30" 30"
STD = Group 1
24"
IMPORTANT: Unsupported 24" STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
span should not exceed 48" 6 Worksurface finish designator
without additional support. 7 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, and W models):
Xsede Undersurface STD = Group 1
Support Rail (45W48WSSR STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Application shown above is not
and 45W72WSSR) 8 Rim finish designator (omit for W
➤See Xsede Open Plan
applicable for knife rim surfaces
models)
chapter of the Kimball
Benching Price List.
Modesty Panels
➤See pages 5.160.
Support Columns
➤See page 5.158.
Page 5.138 Priority

PRIORITY™ P-Shaped & U-Shaped Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

D W H* Diameter Model (LL) (L) Wood Rim (LW) (W) Standard Includes
• Worksurface
P-Shaped, Right
• Rim on all sides
Softened or Reed Rim Note: For knife rim surfaces, straight
301⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 36" 53K3072WSPR $537 $776 $1137 $1137 end will feature a reverse knife rim on
“extension” worksurface and a flat
Knife Rim
edge on “main” worksurfaces.
321⁄8" 72" 13⁄16" 36" 53K3272WSPR — — $1171 $1171
P-Shaped, Left
How to Specify
! Model
301⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 36" 53K3072WSPL $537 $776 $1137 $1137 @ Worksurface material:
Knife Rim LL = TFL with P rim
321⁄8" 72" 13⁄16" 36" 53K3272WSPL — — $1171 $1171 L = HPL with P rim
U-Shaped W = Wood with F, M, or S wood rim
Softened or Reed Rim 3 Worksurface type:
M = Main
301⁄16" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3066WSU $404 $556 $839 $839
E = Extension
301⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3072WSU 413 570 879 879 4 Rim profile:
361⁄16" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672WSU 570 785 978 978 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
361⁄16" 84" 13⁄16" 53K3684WSU 668 923 1179 1179 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
Knife Rim
321⁄8" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3266WSU — — $879 $879 Note: Straight end will have a reverse
321⁄8" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3272WSU — — 967 967 knife rim on “extension” worksurfaces
and flat edge on “main” worksurfaces.
381⁄8" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3872WSU — — 1088 1088
IMPORTANT: Support 381⁄8" 84" 13⁄16" 53K3884WSU — — 1296 1296 (omit for LL models):
base and end panel must STD = Group 1
be specified separately. *Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Modesty panel is also 6 Worksurface finish designator
required for 84"W 7 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
U-shaped worksurface. L, and W models):
STD = Group 1
Modesty Panels STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See page 5.161. 8 Rim finish designator (omit for W
models)
End Panels
➤See page 5.154.
Support Columns
➤See page 5.158.
Page 5.139 Priority

PRIORITY™ Corner Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

D W H* Front Edge Model (LL) (L) Wood Rim (LW) (W) Standard Includes
• Worksurface
Corner
• Grain direction runs parallel to the
Softened or Reed Rim user edge
36" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 17" 53K3636WSCC $357 $494 $752 $752 • Attachment hardware
42" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 257⁄16" 53K4242WSCC 403 556 840 840
Knife Rim** How to Specify
37" 371⁄16" 13⁄16" 17" 53K3737WSCC — — $861 $861 ! Model
43" 431⁄16" 13⁄16" 257⁄16" 53K4343WSCC — — 922 922 @ Worksurface material:
LL = TFL with P rim
L = HPL with P rim
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". LW = HPL with F, M, or S wood rim
**Knife rim corner worksurface must be used with knife rim rectangular “extension” or “filler” worksurfaces only. W = Wood with F, M, or S wood rim
3 Rim profile:
X = No grommet
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
L, and W
models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
models)
IMPORTANT: Corner
support base must be
Corner Support
➤See page 5.157.
Page 5.140 Priority

PRIORITY™ 24"–36"D Rectangular Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Floating-Surface Applications GSA SIN 711-2
TFL HPL HPL Wood HPL Wood

(LL) (L) (LW) (W) (1LW) (1W)
D W H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim Standard Includes
24" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2436WBS $175 $239 $436 $436 $480 $480 • Worksurface
24" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2442WBS 212 272 462 462 510 510 • Rim on four sides
24" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2448WBS 248 301 500 500 551 551
24" 54" 13⁄16" 53K2454WBS 299 333 546 546 602 602 How to Specify
24" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2460WBS 308 363 572 572 630 630 ! Model
24" 66" 13⁄16" 53K2466WBS 354 421 624 624 687 687 @ Worksurface material:
24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K2472WBS 367 435 647 647 712 712 LL = TFL with P rim
L = HPL with P rim
24" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2478WBS 377 469 680 680 749 749
24" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2484WBS 387 504 732 732 805 805 W = Wood with F or M wood rim
24" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2490WBS 412 538 759 759 837 837 1LW = HPL with S wood rim
1W = Wood with S wood rim
24" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2496WBS 412 570 811 811 894 894
3 Rim profile:
30" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3036WBS $200 $276 $473 $473 $521 $521 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
30" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3042WBS 227 313 512 512 563 563 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
30" 48" 13⁄16" 53K3048WBS 257 356 552 552 608 608
S = Knife wood (1LW or 1W)
30" 54" 13⁄16" 53K3054WBS 286 395 608 608 670 670 4 Worksurface grommet/cutout
30" 60" 13⁄16" 53K3060WBS 331 427 644 644 707 707 option:
13⁄16" X = No grommet or cutout
30" 66" 53K3066WBS 358 494 700 700 770 770
30" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3072WBS 384 509 732 732 805 805 5 Worksurface finish price group
30" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3078WBS 401 550 779 779 859 859 (omit for LL):
30" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3084WBS 427 591 829 829 911 911 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
30" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16"" 53K3090WBS 455 631 877 877 964 964
30" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3096WBS 481 668 921 921 1014 1014 7 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
36" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3636WBS $273 $375 $462 $462 $510 $510 L, W, and 1W models):
STD = Group 1
36" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3642WBS 312 428 526 526 580 580
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
36" 48" 13⁄16" 53K3648WBS 357 492 592 592 651 651 8 Rim finish designator (omit for W
36" 54" 13⁄16" 53K3654WBS 403 556 655 655 723 723 and 1W models)
* Height (thickness) for TFL 36" 60" 13⁄16"" 53K3660WBS 448 617 721 721 794 794
worksurfaces is 11⁄8".
36" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3666WBS 480 660 786 786 864 864
IMPORTANT: Support rails 36" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672WBS 508 700 814 814 898 898
or height-adjustable base 36" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3678WBS 516 761 905 905 997 997
must be specified separately.
36" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3684WBS 559 824 984 984 1081 1081
Undersurface Support Rails 36" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3690WBS 560 890 1080 1080 1189 1189
➤See page 5.170. 36" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3696WBS 576 960 1101 1101 1211 1211
Page 5.141 Priority

PRIORITY™ 24"–36"D Rectangular Wire Mgr. Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

(LL) (L) (LW) (W) (1LW) (1W)
D W H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim Standard Includes
24" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2436WBS $222 $288 $488 $488 $531 $531 • Worksurface
24" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2442WBS 260 320 514 514 561 561 • Rim on three sides
• Wire manager on back side
24" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2448WBS 297 350 552 552 603 603
24" 54" 13⁄16" 53K2454WBS 345 382 597 597 653 653
24" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2460WBS 378 413 624 624 682 682 How to Specify
24" 66" 13⁄16" 53K2466WBS 402 472 676 676 739 739 ! Model
24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K2472WBS 414 484 700 700 763 763
LL = TFL with P rim
24" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2478WBS 424 521 732 732 801 801
L = HPL with P rim
24" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2484WBS 435 552 784 784 857 857 LW = HPL with F or M wood rim
1LW = HPL with S wood rim
24" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2496WBS 483 620 863 863 945 945
30" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3036WBS $246 $324 $524 $524 $572 $572 # Rim option:
30" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3042WBS 274 363 563 563 616 616 3 = Wire manager
30" 48" 13⁄16" 53K3048WBS 305 407 604 604 659 659
4 Rim profile:
30" 54" 13⁄16" 53K3054WBS 333 443 659 659 721 721 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
30" 60" 13⁄16" 53K3060WBS 355 478 695 695 759 759 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
30" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3066WBS 406 543 751 751 821 821 S = Knife wood (1LW or 1W)
5 Worksurface grommet/cutout
30" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3072WBS 432 560 784 784 857 857
option:
30" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3078WBS 447 600 831 831 910 910 X = No grommet or cutout
30" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3084WBS 476 640 881 881 963 963 ➤See page 5.52 for designators.
30" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3090WBS 502 682 930 930 1015 1015
30" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3096WBS 528 720 972 972 1067 1067 STD = Group 1
36" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3636WBS $320 $425 $514 $514 $561 $561 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
36" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3642WBS 359 479 579 579 632 632
36" 48" 13⁄16" 53K3648WBS 405 541 644 644 703 703 L, W, and 1W models):
36" 54" 13⁄16" 53K3654WBS 449 605 707 707 775 775 STD = Group 1
* Height (thickness) for TFL 36" 60" 13⁄16" 53K3660WBS 495 666 774 774 846 846 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
worksurfaces is 11⁄8". 9 Rim finish designator (omit for W
36" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3666WBS 527 712 838 838 916 916
and 1W models)
IMPORTANT: Support rails 36" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672WBS 556 750 866 866 948 948 bl Wire manager finish designator
or height-adjustable base 36" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3678WBS 563 812 959 959 1047 1047
36" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3684WBS 606 872 1036 1036 1135 1135
Undersurface Support Rails 36" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3690WBS 608 939 1134 1134 1242 1242
➤See page 5.170. 36" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3696WBS 624 1009 1152 1152 1262 1262
Page 5.142 Priority

PRIORITY™ 48"–60"D Rectangular Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

(LL) (L) (LW) (W) (1LW) (1W) Standard Includes
D W H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim • Worksurface (120" and 144" widths
48" 48" 13⁄16" 53K4848WBS $507 $609 $1364 $1364 $1502 $1502 are two-piece tops)
48" 54" 13⁄16" 53K4854WBS 534 668 1501 1501 1681 1681 • Rim on four sides
48" 60" 13⁄16" 53K4860WBS 585 735 1652 1652 1850 1850
Grain direction runs with the width on
48" 66" 13⁄16" 53K4866WBS 644 809 1817 1817 2035 2035 wood veneer and woodgrain laminate
48" 72" 13⁄16" 53K4872WBS 708 890 1999 1999 2235 2235 worksurfaces.
Exception: Grain runs with the depth
48" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K4878WBS 778 978 2198 2198 2463 2463
on two-piece (120" and 144"W) work-
48" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K4884WBS 858 1076 2418 2418 2708 2708 surfaces with quartered (straight) grain
48" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K4890WBS 942 1239 2540 2540 2844 2844 finishes (Monterey Oak, Canyon Oak,
Tuscan Walnut, and Clear Zebrawood).
48" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K4896WBS 1001 1379 2569 2569 2877 2877
48" 120" 13⁄16" 53K48120WBS 1374 2110 4363 4363 4885 4885
48" 14315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K48144WBS 1509 2249 4635 4635 5196 5196 How to Specify
60" 60" 13⁄16" 53K6060WBS $696 $835 $1811 $1811 $1993 $1993 ! Model
60" 66" 13⁄16" 53K6066WBS 766 919 2029 2029 2271 2271
LL = TFL with P rim
60" 72" 13⁄16" 53K6072WBS 842 1010 2231 2231 2500 2500
L = HPL with P rim
60" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K6078WBS 928 1112 2455 2455 2749 2749 LW = HPL with F or M wood rim
60" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K6090WBS 1119 1345 2972 2972 3328 3328
60" 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K6096WBS 1233 1480 3269 3269 3659 3659 3 Rim profile:
60" 14315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K60144WBS 2484 4355 6284 6284 6913 6913 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
option:
* Height (thickness) for TFL STD = Group 1
worksurfaces is 11⁄8". STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Support rails 7 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
must be specified separately. L, W, and 1W models):
STD = Group 1
Undersurface Support Rails STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See page 5.170. 8 Rim finish designator (omit for W
and 1W models)
Page 5.143 Priority
PRIORITY™ Corner Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

A B C D E H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim • Worksurface
90° Corner • Rim on all sides
48" 48" 24" 24" 341⁄4" 13⁄16" 53K2448WBL $502 $679 $935 $935 $1122 $1084
48" 48" 30" 30" 251⁄2" 13⁄16" 53K3048WBL 618 746 1029 1029 1233 1233 How to Specify
A B
! Model
LL = TFL with P rim
C D L = HPL with P rim
E LW = HPL with F or M wood rim
120° Corner 1W = Wood with S wood rim
48" 48" 24" 24" 591⁄4" 13⁄16" 53K2448WBY $551 $728 $1134 $1134 $1359 $1359
3 Rim profile:
48" 48" 30" 30" 533⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3048WBY 680 787 1154 1154 1386 1386
B
A
C D option:
E

STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Corner Support Panels 6 Worksurface finish designator
➤See page 5.140. 7 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
L, W, and 1W models):
90° and 120° Height- STD = Group 1
Adjustable Frames STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See pages 5.179 – 5.180. 8 Rim finish designator (omit for W
and 1W models)
IMPORTANT: Support rails
are included with corner
support frames and height-
adjustable bases, but must
be specified separately if
using U-legs for support.
Undersurface Support Rails

➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.144 Priority

PRIORITY™ Corner Wire Manager Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

A B C D E H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim • Worksurface
90° Corner • Wire manager on back (A & B) sides
• Rim on sides and front edges
48" 48" 24" 24" 341⁄4" 13⁄16" 53K2448WBL $586 $778 $1039 $1039 $1225 $1225
48" 48" 30" 30" 251⁄2" 13⁄16" 53K3048WBL 702 846 1133 1133 1337 1337
B
A How to Specify
! Model
C D LL = TFL with P rim
E L = HPL with P rim
120° Corner 1LW = HPL with S wood rim
48" 48" 24" 24" 591⁄4" 13⁄16" 53K2448WBY $636 $828 $1236 $1236 $1463 $1463 1W = Wood with S wood rim
# Rim option:
48" 48" 30" 30" 533⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3048WBY 702 888 1258 1258 1490 1490
B 3 = Wire manager
A
4 Rim profile:
C D
E S = Knife wood (1LW or 1W)
option:
Corner Support Panels (omit for LL models):
➤See page 5.140. STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
90° and 120° Height- 7 Worksurface finish designator
Adjustable Frames 8 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
➤See pages 5.179 – 5.180. L, W, and 1W models):
STD = Group 1
IMPORTANT: Support rails STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
are included with corner 9 Rim finish designator (omit for W
support frames and height- and 1W models)
adjustable bases, but must bl Wire manager finish designator
be specified separately if
using U-legs for support.

➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.145 Priority

PRIORITY™ Arc-End Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

D W H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim • Worksurface
24" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2442WBAE $249 $303 $555 $555 $613 $613 • Rim on four sides
24" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2448WBAE 278 336 602 602 661 661
24" 54" 13⁄16" 53K2454WBAE 290 373 655 655 723 723 How to Specify
24" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2460WBAE 296 407 687 687 756 756 ! Model
24" 66" 13⁄16" 53K2466WBAE 343 473 750 750 827 827 @ Worksurface material:
24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K2472WBAE 354 488 777 777 854 854 LL = TFL with P rim
L = HPL with P rim
24" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2478WBAE 381 526 814 814 899 899
24" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2484WBAE 409 564 879 879 967 967 W = Wood with F or M wood rim
24" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2490WBAE 438 604 912 912 1005 1005 1LW = HPL with S wood rim
30" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3042WBAE $283 $350 $615 $615 $676 $676
3 Rim profile:
30" 48" 13⁄16" 53K3048WBAE 291 402 666 666 731 707 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
30" 54" 13⁄16" 53K3054WBAE 320 441 731 731 804 804 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
30" 60" 13⁄16" 53K3060WBAE 347 480 774 774 851 851 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
30" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3066WBAE 404 556 839 839 924 924 4 Worksurface finish price group
30" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3072WBAE 413 570 879 879 967 967 (omit for LL models):
30" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3078WBAE 448 617 936 936 1031 1031 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
30" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3084WBAE 480 661 995 995 1096 1096
30" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3090WBAE 515 709 1052 1052 1158 1158 6 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
36" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3642WBAE $349 $481 $633 $633 $697 $697 L, W, and 1W models):
STD = Group 1
36" 48" 13⁄16" 53K3648WBAE 402 551 710 710 782 782
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
36" 54" 13⁄16" 53K3654WBAE 451 622 788 788 866 866 7 Rim finish designator (omit for W
36" 60" 13⁄16" 53K3660WBAE 502 692 865 865 953 953 and 1W models)
36" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3666WBAE 538 741 944 944 1039 1039
36" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672WBAE 570 785 978 978 1076 1076
36" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3678WBAE 618 852 1088 1088 1196 1196
36" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3684WBAE 668 923 1179 1179 1300 1300
36" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3690WBAE 725 997 1296 1296 1428 1428


➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.146 Priority

PRIORITY™ U-Shaped Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

24" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2442WBU $249 $303 $555 $555 $613 $613 • Rim on all sides
24" 48" 13⁄16" 53K2448WBU 278 336 602 602 661 661
24" 54" 13⁄16" 53K2454WBU 290 373 655 655 723 723 How to Specify
24" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2460WBU 296 407 687 687 756 756 ! Model
24" 66" 13⁄16" 53K2466WBU 343 473 750 750 827 827 @ Worksurface material:
24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K2472WBU 354 488 777 777 854 854 LL = TFL with P rim
L = HPL with P rim
24" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2478WBU 381 526 814 814 899 899
24" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2484WBU 409 564 879 879 967 967 W = Wood with F or M wood rim
24" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2490WBU 438 604 912 912 1005 1005 1LW = HPL with S wood rim
30" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3042WBU $283 $350 $615 $615 $676 $676
3 Rim profile:
30" 48" 13⁄16" 53K3048WBU 291 402 666 666 731 731 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
30" 54" 13⁄16" 53K3054WBU 320 441 731 731 804 777 F = Softened wood (LW or W)
30" 60" 13⁄16" 53K3060WBU 347 480 774 774 851 851 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
30" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3066WBU 404 556 839 839 924 924 4 Worksurface finish price group
30" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3072WBU 413 570 879 879 967 967 (omit for LL models):
30" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3078WBU 448 617 936 936 1031 1031 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
30" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3084WBU 480 661 995 995 1096 1096
30" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3090WBU 515 709 1052 1052 1158 1158 6 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
36" 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3642WBU $349 $481 $633 $633 $697 $697 L, W, and 1W models):
STD = Group 1
36" 48" 13⁄16" 53K3648WBU 402 551 710 710 782 782
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
36" 54" 13⁄16" 53K3654WBU 451 622 788 788 866 866 7 Rim finish designator (omit for W
36" 60" 13⁄16" 53K3660WBU 502 692 865 865 953 953 and 1W models)
36" 66" 13⁄16" 53K3666WBU 538 741 944 944 1039 1039
36" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672WBU 570 785 978 978 1076 1040
36" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3678WBU 618 852 1088 1088 1196 1196
36" 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3684WBU 668 923 1179 1179 1300 1300
36" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K3690WBU 725 997 1296 1296 1428 1428


➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.147 Priority

PRIORITY™ Extended Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

A B C D H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim • Worksurface
Extension on Right • Rim on all sides
36" 36" 24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672WBER $627 $785 $978 $978 $1175 $1175
How to Specify
D ! Model
LL = TFL with P rim
B A L = HPL with P rim
C
Extension on Left 1W = Wood with S wood rim
36" 36" 24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672WBEL $627 $785 $978 $978 $1175 $1175 3 Rim profile:
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". F = Softened wood (LW or W)
D M = Reed wood (LW or W)
A B option:
C 5 Worksurface finish price group
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
and 1W models)


➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.148 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wedge Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 5.37

A B C D H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim • Worksurface
24" 36" 24" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672WBW $570 $785 $978 $978 $1175 $1175 • Rim on all sides

How to Specify
D
! Model
LL = TFL with P rim
A B L = HPL with P rim
C 1LW = HPL with S wood rim
3 Rim profile:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
and 1W models)


➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.149 Priority

PRIORITY™ Round and Square Table Tops Pricing Planning page 5.37

Round • Attachment hardware
36" diameter 13⁄16" 53K36RD $415 $499 $1077 $1077 $1186 $1186
42" diameter 13⁄16" 53K42RD 461 555 1212 1212 1332 1332 How to Specify
48" diameter 13⁄16" 53K48RD 507 609 1364 1364 1502 1502 ! Model
60” diameter 13⁄16" 53K60RD 696 835 1811 1811 1993 1993 @ Worksurface material:
LL = TFL with P rim
Square L = HPL with P rim
36" 36" 13⁄16" 53K3636SQ $415 $499 $1077 $1077 $1186 $1186 LW = HPL with F or M wood rim
42" 42" 13⁄16" 53K4242SQ 461 555 1212 1212 1332 1332
48" 48" 13⁄16" 53K4848SQ 507 609 1364 1364 1502 1502 1W = Wood with S wood rim
60" 60" 13⁄16" 53K6060SQ 696 835 1811 1811 1993 1993 3 Rim profile:
P = Softened vinyl (L models only)
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". F = Softened wood (LW or W mod-
els only)
M = Reed wood (LW or W models
only)
S = Knife wood (1LW or 1W
models only)
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
L and W models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
models)
IMPORTANT: Support
bases or table legs must
Support bases
➤See page 5.110 for base
requirements.
Support Bases
5.321.
Page 5.150 Priority

PRIORITY™ Oval Table Tops Pricing Planning page 5.37

421⁄16" 7715⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K4278WBV $725 $997 $1296 $1296 $1428 $1428 • Rim on all sides

How to Specify
! Model
LL = TFL with P rim
L = HPL with P rim
3 Rim profile:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
and 1W models)

and legs, or height-adjustable
base must be specified sepa-
rately.

➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.151 Priority

PRIORITY™ Racetrack and Elliptical Table Tops Pricing Planning page 5.37

Racetrack • Attachment hardware
36" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3672RC $560 $890 $1401 $1401 $1491 $1491
How to Specify
Table Tops
! Model
LL = TFL with P rim
Elliptical L = HPL with P rim
40" 72" 13⁄16" 53K4072WSEL $616 $946 $1492 $1492 $1587 $1587 LW = HPL with F or M wood rim
3 Rim profile:
Related Products: P = Softened vinyl (L models only)
F = Softened wood (LW or W
D W H Model Price models only)
Modesty Panel for Racetrack or Elliptical Tables
only)
13⁄16" 361⁄16" 10" 53K3609MPHG $540 S = Knife wood (1LW or 1W
models only)
*Height (thickness) for TFL worksurfaces is 11⁄8". 4 Worksurface finish price group
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
L and W models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
models)
IMPORTANT: Support
bases or table legs must Modesty Panel
be specified separately. ! Model
➤See page 5.110 for base 2 Glass pattern:
requirements. 11 = Opaque Frost
Support Bases 510 = Silver Frost metallic
5.321.
Page 5.152 Priority

PRIORITY™ Transaction Counter Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-8

D W H Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) • Softened rim profile
Wood Front • Tackboard (user side): Terra Plus
3413 Stone
12" 65" 153⁄4" 53K1266WSRCW $1188 $1363 $2151 $2151
fabric
How to Specify
! Model
LL = TFL with P rim
L = HPL with P rim
LW = HPL with F wood rim
W = Wood with F wood rim
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
LW and W models)
L, and W models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
models)
IMPORTANT: Transaction
counters are for use with
66” and 72”W rectangular
desks and worksurfaces
with a breakfront modesty
panel.
Page 5.153 Priority

PRIORITY™ End Support Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
D W H Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
End Support
Right End Supports
• End-support panel
For Use with 24" or 25"D Worksurfaces • Attachment hardware
237⁄8" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE2415SESR $448 $752
Worksurface Mid-Support
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE2418SESR 462 760
• Mid-support panel with chamfered
For Use with 30 x 60, 32 x 60, 30 x 66, 32 x 66, 30 x 72, and 32 x 72 Rectangular Desk Worksurfaces back edge to allow cords to pass
30" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE3015SESR $477 $787 from one side to the other
For Use with 36 x 72 arc, 30 x 66 and 32 x 66 Rectangular Desk Worksurfaces
30" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE3018SESR $483 $785 How to Specify
For Use with 42 x 72 arc, 36 x 72, 38 x 72 Rectangular Desk Worksurfaces ! Model
36" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE3618SESR $599 $816 @ Material:
For Use with Arc Cockpit Desk Worksurfaces L = Laminate
W = Wood
4115⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE4215SESR $619 $844
3 Finish price group (omit for L
For Use with Rectangular Cockpit Desk Worksurfaces model):
4715⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE4815SESR $634 $865 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Left End Supports 4 Finish designator
For Use with 24" or 25"D Worksurfaces
237⁄8" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE2415SESL $448 $752
237⁄8" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE2418SESL 462 760
For Use with 30 x 60, 32 x 60, 30 x 66 32 x 66, 30 x 72, and 32 x 72 Rectangular Desk Worksurfaces
30" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE3015SESL $477 $787
For Use with 36 x 72 arc, 30 x 66 and 32 x 66 Rectangular Desk Worksurfaces
30" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE3018SESL $483 $785
For Use with 42 x 72 arc, 36 x 72, 38 x 72 Rectangular Desk Worksurfaces
IMPORTANT: End-support
panels are used to support 36" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE3618SESL $599 $816
the non-pedestal end of a For Use with Arc Cockpit Desk Worksurfaces
worksurface. 4115⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE4215SESL $619 $844
Worksurfaces For Use with Rectangular Cockpit Desk Worksurfaces

➤See page 5.131. 4715⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 53KE4815SESL $634 $865
Worksurface Mid-Support
1013⁄16" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K1128SS $201 $313
Page 5.154 Priority

PRIORITY™ End Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
• End panel
End Panels
For Use in Single-Pedestal Application with Kneespace Modesty Panel or with Square Fluted metal column or Half-Cylinder
241⁄16" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K2428EP $221 $389
How to Specify
301⁄16" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K3028EP 236 406
Wood End Panels
361⁄16" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K3628EP 248 423
IMPORTANT: End panel ! Model
For Use with Overlay Modesty Panel @ Material (include for 23"D overlay
must be used in conjunc-
tion with a non-hinged 233⁄8" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K2328EP $215 $384 model only)l:
modesty panel. 293⁄8" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K2928EP 230 400 W = Wood
355⁄16" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K3528EP 243 417
Modesty Panels STD = Group 1
4 Finish designator
Laminate End Panels

! Model
@ Material:
Related Product: L = Laminate
D W H Model Price
3 Finish designator
Support Panel Bracket Support Panel Bracket

53KSPB $14
! Model
IMPORTANT: Support
panel bracket is for use as
additional support for end
panels that are not next to
a storage component or
modesty panel. Black
metal.
Page 5.155 Priority

➤See 5.3
pagepage
PRIORITY™ T-Leg End Panels Pricing Planning page page
5.37
Pricing page 5.118
page
Pricing Materials
Surface page 5.341
page
Laminate Wood
• End panel
T-Leg End Panels
237⁄8" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K2428ST $387 $658
301⁄16" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K3028ST 403 688
How to Specify
361⁄16" 13⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K3628ST 417 714
IMPORTANT: T-leg end
! Model
panels are for use with
@ Material:
worksurfaces where a
L = Laminate
pedestal is not used. It
W = Wood
cannot be used with a
modesty panel.
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
T-Leg End Panels for Use with Low Storage 4 Finish designator
For Use with 15"H Low Storage
237⁄8" 13⁄16" 117⁄16" 53K2411EPT $539 $791
2915⁄16" 13⁄16" 117⁄16" 53K3011EPT 565 832
3515⁄16" 13⁄16" 117⁄16" 53K3611EPT 599 877
237⁄8" 13⁄16" 51⁄8" 53K2405EPT $302 $478
2915⁄16" 13⁄16" 51⁄8" 53K3005EPT 322 505
3515⁄16" 13⁄16" 51⁄8" 53K3605EPT 354 532
Page 5.156 Priority

PRIORITY™ Corner Support Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
• Back/modesty panels
Corner Support
• Inside support panels
36" 36" 279⁄16" 53K3636SL $843 $1439 • Attachment hardware
42" 42" 279⁄16" 53K4242SL 871 1488
How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Corner
support panels are for use
with corner worksurfaces
only.
Corner Worksurfaces
➤See page 5.140.
Page 5.157 Priority

PRIORITY™ Support Columns Pricing Planning page 5.37
Dia. H Model Price

Standard Includes
Round Metal Column • Column or half-cylinder
4" 273⁄4" KAC2804SFBP $335 • Attachment hardware
How to Specify
Round Metal Column Base
Wood Column ! Model
6" 273⁄4" KAC2806SFB2 $698 2 Paint designator
Wood Column Base or

Wood Half-Cylinder Base
! Model
Wood Half-Cylinder 2 Finish price group:
12" 273⁄4" KAC2812SHB2 $745 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
D W H Model Price
Square Fluted-Metal Column
Square Fluted-Metal Column Base
4" 4" 28" KAC2804SSFP $386
! Model
2 Paint designator:
462 = Cinder
IMPORTANT: Support 510 = Silver Frost
columns are for use with 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
P-shaped, U-shaped, 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
taper, wedge, arc-end, and
rectangular worksurfaces.
Round metal column and

wood column bases can-
not be used with modesty
panels or end panels. Must
be used with a T-leg end
panel.
End Panels
➤See page 5.154.
Modesty Panels
➤See page 5.161.
Page 5.158 Priority

PRIORITY™ U-Legs and O-Legs Pricing Planning page 5.37
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Height-Adjustable End-Support U-Legs • U-leg or O-leg
235⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (243⁄4"–321⁄4") 53K2428SLUSAP $704 • Attachment hardware
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (243⁄4"–321⁄4") 53K3028SLUSAP 737
Note: Height-adjustable U-legs
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (243⁄4"–321⁄4") 53K3628SLUSAP 772
manually adjust in 3⁄8" increments.
How to Specify
Height-Adjustable Mid-Support U-Legs Adjustable U-Legs
913⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (243⁄4"–321⁄4") 53K1028SLUMSAP $599
! Model
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
U-Legs
235⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF2428SLUSF1 $480
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3028SLUSF1 506 U-Legs and O-Legs
353⁄4"" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3628SLUSF1 531
! Model
462 = Cinder
O-Legs 501 = Platinum Metallic
235⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF2428SLOSF1 $494 514 = Carbon Metallic
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3028SLOSF1 519

353⁄4"" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" DF3628SLOSF1 545
IMPORTANT: U-legs and

O-legs are for use with P-
shaped, U-shaped, wedge,
taper, arc-end, and
rectangular extension
worksurfaces. They cannot
be used for freestanding
desk applications.
Page 5.159 Priority

PRIORITY™ Hinged and Technology Modesty Panels H Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
Hinged Modesty Panel
Hinged
• Modesty panel: finished both sides
3⁄4" 117⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K1228MPH $212 $333 • Floor glides
3⁄4" 177⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K1828MPH 222 353 • Hinge attachment hardware
3⁄4" 237⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K2428MPH 233 370
Technology Modesty Panel
3⁄4" 297⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K3028MPH 246 386 • Modesty panel: wood
3⁄4" 357⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K3628MPH 256 406 • Hinged door
3⁄4" 417⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K4228MPH 270 425
3⁄4" 477⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K4828MPH 281 441 How to Specify
3⁄4" 5313⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K5428MPH 294 463
Hinged Modesty Panel
Technology ! Model
@ Material:
63⁄8" 2213⁄16" 251⁄8" 53KE2325MPT $466 $902
L = Laminate
63⁄8" 237⁄8" 251⁄8" 53KE2425MPT 470 905 W = Wood
63⁄8" 2513⁄16" 251⁄8" 53KE2625MPT 482 917 3 Modesty panel grommet option:
X = No grommet
63⁄8" 267⁄8" 251⁄8" 53KE2725MPT 492 924
63⁄8" 2711⁄16" 251⁄8" 53KE2825MPT 502 936
63⁄8" 2813⁄16" 251⁄8" 53KE2925MPT 511 940
63⁄8" 297⁄8" 251⁄8" 53KE3025MPT 526 947
MG1MB = Center top (+$66);
63⁄8" 3113⁄16" 251⁄8" 53KE3225MPT 541 964
matte black
63⁄8" 3311⁄16" 251⁄8" 53KE3425MPT 559 980 4 Finish price group (omit for L
63⁄8" 357⁄8" 251⁄8" 53KE3625MPT 575 991 model):
STD = Group 1
63⁄8" 3911⁄16" 251⁄8" 53KE4025MPT 593 1012
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
63⁄8" 417⁄8" 251⁄8" 53KE4225MPT 611 1033 5 Finish designator
63⁄8" 4511⁄16" 251⁄8" 53KE4625MPT 629 1055
Technology Modesty Panel
! Model
IMPORTANT: Technology @ Material:
modesty panels are for use L = Laminate
with modular W = Wood
components only. 3 Finish price group (omit for L
model):
Worksurfaces STD = Group 1
4 Finish designator
➤See pages 5.228– 5.231.
Page 5.160 Priority

PRIORITY™ Full-Height Modesty/Back Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
• Modesty/back panel
15"–48"W
• Horizontal grain direction on laminate
3⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K1528MP $141 $401 full-height modesty panels
3⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K1828MP 145 407 • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 2315⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K2428MP 163 413
3⁄4" 2615⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K2728MP 173 420 How to Specify
3⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K3028MP 189 424 ! Model
3⁄4" 3215⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K3328MP 190 438 @ Material:
3⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K3628MP 229 449 L = Laminate
W = Wood
3⁄4" 387⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K3928MP 239 467 3 Finish price group (omit for L
3⁄4" 417⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K4228MP 248 482 model):
3⁄4" 447⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K4528MP 271 521 STD = Group 1
3⁄4"
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
477⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K4828MP 290 561
4 Finish designator
51"–78"W
3⁄4" 507⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K5128MP $300 $563
3⁄4" 537⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K5428MP 303 575
3⁄4" 567⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K5728MP 309 582
3⁄4" 5913⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K6028MP 294 584
3⁄4" 6213⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K6328MP 304 615
3⁄4" 6513⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K6628MP 332 660
3⁄4" 6813⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K6928MP 342 740
3⁄4" 7113⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K7228MP 349 788
IMPORTANT: Modesty/
3⁄4" 7413⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K7528MP 356 804
back panels on this page
are for use as a back panel 3⁄4" 7713⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K7828MP 363 821
➤See next page for additional sizes.
on open-back storage, as
full modesty panel on
open-back storage, or as a
kneespace modesty panel
between storage units. Not
for use with a full end
panel in a single-pedestal
desk configuration.
Recessed Modesty Panels

for Use with End Panels
➤See page 5.164.
Page 5.161 Priority

For Flush-Surface Applications, continued GSA SIN 711-8
Laminate Wood
81"–96"W
3⁄4" 8013⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K8128MP $370 $835 full-height modesty panels
3⁄4" 863⁄4" 279⁄16" 53K8728MP 397 866
3⁄4" 923⁄4" 279⁄16" 53K9328MP 422 920 ! Model
3⁄4" 953⁄4" 279⁄16" 53K9628MP 435 962 @ Material:
L = Laminate
99"–120"W W = Wood
3⁄4" 983⁄4" 279⁄16" 53K9928MP $448 $1004 3 Finish price group (omit for L
3⁄4" 1013⁄4" 279⁄16" 53K10228MP 461 1042 model):
3⁄4"
STD = Group 1
1043⁄4" 279⁄16" 53K10528MP 474 1080
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3⁄4" 1073⁄4" 279⁄16" 53K10828MP 488 1092 4 Finish designator
3⁄4" 11011⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K11128MP 501 1106
3⁄4" 11311⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K11428MP 514 1118
3⁄4" 11611⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K11728MP 527 1130
3⁄4" 11911⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K12028MP 539 1144
IMPORTANT: Modesty/
back panels on this page
are for use as a back panel
on open-back storage, as
full modesty panel on
open-back storage, or as a
kneespace modesty panel
between storage units. Not
for use with a full end
panel in a single-pedestal
desk configuration.
Recessed Modesty Panels

for Use with End Panels
➤See page 5.164.
Page 5.162 Priority

Laminate Wood
• Modesty panel
For Use with 66"W P- or U-Shaped Worksurface
• Horizontal grain direction on
3⁄4" 4911⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K5028MPH $292 $461 laminate full-height modesty panels
How to Specify
! Model
3⁄4" 5211⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K5328MPH $303 $477 @ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
model):
STD = Group 1
3⁄4" 645⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K6528MPH $331 $522 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Modesty
panels on this page are for
use between an end panel
and a square fluted-metal
column or half cylinder.
They cannot be used with
T-leg end panels.
Support Columns
➤See page 5.158.
Page 5.163 Priority

PRIORITY™ Full-Height Recessed Modesty Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
3⁄4" 407⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K4128MP $243 $476 • Modesty panel
3⁄4"
437⁄8" 279⁄16" 53K4428MP 267 517
full-height modesty panels
3⁄4" 4913⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K5028MP 298 557
3⁄4" 5213⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K5328MP 300 569
How to Specify
3⁄4" 5513⁄16" 279⁄16" 53K5628MP 303 577
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Modesty
panels on this page are
for use between a full end
panel and pedestal to cre-
ate a single-pedestal desk.
Page 5.164 Priority

PRIORITY™ Partial-Height Modesty Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
3⁄4"
3515⁄16" 1115⁄16" 53K3613MP 155 427
3⁄4" 387⁄8" 1115⁄16" 53K3913MP 163 443
3⁄4" 447⁄8" 1115⁄16" 53K4513MP 176 495 ! Model
3⁄4" 477⁄8" 1115⁄16" 53K4813MP 181 532
@ Material:
L = Laminate
3⁄4" 507⁄8" 1115⁄16" 53K5113MP 189 535 W = Wood
3⁄4" 537⁄8" 1115⁄16" 53K5413MP 199 546 3 Finish price group (omit for L
3⁄4" 567⁄8" 1115⁄16" 53K5713MP 209 552 model):
STD = Group 1
3⁄4" 5913⁄16" 1115⁄16" 53K6013MP 220 554
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3⁄4" 6513⁄16" 1115⁄16" 53K6613MP 242 594
3⁄4" 6813⁄16" 1115⁄16" 53K6913MP 253 667
3⁄4" 7113⁄16" 1115⁄16" 53K7213MP 264 708
IMPORTANT: Modesty
panels on this page can be
used between storage
units or with an end
panel/support column
application.
Support Columns
➤See page 5.158.
Page 5.165 Priority

PRIORITY™ Partial-Height Recessed Modesty Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
3⁄4"
437⁄8" 1115⁄16" 53K4413MP 173 492
3⁄4" 467⁄8" 1115⁄16" 53K4713MP 179 529
3⁄4" 5213⁄16" 1115⁄16" 53K5313MP 196 543 ! Model
3⁄4" 5513⁄16" 1115⁄16" 53K5613MP 206 549
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Modesty
panels on this page are
for use between a full end
panel and pedestal to cre-
ate a single-pedestal desk.
Page 5.166 Priority

PRIORITY™ Partial-Height Glass Modesty Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37

Standard Includes
For Use with 66"W P- or U-Shaped Worksurface • Modesty panel
13⁄16" 4911⁄16" 10" 53K5009MPHG $561 • Attachment hardware
How to Specify
! Model
For Use with 72"W P- or U-Shaped Worksurface 2 Glass pattern:
13⁄16" 5211⁄16" 10" 53K5309MPHG $593 11 = Opaque Frost
3 Frame paint finish:
510 = Silver Frost metallic

13⁄16" 645⁄8" 10" 53K6509MPHG $631
IMPORTANT: Modesty
panels on this page are for
use with an end panel and
a square fluted-metal
column or half cylinder.
They cannot be used with
T-leg end panels.
Support Columns
➤See page 5.158.
Page 5.167 Priority

PRIORITY™ Cable Surround Modesty Panel Pricing Planning page 5.37
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
6"H • Cable surround modesty panel:
255⁄8" 477⁄8" 51⁄8" 53K4806MPCSW $532 wood
255⁄8" 5913⁄16" 51⁄8" 53K6006MPCSW 558 • Attachment hardware for
flush-surface application
How to Specify
12"H Cable Surround Modesty Panel
255⁄8" 477⁄8" 117⁄16" 53K4812MPCSW $584 ! Model
255⁄8" 5913⁄16" 117⁄16" 53K6012MPCSW 615
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Related Product:
D W H Model Price Starter Bracket
! Model
Starter Bracket 2 Finish designator:
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 405 = Designer White
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
IMPORTANT: Depth of
cable surround modesty
panel also functions as an
end panel when used with
low storage.
IMPORTANT: If using in a
floating-surface applica-
tion, specify starter bracket
(shown above) and under-
surface support rails. For
flush-surface application
with unsupported span of
48" or greater, refer to
planning guidelilnes.

➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.168 Priority

PRIORITY™ Support Drawers & Shelves Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
• Drawer or shelf unit
D Support Drawer
1415⁄16" 231⁄2" 51⁄8" 53K2406WSD $410 $558
How to Specify
Support Drawer
Support Shelf ! Model
@ Material:
1415⁄16" 223⁄4" 117⁄16" 53K2412WSS $479 $652
L = Laminate
W = Wood
3 Pull option:
➤See page 62 for designators.
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator (omit for L
model)
6 Drawer front finish designator
(omit for W
models)
W models)
8 Wood interior drawer option (omit
for standard drawer and L
models):
WD = Wood interior drawer
(+5%)
Support Shelf
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Page 5.169 Priority

PRIORITY™ Undersurface Support Rail Sets & Brackets Pricing Planning page 5.37
For use on
D W H Unsupported Span of Model Price
Standard Includes
Support Rails
Undersurface Support Rail Sets • Set of 2 rails
1" 3015⁄16" 23⁄16" 36" 53K36SRUP $173 • 90" and 96"W rails are comprised of
1" 367⁄8" 23⁄16" 42" 53K42SRUP 184 2 rails and a connecting bracket for
the full length
1" 427⁄8" 23⁄16" 48" 53K48SRUP 198
(4 rail sections)
1" 487⁄8" 23⁄16" 54" 53K54SRUP 212 Note: Both rails will run parallel under the
1" 547⁄8" 23⁄16" 60" 53K60SRUP 253 same surface.
1" 6013⁄16" 23⁄16" 66" 53K66SRUP 264
1" 6613⁄16" 23⁄16" 72" 53K72SRUP 298 How to Specify
1" 7213⁄16" 23⁄16" 78" 53K78SRUP 318 Support Rails, Starter Bracket, and
1" 7813⁄16" 23⁄16" 84" 53K84SRUP 337 Return Mounting Bracket
1" 843⁄4" 23⁄16" 90" 53K90SRUP 418
! Model
1" 903⁄4" 23⁄16" 96" 53K96SRUP 440
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Starter Bracket 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%; no
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 upcharge on 53KWBRP))
Return Mounting Bracket
45⁄16" 1911⁄16" 23⁄16" 53KWBRP $69 Flat Bracket
! Model
Flat Bracket
2" 51⁄2" 1⁄16" ACAWBP1 $12
IMPORTANT: Return
mounting bracket and flat
brackets must be specified
separately if installing rail
set under a return or exten-
sion surface. Refer to the
planning pages for required
rail lengths of returns and
bridges. If the length
required is not listed above,
order the next smaller size;
the attaching brackets will
compensate for the
dimensional difference.
Page 5.170 Priority

PRIORITY™ Bridge Worksurface Kit Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Floating-Surface Applications H GSA SIN 711-2
D W H For use with Model Price

Standard Includes
Bridge Worksurface Kit • Kit to connect two worksurfaces
65⁄16" 487⁄8" 23⁄16" 42"W top 53K42WBKBP $367 Note: Brackets will extend underneath
65⁄16" 547⁄8" 23⁄16" 48"W top 53K48WBKBP 405 the adjoining main and return surface
for connection.
65⁄16" 6013⁄16" 23⁄16" 54"W top 53K54WBKBP 417
• Two undersurface rails
65⁄16" 6613⁄16" 23⁄16" 60"W top 53K60WBKBP 450 • Two return brackets
65⁄16" 7213⁄16" 23⁄16" 66"W top 53K66WBKBP 468 • Ships ready to assemble
65⁄16" 783⁄16" 23⁄16" 72"W top 53K72WBKBP 487

How to Specify
! Model
2 Rail finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
3 Return bracket finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
544 = Silver Pearl
IMPORTANT: Bridge kit is

intended for use to create
a U-shaped configuration.
IMPORTANT: Two flat

brackets, specified
separately, are required
for each worksurface
intersection.
Flat Brackets
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.171 Priority

PRIORITY™ End-Support Open-Frame Legs Pricing Planning page 5.37
† GSA Non-Contract Surface Materials page 5.341
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Fixed Height • Leg with attached starter bracket(s)
233⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (shown) 53K2428SLOSP $519
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K3028SLOSP 545
How to Specify
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K3628SLOSP 574
! Model
473⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (shown) 53K4828SLOSP 794 2 Finish designator:
593⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K6028SLOSP 821 405 = Designer White
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Adjustable Height 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
Push-Button Adjust 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
233⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–327⁄8") (shown) 53K2428SLOAP $650
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–327⁄8") 53K3028SLOAP 684
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–327⁄8") 53K3628SLOAP 719
Screw Adjust
473⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") (shown) 53K4828SLOAP $991
593⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 53K6028SLOAP 1024

233⁄4" 23⁄8" 117⁄16" 53K2411SLOFPP $373
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 117⁄16" 53K3011SLOFPP 391
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 117⁄16" 53K3611SLOFPP 407

233⁄4" 23⁄8"" 51⁄8" 53K2405SLOFPP $358
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 51⁄8" 53K3005SLOFPP 373
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 51⁄8" 53K3605SLOFPP 391
Related Products:
IMPORTANT: Undersurface D W H Model Price
support rails, specified
separately, are required for Casters for use with 24", 30", and 36"D U-Leg & Open-Frame Legs on Individual Tables Only (Set of 4)
these models. 21⁄16" 17⁄8" 17⁄16" 53KCSU † $27

➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.172 Priority

PRIORITY™ End-Support U-Legs Pricing Planning page 5.37
† GSA Non-Contract Surface Materials page 5.341
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Worksurface Height
233⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (shown) 53K2428SLUESP $505
How to Specify
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K3028SLUESP 532
! Model
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K3628SLUESP 558 2 Finish designator:
473⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (shown) 53K4828SLUESP 817 405 = Designer White
593⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K6028SLUESP 904 425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Standing Height for Use in Extension Applications
233⁄4" 23⁄8" 41" (shown) 53K2441SLUESSHP $511 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 41" 53K3041SLUESSHP 540 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 41" 53K3641SLUESSHP 567
Adjustable Height
Push-Button Adjust
233⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–327⁄8") (shown) 53K2428SLUEAP $624
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–327⁄8") 53K3028SLUEAP 652
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–327⁄8") 53K3628SLUEAP 679
Screw Adjust
473⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") (shown) 53K4828SLUEAP $1017
593⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 53K6028SLUEAP 1102
Related Products:
D W H Model Price
Casters for use with 24", 30", and 36"D U-Leg & Open-Frame Legs on Individual Tables Only (Set of 4)
21⁄16" 17⁄8" 17⁄16" 53KCSU † $27
IMPORTANT: Undersur-
face support rails,
specified separately, are
required for these
models.
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.173 Priority

PRIORITY™ Recessed Mid-Support U-Legs Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with

D W H Worksurface Model Price
Standard Includes
• Leg with attached starter bracket(s)
Fixed Height
211⁄8" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (2) 24"D or (1) 48"D 53K4828SLURMSP $995
345⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (shown) (2) 30"D or (1) 60"D 53K6028SLURMSP 1079 How to Specify
! Model
425 = Shadow
Adjustable Height 462 = Cinder
Screw Adjust 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
211⁄8" 23⁄8" 273⁄4"(shown) (2) 24"D or (1) 48"D 53K4828SLURMAP $1150 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
(257⁄16"–321⁄2") 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
345⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (2) 30"D or (1) 60"D 53K6028SLURMAP 1234

(257⁄16"–321⁄2")
face support rails,
required for these
models.
Support leg is recessed

13" from the edge of the
worksurface depth.
Undersurface Support
Rails
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.174 Priority

PRIORITY™ Mid-Support U-Legs Pricing Planning page 5.37
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
233⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K2428SLUMSP $624
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K3028SLUMSP 652
How to Specify
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4"(shown) 53K3628SLUMSP 679
! Model
473⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 53K4828SLUMSP 1030 2 Finish designator:
593⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (shown) 53K6028SLUMSP 1117 405 = Designer White
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Adjustable Height 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
Screw Adjust
233⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") (shown) 53K2428SLUMAP $785
293⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 53K3028SLUMAP 809
353⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 53K3628SLUMAP 837
473⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") (shown) 53K4828SLUMAP 1190
593⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 53K6028SLUMAP 1276
face support rails,
required for these
models.
Undersurface Support
Rails
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.175 Priority

PRIORITY™ Stanchion End-Support U-Legs Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Floating-Surface Benching Applications GSA SIN 711-2
Leg Overall
D W H H Model Price
Standard Includes
• Leg with attached starter brackets
Fixed Height
503⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K5028SLUESSP $951
621⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K6228SLUESSP 1036 How to Specify
! Model
425 = Shadow
Adjustable Height 462 = Cinder
Screw Adjust 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
503⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K5028SLUEASP $1084 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
621⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 46516" 53K6228SLUEASP 1170
IMPORTANT: Casters are

not recommended for
stanchion U-legs.
Undersurface support rails,

required for these models.
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.176 Priority

PRIORITY™ Stanchion Recessed Mid-Support U-Legs Pricing Planning page 5.37
k Leg Overall For Use with

D W H H Worksurface Model Price
Standard Includes
Fixed Height and stanchion
401⁄8" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 24"D 53K5028SLURMSSP $1112
537⁄8" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 30"D 53K6228SLURMSSP 1195
How to Specify
! Model
Adjustable Height 425 = Shadow
Screw Adjust 462 = Cinder
401⁄8" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 24"D 53K5028SLURMASP $1265 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
(257⁄16"–321⁄2") 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
537⁄8" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 30"D 53K6228SLURMASP 1349
(257⁄16"–321⁄2")

not for use with stanchion
U-legs.
Support leg is recessed 3"

from the edge of the
worksurface depth.

➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.177 Priority

PRIORITY™ Stanchion Mid-Support U-Legs Pricing Planning page 5.37
Leg Overall
D W H H Model Price
Standard Includes
503⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K5028SLUMSSP $1151
621⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K6228SLUMSSP 1237
How to Specify
! Model
Screw Adjust 462 = Cinder
503⁄16" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K5028SLUMASP $1309 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
621⁄4" 23⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K6228SLUMASP 1395

not for use with stanchion
U-legs.

➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.178 Priority

PRIORITY™ 90° Corner Support Frames Pricing Planning page 5.37
Leg Overall
D W H H Model Price
Standard Includes
With Center Stanchion • Support rails
999⁄16" 999⁄16" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K2448FLSSP $3521
931⁄2" 931⁄2" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K3048FLSSP 3521
How to Specify
! Model
With Center Stanchion (Screw Adjust) 462 = Cinder
999⁄16" 999⁄16" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K2448FLSAP $4319
931⁄2" 931⁄2" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K3048FLSAP 4319 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)

not for use with corner
supports.
End-support legs must be

Page 5.179 Priority

PRIORITY™ 120° Corner Support Frames Pricing Planning page 5.37
Leg Overall
D W H H Model Price
Standard Includes
Fixed Height • Stanchion, if applicable
Without Center Stanchion • Support rails
869⁄16" 9915⁄16" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K2448FYSP $2552
8315⁄16" 967⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K3048FYSP 2592
How to Specify
With Center Stanchion (shown)
! Model
8811⁄16" 1023⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K2448FYSSP 2816 2 Finish designator:
861⁄16" 993⁄8" 273⁄4" 465⁄16" 53K3048FYSSP 2856 405 = Designer White
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Adjustable 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
Without Center Stanchion (screw adjust)
869⁄16" 9915⁄16" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K2448FYAP $3044
8315⁄16" 967⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K3048FYAP 3084
With Center Stanchion (screw adjust) (shown)
8811⁄16" 1023⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K2448FYSAP 3309
861⁄16" 993⁄8" 273⁄4" (257⁄16"–321⁄2") 465⁄16" 53K3048FYSAP 3349

not for use with corner
supports.
End-support legs must

Page 5.180 Priority

PRIORITY™ Slat/Fabric and Fabric Tiles Pricing Planning page 5.37
COM Non-Contract Surface Materials page 5.341
COM Yardage Fabric Price Grade

D W H 66"W non-dir. Model A or COM B C D E
Standard Includes
• Tile and tile pan: fabric applied rail-
Slat/Fabric Combination roaded (horizontal)
1⁄2" 36" 181⁄2" 1.2 53K3618NS $596 $628 $648 $682 $730
1⁄2" 42" 181⁄2" 1.3 53K4218NS 651 688 711 749 806 Note: COM yardage is the quantity
1⁄2"
required for one tile.
48" 181⁄2" 1.5 53K4818NS 701 743 769 812 875
1⁄2" 537⁄8" 181⁄2" 1.7 53K5418NS 757 804 833 881 952
1⁄2" 597⁄8" 181⁄2" 1.8 53K6018NS 808 860 892 945 1023 How to Specify
1⁄2" 657⁄8" 181⁄2" 1.9 53K6618NS 863 916 949 1004 1085 ! Model
1⁄2" 717⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.2 53K7218NS 915 976 1014 1078 1170
2 Fabric grade
3 Fabric number
1⁄2" 777⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.3 53K7818NS 970 1035 1076 1143 1242 4 Finish price group:
1⁄2" 837⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.5 53K8418NS 1021 1091 1134 1207 1313 STD = Group 1
1⁄2" 897⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.8 53K9018NS 1073 1148 1194 1272 1385 STDM = Group M (+10%)
5 Finish designator
1⁄2" 957⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.8 53K9618NS 1091 1172 1222 1305 1427
Fabric
1⁄2" 36" 181⁄2" 1.2 53K3618N $364 $396 $416 $450 $498
1⁄2" 42" 181⁄2" 1.3 53K4218N 379 416 439 477 534
1⁄2" 48" 181⁄2" 1.5 53K4818N 395 437 463 506 570
1⁄2" 537⁄8" 181⁄2" 1.7 53K5418N 412 459 488 536 607
1⁄2" 597⁄8" 181⁄2" 1.8 53K6018N 427 479 511 564 642
1⁄2" 657⁄8" 181⁄2" 1.9 53K6618N 443 496 529 584 665
1⁄2" 717⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.2 53K7218N 461 522 560 624 716
1⁄2" 777⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.3 53K7818N 476 541 582 649 748
1⁄2" 837⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.5 53K8418N 492 562 605 678 784
1⁄2" 897⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.8 53K9018N 508 583 629 707 820
1⁄2" 957⁄8" 181⁄2" 2.8 53K9618N 523 604 654 737 859
IMPORTANT: Tiles are

for use on U-legs with
stanchion only.
Center-Mount Shelves
➤See page 5.266.
➤See page 5.264.
Page 5.181 Priority

PRIORITY™ Slat Tiles Pricing Planning page 5.37
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Slat • Tile and tile pan
1⁄2" 36" 181⁄2" 53K3618SP $661
1⁄2" 42" 181⁄2" 53K4218SP 719
How to Specify
1⁄2" 48" 181⁄2" 53K4818SP 770
! Model
1⁄2" 537⁄8" 181⁄2" 53K5418SP 825 2 Finish price group:
1⁄2" 597⁄8" 181⁄2" 53K6018SP 876 STD = Group 1
1⁄2" 657⁄8" 181⁄2" 53K6618SP 930 STDM = Group M (+10%)
1⁄2"
3 Finish designator
717⁄8" 181⁄2" 53K7218SP 983
1⁄2" 777⁄8" 181⁄2" 53K7818SP 1035
1⁄2" 837⁄8" 181⁄2" 53K8418SP 1090
1⁄2" 897⁄8" 181⁄2" 53K9018SP 1141
1⁄2" 957⁄8" 181⁄2" 53K9618SP 1156
IMPORTANT: Tiles are

for use on U-legs with
stanchion only.
Center-Mount Shelves
➤See page 5.266.
➤See page 5.264.
Page 5.182 Priority

PRIORITY™ Top Caps Pricing Planning page 5.37
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
For Use in Straight Benching Applications • Top cap
27⁄16" 361⁄8" 15⁄16" 53K36TCP $85
27⁄16" 421⁄8" 15⁄16" 53K42TCP 103
How to Specify
27⁄16" 481⁄8" 15⁄16" 53K48TCP 111
! Model
27⁄16" 541⁄8" 15⁄16" 53K54TCP 113 2 Finish price group:
27⁄16" 601⁄8" 15⁄16" 53K60TCP 119 STD = Group 1
27⁄16" 66" 15⁄16" 53K66TCP 131 STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
27⁄16" 72" 15⁄16" 53K72TCP 167
27⁄16" 78" 15⁄16" 53K78TCP 184
27⁄16" 84" 15⁄16" 53K84TCP 197
27⁄16" 8915⁄16" 15⁄16" 53K90TCP 215
27⁄16" 9515⁄16" 15⁄16" 53K96TCP 224
For Use in 90° Benching Applications (set of 4)

27⁄16" 491⁄4" 15⁄16" 53K48TCLP $558
For Use in 120° Benching Applications (set of 3)

27⁄16" 483⁄4" 15⁄16" 53K48TCYP $418
Tiles
➤See page 5.181.
Page 5.183 Priority

PRIORITY™ End Panels & Brackets Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
• End panel
Fixed-Height End Panels
2313⁄16" 13⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K2428EPS $297 $515
2913⁄16" 13⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K3028EPS 313 539 How to Specify
357⁄16" 13⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K3628EPS 322 555 End Panel
4711⁄16" 13⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K4828EPS 355 613
! Model
593⁄4" 13⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K6028EPS 391 672 L = Laminate
For Use with Stanchions W = Wood
503⁄16" 13⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K5028EPSS $355 $613
model):
623⁄16" 13⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K6228EPSS 391 672
STD = Group 1
End Panels for Use with 15"H Low Storage STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
2313⁄16" 13⁄16" 11" 53K2411EP $314 $449
2913⁄16" 13⁄16" 11" 53K3011EP 296 473 Starter Bracket or Stanchion
357⁄16" 13⁄16" 11" 53K3611EP 283 498 ! Model
End Panels for Use with 22"H Low Storage 405 = Designer White
2313⁄16" 13⁄16" 5" 53K2405EP $156 $269 425 = Shadow
2913⁄16" 13⁄16" 5" 53K3005EP 165 285 462 = Cinder
357⁄16" 13⁄16" 5" 53K3605EP 173 300
D W H Model Price
Stanchion for 503⁄16" and 623⁄16" End Panels

45⁄16" 23⁄8" 4511⁄16" 53KSSEPP $263
IMPORTANT: Specify stan-
chions separately for 50"
and 62"W end panels.
Related Products:
D W H Model Price
Starter Bracket
IMPORTANT: Starter 213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119
bracket must be specified
separately. Specify 1 for
24"–36"D end panels;
specify 2 for 48"W–62"D.
Page 5.184 Priority

PRIORITY™ Modesty/Back Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
• Modesty/’back panel
15"–48"W
3⁄4" 1415⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K1527MP $141 $401
3⁄4" 1715⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K1827MP 145 407
3⁄4"
How to Specify
2315⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K2427MP 163 413
3⁄4" 2615⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K2727MP 173 420
! Model
@ Material:
3⁄4" 2915⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K3027MP 189 424 L = Laminate
3⁄4" 3215⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K3327MP 190 438 W = Wood
3⁄4" 3515⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K3627MP 229 449
model):
3⁄4" 387⁄8" 265⁄16" 53K3927MP 239 467
STD = Group 1
3⁄4" 417⁄8" 265⁄16" 53K4227MP 248 482 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3⁄4" 477⁄8" 265⁄16" 53K4827MP 290 561
51"–78"W
3⁄4" 507⁄8" 265⁄16" 53K5127MP $303 $563
3⁄4" 537⁄8" 265⁄16" 53K5427MP 332 575
3⁄4" 567⁄8" 265⁄16" 53K5727MP 309 582
3⁄4" 5913⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K6027MP 294 584
3⁄4" 6213⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K6327MP 304 615
3⁄4" 6513⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K6627MP 332 660
3⁄4" 6813⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K6927MP 342 740
3⁄4" 7113⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K7227MP 349 788
3⁄4" 7413⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K7527MP 356 804
3⁄4" 7713⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K7827MP 363 821
IMPORTANT:
➤See next page for additional sizes.
Modesty/back panel
should align with floating-
surface pedestal.
For use as full modesty

panel on open back stor-
age or as a back panel
for an open back storage
unit; not for use as a
kneespace modesty
panel with full end panel.
Page 5.185 Priority

PRIORITY™ Modesty/Back Panels Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Floating-Surface Applications, continued GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
81"–96"W
• Horizontal grain direction on
3⁄4" 8013⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K8127MP $370 $835 laminate full-height modesty panels
3⁄4" 863⁄4" 265⁄16" 53K8727MP 397 866
3⁄4" 923⁄4" 265⁄16" 53K9327MP 422 920 ! Model
3⁄4" 953⁄4" 265⁄16" 53K9627MP 435 962 @ Material:
L = Laminate
99"–120"W W = Wood
3⁄4" 983⁄4" 265⁄16" 53K9927MP $448 $1004 3 Finish price group (omit for L
3⁄4" 1013⁄4" 265⁄16" 53K10227MP 461 1042 model):
3⁄4"
STD = Group 1
1043⁄4" 265⁄16" 53K10527MP 474 1080
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3⁄4" 11011⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K11127MP 501 1106
3⁄4" 11311⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K11427MP 514 1118
3⁄4" 11611⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K11727MP 527 1130
3⁄4" 11911⁄16" 265⁄16" 53K12027MP 539 1144
IMPORTANT:
Modesty/back panel
should align with floating-
surface pedestal.
For use as full modesty

panel with open back
storage or as a back
panel for an open back
storage unit; not for use
as a kneespace modesty
panel with full end panel.
Page 5.186 Priority

PRIORITY™ Fabric Privacy Screens Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-2
66"W Non-Dir. Fabric Price Grade

Standard Includes
D W H COM Yardage Model A or COM B C D E
• Tackable fabric on both sides: fabric
12"H applied railroaded (horizontally)
7⁄8" 24" 1113⁄16" .44 53K2412PSF $638 $651 $659 $672 $691 • Metal frame with integrated attach-
7⁄8" 30" 1113⁄16" .54 53K3012PSF 678 694 703 720 743 ment brackets on the bottom edge.
7⁄8" 36" 1113⁄16" .66 53K3612PSF 723 742 703 774 803 Note: COM yardage lists the quantity
7⁄8" 42" 1113⁄16" .76 53K4212PSF 768 790 804 827 860 required for one complete tile (both
7⁄8"
sides).
48" 1113⁄16" .85 53K4812PSF 817 842 857 882 920
7⁄8" 54" 1113⁄16" 1.0 53K5412PSF 845 874 892 922 966
7⁄8" 60" 1113⁄16" 1.1 53K6012PSF 874 906 926 959 1007 How to Specify
7⁄8" 66" 1113⁄16" 1.2 53K6612PSF 905 940 961 997 1050 ! Model
7⁄8" 72" 1113⁄16" 1,3 53K7212PSF 937 975 998 1037 1094
2 Fabric grade
3 Fabric number
16"H 4 Finish price group:
7⁄8" 24" 1513⁄16" .58 53K2416PSF $678 $695 $705 $723 $748 STD = Group 1
7⁄8" 30" 1513⁄16" .74 53K3016PSF 723 744 758 780 813 5 Finish designator
7⁄8" 36" 1513⁄16" .88 53K3616PSF 768 794 809 836 874
7⁄8" 42" 1513⁄16" 1.0 53K4216PSF 817 846 804 894 938
7⁄8" 48" 1513⁄16" 1.1 53K4816PSF 869 901 921 954 1002
7⁄8" 54" 1513⁄16" 1.3 53K5416PSF 901 939 962 1001 1058
7⁄8" 60" 1513⁄16" 1.4 53K6016PSF 934 975 1000 1042 1103
7⁄8" 66" 1513⁄16" 1.6 53K6616PSF 968 1014 1043 1091 1162
7⁄8" 72" 1513⁄16" 1.8 53K7216PSF 1001 1053 1086 1140 1219
Screens attach to under-

side of worksurface with
integrated 47⁄16" brack-
ets. For use with
13⁄16"-thick surfaces.
Privacy Screen
Applications
➤See page 5.88
Page 5.187 Priority

PRIORITY™ Resin Privacy Screens Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-2
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
12"H • Privacy screen: resin
1⁄4" 24" 1113⁄16" 53K2412PSR $146
1⁄4" 301⁄16" 1113⁄16" 53K3012PSR 174
How to Specify
1⁄4" 361⁄16" 1113⁄16" 53K3612PSR 206
! Model
1⁄4" 421⁄16" 1113⁄16" 53K4212PSR 240 2 Resin color:
1⁄4" 481⁄16" 1113⁄16" 53K4812PSR 286 23 = Mist
1⁄4" 54" 1113⁄16" 53K5412PSR 333 24 = Breeze
1⁄4"
22 = Alpine White (+10%)
60" 1113⁄16" 53K6012PSR 366
1⁄4" 66" 1113⁄16" 53K6612PSR 412
1⁄4" 7115⁄16" 1113⁄16" 53K7212PSR 460
1⁄4" 7715⁄16"" 1113⁄16" 53K7812PSR 519
1⁄4" 8315⁄16" 1113⁄16" 53K8412PSR 578
1⁄4" 8915⁄16" 1113⁄16" 53K9012PSR 636
16"H
1⁄4" 24" 153⁄4" 53K2416PSR $184
1⁄4" 301⁄16" 153⁄4" 53K3016PSR 218
1⁄4" 361⁄16" 153⁄4" 53K3616PSR 258
1⁄4" 421⁄16" 153⁄4" 53K4216PSR 301
1⁄4" 481⁄16" 153⁄4" 53K4816PSR 358
1⁄4" 54" 153⁄4" 53K5416PSR 416
1⁄4" 60" 153⁄4" 53K6016PSR 461
1⁄4" 66" 153⁄4" 53K6616PSR 518
1⁄4" 7115⁄16" 153⁄4" 53K7216PSR 574
1⁄4" 7715⁄16" 153⁄4" 53K7816PSR 651
1⁄4" 8315⁄16" 153⁄4" 53K8416PSR 724
1⁄4" 8915⁄16" 153⁄4" 53K9016PSR 798
IMPORTANT: Attachment
brackets, specified
separately, are required.
Privacy Screen
Attachment Brackets
➤See page 5.190.
Page 5.188 Priority

PRIORITY™ Resin End Privacy Screens Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-2
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
12"H • Privacy screen: resin
1⁄4" 213⁄8" 1113⁄16" 53K2212PSER $146
1⁄4" 273⁄8" 1113⁄16" 53K2812PSER 174
How to Specify
1⁄4" 333⁄8" 1113⁄16" 53K3412PSER 206
! Model
16"H 2 Resin color:
1⁄4" 213⁄8" 153⁄4" 53K2216PSER $184 23 = Mist
1⁄4"
24 = Breeze
273⁄8" 153⁄4" 53K2816PSER 218
22 = Alpine White (+10%)
1⁄4" 333⁄8" 153⁄4" 53K3416PSER 258
IMPORTANT: Attachment
brackets, specified
Privacy Screen
Attachment Brackets
➤See page 5.190.
Page 5.189 Priority

PRIORITY™ Resin Privacy Screen Attachment Brackets Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-2
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Freestanding Brackets (set of 2) • Two brackets
51⁄8" 23⁄8" 1" 53KPSBFP $66
How to Specify
Surface-Mount Brackets (set of 2) ! Model
9⁄16" 23⁄8" 1" 53KPSBSP $66 2 Finish designator:
425 = Shadow
Square-Edge Brackets (set of 2) 462 = Cinder
23⁄4" 23⁄8" 25⁄16" 53KPSBU2P $66 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
Knife-Edge Brackets (set of 2)
23⁄8" 23⁄8" 25⁄16" 53KPSBU1P $66
IMPORTANT: Brackets are Freestanding brackets allow Surface-mount brackets can Square-edge brackets are for Knife-edge brackets are for
packaged as a set of two. privacy screens to be placed be used to mount screens use in floating-surface applica- use in floating-surface applica-
Specify the appropriate number freely on any surface or above or below the worksur- tions on any worksurface with a tions on any knife-rim
of brackets based on the storage unit. face. This bracket can also be softened rim, reed rim, or any worksurface. Bracket mounts
screen size: used to mount screens to worksurface with a wire man- under the worksurface to hold
• 24"–54"W screens require Priority top caps in benching ager. Bracket mounts under the screen above the surface.
2 brackets applications. worksurface to hold screen Note: Can be used in flush-
• 60"–78"W screens require Note: Using this bracket will above the surface. surface applications if
3 brackets deface the surface to which it is Note: Can be used in flush- storage or support does not
• 84"–90"W screens require attached. surface applications if interfere with mounting.
4 brackets storage or support does not
interfere with mounting.
Page 5.190 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wood or Laminate Privacy Screens Pricing Planning page 5.37
Click-Adjust GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
D W H Model (L) (W)
Standard Includes
• Click-adjust bracket; field installed
28"H • Finished on both sides
3⁄4" 357⁄8" 281⁄4" 53K3628PSC $519 $961
3⁄4" 417⁄8" 281⁄4" 53K4228PSC 558 1032
3⁄4" 477⁄8" 281⁄4" 53K4828PSC 597 1103
How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
F = Softened wood (W models
only)
4 Surface finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Surface finish designator
models)
Page 5.191 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wall Panels without Shelves Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Low Storage Pedestals GSA Contract Pending
Material
Non-Magnetic Magnetic
Standard Includes
D W H Model TFL Wood Markerboard Glass Glass • Wall panel
21"H TFL, Wood, Markerboard, and Glass
• One set of 5 magnets with magnetic
13⁄16" 30" 201⁄4" 53K3021WP $811 $1142 $833 $654 $747 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 201⁄4" 53K3621WP 841 1177 869 772 882
13⁄16" 42" 201⁄4" 53K4221WP 872 1212 906 890 1017
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 201⁄4" 53K4821WP 902 1246 940 1008 1154
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 201⁄4" 53K5421WP 933 1282 978 1122 1289 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 201⁄4" 53K6021WP 963 1317 1014 1237 1424 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 201⁄4" 53K6621WP 1029 1392 1087 1360 1566 LL = TFL
3 TFL color designator
13⁄16" 72" 201⁄4" 53K7221WP 1096 1468 1158 1483 1707
13⁄16" 78" 201⁄4" 53K7821WP 1162 1544 1229 — — Wood Wall Panel
13⁄16" 84" 201⁄4" 53K8421WP 1228 1619 1302 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 201⁄4" 53K9021WP 1295 1696 1374 — —
W = Wood
13⁄16" 96" 201⁄4" 53K9621WP 1361 1771 1446 — — 3 Wood finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Panel Fabric Upholstery Fabric 4 Wood finish designator
66"W Non-Dir. Grade Grade Grade
D W H COM Yardage Model COM A–E 1–3 4–6
Markerboard Wall Panel
21"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 201⁄4" 1.0 53K3021WPTBN $284 $313 $319 $362
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16 " 36" 201⁄4" 1.2 53K3621WPTBN 321 356 363 415 3 Markerboard finish:
Fabric is applied railroaded. 409M = Icey White
13⁄16 " 42" 201⁄4" 1.4 53K4221WPTBN 358 399 407 467
IMPORTANT: Select the wall panel 13⁄16 " 48" 201⁄4" 1.5 53K4821WPTBN 394 438 447 511
Glass Wall Panel
height based on the undersurface 13⁄16 " 54" 201⁄4" 1.7 53K5421WPTBN 431 480 491 564 ! Model
storage, overhead storage, and/or 13⁄16 " 60" 201⁄4" 1.9 53K6021WPTBN 463 518 530 611 @ Material:
adjacent vertical storage. BPG = Non-magnetic glass
13⁄16 " 66" 201⁄4" 2.0 53K6621WPTBN 483 541 553 639
MAGBPG = Magnetic glass
Wall Panel Height Reference Chart 13⁄16 " 72" 201⁄4" 2.2 53K7221WPTBN 498 562 575 670
➤See page 5.89 13⁄16 " 78" 201⁄4" 2.4 53K7821WPTBN 513 583 597 700 Fabric Wall Panel
13⁄16 " 84" 201⁄4" 2.5 53K8421WPTBN 527 600 615 722 ! Model
Magnets for Magnetic Glass Wall 2 Fabric price grade
Panels (Set of 5) 13⁄16 " 90" 201⁄4" 2.7 53K9021WPTBN 543 621 638 754
3 Fabric number
Model Price 13⁄16 " 96" 201⁄4" 2.8 53K9621WPTBN 558 642 660 784
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
Page 5.192 Priority BLK = Black
Kimball Desks & Accessories WHT = White
For Use with Low Storage Pedestals, continued GSA Contract Pending
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16 " 30" 2535⁄64" 53K3026WP $828 $1169 $860 $852 $977 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 2535⁄64" 53K3626WP 863 1209 901 1010 1158
13⁄16" 42" 2535⁄64" 53K4226WP 898 1249 942 1167 1340
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 2535⁄64" 53K4826WP 933 1289 983 1325 1521
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 2535⁄64" 53K5426WP 968 1329 1024 1480 1702 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 2535⁄64" 53K6026WP 1002 1369 1065 1634 1883 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 2535⁄64" 53K6626WP 1077 1452 1146 1796 2070 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 2535⁄64" 53K7226WP 1151 1535 1226 1958 2257
13⁄16" 84" 2535⁄64" 53K8426WP 1299 1700 1387 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 2535⁄64" 53K9026WP 1373 1783 1467 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
26"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 2535⁄64" 1.0 53K3026WPTBN $309 $338 $344 $387
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 36" 2535⁄64" 1.2 53K3626WPTBN 351 386 393 445 3 Markerboard finish:
13⁄16" 42" 2535⁄64" 1.4 53K4226WPTBN 393 434 442 502
IMPORTANT: Select the wall panel 13⁄16" 48" 2535⁄64" 1.5 53K4826WPTBN 434 478 487 551
Glass Wall Panel
height based on the undersurface 13⁄16" 54" 2535⁄64" 1.7 53K5426WPTBN 476 525 536 609 ! Model
storage, overhead storage, and/or 13⁄16" 60" 2535⁄64" 1.9 53K6026WPTBN 518 573 585 666 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 2535⁄64" 2.0 53K6626WPTBN 536 594 606 692
Wall Panel Height Reference Chart 13⁄16" 72" 2535⁄64" 2.2 53K7226WPTBN 554 618 631 726
➤See page 5.89 13⁄16" 78" 2535⁄64" 2.4 53K7826WPTBN 572 642 656 759 Fabric Wall Panel
13⁄16" 84" 2535⁄64" 2.5 53K8426WPTBN 590 663 678 785 ! Model
Panels (Set of 5) 13⁄16" 90" 2535⁄64" 2.7 53K9026WPTBN 608 686 703 819
3 Fabric number
Model Price 13⁄16" 96" 2535⁄64" 2.9 53K9626WPTBN 626 710 728 852
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16" 30" 327⁄64" 53K3032WP $842 $1189 $880 $1000 $1148 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 327⁄64" 53K3632WP 880 1233 925 1187 1364
13⁄16" 42" 327⁄64" 53K4232WP 917 1277 970 1375 1579
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 327⁄64" 53K4832WP 955 1321 1015 1562 1795
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 327⁄64" 53K5432WP 992 1365 1060 1746 2010 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 327⁄64" 53K6032WP 1030 1409 1105 1930 2226 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 327⁄64" 53K6632WP 1109 1497 1191 2121 2447 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 327⁄64" 53K7232WP 1188 1585 1278 2313 2668
13⁄16" 84" 327⁄64" 53K8432WP 1328 1760 1450 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 327⁄64" 53K9032WP 1425 1848 1537 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
32"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 327⁄64" 1.0 53K3032WPTBN $327 $356 $362 $405
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 42" 327⁄64" 1.4 53K4232WPTBN 419 460 468 528
Glass Wall Panel
13⁄16" 66" 327⁄64" 2.0 53K6632WPTBN 576 634 646 732
13⁄16" 84" 327⁄64" 2.5 53K8432WPTBN 636 709 724 831 ! Model
3 Fabric number
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16" 30" 4423⁄64" 53K3044WP $873 $1233 $924 $1329 $1529 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 4423⁄64" 53K3644WP 917 1286 978 1582 1820
13⁄16" 42" 4423⁄64" 53K4244WP 960 1338 1031 1834 2112
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 4423⁄64" 53K4844WP 1004 1391 1085 2087 2403
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 4423⁄64" 53K5444WP 1047 1443 1138 2337 2695 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 4423⁄64" 53K6044WP 1091 1496 1192 2586 2986 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 4423⁄64" 53K6644WP 1181 1596 1292 2843 3282 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 4423⁄64" 53K7244WP 1271 1695 1392 3099 3578
13⁄16" 84" 4423⁄64" 53K8444WP 1450 1894 1591 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 4423⁄64" 53K9044WP 1540 1994 1691 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
44"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 4423⁄64" 1.0 53K3044WPTBN $368 $397 $403 $446
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 42" 4423⁄64" 1.4 53K4244WPTBN 476 517 525 585
Glass Wall Panel
13⁄16" 66" 4423⁄64" 2.0 53K6644WPTBN 664 722 734 820
13⁄16" 84" 4423⁄64" 2.5 53K8444WPTBN 739 812 827 934 ! Model
3 Fabric number
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16" 30" 5611⁄16" 53K3057WP $936 $1320 $1000 $1747 $1944 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 5611⁄16" 53K3657WP 993 1387 1070 2049 2316
13⁄16" 42" 5611⁄16" 53K4257WP 1049 1454 1139 2351 2688
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 5611⁄16" 53K4857WP 1106 1522 1209 2653 3061
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 5611⁄16" 53K5457WP 1162 1589 1278 2975 3433 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 5611⁄16" 53K6057WP 1219 1656 1348 3296 3805 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 5611⁄16" 53K6657WP 1317 1765 1459 3619 4180 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 5611⁄16" 53K7257WP 1415 1873 1570 3942 4555
13⁄16" 84" 5611⁄16" 53K8457WP 1612 2091 1793 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 5611⁄16" 53K9057WP 1710 2199 1904 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
57"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 5611⁄16" 1.0 53K3057WPTBN $545 $574 $580 $623
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 42" 5611⁄16" 1.4 53K4257WPTBN 678 719 727 787
Glass Wall Panel
height based on the undersurface ! Model
storage, overhead storage, and/or @ Material:
Wall Panel Height Reference Chart
➤See page 5.89 Fabric Wall Panel
! Model
Panels (Set of 5) 3 Fabric number
Model Price
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
For Use with Desk-Height Pedestals GSA Contract Pending
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16" 30" 141⁄4" 53K3014WP $801 $1132 $823 $574 $655 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 141⁄4" 53K3614WP 831 1165 857 676 772
13⁄16" 42" 141⁄4" 53K4214WP 862 1198 890 778 889
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 141⁄4" 53K4814WP 892 1230 924 881 1006
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 141⁄4" 53K5414WP 923 1262 956 980 1123 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 141⁄4" 53K6014WP 953 1295 990 1079 1240 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 141⁄4" 53K6614WP 1019 1368 1059 1186 1364 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 141⁄4" 53K7214WP 1086 1442 1128 1293 1487
13⁄16" 84" 141⁄4" 53K8414WP 1218 1587 1268 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 141⁄4" 53K9014WP 1285 1660 1336 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
14"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 141⁄4" 1.0 53K3014WPTBN $274 $303 $309 $352
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 42" 141⁄4" 1.4 53K4214WPTBN 344 385 393 453
Glass Wall Panel
13⁄16" 66" 141⁄4" 2.0 53K6614WPTBN 461 519 531 617
13⁄16" 84" 141⁄4" 2.5 53K8414WPTBN 503 576 591 698 ! Model
3 Fabric number
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
For Use with Desk-Height Pedestals, continued GSA Contract Pending
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16" 30" 1921⁄64" 53K3020WP $806 $1137 $828 $614 $701 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 1921⁄64" 53K3620WP 836 1171 863 724 827
13⁄16" 42" 1921⁄64" 53K4220WP 867 1205 898 834 953
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 1921⁄64" 53K4820WP 897 1238 932 944 1080
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 1921⁄64" 53K5420WP 928 1272 967 1051 1206 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 1921⁄64" 53K6020WP 958 1306 1002 1158 1332 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 1921⁄64" 53K6620WP 1024 1380 1073 1273 1465 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 1921⁄64" 53K7220WP 1091 1455 1143 1388 1597
13⁄16" 84" 1921⁄64" 53K8420WP 1223 1603 1285 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 1921⁄64" 53K9020WP 1290 1678 1355 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
20"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 1921⁄64" 1.0 53K3020WPTBN $279 $308 $314 $357
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 42" 1921⁄64" 1.4 53K4220WPTBN 351 392 400 460
Glass Wall Panel
13⁄16" 66" 1921⁄64" 2.0 53K6620WPTBN 472 530 542 628
13⁄16" 84" 1921⁄64" 2.5 53K8420WPTBN 515 588 603 710 ! Model
3 Fabric number
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16" 30" 2529⁄32" 53K3027WP $832 $1174 $865 $892 $1023 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 2529⁄32" 53K3627WP 868 1215 907 1058 1213
13⁄16" 42" 2529⁄32" 53K4227WP 903 1257 950 1223 1404
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 2529⁄32" 53K4827WP 939 1298 992 1389 1594
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 2529⁄32" 53K5427WP 974 1339 1034 1551 1785 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 2529⁄32" 53K6027WP 1010 1380 1076 1713 1975 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 2529⁄32" 53K6627WP 1085 1464 1158 1883 2171 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 2529⁄32" 53K7227WP 1161 1548 1240 2053 2367
13⁄16" 84" 2529⁄32" 53K8427WP 1312 1716 1404 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 2529⁄32" 53K9027WP 1387 1800 1486 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
27"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 2529⁄32" 1.0 53K3027WPTBN $314 $343 $349 $392
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 42" 2529⁄32" 1.4 53K4227WPTBN 400 441 449 509
Glass Wall Panel
13⁄16" 66" 2529⁄32" 2.0 53K6627WPTBN 547 605 617 703
13⁄16" 84" 2529⁄32" 2.5 53K8427WPTBN 602 675 690 797 ! Model
3 Fabric number
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16" 30" 385⁄32" 53K3038WP $851 $1201 $892 $1091 $1253 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 385⁄32" 53K3638WP 890 1247 939 1296 1489
13⁄16" 42" 385⁄32" 53K4238WP 929 1294 987 1501 1726
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 385⁄32" 53K4838WP 968 1340 1034 1706 1962
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 385⁄32" 53K5438WP 1007 1386 1081 1908 2198 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 385⁄32" 53K6038WP 1047 1433 1129 2110 2435 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 385⁄32" 53K6638WP 1129 1524 1219 2319 2676 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 385⁄32" 53K7238WP 1211 1615 1309 2529 2918
13⁄16" 84" 385⁄32" 53K8438WP 1341 1797 1489 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 385⁄32" 53K9038WP 1457 1888 1579 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
38"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 385⁄32" 1.0 53K3038WPTBN $338 $367 $373 $416
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 42" 385⁄32" 1.4 53K4238WPTBN 434 475 483 543
Glass Wall Panel
13⁄16" 66" 385⁄32" 2.0 53K6638WPTBN 600 658 670 756
13⁄16" 84" 385⁄32" 2.5 53K8438WPTBN 664 737 752 859 ! Model
3 Fabric number
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
Material
Standard Includes
13⁄16" 30" 5015⁄32" 53K3050WP $905 $1277 $962 $1538 $1737 glass model
13⁄16" 36" 5015⁄32" 53K3650WP 955 1336 1024 1815 2068
13⁄16" 42" s 5015⁄32" 53K4250WP 1005 1396 1085 2093 2400
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 5015⁄32" 53K4850WP 1055 1454 1147 2370 2732
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 5015⁄32" 53K5450WP 1105 1516 1208 2656 3064 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 5015⁄32" 53K6050WP 1155 1567 1270 2941 3396 @ Material:
13⁄16" 66" 5015⁄32" 53K6650WP 1327 1680 1376 3231 3731 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 5015⁄32" 53K7250WP 1343 1784 1481 3521 4067
13⁄16" 84" 5015⁄32" 53K8450WP 1531 1992 1692 — — ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 90" 5015⁄32" 53K9050WP 1625 2096 1798 — —
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
50"H Fabric ! Model
@ Material:
13⁄16" 30" 5015⁄32" 1.0 53K3050WPTBN $457 $486 $492 $535
MBL = Markerboard
13⁄16" 42" 5015⁄32" 1.4 53K4250WPTBN 577 618 626 686
Glass Wall Panel
height based on the undersurface ! Model
storage, overhead storage, and/or @ Material:
➤See page 5.89 Fabric Wall Panel
! Model
Panels (Set of 5) 3 Fabric number
Model Price
Magnets
53KMAG5 $121
! Model
2 Color:
PRIORITY™ Wall Panels with Accessory Rail Pricing Planning page 5.37
Material
D W H Model TFL Wood
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
26"H TFL or Wood with Accessory Rail • Attachment hardware
13⁄16" 30" 2535⁄64" 53K3026WPAR $876 $1218 • Accessory Rail
13⁄16" 36" 2535⁄64" 53K3626WPAR 911 1257
13⁄16" 42" 2535⁄64" 53K4226WPAR 946 1297
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 2535⁄64" 53K4826WPAR 980 1336
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 2535⁄64" 53K5426WPAR 1015 1376 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 2535⁄64" 53K6026WPAR 1049 1415 @ Panel material:
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 66" 2535⁄64" 53K6626WPAR 1139 1514
3 TFL finish designator
13⁄16" 72" 2535⁄64" 53K7226WPAR 1229 1612
13⁄16" 78" 2535⁄64" 53K7826WPAR 1287 1711 Wood Wall Panel
13⁄16" 84" 2535⁄64" 53K8426WPAR 1407 1808
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 90" 2535⁄64" 53K9026WPAR 1497 1907
W = Wood
13⁄16" 96" 2535⁄64" 53K9626WPAR 1547 2005 3 Wood finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
D W H COM Yardage Model COM A–E 1–3 4–6 Fabric Wall Panel
26"H Fabric with Accessory Rail ! Model
2 Fabric grade
13⁄16" 30" 2535⁄64" 1.0 53K3026WPARTBN $377 $406 $412 $455 3 Fabric number
13⁄16" 36" 2535⁄64" 1.2 53K3626WPARTBN 419 454 461 513
13⁄16" 42" 2535⁄64" 1.4 53K4226WPARTBN 461 502 510 570
13⁄16" 48" 2535⁄64" 1.5 53K4826WPARTBN 501 545 554 618
13⁄16" 54" 2535⁄64" 1.7 53K5426WPARTBN 543 592 603 676
13⁄16" 60" 2535⁄64" 1.9 53K6026WPARTBN 585 640 652 733
13⁄16" 66" 2535⁄64" 2.0 53K6626WPARTBN 618 676 688 774
Fabric is applied railroaded. 13⁄16" 72" 2535⁄64" 2.2 53K7226WPARTBN 652 716 729 824
13⁄16" 78" 2535⁄64" 2.4 53K7826WPARTBN 685 755 769 872
IMPORTANT: Select the wall panel
height based on the undersurface 13⁄16" 84" 2535⁄64" 2.5 53K8426WPARTBN 718 791 806 913
storage, overhead storage, and/or 13⁄16" 90" 2535⁄64" 2.7 53K9026WPARTBN 752 830 847 963
adjacent vertical storage.
13⁄16" 96" 2535⁄64" 2.9 53K9626WPARTBN 785 869 887 1011
➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.202 Priority

Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
13⁄16" 36" 327⁄64" 53K3632WPAR 938 1295
13⁄16" 42" 327⁄64" 53K4232WPAR 977 1342
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 327⁄64" 53K4832WPAR 1015 1387
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 327⁄64" 53K5432WPAR 1054 1434 ! Model
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 66" 327⁄64" 53K6632WPAR 1190 1586
13⁄16" 72" 327⁄64" 53K7232WPAR 1289 1692
13⁄16" 84" 327⁄64" 53K8432WPAR 1482 1905
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 90" 327⁄64" 53K9032WPAR 1581 2013
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
2 Fabric grade
13⁄16" 36" 327⁄64" 1.2 53K3632WPARTBN 441 476 483 535
13⁄16" 42" 327⁄64" 1.4 53K4232WPARTBN 487 528 536 596
13⁄16" 48" 327⁄64" 1.5 53K4832WPARTBN 531 575 584 648
13⁄16" 54" 327⁄64" 1.7 53K5432WPARTBN 577 626 637 710
13⁄16" 60" 327⁄64" 1.9 53K6032WPARTBN 623 678 690 771
13⁄16" 66" 327⁄64" 2.0 53K6632WPARTBN 658 716 728 814
13⁄16" 78" 327⁄64" 2.4 53K7832WPARTBN 729 799 813 916
13⁄16" 96" 327⁄64" 2.9 53K9632WPARTBN 835 919 937 1061
➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.203 Priority

Panel Fabric Upholstery Fabric

Standard Includes
D W H COM Yardage Model COM A–E 1–3 4–6 • Wall panel
44"H Fabric with Accessory Rail • Accessory Rail
13⁄16" 30" 4423⁄64" 1.0 53K3044WPARTBN $436 $465 $471 $514
13⁄16" 36" 4423⁄64" 1.2 53K3644WPARTBN 490 525 532 584
How to Specify
13⁄16" 42" 4423⁄64" 1.4 53K4244WPARTBN 544 585 593 653
! Model
13⁄16" 48" 4423⁄64" 1.5 53K4844WPARTBN 598 642 651 715 2 Fabric grade
13⁄16" 54" 4423⁄64" 1.7 53K5444WPARTBN 652 701 712 785 3 Fabric number
13⁄16" 60" 4423⁄64" 1.9 53K6044WPARTBN 706 761 773 854
13⁄16" 66" 4423⁄64" 2.0 53K6644WPARTBN 746 804 816 902
13⁄16" 72" 4423⁄64" 2.2 53K7244WPARTBN 787 851 864 959
13⁄16" 78" 4423⁄64" 2.4 53K7844WPARTBN 827 897 911 1014
13⁄16" 84" 4423⁄64" 2.5 53K8444WPARTBN 867 940 955 1062
13⁄16" 90" 4423⁄64" 2.7 53K9044WPARTBN 908 986 1003 1119
13⁄16" 96" 4423⁄64" 2.9 53K9644WPARTBN 948 1032 1050 1174
57"H Fabric with Accessory Rail

13⁄16" 30" 5611⁄16" 1.0 53K3057WPARTBN $613 $642 $648 $691
13⁄16" 36" 5611⁄16" 1.2 53K3657WPARTBN 679 714 721 773
13⁄16" 42" 5611⁄16" 1.4 53K4257WPARTBN 746 787 795 855
13⁄16" 48" 5611⁄16" 1.5 53K4857WPARTBN 811 855 864 928
Fabric is applied railroaded.

height based on the undersurface
storage, overhead storage, and/or
44" and 57"H TFL and wood wall

panels with accessory rails for low
storage are not offered. Consider
wall panels with shelves and
accessory rail for these heights.

➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.204 Priority

Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
13⁄16" 36" 1921⁄64" 53K3620WPAR 884 1219
13⁄16" 42" 1921⁄64" 53K4220WPAR 914 1252
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 1921⁄64" 53K4820WPAR 945 1286
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 1921⁄64" 53K5420WPAR 975 1319 ! Model
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 66" 1921⁄64" 53K6620WPAR 1087 1442
13⁄16" 72" 1921⁄64" 53K7220WPAR 1168 1532
13⁄16" 84" 1921⁄64" 53K8420WPAR 1332 1711
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 90" 1921⁄64" 53K9020WPAR 1413 1801
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
2 Fabric grade
13⁄16" 36" 1921⁄64" 1.2 53K3620WPARTBN 383 418 425 477
13⁄16" 42" 1921⁄64" 1.4 53K4220WPARTBN 419 460 468 528
13⁄16" 48" 1921⁄64" 1.5 53K4820WPARTBN 453 497 506 570
13⁄16" 54" 1921⁄64" 1.7 53K5420WPARTBN 489 538 549 622
13⁄16" 60" 1921⁄64" 1.9 53K6020WPARTBN 525 580 592 673
13⁄16" 66" 1921⁄64" 2.0 53K6620WPARTBN 554 612 624 710
13⁄16" 78" 1921⁄64" 2.4 53K7820WPARTBN 614 684 698 801
13⁄16" 96" 1921⁄64" 2.9 53K9620WPARTBN 703 787 805 929
➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.205 Priority

Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
13⁄16" 36" 2529⁄32" 53K3627WPAR 916 1263
13⁄16" 42" 2529⁄32" 53K4227WPAR 951 1305
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 2529⁄32" 53K4827WPAR 986 1345
TFL Wall Panel
13⁄16" 54" 2529⁄32" 53K5427WPAR 1021 1386 ! Model
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 66" 2529⁄32" 53K6627WPAR 1147 1526
13⁄16" 72" 2529⁄32" 53K7227WPAR 1239 1625
13⁄16" 84" 2529⁄32" 53K8427WPAR 1420 1824
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 90" 2529⁄32" 53K9027WPAR 1511 1925
W = Wood
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
2 Fabric grade
13⁄16" 36" 2529⁄32" 1.2 53K3627WPARTBN 425 460 467 519
13⁄16" 42" 2529⁄32" 1.4 53K4227WPARTBN 468 509 517 577
13⁄16" 48" 2529⁄32" 1.5 53K4827WPARTBN 509 553 562 626
13⁄16" 54" 2529⁄32" 1.7 53K5427WPARTBN 552 601 612 685
13⁄16" 60" 2529⁄32" 1.9 53K6027WPARTBN 595 650 662 743
13⁄16" 66" 2529⁄32" 2.0 53K6627WPARTBN 629 687 699 785
13⁄16" 78" 2529⁄32" 2.4 53K7827WPARTBN 697 767 781 884
13⁄16" 96" 2529⁄32" 2.9 53K9627WPARTBN 798 882 900 1024
➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.206 Priority

Panel Fabric Upholstery Fabric

Standard Includes
D W H COM Yardage Model COM A–E 1–3 4–6 • Wall panel
38"H Fabric with Accessory Rail • Accessory Rail
13⁄16" 30" 385⁄32" 1.0 53K3038WPARTBN $406 $435 $441 $484
13⁄16" 36" 385⁄32" 1.2 53K3638WPARTBN 454 489 496 548
How to Specify
13⁄16" 42" 385⁄32" 1.4 53K4238WPARTBN 502 543 551 611
! Model
13⁄16" 48" 385⁄32" 1.5 53K4838WPARTBN 550 594 603 667 2 Fabric grade
13⁄16" 54" 385⁄32" 1.7 53K5438WPARTBN 598 647 658 731 3 Fabric number
13⁄16" 60" 385⁄32" 1.9 53K6038WPARTBN 646 701 713 794
13⁄16" 66" 385⁄32" 2.0 53K6638WPARTBN 682 740 752 838
13⁄16" 72" 385⁄32" 2.2 53K7238WPARTBN 720 784 797 892
13⁄16" 78" 385⁄32" 2.4 53K7838WPARTBN 756 826 840 943
13⁄16" 84" 385⁄32" 2.5 53K8438WPARTBN 792 865 880 987
13⁄16" 90" 385⁄32" 2.7 53K9038WPARTBN 830 908 925 1041
13⁄16" 96" 385⁄32" 2.9 53K9638WPARTBN 866 950 968 1092
50"H Fabric with Accessory Rail

13⁄16" 30" 5015⁄32" 1.0 53K3050WPARTBN $525 $554 $560 $603
13⁄16" 36" 5015⁄32" 1.2 53K3650WPARTBN 585 620 627 679
13⁄16" 42" 5015⁄32" 1.4 53K4250WPARTBN 645 686 694 754
13⁄16" 48" 5015⁄32" 1.5 53K4850WPARTBN 705 749 758 822
Fabric is applied railroaded.

38" and 50"H TFL and wood wall

panels with accessory rails for desk-
height storage are not offered.
Consider wall panels with shelves
and accessory rail for these heights.

➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.207 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wall Panels with Shelves Pricing Planning page 5.37
Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
44"H TFL or Wood with Glass Shelves • Attachment hardware
13⁄16" 30" 4423⁄64" 53K3044WPGLSH $1460 $1728 • Two 1⁄4"-thick x 97⁄8"D shelves
13⁄16" 36" 4423⁄64" 53K3644WPGLSH 1607 1899
13⁄16" 42" 4423⁄64" 53K4244WPGLSH 1753 2071
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 4423⁄64" 53K4844WPGLSH 1900 2242
TFL Panel with Glass Shelves
13⁄16" 54" 4423⁄64" 53K5444WPGLSH 2046 2413 ! Model
13⁄16" 60" 4423⁄64" 53K6044WPGLSH 2193 2584 @ Panel material:
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 66" 4423⁄64" 53K6644WPGLSH 2419 2824
13⁄16" 72" 4423⁄64" 53K7244WPGLSH 2645 3063 4 Glass designator:
13⁄16" 78" 4423⁄64" 53K7844WPGLSH 2872 3302 3 = Clear
13⁄16" 84" 4423⁄64" 53K8444WPGLSH 3098 3541
TFL Panel with Wood Shelves
13⁄16" 90" 4423⁄64" 53K9044WPGLSH 3324 3780 ! Model
LL = TFL
44"H TFL or Wood with Wood Shelves 3 TFL color designator
13⁄16" 30" 4423⁄64" 53K3044WPWDSH $2565 $2674 4 Wood finish price group:
13⁄16" 36" 4423⁄64" 53K3644WPWDSH 2698 2864 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 42" 4423⁄64" 53K4244WPWDSH 2831 3053
13⁄16" 48" 4423⁄64" 53K4844WPWDSH 2965 3243
13⁄16" 54" 4423⁄64" 53K5444WPWDSH 3098 3433 Wood Panel with Glass Shelves
13⁄16" 60" 4423⁄64" 53K6044WPWDSH 3231 3623
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 66" 4423⁄64" 53K6644WPWDSH 3435 3767
W = Wood
13⁄16" 72" 4423⁄64" 53K7244WPWDSH 3640 3911 3 Wood finish price group:
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 84" 4423⁄64" 53K8444WPWDSH 4048 4200
13⁄16" 90" 4423⁄64" 53K9044WPWDSH 4252 4344 5 Glass designator:
13⁄16" 96" 4423⁄64" 53K9644WPWDSH 4457 4488 3 = Clear
height based on the undersurface Wood Panel with Wood Shelves
! Model
@ Panel material:
W = Wood
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Page 5.208 Priority
Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
13⁄16" 30" 5611⁄16" 53K3057WPGLSH $1675 $2060 • Three 1⁄4"-thick x 97⁄8"D shelves
13⁄16" 36" 5611⁄16" 53K3657WPGLSH 1861 2256
13⁄16" 42" 5611⁄16" 53K4257WPGLSH 2046 2452
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 5611⁄16" 53K4857WPGLSH 2232 2647
13⁄16" 54" 5611⁄16" 53K5457WPGLSH 2417 2843 ! Model
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 66" 5611⁄16" 53K6657WPGLSH 2875 3321
13⁄16" 78" 5611⁄16" 53K7857WPGLSH 3418 3885 3 = Clear
13⁄16" 84" 5611⁄16" 53K8457WPGLSH 3689 4167
13⁄16" 90" 5611⁄16" 53K9057WPGLSH 3961 4449 ! Model
LL = TFL
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 42" 5611⁄16" 53K4257WPWDSH 3432 3837
13⁄16" 48" 5611⁄16" 53K4857WPWDSH 3600 4016
13⁄16" 60" 5611⁄16" 53K6057WPWDSH 3937 4374
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 66" 5611⁄16" 53K6657WPWDSH 4181 4628
W = Wood
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 84" 5611⁄16" 53K8457WPWDSH 4911 5389
13⁄16" 96" 5611⁄16" 53K9657WPWDSH 5398 5897 3 = Clear
! Model
@ Panel material:
W = Wood
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Page 5.209 Priority
Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
13⁄16" 30" 385⁄32" 53K3038WPGLSH $1353 $1707 • Two 1⁄4"-thick x 97⁄8"D shelves
13⁄16" 36" 385⁄32" 53K3638WPGLSH 1480 1837
13⁄16" 42" 385⁄32" 53K4238WPGLSH 1607 1967
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 385⁄32" 53K4838WPGLSH 1734 2097
13⁄16" 54" 385⁄32" 53K5438WPGLSH 1861 2227 ! Model
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 66" 385⁄32" 53K6638WPGLSH 2192 2575
13⁄16" 78" 385⁄32" 53K7838WPGLSH 2599 3011 3 = Clear
13⁄16" 84" 385⁄32" 53K8438WPGLSH 2802 3228
13⁄16" 90" 385⁄32" 53K9038WPGLSH 3006 3446 ! Model
LL = TFL
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 42" 385⁄32" 53K4238WPWDSH 2531 2891
13⁄16" 48" 385⁄32" 53K4838WPWDSH 2647 3009
13⁄16" 60" 385⁄32" 53K6038WPWDSH 2878 3247
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 66" 385⁄32" 53K6638WPWDSH 3063 3446
W = Wood
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 84" 385⁄32" 53K8438WPWDSH 3617 4043
13⁄16" 96" 385⁄32" 53K9638WPWDSH 3986 4441 3 = Clear
! Model
@ Panel material:
W = Wood
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Page 5.210 Priority
Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
13⁄16" 30" 5015⁄32" 53K3050WPGLSH $1568 $2022 • Three 1⁄4"-thick x 97⁄8"D shelves
13⁄16" 36" 5015⁄32" 53K3650WPGLSH 1734 2180
13⁄16" 42" 5015⁄32" 53K4250WPGLSH 1900 2338
How to Specify
13⁄16" 48" 5015⁄32" 53K4850WPGLSH 2066 2496
13⁄16" 54" 5015⁄32" 53K5450WPGLSH 2232 2654 ! Model
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 66" 5015⁄32" 53K6650WPGLSH 2647 3072
13⁄16" 78" 5015⁄32" 53K7850WPGLSH 3145 3594 3 = Clear
13⁄16" 84" 5015⁄32" 53K8450WPGLSH 3393 3854
13⁄16" 90" 5015⁄32" 53K9050WPGLSH 3642 4115 ! Model
LL = TFL
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 42" 5015⁄32" 53K4250WPWDSH 3132 3664
13⁄16" 48" 5015⁄32" 53K4850WPWDSH 3282 3775
13⁄16" 60" 5015⁄32" 53K6050WPWDSH 3584 3998
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 66" 5015⁄32" 53K6650WPWDSH 3808 4311
W = Wood
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 84" 5015⁄32" 53K8450WPWDSH 4480 5248
13⁄16" 96" 5015⁄32" 53K9650WPWDSH 4927 5873 3 = Clear
! Model
@ Panel material:
W = Wood
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Page 5.211 Priority
PRIORITY™ Wall Panels with Shelves and Accessory Rail Pricing Planning page 5.37
Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
44"H TFL or Wood with Glass Shelf and Accessory Rail • Attachment hardware
13⁄16" 30" 4423⁄64" 53K3044WPGLSHAR $1283 $1647 • One 1⁄4"-thick x 97⁄8"D shelf
13⁄16" 36" 4423⁄64" 53K3644WPGLSHAR 1392 1761 • Accessory Rail
13⁄16" 42" 4423⁄64" 53K4244WPGLSHAR 1502 1876
13⁄16" 48" 4423⁄64" 53K4844WPGLSHAR 1611 1991 How to Specify
13⁄16" 54" 4423⁄64" 53K5444WPGLSHAR 1720 2106 Panel with Glass Shelf and Rail
13⁄16" 60" 4423⁄64" 53K6044WPGLSHAR 1830 2221 ! Model
13⁄16" 66" 4423⁄64" 53K6644WPGLSHAR 2005 2409
@ Panel material:
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 4423⁄64" 53K7244WPGLSHAR 2181 2598 W = Wood
13⁄16" 78" 4423⁄64" 53K7844WPGLSHAR 2356 2787 3 Wood finish price group (omit for
13⁄16" 84" 4423⁄64" 53K8444WPGLSHAR 2532 2976 TFL):
STD = Group 1
13⁄16" 90" 4423⁄64" 53K9044WPGLSHAR 2707 3165
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 96" 4423⁄64" 53K9644WPGLSHAR 2883 3353 4 TFL or wood finish designator
5 Glass designator:
44"H TFL or Wood with Wood Shelf and Accessory Rail
3 = Clear
13⁄16" 30" 4423⁄64" 53K3044WPWDSHAR $1914 $2277
13⁄16" 36" 4423⁄64" 53K3644WPWDSHAR 2016 2385 Panel with Wood Shelf and Rail
13⁄16" 42" 4423⁄64" 53K4244WPWDSHAR 2072 2492
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 48" 4423⁄64" 53K4844WPWDSHAR 2174 2599 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 54" 4423⁄64" 53K5444WPWDSHAR 2275 2707 W = Wood
13⁄16" 60" 4423⁄64" 53K6044WPWDSHAR 2423 2814
3 Wood finish price group (omit for
TFL):
13⁄16" 66" 4423⁄64" 53K6644WPWDSHAR 2586 2990
STD = Group 1
13⁄16" 72" 4423⁄64" 53K7244WPWDSHAR 2749 3166 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
13⁄16" 78" 4423⁄64" 53K7844WPWDSHAR 2912 3343 4 TFL or wood finish designator
13⁄16" 84" 4423⁄64" 53K8444WPWDSHAR 3075 3519
13⁄16" 90" 4423⁄64" 53K9044WPWDSHAR 3238 3695
13⁄16" 96" 4423⁄64" 53K9644WPWDSHAR 3401 3871

➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.212 Priority

Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
57"H TFL or Wood with Glass Shelves and Accessory Rail • Attachment hardware
13⁄16" 30" 5611⁄16" 53K3057WPGLSHAR $1497 $1882 • Two 1⁄4"-thick x 97⁄8"D shelves
13⁄16" 42" 5611⁄16" 53K4257WPGLSHAR 1794 2200
13⁄16" 60" 5611⁄16" 53K6057WPGLSHAR 2239 2676 ! Model
13⁄16" 66" 5611⁄16" 53K6657WPGLSHAR 2460 2907
@ Panel material:
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 5611⁄16" 53K7257WPGLSHAR 2681 3139 W = Wood
13⁄16" 84" 5611⁄16" 53K8457WPGLSHAR 3123 3601 TFL):
STD = Group 1
13⁄16" 90" 5611⁄16" 53K9057WPGLSHAR 3344 3833
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Glass designator:
57"H TFL or Wood with Wood Shelves and Accessory Rail
3 = Clear
13⁄16" 30" 5611⁄16" 53K3057WPWDSHAR $2443 $2828
13⁄16" 42" 5611⁄16" 53K4257WPWDSHAR 2580 3123
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 48" 5611⁄16" 53K4857WPWDSHAR 2717 3271 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 54" 5611⁄16" 53K5457WPWDSHAR 2855 3418 W = Wood
13⁄16" 60" 5611⁄16" 53K6057WPWDSHAR 3129 3566
TFL):
13⁄16" 66" 5611⁄16" 53K6657WPWDSHAR 3331 3779
STD = Group 1
13⁄16" 84" 5611⁄16" 53K8457WPWDSHAR 3938 4417
13⁄16" 90" 5611⁄16" 53K9057WPWDSHAR 4140 4629
13⁄16" 96" 5611⁄16" 53K9657WPWDSHAR 4342 4842

➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.213 Priority

Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
38"H TFL or Wood with Glass Shelf and Accessory Rail • Attachment hardware
13⁄16" 30" 385⁄32" 53K3038WPGLSHAR $1176 $1529 • One 1⁄4"-thick x 97⁄8"D shelves
13⁄16" 42" 385⁄32" 53K4238WPGLSHAR 1356 1715
13⁄16" 60" 385⁄32" 53K6038WPGLSHAR 1625 1993 ! Model
13⁄16" 66" 385⁄32" 53K6638WPGLSHAR 1778 2161
@ Panel material:
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 385⁄32" 53K7238WPGLSHAR 1931 2328 W = Wood
13⁄16" 84" 385⁄32" 53K8438WPGLSHAR 2236 2663 TFL):
STD = Group 1
13⁄16" 90" 385⁄32" 53K9038WPGLSHAR 2389 2831
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Glass designator:
38"H TFL or Wood with Wood Shelf and Accessory Rail
3 = Clear
13⁄16" 30" 385⁄32" 53K3038WPWDSHAR $1649 $2002
13⁄16" 42" 385⁄32" 53K4238WPWDSHAR 1817 2176
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 48" 385⁄32" 53K4838WPWDSHAR 1902 2264 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 54" 385⁄32" 53K5438WPWDSHAR 1986 2351 W = Wood
13⁄16" 60" 385⁄32" 53K6038WPWDSHAR 2070 2438
TFL):
13⁄16" 66" 385⁄32" 53K6638WPWDSHAR 2214 2596
STD = Group 1
13⁄16" 84" 385⁄32" 53K8438WPWDSHAR 2644 3070
13⁄16" 90" 385⁄32" 53K9038WPWDSHAR 2788 3228
13⁄16" 96" 385⁄32" 53K9638WPWDSHAR 2931 3386

➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.214 Priority

Material
Standard Includes
• Wall panel
50"H TFL or Wood with Glass Shelves and Accessory Rail • Attachment hardware
13⁄16" 30" 5015⁄32" 53K3050WPGLSHAR $1390 $1764 • Two 1⁄4"-thick x 97⁄8"D shelves
13⁄16" 42" 5015⁄32" 53K4250WPGLSHAR 1648 2038
13⁄16" 60" 5015⁄32" 53K6050WPGLSHAR 2034 2448 ! Model
13⁄16" 66" 5015⁄32" 53K6650WPGLSHAR 2233 2658
@ Panel material:
LL = TFL
13⁄16" 72" 5015⁄32" 53K7250WPGLSHAR 2431 2868 W = Wood
13⁄16" 84" 5015⁄32" 53K8450WPGLSHAR 2827 3289 TFL):
STD = Group 1
13⁄16" 90" 5015⁄32" 53K9050WPGLSHAR 3026 3499
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Glass designator:
50"H TFL or Wood with Wood Shelves and Accessory Rail
3 = Clear
13⁄16" 30" 5015⁄32" 53K3050WPWDSHAR $2178 $2553
13⁄16" 42" 5015⁄32" 53K4250WPWDSHAR 2326 2808
! Model
@ Panel material:
13⁄16" 48" 5015⁄32" 53K4850WPWDSHAR 2445 2935 LL = TFL
13⁄16" 54" 5015⁄32" 53K5450WPWDSHAR 2565 3063 W = Wood
13⁄16" 60" 5015⁄32" 53K6050WPWDSHAR 2776 3190
TFL):
13⁄16" 66" 5015⁄32" 53K6650WPWDSHAR 2959 3384
STD = Group 1
13⁄16" 84" 5015⁄32" 53K8450WPWDSHAR 3506 3968
13⁄16" 90" 5015⁄32" 53K9050WPWDSHAR 3689 4162
13⁄16" 96" 5015⁄32" 53K9650WPWDSHAR 3872 4357

➤See page 5.89.
Page 5.215 Priority

PRIORITY™ Accessories Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Wall Panels with Accessory Rail GSA Contract Pending

How to Specify
Utility Cup ! Model
33⁄4" 31⁄2" 31⁄4" 28A0402CHPSP Stainless steel utility cup $253 2 Paint designator
Clock
1⁄4" 5" 5" 28A0505CLPSP Black hands; number locations are open holes $270
Picture Frame
1⁄4" 5" 5" 28A0505PFPSP Picture location is open; no covering $246
Name Plate
1⁄4" 85⁄8" 13⁄8" 28A0901NPPSP Name location is open; no covering $258
Wavy Shelf
21⁄2" 81⁄2" 3⁄8" 28A1006WSPSP $253
File Organizer
1" 13" 83⁄4" 28A1309FOPSP $270
Page 5.216 Priority

PRIORITY™ Undersurface Pedestals with Open Back Pricing Planning page 5.37
Number of Laminate Wood

D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
• Unfinished, open back
Box/Box/File
• Open top
Letter Width • Finished sides
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBBBF $773 $1120
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBBBF 826 1179
How to Specify
Legal Width
! Model
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOBBBF $817 $1148 @ Material:
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOBBBF 872 1216 L = Laminate
347⁄8" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3618PUOBBBF 931 1288 W = Wood
3 Pull option:
File/File ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
Letter Width 4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBFF $750 $1077
KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
3415⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBFF 803 1126 lock core separately
Legal Width KRB = Key random, black lock
core (+$69)
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOBFF $790 $1103
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOBFF 844 1166 core (+$69)
347⁄8" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3618PUOBFF 902 1227 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
model)
IMPORTANT: Worksur- 7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
faces must be specified for W model)
separately. 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
Worksurfaces 9 Wood interior drawer option (omit
➤See pages 5.131 – for standard drawers and L
5.134. models):
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Modesty/Back Panels
➤See page 5.185.
Undersurface Filler Strip

➤See page 5.227.
Page 5.217 Priority


Hinged Door Right
• Open top
Letter Width • Finished sides
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBHR $805 $1071 • Adjustable shelf
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBHR 854 1254
Legal Width How to Specify
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOBHR $863 $1166 ! Model
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOBHR 917 1229 @ Material:
L = Laminate
Hinged Door Left W = Wood
Letter Width 3 Pull option:
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBHL $805 $1071 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
4 Lock option:
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBHL 854 1254
X = Non-locking
Legal Width KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOBHL $863 $1166 lock core separately
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOBHL 917 1229
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
7 Door front finish designator (omit
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces
for W model)
must be specified separately. 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
Worksurfaces
➤See pages 5.131 – 5.134.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Modesty/Back Panels
➤See page 5.185.

➤See page 5.227.
Page 5.218 Priority


Open/Open
• Open/unfinished top
15"W Letter Width • Finished sides
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2415PUOBOS $731 $963 • Adjustable shelf on open/open
model
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE3015PUOBOS 769 1044
18"W Legal Width
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2418PUOBOS $771 $1039 How to Specify
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE3018PUOBOS 809 1132 ! Model
30"W
@ Material:
L = Laminate
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2430PUOBOS $823 $1228
W = Wood
36"W 3 Pull option (omit for open/open
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2436PUOBOS $1015 $1505 model):
Open/File 4 Lock option (omit for open/open
Letter Width model):
X = Non-locking
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBOF $702 $971
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBOF 739 1044 lock core separately
Legal Width KRB = Key random, black lock
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOBOF $738 $1048 core (+$69)
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOBOF 777 1005
core (+$69)
model):
IMPORTANT: Worksur- STD = Group 1
faces must be specified STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
separately. 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
model)
Worksurfaces 7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
➤See pages 5.131 – for W model and all open/open
5.134. models)
Ganging Bracket W model)
➤See page 5.246. 9 Wood interior drawer option (omit
for standard drawers, L models,
Modesty/Back Panels and all open/open models):

➤See page 5.227.
Page 5.219 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Undersurface Pedestals with Open Back Pricing • Unfinished, open back
Desks & Components • Open top
• Finished sides
• Adjustable shelf on hinged-door
model
• One adjustable shelf at top of
Number of Laminate Wood printer/CPU storage; sliding printer
D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) (bottom) shelf has a 100 lb. weight
limit
Hinged-Door Storage • Interlock mechanism (allows only one
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBH $783 $1335 drawer to be open at a time to help
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBH 964 1650 prevent tipping)
How to Specify
! Model
Two-Drawer Lateral File @ Material:
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBLF $943 $1553 L = Laminate
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBLF 964 1765 W = Wood
3 Pull option (omit for printer/CPU
storage model):
4 Lock option (omit for printer/cpu
Printer/CPU Storage storage):
X = Non-locking
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2436PUOBPU $1261 $1735
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
IMPORTANT: Worksur- STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
faces must be specified 6 Wood finish designator (omit for
separately. L model)
7 Drawer/door front finish designator
Worksurfaces (omit for W and printer/CPU
➤See pages 5.131 – models)
5.134. 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
Ganging Bracket Wood interior drawer option (omit
➤See page 5.246.
9
and printer/cpu storage):
Modesty/Back Panels WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
➤See page 5.185.

➤See page 5.227.
Page 5.220 Priority


Multi-File
• Open top
Open Left, Box/Box Right, Lateral File Bottom • Finished sides
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBBBR $1422 $1996 • Interlock mechanism (allows only one
drawer to be open at a time to help
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBBBR 1544 2158
prevent tipping)
Box/Box Left, Open Right, Lateral File Bottom

223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBBBL $1422 $1996 How to Specify
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBBBL 1544 2158 ! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
File Left, Box/Box Right, Lateral File Bottom W = Wood
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE2430PUOBBBFL $1418 $1971
storage model):
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE2436PUOBBBFL 1540 2156 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
Box/Box Left, File Right, Lateral File Bottom KS = Key specific (+$41 per lock);
specify lock core(s) separately
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBBBFR $1418 $1971
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBBBFR 1540 2156 core (+$69 per lock)
IMPORTANT: Worksur- core (+$69 per lock)
faces must be specified 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
separately. model):
STD = Group 1
Box/box drawers on multi- STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
file unit are non-locking 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
when in the left position. model)
7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
Worksurfaces for W model)
➤See pages 5.131 – 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
5.134. W model)
Ganging Bracket for standard drawers, L models,
➤See page 5.246. and printer/cpu storage):
Modesty/Back Panels
➤See page 5.185.
Page 5.221 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Undersurface Pedestals with Open Back Pricing • Enclosed top with four spacers
Desks & Components • Unfinished back
• Finished sides
How to Specify
Number of Laminate Wood Pedestal
D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) ! Model
Box/Box/File with Spacers @ Material:
L = Laminate
Letter Width
W = Wood
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBBBFS $821 $1151 3 Pull option:
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBBBFS 870 1213 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
4 Lock option:
347⁄8" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3615PUOBBBFS 919 1278
X = Non-locking
File/File with Spacers core (+$69)
Letter Width
core (+$69)
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBFFS $795 $1109 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBFFS 847 1159 model):
STD = Group 1
347⁄8" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3615PUOBFFS 885 1208
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
Related Products: 7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
D W H Model Price for W model)
Starter Bracket W model)
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 9 Chassis back finish designator
(omit for W model)
bl Wood interior drawer option (omit
for standard drawers and L
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces models):
and starter bracket must be WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
Starter Bracket
Worksurfaces ! Model
➤See pages 5.131 – 5.134. 2 Finish designator:
Ganging Bracket 425 = Shadow
➤See page 5.246. 462 = Cinder
Modesty/Back Panels 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
➤See page 5.185. 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)

➤See page 5.227.
Page 5.222 Priority

Standard Includes
• Finished sides
• Adjustable shelf
Number of Laminate Wood How to Specify

D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) Pedestal
Hinged Door Right with Spacers ! Model
@ Material:
Letter Width
L = Laminate
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBHRS $867 $1168 W = Wood
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBHRS 921 1245 3 Pull option:
Legal Width
4 Lock option:
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 275⁄8" 1 53KE2418PUOBHRS $931 $1259 X = Non-locking
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 275⁄8" 1 53KE3018PUOBHRS 987 1342 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify
1 lock core separately
Hinged Door Left with Spacers KRB = Key random, black lock
Letter Width core (+$69)
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBHLS $867 $1168 KRS = Key random, silver lock
core (+$69)
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBHLS 921 1245 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
Legal Width model):
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOBHLS $931 $1259 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOBHLS 987 1342
model)
Related Products: for W model)
D W H Model Price 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
Starter Bracket 9 Chassis back finish designator
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 (omit for W model)
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces Starter Bracket

and starter bracket must be ! Model
specified separately. 2 Finish designator:
Worksurfaces 425 = Shadow
➤See pages 5.131 – 5.134. 462 = Cinder
Ganging Bracket 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
Modesty/Back Panels
➤See page 5.185.

➤See page 5.227.
Page 5.223 Priority

Standard Includes
• Finished sides
• Adjustalbe shelf on open/open
model

D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) How to Specify
Open/Open with Spacers Pedestal
! Model
15"W Letter Width @ Material:
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2415PUOBOSS $790 $1025 L = Laminate
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE3015PUOBOSS 829 1106 W = Wood
3 Pull option (omit for open/open
18"W Legal Width
models):
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2418PUOBOSS $831 $1100 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE3018PUOBOSS 869 1171 4 Lock option (omit for open/open
models):
30"W
X = Non-locking
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2430PUOBOSS $876 $1265 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
36"W lock core ]separately
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2436PUOBOSS $1048 $1550 KRB = Key random, black lock
core (+$69)
Open/File with Spacers KRS = Key random, silver lock
Letter Width core (+$69)
223⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOBOFS $763 $1033
model):
2815⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOBOFS 800 1133 STD = Group 1
Legal Width STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
223⁄4" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOBOFS $798 $1114
model)
2815⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOBOFS 969 1222 7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
for W model and open/open
models)
Related Products: 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces D W model)
W H Model Price
and starter bracket must be 9 Chassis back finish designator
specified separately. Starter Bracket (omit for W model)
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 bl Wood interior drawer option (omit
Worksurfaces for standard drawers, L models,
➤See pages 5.131 – 5.134. and open/open models):
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246. Starter Bracket
! Model
Modesty/Back Panels 2 Finish designator:
➤See page 5.185. 405 = Designer White
425 = Shadow
Undersurface Filler Strip 462 = Cinder
➤See page 5.227. 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
Page 5.224 Priority 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
Standard Includes
• Finished sides
• Adjustable shelf on hinged-door
model
• Interlock mechanism (allows only one
Number of Laminate Wood drawer to be open at a time to help
D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) prevent tipping)
Hinged-Door Storage with Spacers

223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBHS $882 $1444 How to Specify
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBHS 1062 1751 Pedestal
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
Two-Drawer Lateral File with Spacers 3 Pull option:
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430LFOBM2S $1118 $1958 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436LFOBM2S 1187 2077
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
Related Products: KRB = Key random, black lock
D W H Model Price core (+$69)
Starter Bracket core (+$69)
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces model)
and starter bracket must be 7 Drawer/door front finish designator
specified separately. (omit for W model)
Box/box drawers on multi-file W model)
unit are non-locking when in 9 Wood interior drawer option (omit
the left position. for standard drawers and L
models:
Worksurfaces WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
➤See pages 5.131 – 5.134.
Starter Bracket or Stanchion
Ganging Bracket ! Model
➤See page 5.246. 2 Finish designator:
Modesty/Back Panels 425 = Shadow
Undersurface Filler Strip 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
Page 5.225 Priority

Standard Includes
• Finished sides
prevent tipping)
D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W)
How to Specify
Multi-File with Spacers
Pedestal
Open Left, Box/Box Right, Lateral File Bottom (shown) ! Model
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBBBRS $1520 $2098 @ Material:
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBBBRS 1641 2260 L = Laminate
W = Wood
3 Pull option:
Box/Box Left, Open Right, Lateral File Bottom 4 Lock option:
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBBBLS $1520 $2098 X = Non-locking
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBBBLS 1641 2260 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify
core (+$69)
File Left, Box/Box Right, Lateral File Bottom (shown)
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBBBFLS $1516 $2096 core (+$69)
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBBBFLS 1638 2258 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Box/Box Left, File Right, Lateral File Bottom 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
223⁄4" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUOBBBFRS $1516 $2096 model)
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces 7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
223⁄4" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUOBBBFRS 1638 2258
and starter bracket must for W model)
be specified separately. 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
Drawers on multi-file unit in Related Products: 9 Wood interior drawer option (omit
the top left position are D W H Model Price for standard drawers, L models):
non-locking. WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
Starter Bracket
Worksurfaces 213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 Starter Bracket or Stanchion
➤See pages 5.131 – ! Model
5.134. 2 Finish designator:
Ganging Bracket 425 = Shadow
Modesty/Back Panels 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)

➤See page 5.227.
Page 5.226 Priority

PRIORITY™ Filler Strips Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Undersurface Pedestals with Open Back GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
• One filler strip: wood or laminate
Filler Strip • Attachment hardware
3⁄4" 23⁄4" 271⁄16" 53K0128CPFS $176 $309
How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Page 5.227 Priority

PRIORITY™ Undersurface Pedestals with Finished Back U Pricing Planning page 5.37

• Finished back and sides
Box/Box/File
• Open top
Letter Width
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUBBF $812 $1160
How to Specify
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUBBF 864 1219
Legal Width
! Model
@ Material:
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUBBF $854 $1187 L = Laminate
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUBBF 910 1255 W = Wood
355⁄8" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16"
3 Pull option:
1 53KE3618PUBBF 969 1327
File/File 4 Lock option:

Letter Width X = Non-locking
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUFF $789 $1117
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUFF 841 1167 KRB = Key random, black lock
Legal Width core (+$69)
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUFF $829 $1143
core (+$69)
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUFF 882 1205 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
355⁄8" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3618PUFF 940 1267 model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
for W model)
W model)
models):
IMPORTANT: Worksur-
WD = Wood interior drawers
faces must be specified
(+5%)
separately.
Worksurfaces
5.134.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.228 Priority

PRIORITY™ Undersurface Pedestals with Finished Back Pricing Planning page 5.37
Number of Laminate Wood Standard Includes

Hinged Door Right • Open top
Letter Width • One adjustable shelf
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUHR $837 $1225
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUHR 878 1174 How to Specify
Legal Width ! Model
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUHR $887 $1162 @ Material:
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUHR 917 1264 L = Laminate
W = Wood
Hinged Door Left 3 Pull option:
Letter Width ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
4 Lock option (omit for open/open
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUHL $837 $1225
models):
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUHL 878 1174 X = Non-locking
Legal Width KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUHL $887 $1162 lock core separately
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUHL 932 1264 core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
for W model)
IMPORTANT: Worksur- 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
separately.
Worksurfaces
5.134.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.

➤See page 5.227.
Page 5.229 Priority


Open/Open
• Open top
15"W Letter Width • Adjustable shelf in open/open model
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2415PUOS $769 $1004
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE3015PUOS 807 1083
How to Specify
18"W Legal Width
! Model
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2418PUOS $809 $1077 @ Material:
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE3018PUOS 847 1171 L = Laminate
30"W W = Wood
3 Pull option (omit for open/open
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2430PUOS $854 $1265
models):
36"W ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2436PUOS $1048 $1550 4 Lock option (omit for open/open
models):
Open/File X = Non-locking
Letter Width KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOF $740 $1011
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOF 777 1110 core (+$69)
Legal Width KRS = Key random, silver lock
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOF $776 $1091 core (+$69)
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOF 816 1200
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
for W and open/open model)
W model)
IMPORTANT: Worksur-
separately.
and open/open models):
Worksurfaces
5.134.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.230 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Undersurface Pedestals with Finished Back U Pricing • Finished back and sides
Desks & Components • Open top
• Adjustable shelf on hinged-door and
open storage models
• One adjustable shelf at top of
printer/CPU storage; sliding printer
Number of Laminate Wood (bottom) shelf has a 100 lb. weight
D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) limit
Hinged-Door Storage drawer to be open at a time to help
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUH $817 $1376 prevent tipping)
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUH 996 1685
How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
Two-Drawer Lateral File L = Laminate
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430LFM2 $976 $1587 W = Wood
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436LFM2 1018 1799
3 Pull option (omit for open storage
and printer/CPU storage model):
4 Lock option (omit for open storage
and printer/cpu storage):
Open Storage X = Non-locking
KS = Key specific (+$41 per lock);
231⁄2" 477⁄8" 279⁄16" — 53KE2448PUOS $1296 $2189
core (+$69 per lock)
Printer/CPU Storage core (+$69 per lock)
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2436PUPU $1294 $1768
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Wood finish designator (omit for
L model)
for W model)
W model)
IMPORTANT: Worksur- 9 Wood interior drawer option (omit
faces must be specified for standard drawers, L models,
separately. open storage, and printer/cpu
storage):
Worksurfaces WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
5.134.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.231 Priority


• Finished back panel and sides
Multi-File
• Open top
Open Left, Box/Box Right, Lateral File Bottom • Adjustable shelf on hinged-door
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUBBR $1456 $2029 model
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUBBR 1575 2191
prevent tipping)

231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUBBL $1456 $2029 How to Specify
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUBBL 1575 2191 ! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
File Left, Box/Box Right, Lateral File Bottom
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE2430PUBBFL $1451 $2027 storage model):
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE2436PUBBFL 1572 2189 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
4 Lock option (omit for printer/cpu
storage):
X = Non-locking
Box/Box Left, File Right, Lateral File Bottom
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUBBFR $1451 $2027 specify lock core(s) separately
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUBBFR 1572 2189 KRB = Key random, black lock
model):
IMPORTANT: Worksur- STD = Group 1
faces must be specified STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
separately. 6 Wood finish designator (omit for
L model)
Box/box drawers on multi- 7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
file unit are non-locking for W model)
when in the left position. 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
Worksurfaces Wood interior drawer option (omit
9
5.134. models):
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.232 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Undersurface Pedestals with Finished Back Pricing • Enclosed top with four spacers
Desks & Components • Finished back and sides
How to Specify
Pedestal
Number of Laminate Wood ! Model
D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) @ Material:
Box/Box/File with Spacers L = Laminate
W = Wood
Letter Width 3 Pull option:
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUBBFS $853 $1185 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUBBFS 903 12471 4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
355⁄8" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3615PUBBFS 951 1312
core (+$69)
File/File with Spacers KRS = Key random, silver lock
core (+$69)
Letter Width 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUFFS $828 $1143 model):
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUFFS 879 1192 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
355⁄8" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3615PUFFS 918 1242
model)
Related Products: for W model)
D W H Model Price 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
Starter Bracket 9 Chassis back finish designator
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 (omit for W model)
models):

! Model
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces 405 = Designer White
and starter bracket must 425 = Shadow
be specified separately. 462 = Cinder
Worksurfaces 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
➤See pages 5.131 – 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
5.134.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.233 Priority

Standard Includes
• One adjustable shelf
How to Specify
Hinged Door Right with Spacers @ Material:
L = Laminate
Letter Width
W = Wood
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUHRS $900 $1202 3 Pull option:
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUHRS 953 1279 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
4 Lock option:
Legal Width
X = Non-locking
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUHRS $962 $1292 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUHRS 1021 1376 lock core separately
Hinged Door Left with Spacers core (+$69)
Letter Width KRS = Key random, silver lock
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUHLS $900 $1202 core (+$69)
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUHLS 953 1279
model):
Legal Width STD = Group 1
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUHLS $962 $1292 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUHLS 1021 1376
model)
for W model)
Related Products: 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
D W H Model Price W model)
9 Chassis back finish designator
Starter Bracket (omit for W model)
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 bl Wood interior drawer option (omit
models):

! Model
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces 405 = Designer White
and starter bracket must be 425 = Shadow
specified separately. 462 = Cinder
Worksurfaces 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
➤See pages 5.131 – 5.134. 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.234 Priority

Standard Includes
• One adjustable shelf in open/open
models

Open/Open with Spacers ! Model
@ Material:
15"W Letter Width
L = Laminate
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2415PUOSS $824 $1060 W = Wood
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE3015PUOSS 861 1139 3 Pull option (omit for open/open
models):
18"W Legal Width
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2418PUOSS $864 $1134 4 Lock option (omit for open/open
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE3018PUOSS 902 1227 models):
X = Non-locking
30"W
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2430PUOSS $909 $1298 lock core separately
36"W KRB = Key random, black lock
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" — 53KE2436PUOSS $1080 $1583 core (+$69)
Open/File with Spacers core (+$69)
Letter Width 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2415PUOFS $795 $1067
STD = Group 1
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3015PUOFS 832 1167 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Legal Width 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
model)
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2418PUOFS $831 $1148
2911⁄16" 1715⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE3018PUOFS 892 1255 for W andmodel and open/open
model)
Related Products: W model)
D W H Model Price
(omit for W model)
Starter Bracket bl Wood interior drawer option (omit
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 for standard drawers, L models,
IMPORTANT: Worksur- and open/open models):
faces and starter bracket WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
must be specified
separately. Starter Bracket
! Model
Worksurfaces 2 Finish designator:
➤See pages 5.131 – 405 = Designer White
5.134. 425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Ganging Bracket 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
➤See page 5.246. 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
Page 5.235 Priority
Standard Includes
• Adjustable shelf in hinged-door
model

Hinged-Door Storage with Spacers ! Model
@ Material:
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUHS $927 $1488
L = Laminate
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUHS 1105 1797 W = Wood
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
Lateral File with Spacers lock core separately
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430LFM2S $1151 $1993 KRB = Key random, black lock
core (+$69)
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436LFM2S 1220 2111
core (+$69)
Related Products: model):
D W H Model Price STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Starter Bracket 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 model)
for W model)
W model)
(omit for W model)
models):

! Model
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces 2 Finish designator:
and starter bracket must be
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Worksurfaces
➤See pages 5.131 – 5.134.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.236 Priority

Standard Includes
prevent tipping)

D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) How to Specify
Multi-File with Spacers Pedestal
! Model
Open Left, Box/Box Right, Lateral File Bottom (shown) @ Material:
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUBBRS $1565 $2142 L = Laminate
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUBBRS 1684 2304 W = Wood
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUBBLS $1565 $2142 KS = Key specific (+$41 per lock);
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUBBLS 1684 2304 specify lock core(s) separately
File Left, Box/Box Right, Lateral File Bottom (shown)
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUBBFLS $1561 $2140 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUBBFLS 1681 2302 model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Wood finish designator (omit for
Box/Box Left, File Right, Lateral File Bottom
L model)
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2430PUBBFRS $1561 $2140 7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
231⁄2" 3515⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53KE2436PUBBFRS 1681 2302 for W model)
W model)
Related Products:
D W H Model Price and printer/cpu storage):
IMPORTANT: Worksur-
faces must be specified Starter Bracket
separately. 213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 Starter Bracket
! Model
Drawers on multi-file unit 2 Finish designator:
in the top left position are
non-locking.
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Worksurfaces
5.134.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.237 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Double-Sided Undersurface Pedestals Pricing • Enclosed top with 8 spacers
Desks & Components • One cord opening in center of
pedestal top
How to Specify
Box/Box/File—Box/Box/File with Spacers @ Material:
L = Laminate
473⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE4815PUD1 $1836 $2565
W = Wood
593⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE6015PUD1 1945 2698 3 Pull option:
For Use with Stanchions ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
4 Lock option:
503⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE5015PUD1S $1864 $2608
X = Non-locking
621⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE6215PUD1S 1974 2727 KS = Key specific (+$82); specify 2
File/File—File/File with Spacers core (+$138)
473⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE4815PUD2 $1777 $2472 KRS = Key random, silver lock
core (+$138)
593⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE6015PUD2 1892 2579
For Use with Stanchions model):
503⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE5015PUD2S $1806 $2499 STD = Group 1
621⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE6215PUD2S 1921 2608 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
Box/Box/File—File/File with Spacers 7 Drawer front finish designator (omit
for W model)
473⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE4815PUD8 $1808 $2517 8 Chassis finish designator (omit for
593⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE6015PUD8 1920 2637 W model)
For Use with Stanchions 9 Wood interior drawer option (omit
503⁄16" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE5015PUD8S $1834 $2546
models):
621⁄4" 1415⁄16" 279⁄16" 2 53KE6215PUD8S 1946 2667 WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)

Related Products: ! Model
D W H Model Price
Stanchion for 503⁄16" and 623⁄16" Pedestals 425 = Shadow
IMPORTANT: Worksurfaces, 45⁄16" 462 = Cinder
23⁄8" 4511⁄16" 53KSSDPP $263
stanchions, and starter 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
bracket must be specified Starter Bracket 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
separately. 213⁄8" 1315⁄16" 23⁄4" 53KEPSBP $119 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
IMPORTANT: Specify 2
starter brackets for end
application, specify 4 for
mid-support application.
Page 5.238 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Mobile Pedestals Pricing • Finished front, back, sides, and 3⁄4"-
Desks & Components thick self-edge top
GSA SIN 711-2
• Anti-tip device on bottom drawer
COM/COL Non-Contract
• Dual-wheel locking casters
• Upholstered cushion top on box/file
model: upholstery;
Optional Upholstery Price Grade COM yardage = .8 yard 54"W
D W H Locks Model 1 or COM 2 3 or COL 4 5 6 7 non-directional fabric
• Active file model top area: two
Box/File with 19⁄16" Rounded Cushion Top sections for storage and hanging
Laminate Pendaflex® folders in the rear section
23" 1415⁄16" 239⁄16" 1 53KE2415PMBFCL $926 $954 $970 $988 $1014 $1040 $1066
Wood How to Specify
23" 1415⁄16" 239⁄16" 1 53KE2415PMBFCW $1517 $1545 $1561 $1579 $1605 $1631 $1657 ! Model
Box/File with 13⁄16" Flat Cushion Top 2 Pull option:
Laminate
Note: Linear pull is not available on
23" 1415⁄16" 233⁄8" 1 53KE2415PMBFFCL $926 $954 $970 $988 $1014 $1040 $1066 box/box/file, file/file, or active file
Wood models.
13⁄16" flat cushion 3 Lock option:
23" 1415⁄16" 233⁄8" 1 53KE2415PMBFFCW $1517 $1545 $1561 $1579 $1605 $1631 $1657
matches low storage X = Non-locking
cushion. KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
D W H Model Price core (+$69)
Box/Box/File core (+$69)
Laminate 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
23" 1415⁄16" 275⁄16" 1 53KE2415PMBBFL $912 model):
STD = Group 1
Wood
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
23" 1415⁄16" 275⁄16" 1 53KE2415PMBBFW $1682 5 Wood finish designator (omit for L
File/File model)
6 Front laminate designator (omit for
Laminate W model)
23" 1415⁄16" 275⁄16" 1 53KE2415PMFFL $884 7 Chassis laminate designator (omit
Wood for W model)
8 Back laminate designator (omit for
23" 1415⁄16" 275⁄16" 1 53KE2415PMFFW $1600
W model)
Active File 9 Upholstery grade (include for
cushion-top model only)
Laminate
bl Upholstery designator (include for
2213⁄16" 1415⁄16" 23" 1 53KE2215PMAFL $1093 cushion-top model only)
Wood bm Wood interior drawer option (omit
2213⁄16" 1415⁄16" 23" 1 53KE2215PMAFW $1530 for standard drawers and L
models):
Page 5.239 Priority

PRIORITY™ Low Storage Pricing Planning page 5.37
Wide Box/Lateral File and Wide Box/Lateral File/Open GSA SIN 711-2

• Finished front, back, and sides
22"H Wide Box/Lateral File
• Open top
16" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53KE163022PFBLF $893 $1351 • Anti-tip device on bottom drawer
16" 357⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE163622PFBLF 960 1536
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53KE243022PFBLF 1052 1592
How to Specify
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE243622PFBLF 1129 1806
! Model
22"H Open Left, Wide Box/Lateral File Right @ Material:
16" 417⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE164222POLBLFR $1185 $1736 L = Laminate
W = Wood
16" 477⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE164822POLBLFR 1288 1887 3 Pull option:
231⁄2" 417⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE244222POLBLFR 1399 2048 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
231⁄2" 477⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE244822POLBLFR 1417 2075 4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
22"H Wide Box/Lateral File Left, Open Right KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
16" 417⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE164222PBLFLOR $1185 $1736 lock core separately
16" 477⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE164822PBLFLOR 1288 1887
core (+$69)
231⁄2" 417⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE244222PBLFLOR 1399 2048 KRS = Key random, silver lock
231⁄2" 477⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE244822PBLFLOR 1417 2075 core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Low storage model)
models on this page must 7 Front laminate designator (omit for
be used with either a W model)
single component top or 8 Chassis laminate designator (omit
cushion top. for W model)
Component top is W model)
required if adding an bl Wood interior drawer option (omit
open-frame leg or end for standard drawers and L
panel on top of storage to models):
support a worksurface. WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
Component Tops
➤See page 5.243.
Cushion Tops
➤See page 5.245.
Page 5.240 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Low Storage Pricing 15"H
Desks & Components • Finished front, back, sides, and
Lateral File and Open/Lateral File GSA SIN 711-2
subtop
• Four non-locking casters on mobile
units
D W H Optional Locks Model (L) (W) 22"H
• Finished front, back, and sides
15"H Lateral File • 1 fixed shelf in 22"H model
Fixed • 2 holes spaced 31⁄4" apart to accept
16" 2915⁄16" 153⁄16" 1 53KE163015LF1 $556 $983 straight shelves and organizer
shelves, specified separately
16" 357⁄8" 153⁄16" 1 53KE163615LF1 596 1054
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 153⁄16" 1 53KE243015LF1 655 1154 • Four non-locking casters on mobile
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 153⁄16" 1 53KE243615LF1 706 1238 units
Mobile
16" 2915⁄16" 153⁄16" 1 53KE163015LFM1 $617 $1088 How to Specify
16" 357⁄8" 153⁄16" 1 53KE163615LFM1 661 1165 ! Model
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 153⁄16" 1 53KE243015LFM1 727 1276 @ Material:
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 153⁄16" 1 53KE243615LFM1 781 1369 L = Laminate
W = Wood
22"H Open/Lateral File 3 Pull option:
Fixed ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
Note: Linear pull is not available on
16" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53KE163022PFOLF $761 $1331
22"H open/lateral file models.
16" 357⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE163622PFOLF 817 1427 4 Lock option:
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53KE243022PFOLF 893 1559 X = Non-locking
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE243622PFOLF 960 1671
Mobile KRB = Key random, black lock
16" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53KE163022PMOLF $843 $1472 core (+$69)
16" 357⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE163622PMOLF 904 1578 KRS = Key random, silver lock
core (+$69)
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53KE243022PMOLF 988 1721 5
IMPORTANT: Low storage Wood finish price group (omit for L
lateral file and open/lateral 231⁄2" 357⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53KE243622PMOLF 1062 1845 model):
file must be used with a STD = Group 1
component top if adding STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
an open-frame leg or U- 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
leg on top of storage to model)
support a worksurface. 7 Front laminate designator (omit for
W model)
Component Tops 8 Chassis laminate designator (omit
➤See page 5.243. for W model)
Cushion Tops
➤See page 5.245.
W model)
Shelves for standard drawer and L models):
➤See page 5.244. WD = Wood interior drawer (+5%)
Page 5.241 Priority

PRIORITY™ Low Storage Pricing Planning page 5.37
Open Bookcase GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
15"H
15"H
• Finished interior, back, sides, and
153⁄16" 295⁄16" 153⁄16" 53K163015BCO $677 $922 subtop
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 153⁄16" 53K163615BCO 728 988 • 1 fixed shelf (bottom)
• 3 holes spaced 31⁄4" apart; accepts
2211⁄16" 295⁄16" 153⁄16" 53K243015BCO 790 1072
straight shelves and organizer
2211⁄16 357⁄8" 153⁄16" 53K243615BCO 844 1149 shelves, specified separately
22"H
22"H
153⁄16" 295⁄16" 213⁄8" 53K163022BCO $847 $1155
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 213⁄8" 53K163622BCO 907 1236 • 2 fixed shelves in 22"H model
2211⁄16" 295⁄16" 213⁄8" 53K243022BCO 986 1342 (bottom and center)
• 5 holes spaced 31⁄4" apart to accept
2211⁄16" 357⁄8" 213⁄8" 53K243622BCO 1055 1434
straight shelves and organizer
shelves, specified separately
How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
model):
STD = Group 1
IMPORTANT: Low STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
storage open bookcase 4 Wood finish designator (omit for L
must be used with a model)
component top if adding 5 Chassis laminate designator (omit
an open-frame or U-leg for W model)
on top to support a 6 Back laminate designator (omit for
worksurface. W model)
Component Tops
➤See page 5.243.
Cushion Tops
➤See page 5.245.
Straight Shelves and

Organizer Shelves
➤See page 5.244.
Page 5.242 Priority

PRIORITY™ Rectangular Component Tops Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Low Storage GSA SIN 711-2

D W H Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim • Worksurface
For Use with 16"D Low Storage • P, F, or M rim on four sides; knife rim
(S) on user side only (flat back and
167⁄16"* 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1630CPT $152 $201 $396 $396 $460 $460
side edges)
167⁄16"* 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1636CPT 165 226 423 423 467 467
167⁄16"* 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1642CPT 173 314 550 550 587 587
How to Specify
167⁄16"* 48" 13⁄16" 53K1648CPT 179 322 553 553 612 612
! Model
167⁄16"* 60" 13⁄16" 53K1660CPT 188 337 560 560 618 618
167⁄16"* 66" 13⁄16" 53K1666CPT 207 363 613 613 675 675 LL = TFL with P rim
167⁄16"* 7115⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1672CPT 230 387 634 634 700 700 L = HPL with P rim
LW = HPL with F or M rim
167⁄16"* 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1684CPT 241 526 735 735 813 813
W = Wood with F or M rim
167⁄16"* 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1690CPT 249 531 748 748 824 824 1LW = HPL with S rim
167⁄16"* 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1696CPT 275 563 878 878 988 988 1W = Wood with S rim
167⁄16"* 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K16108CPT — 614 905 905 998 998
3 Rim profile:
For Use with 24"D Low Storage F = Softened wood (LW or W)
24"* 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2430CPT $164 $212 $411 $411 $473 $473 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
24"* 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2436CPT 175 239 436 436 480 480
24"* 421⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2442CPT 318 349 563 `563 616 616 (omit for LL):
24"* 48" 13⁄16" 53K2448CPT 325 356 567 `567 622 622 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
24"* 60" 13⁄16" 53K2460CPT 331 363 572 572 630 630
24"* 66" 13⁄16" 53K2466CPT 354 421 624 624 687 687 6 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
24"* 8315⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2484CPT 405 656 755 755 821 821 L, W, and 1W models):
24"* 7115⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2472CPT 367 435 647 647 712 712 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
24"* 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2490CPT 412 538 759 759 837 837
24"* 9515⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2496CPT 495 668 902 902 999 999 and 1W models)
IMPORTANT: Component
24"* 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K24108CPT — 677 918 918 1010 1010
tops may be specified to
span more than one low
* Knife rim tops are 5⁄16" deeper (163⁄4" and 245⁄16", respectively) than softened or reed rim tops. Rim overhangs 5⁄16" on user side.
storage unit.
Component tops for use

with 16"D low storage may
also be used on straight-
front freestanding open
bookcases.
➤See page 5.293.
Page 5.243 Priority

PRIORITY™ Shelves Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
• Shelf: finished on all sides
Organizer Shelves
147⁄16" 281⁄4" 33⁄16" 53K1430OS $220 $430
147⁄16" 341⁄4" 33⁄16" 53K1436OS 249 452
How to Specify
217⁄8" 281⁄4" 33⁄16" 53K2330OS 272 523
217⁄8" 341⁄4" 33⁄16" 53K2336OS 303 551
! Model
@ Material:
Straight Shelves L = Laminate
143⁄8" 281⁄4" 3⁄4" 53K1530SS $189 $366 W = Wood
143⁄8" 341⁄4" 3⁄4" 53K1536SS 212 386
STD = Standard
217⁄8" 281⁄4" 3⁄4" 53K2330SS 227 363 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
217⁄8" 341⁄4" 3⁄4" 53K2336SS 192 345 4 Finish designator
IMPORTANT: Straight shelf

models above are also
applicable to sliding-door
vertical storage
models.
Page 5.244 Priority

PRIORITY™ Cushion Tops Pricing Planning page 5.37
COM/COL Non-Contract Surface Materials page 5.341
Upholstery Fabric Price Grade

Standard Includes
• Upholstered cushion
For Use with 16"D Low Storage
167⁄16" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1630PC $478 $506 $522 $540 $566 $592 $618 COM yardage = .8 yard 54"W
167⁄16" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1636PC 488 516 532 550 576 602 628 non-directional fabric for 16"D
model; 1 yard 54"W non-directional
167⁄16" 425⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K1642PC 493 521 537 555 581 607 633
fabric for 24"D model
167⁄16" 481⁄4" 13⁄16" 53K1648PC 499 527 543 561 587 613 639
For Use with 24"D Low Storage

24" 301⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2430PC $514 $549 $569 $592 $624 $656 $689 How to Specify
24" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2436PC 524 559 579 602 634 666 699 ! Model
24" 425⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2442PC 528 563 583 606 638 670 703 2 Fabric grade
24" 481⁄4" 13⁄16" 53K2448PC 533 568 588 611 643 675 708
3 Fabric designator
Page 5.245 Priority

PRIORITY™ Ganging Bracket Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Undersurface Storage & 24"D Low Storage GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Ganging Bracket • One ganging bracket: black finish
53⁄4" 13⁄4" 11⁄8" KACGB1 $40 Note: Ganging brackets are optional.
They can be used when two or more
cabinets or pedestals are positioned
side-by-side creating a built-up
appearance without defacing the out-
side of the cabinet.
How to Specify
! Model
IMPORTANT: Not for use

with 16"D low storage.
Page 5.246 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wall- and Traxx-Mount Overheads Pricing Planning page 5.37
Solid Sliding Door GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
D W H WC Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
• One non-locking door: wood or
16"H
laminate
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K3016SOS $773 $1219 • Full-height recessed back panel
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 53K3616SOS 832 1308 • Finished inset top
• Center divider
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 53K4216SOS 882 1446
• Attachment brackets and rail on
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 53K4816SOS 1008 1582 wall-mount models; Traxx overhead
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 53K5416SOS 1067 1787 brackets on Traxx-mount
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K6016SOS 1218 1853 • Ganging bolt
• One adjustable shelf in each section
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K6616SOS 1341 2037
on 31"H models
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K7216SOS 1602 2449
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K7816SOS 1697 2994
How to Specify
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 53K8416SOS 1800 3408
! Model
153⁄4" 893⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 53K9016SOS 1909 3937
@ Attachment method:
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 53K9616SOS 2022 4528 M = Wall mount
T = Traxx mount
31"H
# Material:
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K3031SOS $1684 $2632 L = Laminate
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K3631SOS 1802 2771 W = Wood
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K4231SOS 1869 2917
model):
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K4831SOS 1935 3070
STD = Group 1
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K5431SOS 2005 3411 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K6031SOS 2079 3532 5 Wood finish designator (omit for L
model)
Filler Strips 153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K6631SOS 2153 3569
6
➤See page 5.263.
Front laminate designator (omit for
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K7231SOS 2232 3618 W model)
7 Chassis laminate designator (omit
LED and Flourescent for W model)
Task Lights
➤See the Perks chapter in
the Kimball Desks &
IMPORTANT: Traxx-
mounted overhead storage
requires Traxx and tiles,
➤See the Kimball Panel
Systems Price List.
Page 5.247 Priority

Writable Glass Sliding Door GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
• One non-locking door: writable glass
16"H
• Full-height recessed back panel
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K3016SOS $858 $1351 • Finished inset top
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 53K3616SOS 921 1448 • Center divider
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 53K4216SOS 977 1649
wall-mount models; Traxx overhead
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 53K4816SOS 1117 1754 brackets on Traxx-mount
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 53K5416SOS 1185 2029 • Ganging bolt
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K6016SOS 1350 2116 • One adjustable shelf in each section
on 31"H models
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K6616SOS 1484 2328
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K7216SOS 1774 2800
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 53K7816SOS 1881 3252 How to Specify
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 53K8416SOS 1993 3664 ! Model
153⁄4" 893⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 53K9016SOS 2240 4451
M = Wall mount
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 53K9616SOS 2240 4887 T = Traxx mount
31"H # Door material:
G2 = Writable glass
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K3031SOS $1946 $3160 $ Chassis material:
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K3631SOS 2018 3325 L = Laminate
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K4231SOS 2091 3501 W = Wood
5 Glass pattern:
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K4831SOS 2168 3684
202G = Ice Gloss Writable
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K5431SOS 2246 4093 6 Door frame paint finish:
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K6031SOS 2328 4237 511 = Silver Satin
Filler Strips 153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K6631SOS 2412 4284
model):
➤See page 5.263. 153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 53K7231SOS 2499 5067 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
LED and Flourescent 8 Chassis finish designator
Task Lights
the Kimball Desks &
IMPORTANT: Traxx-
Systems Price List.
Page 5.248 Priority

Open (Matches Height of Sliding-Door Overheads) GSA SIN 711-8

D W H WC Sections Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
16"H
• Center divider
15" 2915⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 1 53K3016SOO $846 $1630 • Finished inset top
15" 357⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 1 53K3616SOO 872 1697 • Attachment brackets and rail on
15" 417⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 2 53K4216SOO 900 1768
brackets on Traxx-mount
15" 477⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 2 53K4816SOO 928 1842 • Ganging bolt
15" 537⁄8" 16" 223⁄16" 2 53K5416SOO 982 1918 • One adjustable shelf in each section
15" 5913⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 2 53K6016SOO 1041 1999 on 31"H models
15" 6513⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 2 53K6616SOO 1103 2080

15" 7113⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 2 53K7216SOO 1170 2166 How to Specify
15" 7713⁄16" 16" 223⁄16" 3 53K7816SOO 1230 2276 ! Model
15" 833⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 3 53K8416SOO 1289 2390 @ Attachment method:
M = Wall mount
15" 893⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 3 53K9016SOO 1354 2508
T = Traxx mount
15" 953⁄4" 16" 223⁄16" 3 53K9616SOO 1421 2634 # Chassis material:
L = Laminate
31"H
W = Wood
15" 2915⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 53K3031SOO $868 $1071 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
15" 357⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 53K3631SOO 913 1217 model):
15" 417⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K4231SOO 961 1485 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
15" 477⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K4831SOO 1054 1623 5 Wood finish designator (omit for L
15" 537⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K5431SOO 1081 2070 model)
15" 5913⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K6031SOO 1139 2174 6 Chassis laminate designator (omit
for W model)
15" 6513⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K6631SOO 1213 2216
Filler Strips
➤See page 5.263. 15" 7113⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K7231SOO 1305 2258
15" 7713⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K7831SOO 1330 2325
LED and Flourescent
15" 833⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K8431SOO 1363 2395
Task Lights
➤See the Perks chapter in 15" 893⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K9031SOO 1445 2468
the Kimball Desks & 15" 953⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K9631SOO 1532 2541
IMPORTANT: Traxx-
Systems Price List.
Page 5.249 Priority

PRIORITY™ 22"H Wall-Mount Tackboards Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with 16"H Sliding-Door and Open Overheads GSA SIN 711-8
For Use Panel Upholstery

Overhead COM Yardage Fabric Fabric
Standard Includes
D W H* Width 66"W Non-Dir. Model COM Gr. A–E Gr. 1–3 Gr. 4–6 • Routed channels at center and inset
4" from both ends to help manage
22"H Tackboards cords
11⁄16" 2911⁄16" 2115⁄16" 30" 0.50 KAC3022TBKW $370 $385 $388 $409 • Tool bar and tackboard frame on
11⁄16" 3511⁄16 2115⁄16" 36" 0.60 KAC3622TBKW 378 395 399 425 model: satin anodized aluminum
11⁄16" 415⁄8" 2115⁄16" 42" 0.71 KAC4222TBKW 386 407 411 441
Note: Panel fabric on 60"W or wider
11⁄16" 475⁄8" 2115⁄16" 48" 0.81 KAC4822TBKW 390 413 418 453 tackboards and upholstery fabric on
11⁄16" 535⁄8" 2115⁄16" 54" 0.91 KAC5422TBKW 400 426 432 471 50"W or wider tackboards is turned
11⁄16" 595⁄8" 2115⁄16" 60" 1.00 KAC6022TBKW 416 445 451 494 90° and applied railroad style.
11⁄16" 659⁄16" 2115⁄16" 66" 1.10 KAC6622TBKW 433 465 472 519 IMPORTANT: Specify two tackboards
11⁄16" 719⁄16" 2115⁄16" 72" 1.20 KAC7222TBKW 439 471 478 525 with tool bar (same model) for the
11⁄16" 779⁄16" 2115⁄16" 78" 1.30 KAC7822TBKW 476 514 522 577 three widest overheads; two 415⁄8"W
tackboards with tool bar for an 84"W
11⁄16" 839⁄16" 2115⁄16" 84" 1.40 KAC8422TBKW 551 592 600 660
overhead, two 443⁄4"W tackboards
11⁄16" 891⁄2" 2115⁄16" 90" 1.50 KAC9022TBKW 623 667 676 740 with tool bar for an 90"W overhead, or
11⁄16" 951⁄2" 2115⁄16" 96" 1.60 KAC9622TBKW 664 710 720 789 two 475⁄8"W tackboards with tool bar
for an 96"W overhead. For these appli-
22"H Tackboards with Tool Bar cations, the two tackboards with tool
5⁄8" 2911⁄16" 2115⁄16" 30" 0.50 KAC3022TBKTB $835 $850 $853 $874 bar will be installed side by side.
5⁄8" 3511⁄16 2115⁄16" 36" 0.60 KAC3622TBKTB 925 942 946 972
5⁄8" 415⁄8" 2115⁄16" 42" 0.71 KAC4222TBKTB 957 978 982 1012 How to Specify
5⁄8" 475⁄8" 2115⁄16" 48" 0.81 KAC4822TBKTB 969 992 997 1032 ! Model
5⁄8" 535⁄8" 2115⁄16" 54" 0.91 KAC5422TBKTB 999 1025 1031 1070 2 Fabric grade
5⁄8" 595⁄8" 2115⁄16" 60" 1.00 KAC6022TBKTB 1032 1061 1067 1110 3 Fabric number
5⁄8" 659⁄16" 2115⁄16" 66" 1.10 KAC6622TBKTB 1057 1089 1096 1143
5⁄8" 719⁄16" 2115⁄16" 72" 1.20 KAC7222TBKTB 1075 1110 1117 1169
IMPORTANT: Tackboards 5⁄8" 779⁄16" 2115⁄16" 78" 1.30 KAC7822TBKTB 1138 1176 1184 1239
with tool bars feature a
For Use with 84–96"W Overheads (specify 2 per overhead)
metal frame and are not
5⁄8" 415⁄8" 2115⁄16" 84" 0.71 KAC4222TBKTB $957 $978 $982 $1012
intended for use next to a
fabric-only tackboard. 5⁄8" 443⁄4" 2115⁄16" 90" 0.80 KAC4522TBKTB 962 985 990 1024
5⁄8" 475⁄8" 2115⁄16" 96" 0.81 KAC4822TBKTB 969 992 997 1032
Tool Bar Accessories
➤See page 5.282.
*Actual height clearance from overhead to worksurface is 223⁄16".
Tackboards for 31"H

Overheads
➤See page 5.275.
Page 5.250 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Wall- and Traxx-Mount Overheads Pricing • 3⁄4-height recessed back panel on
Desks & Components Traxx-mount models
Solid Hinged Doors GSA SIN 711-8
• Full-height recessed back panel on
wall-mount models
• Finished inset top
• Center divider
Number of Number of Laminate Wood • Doors on four-door models: one set
D W H WC Optional Locks Doors Model (L) (W) of matching doors on wood models;
two sets of two matching doors on
19"H laminate models
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 2 53K3019SOH $614 $1120 • Attachment brackets and rail on
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 2 53K3619SOH 701 1214 wall-mount models; Traxx overhead
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 3 53K4219SOH 809 1399
• Ganging bolt
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 3 53K4819SOH 1061 1636 • One adjustable shelf in each section
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 3 53K5419SOH 1153 1883 on 31"H models
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K6019SOH 1245 1950
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K6619SOH 1279 2127 How to Specify
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K7219SOH 1308 2216 ! Model
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K7819SOH 1342 2598 @ Attachment method:
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K8419SOH 1417 2952 M = Wall mount
T = Traxx mount
153⁄4" 893⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 6 53K9019SOH 1515 3391 # Material:
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 6 53K9619SOH 1613 3533 L = Laminate
W = Wood
31"H 4 Lock option:
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 2 53K3031SOH $907 $1792 X = Non-locking
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 2 53K3631SOH 1008 1992 KS = Key specific (+$41 per lock);
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 3 53K4231SOH 1133 2236
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 3 53K4831SOH 1271 2513 core (+$69 per lock)
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 3 53K5431SOH 1317 2999 KRS = Key random, silver lock
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K6031SOH 1422 3092 core (+$69 per lock)
Filler Strips 153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K6631SOH 1516 3109
model):
➤See page 5.263. 153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K7231SOH 1632 3124 STD = Group 1
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K7831SOH 1664 3218 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
LED and Flourescent 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
Task Lights 153⁄4" 833⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K8431SOH 1705 3313
model)
➤See the Perks chapter in 153⁄4" 893⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 6 53K9031SOH 1806 3512 7 Front laminate designator (omit for
the Kimball Desks & 153⁄4" 953⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 6 53K9631SOH 1915 3723 W model)
Accessories Price List. 8 Chassis laminate designator (omit
for W model)
IMPORTANT:
Traxx-mounted overhead
storage requires Traxx and
tiles, specified separately.
Systems Price List.
Page 5.251 Priority

Glass Hinged Doors GSA SIN 711-8

D W H WC Doors Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
• 3⁄4-height recessed back panel on
19"H
Traxx-mount models
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K3019SOH $1034 $1253 • Full-height recessed back panel on
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K3619SOH 1105 1348 wall-mount models
• Doors: glass
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K4219SOH 1231 1535
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K4819SOH 1346 1830 • Center divider
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K5419SOH 1462 2298 • Attachment brackets and rail on
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K6019SOH 1623 2212 wall-mount models; Traxx overhead
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K6619SOH 1788 2391
• Ganging bolt
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K7219SOH 2141 2477 • One adjustable shelf in each section
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K7819SOH 2217 2865 on 31"H models
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K8419SOH 2315 3217

153⁄4" 893⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 6 53K9019SOH 2414 3787 How to Specify
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 6 53K9619SOH 2511 3927 ! Model
31"H @ Attachment method:
M = Wall mount
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K3031SOH $1179 $2544 T = Traxx mount
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K3631SOH 1309 2827 # Door material:
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K4231SOH 1472 3177 G = Glass
$ Chassis material:
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K4831SOH 1653 3569
L = Laminate
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K5431SOH 1713 4260 W = Wood
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K6031SOH 1850 4393 5 Glass pattern/door frame finish:
11 510 = Opaque Frost Glass/
Filler Strips 153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K6631SOH 1973 4413
Silver Frost
➤See page 5.263. 153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K7231SOH 2122 4437 6 Wood finish price group (omit for L
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K7831SOH 2161 4569 model):
LED and Flourescent STD = Group 1
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K8431SOH 2214 4706
Task Lights STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See the Perks chapter in 153⁄4" 893⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 6 53K9031SOH 2347 4989 7 Chassis finish designator
the Kimball Desks & 153⁄4" 953⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 6 53K9631SOH 2489 5287
IMPORTANT:
Systems Price List.
Page 5.252 Priority

Writable Glass Hinged Doors GSA SIN 711-8

19"H
Traxx-mount models
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K3019SOH $1092 $1491 • Full-height recessed back panel on
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K3619SOH 1167 1597 wall-mount models
• Doors: writable glass
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K4219SOH 1318 1779
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K4819SOH 1418 1932 • Center divider
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K5419SOH 1582 2240 • Attachment brackets and rail on
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K6019SOH 1713 2333 wall-mount models; Traxx overhead
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K6619SOH 1885 2568
• Ganging bolt
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K7219SOH 2258 3086 • One adjustable shelf in each section
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K7819SOH 2356 3060 on 31"H models
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K8419SOH 2455 3411

153⁄4" 893⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 6 53K9019SOH 2552 4094 How to Specify
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 6 53K9619SOH 2654 4238 ! Model
31"H @ Attachment method:
M = Wall mount
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K3031SOH $2242 $2913 T = Traxx mount
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K3631SOH 2311 3236 # Door material:
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K4231SOH 2383 3638 G2 = Writable glass
$ Chassis material:
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K4831SOH 2456 4087
L = Laminate
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K5431SOH 2605 4877 W = Wood
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K6031SOH 2759 5028 5 Glass pattern/door frame finish:
202G 511 = Ice Gloss Writable/
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K6631SOH 2925 5054
Silver Satin
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K7231SOH 3100 5078 6 Wood finish price group (omit for L
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K7831SOH 3256 5232 model):
STD = Group 1
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 4 53K8431SOH 3418 5388
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
153⁄4" 893⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 6 53K9031SOH 3591 5713 7 Chassis finish designator
Filler Strips
➤See page 5.263.
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 6 53K9631SOH 3769 6054
IMPORTANT:
Systems Price List.
Page 5.253 Priority

Open (Height Matches Hinged-Door Overheads) GSA SIN 711-8

19"H
15" 2915⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 53KE3019SOO $590 $917 • Center divider
15" 357⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 53KE3619SOO 675 1003 • Attachment brackets and rail on
15" 417⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53KE4219SOO 776 1081
15" 477⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53KE4819SOO 866 1122 • Ganging bolt
15" 537⁄8" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53KE5419SOO 903 1382 • One adjustable shelf in each section
15" 5913⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53KE6019SOO 936 1451 on 31"H models
15" 6513⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53KE6619SOO 986 1494

15" 7113⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53KE7219SOO 1081 1583 How to Specify
15" 7713⁄16" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53KE7819SOO 1115 1945 ! Model
15" 833⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53KE8419SOO 1172 2302 @ Attachment method:
M = Wall mount
15" 893⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53KE9019SOO 1183 2615
T = Traxx mount
15" 953⁄4" 1813⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53KE9619SOO 1251 2754 # Chassis material:
L = Laminate
31"H
W = Wood
15" 2915⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 53K3031SOO $868 $1071 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
15" 357⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 1 53K3631SOO 913 1217 model):
15" 417⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K4231SOO 961 1485 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
15" 477⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K4831SOO 1054 1623 5 Wood finish designator (omit for L
15" 537⁄8" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K5431SOO 1081 2070 model)
15" 5913⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K6031SOO 1139 2174 6 Chassis laminate designator (omit
for W model)
Filler Strips 15" 6513⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K6631SOO 1213 2216
➤See page 5.263. 15" 7113⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 2 53K7231SOO 1305 2258
15" 7713⁄16" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K7831SOO 1330 2325
LED and Flourescent
Task Lights 15" 833⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K8431SOO 1363 2395
➤See the Perks chapter in 15" 893⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K9031SOO 1445 2468
the Kimball Desks &
15" 953⁄4" 313⁄16" 195⁄16" 3 53K9631SOO 1532 2541
IMPORTANT:
Systems Price List.
Page 5.254 Priority

For Use with 19"H and 31"H Hinged-Door GSA SIN 711-8
and Open Cabinets

Overhead COM Yardage Fabric Fabric Standard Includes
19"H Tackboards 4" from both ends to help manage
cords
11⁄16" 415⁄8" 191⁄8" 42" 0.71 KAC4220TBKW 352 369 372 397
11⁄16" 475⁄8" 191⁄8" 48" 0.81 KAC4820TBKW 356 375 379 407
tackboards and upholstery fabric on
11⁄16" 659⁄16" 191⁄8" 66" 1.10 KAC6620TBKW 397 423 429 468
IMPORTANT: Specify two tackboards
11⁄16" 719⁄16" 191⁄8" 72" 1.20 KAC7220TBKW 399 427 432 473 with tool bar (same model) for the
11⁄16" 779⁄16" 191⁄8" 78" 1.30 KAC7820TBKW 434 463 469 512 three widest overheads; two 415⁄8"W
11⁄16" 839⁄16" 191⁄8" 84" 1.40 KAC8420TBKW 504 536 543 590 tackboards with tool bar for an 84"W
overhead, two 443⁄4"W tackboards
11⁄16" 891⁄2" 191⁄8" 90" 1.50 KAC9020TBKW 567 611 620 684 with tool bar for an 90"W overhead, or
11⁄16" 951⁄2" 191⁄8" 96" 1.60 KAC9620TBKW 606 652 662 731 two 475⁄8"W tackboards with tool bar
for an 96"W overhead. For these appli-
19"H Tackboards with Tool Bar cations, the two tackboards with tool
5⁄8" 2911⁄16" 191⁄8" 30" 0.50 KAC3020TBKTB $760 $775 $778 $799 bar will be installed side by side.
5⁄8" 3511⁄16 191⁄8" 36" 0.60 KAC3620TBKTB 841 858 862 888
5⁄8" 415⁄8" 191⁄8" 42" 0.71 KAC4220TBKTB 851 872 876 906
How to Specify
5⁄8" 475⁄8" 191⁄8" 48" 0.81 KAC4820TBKTB 871 894 899 934
! Model
5⁄8" 535⁄8" 191⁄8" 54" 0.91 KAC5420TBKTB 909 935 941 980 2 Fabric grade
5⁄8" 595⁄8" 191⁄8" 60" 1.00 KAC6020TBKTB 939 968 974 1017 3 Fabric number
5⁄8" 659⁄16" 191⁄8" 66" 1.10 KAC6620TBKTB 959 991 998 1045
5⁄8" 719⁄16" 191⁄8" 72" 1.20 KAC7220TBKTB 978 1013 1020 1072
5⁄8" 779⁄16" 191⁄8" 78" 1.30 KAC7820TBKTB 1034 1072 1080 1135
For Use with 84–96"W Overheads (specify 2 per overhead)
5⁄8" 415⁄8" 191⁄8" 84" 0.71 KAC4220TBKTB $851 $872 $876 $906
IMPORTANT: Tackboards 5⁄8" 443⁄4" 191⁄8" 90" 0.75 KAC4520TBKTB 861 883 887 920
with tool bars feature a 5⁄8" 475⁄8" 191⁄8" 96" 0.81 KAC4820TBKTB 871 894 899 934
intended for use next to a *Actual height clearance from overhead to worksurface is 195⁄16".
fabric-only tackboard.

➤See page 5.282.
Page 5.255 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Wall- and Traxx-Mount Overheads Pricing • 3⁄4-height recessed back panel on
Desks & Components Traxx-mount models
Solid Hinged Doors with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8
• Full-height recessed back panel on
wall-mount models
• Center divider
Number of Number of Laminate Wood • Doors on four-door models: one set
D W H WC Optional Locks Doors Model (L) (W) of matching doors on wood models;
24"H laminate models
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 1 2 53K3024SOPSH $1267 $1662 • 5"H paper storage area below
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 1 2 53K3624SOPSH 1306 1759 each door
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 3 53K4224SOPSH 1347 1944
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 3 53K4824SOPSH 1388 2173 brackets on Traxx-mount
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 3 53K5424SOPSH 1471 2633 • Ganging bolt
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K6024SOPSH 1559 2695
on 36"H models
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K6624SOPSH 1653 2739
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K7224SOPSH `1753 2830
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K7824SOPSH 1840 3195
How to Specify
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K8424SOPSH 1932 3545
! Model
153⁄4" 893⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 6 53K9024SOPSH 2028 4248
M = Wall mount
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 6 53K9624SOPSH 2131 4412 T = Traxx mount
# Material:
36"H
L = Laminate
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 1 2 53K3036SOPSH $1307 $2241 W = Wood
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 1 2 53K3636SOPSH 1376 2384 4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 3 53K4236SOPSH 1528 2649
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 3 53K4836SOPSH 1644 2919 specify lock core(s) separately
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 3 53K5436SOPSH 1743 3651 KRB = Key random, black lock
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K6036SOPSH 1846 3753 core (+$69 per lock)
Filler Strips 153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K6636SOPSH 1958 3788
➤See page 5.263. 153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K7236SOPSH 2077 3831 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K7836SOPSH 2158 3909 model):
LED and Flourescent STD = Group 1
Task Lights 153⁄4" 833⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 4 53K8436SOPSH 2235 3986
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See the Perks chapter in 153⁄4" 893⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 6 53K9036SOPSH 2312 4067 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
the Kimball Desks & 153⁄4" 953⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 6 53K9636SOPSH 2451 4149 model)
Accessories Price List. 7 Front laminate designator (omit for
W model)
IMPORTANT: 8 Chassis laminate designator (omit
Traxx-mounted overhead for W model)
Systems Price List.
Page 5.256 Priority

Glass Hinged Doors with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8

24"H
Traxx-mount models
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K3024SOPSH $1601 $2311 • Full-height recessed back panel on
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K3624SOPSH 1651 2433 wall-mount models
• Doors: glass
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K4224SOPSH 1703 2560
• 5"H paper storage area below each
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K4824SOPSH 1755 2696 door
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K5424SOPSH 1860 2911 • Finished inset top
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K6024SOPSH 1972 3144 • Center divider
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K6624SOPSH 2089 3395
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K7224SOPSH 2214 3667 brackets on Traxx-mount
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K7824SOPSH 2325 3960 • Ganging bolt
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K8424SOPSH 2443 4276
on 36"H models
153⁄4" 893⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 6 53K9024SOPSH 2564 4619
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 6 53K9624SOPSH 2691 4989
How to Specify
36"H
! Model
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K3036SOPSH $1700 $2913 @ Attachment method:
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K3636SOPSH 1789 3097 M = Wall mount
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K4236SOPSH 1987 3444 T = Traxx mount
# Door material:
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K4836SOPSH 2137 3796
G = Glass
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K5436SOPSH 2265 4748 $ Chassis material:
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K6036SOPSH 2403 4880 L = Laminate
Filler Strips W = Wood
➤See page 5.263. 153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K6636SOPSH 2546 4924
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K7236SOPSH 2699 4983 11 510 = Opaque Frost Glass/
LED and Flourescent 153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K7836SOPSH 2807 5081 Silver Frost
Task Lights 6 Wood finish price group (omit for L
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K8436SOPSH 2906 5182
model):
the Kimball Desks & 153⁄4" 893⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 6 53K9036SOPSH 3006 5286 STD = Group 1
Accessories Price List. 153⁄4" 953⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 6 53K9636SOPSH 3187 5392 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Chassis finish designator
IMPORTANT:
➤See the Traxx chapter of
the Kimball Panel Systems
Price List.
Page 5.257 Priority

Writable Glass Hinged Doors with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8

24"H
Traxx-mount models
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K3024SOPSH $2143 $2987 • Full-height recessed back panel on
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K3624SOPSH 2210 3145 wall-mount models
• Doors: glass
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K4224SOPSH 2279 3310
• 5"H paper storage area below each
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K4824SOPSH 2348 3485 door
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K5424SOPSH 2490 3763 • Finished inset top
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K6024SOPSH 2638 4065 • Center divider
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K6624SOPSH 2795 4390
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K7224SOPSH 2964 4741 brackets on Traxx-mount
153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K7824SOPSH 3113 5122 • Ganging bolt
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K8424SOPSH 3269 5530
on 36"H models
153⁄4" 893⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 6 53K9024SOPSH 3433 5973
153⁄4" 953⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 6 53K9624SOPSH 3603 6451
How to Specify
36"H
! Model
153⁄4" 2915⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K3036SOPSH $1801 $3087 @ Attachment method:
153⁄4" 357⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K3636SOPSH 1896 3284 M = Wall mount
153⁄4" 417⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K4236SOPSH 2107 3650 T = Traxx mount
# Door material:
153⁄4" 477⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K4836SOPSH 2265 4024
G2 = Writable glass
153⁄4" 537⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K5436SOPSH 2403 5033 $ Chassis material:
153⁄4" 5913⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K6036SOPSH 2546 5172 L = Laminate
Filler Strips W = Wood
➤See page 5.263.
153⁄4" 6513⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K6636SOPSH 2699 5219
153⁄4" 7113⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K7236SOPSH 2860 5281 202G 511 = Ice Gloss Writable/
LED and Flourescent 153⁄4" 7713⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K7836SOPSH 2975 5387 Silver Satin
Task Lights 6 Wood finish price group (omit for L
153⁄4" 833⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 4 53K8436SOPSH 3079 5494
model):
the Kimball Desks & 153⁄4" 893⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 6 53K9036SOPSH 3187 5604 STD = Group 1
Accessories Price List. 153⁄4" 953⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 6 53K9636SOPSH 3378 5717 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT:
Price List.
Page 5.258 Priority

Open with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8

D W H WC Main Sections Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
24"H
15" 2915⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 1 53K3024SOPSO $964 $1483 • Center divider
15" 357⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 1 53K3624SOPSO 994 1549 • 5"H paper storage area below open
section
15" 417⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K4224SOPSO 1026 1615
15" 477⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K4824SOPSO 1056 1654 wall-mount models; Traxx overhead
15" 537⁄8" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K5424SOPSO 1119 1974 brackets on Traxx-mount
15" 5913⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K6024SOPSO 1187 2045 • Ganging bolt
• One adjustable shelf in each main
15" 6513⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K6624SOPSO 1259 2090
section on 36"H models
15" 7113⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K7224SOPSO 1335 2175
15" 7713⁄16" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K7824SOPSO 1401 2543
How to Specify
15" 833⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K8424SOPSO 1457 2901
! Model
15" 893⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K9024SOPSO 1508 3469
15" 953⁄4" 249⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K9624SOPSO 1561 3621 M = Wall mount
T = Traxx mount
36"H
# Chassis material:
15" 2915⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 1 53K3036SOPSO $1146 $1673 L = Laminate
15" 357⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 1 53K3636SOPSO 1219 1818 W = Wood
15" 417⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K4236SOPSO `1297 2045
model):
15" 477⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K4836SOPSO 1379 2196
STD = Group 1
15" 537⁄8" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K5436SOPSO 1476 2659 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
15" 5913⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K6036SOPSO 1579 2818 5 Wood finish designator (omit for L
Filler Strips model)
➤See page 5.263. 15" 6513⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K6636SOPSO 1689 2846
15" 7113⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 2 53K7236SOPSO 1808 2905 for W model)
LED and Flourescent 15" 7713⁄16" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K7836SOPSO 1934 2961
Task Lights
➤See the Perks chapter in 15" 833⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K8436SOPSO 2071 3021
the Kimball Desks & 15" 893⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K9036SOPSO 2214 3083
Accessories Price List. 15" 953⁄4" 3615⁄16" 135⁄8" 3 53K9636SOPSO 2507 3143
IMPORTANT:
Price List.
Page 5.259 Priority

For Use with 24" & 36"H Overheads with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8

Overhead COM Yardage Fabric Fabric Standard Includes
13"H Tackboards 4" from both ends to help manage
cords
11⁄16" 415⁄8" 133⁄8" 42" 0.45 KAC4214TBKW 245 258 261 280
11⁄16" 475⁄8" 133⁄8" 48" 0.51 KAC4814TBKW 249 264 267 289
11⁄16" 659⁄16" 133⁄8" 66" 0.71 KAC6614TBKW 276 297 301 331
IMPORTANT: Specify two 475⁄8"W
11⁄16" 719⁄16" 133⁄8" 72" 0.77 KAC7214TBKW 279 301 306 339 tackboards with tool bar for a 96"W
11⁄16" 779⁄16" 133⁄8" 78" 0.84 KAC7814TBKW 302 326 331 368 overhead. For this application, the two
11⁄16" 839⁄16" 133⁄8" 84" 0.90 KAC8414TBKW 351 377 383 421 tackboards with tool bar will be
installed side by side.
11⁄16" 891⁄2" 133⁄8" 90" 0.97 KAC9014TBKW 397 425 431 473
11⁄16" 951⁄2" 133⁄8" 96" 1.00 KAC9614TBKW 423 452 458 501
How to Specify
13"H Tackboards with Tool Bar
5⁄8"
! Model
2911⁄16" 133⁄8"" 30" 0.30 KAC3014TBKTB $531 $540 $542 $554 2 Fabric grade
5⁄8" 3511⁄16 133⁄8" 36" 0.38 KAC3614TBKTB 588 599 601 618 3 Fabric number
5⁄8" 415⁄8" 133⁄8" 42" 0.45 KAC4214TBKTB 611 624 627 646
5⁄8" 475⁄8" 133⁄8" 48" 0.51 KAC4814TBKTB 625 640 643 665
5⁄8" 535⁄8" 133⁄8" 54" 0.58 KAC5414TBKTB 637 654 657 682
5⁄8" 595⁄8" 133⁄8" 60" 0.64 KAC6014TBKTB 657 676 679 707
5⁄8" 659⁄16" 133⁄8" 66" 0.71 KAC6614TBKTB 672 693 697 727
5⁄8" 719⁄16" 133⁄8" 72" 0.77 KAC7214TBKTB 684 706 711 744
5⁄8" 779⁄16" 133⁄8" 78" 0.84 KAC7814TBKTB 724 748 753 790
5⁄8" 839⁄16" 133⁄8" 84" 0.90 KAC8414TBKTB 778 804 810 848
5⁄8" 891⁄2" 133⁄8" 90" 0.97 KAC9014TBKTB 869 897 903 945
IMPORTANT: Tackboards For Use with 96"W Overheads (specify 2 per overhead)
with tool bars feature a 5⁄8" 475⁄8" 133⁄8" 96" 0.81 KAC4814TBKTB $625 $640 $643 $665
intended for use next to a *Actual height clearance from overhead to worksurface is 195⁄16".
fabric-only tackboard.

➤See page 5.282.
Page 5.260 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wall- and Traxx-Mount Cubbies Pricing Planning page 5.37
Wall Cubbies GSA SIN 711-8

D W H Sections Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
• Chassis: TFL or wood
10"H
• Finished interior, sides, bottom,
14" 2915⁄16" 101⁄4" 2 53K3010WCBO $461 $721 and top
14" 357⁄8" 101⁄4" 2 53K3610WCBO 521 805 • Back panel is inset between the end
panels
14" 417⁄8" 101⁄4" 3 53K4210WCBO 604 912
14" 477⁄8" 101⁄4" 3 53K4810WCBO 644 1063
14" 537⁄8" 101⁄4" 3 53K5410WCBO 665 1264
14" 5913⁄16" 101⁄4" 4 53K6010WCBO 685 1345
How to Specify
14" 6513⁄16" 101⁄4" 4 53K6610WCBO 701 1497
! Model
14" 7113⁄16" 101⁄4" 4 53K7210WCBO 723 1506
M = Wall mount
14" 7713⁄16" 101⁄4" 4 53K7810WCBO 747 1734 T = Traxx mount
14" 833⁄4" 101⁄4" 4 53K8410WCBO 860 1763 # Chassis material:
L = Laminate
14" 893⁄4" 101⁄4" 4 53K9010WCBO 894 1994
W = Wood
14" 953⁄4" 101⁄4" 4 53K9610WCBO 1073 2115 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator (omit for L model)
Page 5.261 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wall-Mount Shelves Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-8
For Use with Weight Laminate Wood

D W H Worksurface Width Limit Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
• Shelf
Wall Shelves
8" 24" 1" 24" 20 lbs. 53KE0824SH $296 $489
8" 30" 1" 30" 20 lbs. 53KE0830SH 302 499
How to Specify
8" 36" 1" 36" 20 lbs. 53KE0836SH 309 512
8" 42" 1" 42" 20 lbs. 53KE0842SH 314 520
! Model
8" 48" 1" 48" 20 lbs. 53KE0848SH 320 529 M = Wall mount
8" 54" 1" 54" 30 lbs. 53KE0854SH 357 590 # Material:
8" 60" 1" 60" 30 lbs. 53KE0860SH 363 601 L = Laminate
W = Wood
8" 66 1" 66" 30 lbs. 53KE0866SH 370 613 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
8" 72" 1" 72" 30 lbs. 53KE0872SH 375 621 model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
for W model)
IMPORTANT: For display

purposes only. Width of
shelf matches worksurface
width.
Page 5.262 Priority

PRIORITY™ Filler Strips Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Traxx-Mounted Overheads GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Filler Strips • One metal filler strip: black finish
13⁄8" 101⁄4" 53K0110CPFS $60
13⁄8" 16" 53K0116CPFS 60
How to Specify
13⁄8" 1813⁄16" 53K0119CPFS 60
! Model
13⁄8" 249⁄16" 53K0124CPFS 60
13⁄8" 313⁄16" 53K0131CPFS 60
13⁄8" 3615⁄16" 53K0136CPFS 60
Filler strip can be applied

to back edge of Traxx-
mounted cabinet to
conceal the exposed Traxx
bracket. Non-handed.
They are recommended,
but not required; back
panel of overhead cabinet
is recessed between end
panels.
Page 5.263 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Center-Mount Overheads U Pricing • Fully finished chassis with flat edge;
Desks & Components no rim profile
Sliding Door for Use in Benching Applications GSA SIN 711-2
• Non-locking sliding door
• Ganging bolts
Laminate Wood How to Specify

D W H WC Model (L) (W) Solid Door Models
Solid Door ! Model
@ Material:
161⁄8" 30" 16" 175⁄16" 53K3016SOSU $797 $1257
L = Laminate
161⁄8" 36" 16" 175⁄16" 53K3616SOSU 854 1348 W = Wood
161⁄8" 42" 16" 175⁄16" 53K4216SOSU 942 1483 3 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
161⁄8" 48" 16" 175⁄16" 53K4816SOSU 1038 1631
STD = Group 1
161⁄8" 54" 16" 175⁄16" 53K5416SOSU 1143 1793 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
161⁄8" 60" 16" 175⁄16" 53K6016SOSU 1254 1908 4 Wood finish designator (omit for L
model)
161⁄8" 66" 16" 175⁄16" 53K6616SOSU 1380 2100
161⁄8" 72" 16" 175⁄16" 53K7216SOSU 1650 2525 for W model)
Writable Glass Door 6 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
161⁄8" 30" 16" 175⁄16" 53K3016SOSUG2 $942 $1485 7 Back finish designator (omit for W
161⁄8" 36" 16" 175⁄16" 53K3616SOSUG2 1005 1581 model)
161⁄8" 42" 16" 175⁄16" 53K4216SOSUG2 1085 1724
Writable Glass Door Models
161⁄8" 48" 16" 175⁄16" 53K4816SOSUG2 1200 1888
! Model
161⁄8" 54" 16" 175⁄16" 53K5416SOSUG2 1298 2010 @ Chassis material:
161⁄8" 60" 16" 175⁄16" 53K6016SOSUG2 1432 2248 L = Laminate
W = Wood
161⁄8" 66" 16" 175⁄16" 53K6616SOSUG2 1569 2461
3 Glass pattern:
161⁄8" 72" 16" 175⁄16" 53K7216SOSUG2 1858 2931 202G = Ice Gloss writable glass
4 Door frame paint finish:
511 = Silver Satin metallic
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
8 Back finish designator (omit for W
model)
IMPORTANT:
Overhead/shelf brackets,
required.
➤See page 5.268.
Page 5.264 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Center-Mount Overhead U Pricing • Fully finished chassis with flat edge;
Desks & Components no rim profile
Hinged Doors For Use in Benching Applications GSA SIN 711-2
• Doors on four-door models: one set
of matching doors on wood models;
laminate models
Number of Laminate Wood • Ganging bolts
D W H WC Optional Locks Model (L) (W)
Solid Hinged Doors How to Specify

Two Doors (shown)
Solid Door Models
161⁄8" 30" 16" 175⁄16" 1 53K3016SOHU $839 $1322 ! Model
161⁄8" 36" 16" 175⁄16" 1 53K3616SOHU 902 1419 @ Material:
L = Laminate W = Wood
Three Doors
3 Lock option:
161⁄8" 42" 16" 175⁄16" 2 53K4216SOHU $990 $1559 X = Non-locking
161⁄8" 48" 16" 175⁄16" 2 53K4816SOHU 1094 1714 KS = Key specific (+$41 per lock);
161⁄8" 54" 16" 175⁄16" 2 53K5416SOHU 1201 1888
Four Doors core (+$69 per lock)
161⁄8" 60" 16" 175⁄16" 2 53K6016SOHU $1320 $2009 KRS = Key random, silver lock
161⁄8" 66" 16" 175⁄16" 2 53K6616SOHU 1451 2213 core (+$69 per lock)
161⁄8" 72" 16" 175⁄16" 2 53K7216SOHU 1735 2738
model):
Writable Glass Hinged Doors STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Two Doors
161⁄8" 30" 16" 175⁄16" — 53K3016SOHUG2 $1174 $1626 model)
161⁄8" 36" 16" 175⁄16" — 53K3616SOHUG2 1252 1730 6 Door front finish designator (omit
for W model)
Three Doors
161⁄8" 42" 16" 175⁄16" — 53K4216SOHUG2 $1352 $1868 W model)
161⁄8" 48" 16" 175⁄16" — 53K4816SOHUG2 1517 2064 8 Back finish designator (omit for W
161⁄8" 54" 16" 175⁄16" — 53K5416SOHUG2 1667 2231 model)
Four Doors
Writable Glass Door Models
161⁄8" 60" 16" 175⁄16" — 53K6016SOHUG2 $1798 $2467 ! Model
161⁄8" 66" 16" 175⁄16" — 53K6616SOHUG2 1971 2671 @ Chassis material:
161⁄8" 72" 16" 175⁄16" — 53K7216SOHUG2 2343 3219
3 Glass pattern:
202G = Ice Gloss writable glass
511 = Silver Satin metallic
model):
IMPORTANT: STD = Group 1
Overhead/shelf brackets, STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
specified separately, are 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
required. model)
➤See page 5.268. 7 Chassis finish designator (omit for
W model)
Page 5.265 Priority 8 Back finish designator (omit for W
Kimball Desks & Accessories model)
PRIORITY™ Center-Mount Overhead Straight Shelves U Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use in Benching Applications GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Laminate with Wood

D W H WC Model (L) Wood Rim (LW) (W) Standard Includes
• Shelf, finished on both sides
Straight Shelves
• Rim on four sides
147⁄16" 30" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1630OSS $189 $354 $366
147⁄16" 36" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1636OSS 212 373 386
How to Specify
147⁄16" 42" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1642OSS 248 394 407
147⁄16" 48" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1648OSS 277 409 423
! Model
147⁄16" 54" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1654OSS 295 449 465 L = Laminate with vinyl rim
147⁄16" 60" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1660OSS 323 469 486 LW = Laminate with wood softened
147⁄16" 66" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1666OSS 347 490 508 rim
W = Wood with wood softened rim
147⁄16" 72" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1672OSS 367 511 529 3 Rim profile:
147⁄16" 78" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1678OSS 397 537 555 P = Softened (L models only)
147⁄16" 84" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1684OSS 550 563 582 F = Softened (LW or W models
only)
147⁄16" 90" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1690OSS 466 596 617
Note: Reed (M) and Knife (S) rims
147⁄16" 96" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1696OSS 518 604 624 are not available on upmount over-
head shelves.
4 Shelf finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Shelf finish designator
6 Rim finish price group (omit for L
and W rim):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
IMPORTANT:
Overhead/shelf brackets,
required.
➤See page 5.268.
Shelf Dividers
➤See page 5.268.
Page 5.266 Priority

PRIORITY™ Center-Mount Overhead Mitred Shelves Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use in Benching Applications, continued GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Laminate with Wood

D W H WC Model (L) Wood Rim (LW) (W) Standard Includes
• Shelf, finished on both sides
For Use with 90° Corner Support Frames with Stanchions (set of 4)
• Rim on four sides
147⁄16" 495⁄16" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1648OSSLM $1270 $2236 $2314
How to Specify
! Model
For Use with 120° Corner Support Frames with Stanchions (set of 3) @ Worksurface material:
L = Laminate with vinyl rim
147⁄16" 483⁄4" 3⁄4" 175⁄16" 53K1648OSSYM $1141 $2011 $2081
LW = Laminate with wood softened
rim
W = Wood with wood softened rim
3 Rim profile:
P = Softened (L models only)
F = Softened (LW or W models
only)
Note: Reed (M) and Knife (S) rims
are not available on center-mount
overhead shelves.
4 Shelf finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Shelf finish designator
6 Rim finish price group (omit for L
and W rim):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
IMPORTANT:
Overhead/shelf and mitred
shelf brackets, specified
➤See page 5.268.
Shelf Dividers
➤See page 5.268.
Page 5.267 Priority

PRIORITY™ Center-Mount Brackets and Shelf Dividers Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use in Benching Applications GSA SIN 711-2
D W H Model Price
How to Specify
Priority Center-Mount Overhead/Shelf Brackets (set of 2) Priority Brackets, Dividers, Mitred
91⁄16" 115⁄16" 21⁄2" 53KOBP $94 Shelf Brackets
! Model
Xsede Accessory-Rail-Mount Stanchion Bracket 405 = Designer White
927⁄32" 61⁄32" 53KSKOP $163 425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Mitred Shelf Brackets
Xsede Stanchion Bracket
For Use Where 90° Shelves Join in the Center
! Model
913⁄16" 1" 53KOBLP $119 2 Finish price group:
For Use Where 120° Shelves Join in the Center STD = Group 1
913⁄16" 1" 53KOBYP $106 STDM = Group M (+10%)
3 Finish designator
Shelf Divider
91⁄16" 115⁄16" 21⁄2" 53K1606OSDP $173
IMPORTANT: Specify two

Xsede accessory-rail-
mount stanchion brackets
per overhead.
Page 5.268 Priority

PRIORITY™ Highback Organizers Pricing Planning page 5.37
Solid Sliding Door GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
• One non-locking door
33"H
• Back:
16" 5913⁄16" 337⁄16" 171⁄2" 53K6032HBSF $1441 $2960 –On 33"H, finished back on storage
16" 6513⁄16" 337⁄16" 171⁄2" 53K6632HBSF 1602 3291 cabinet part and open below
–On 38"H, unfinished back/back
16" 7113⁄16" 337⁄16" 171⁄2" 53K7232HBSF 1785 3670
panel with one black plastic
38"H grommet with cover at top center
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K6038HBS $1451 $2972 • Horizontal grain direction on laminate
backs 60"W and wider
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K6638HBS 1612 3302
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K7238HBS 1796 3681 • Center divider
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K7838HBS 1811 3788 • One adjustable shelf in each section
on 50"H model
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K8438HBS 1848 3826
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K9038HBS 1886 3865
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K9638HBS 2093 4293 How to Specify
50"H ! Model
@ Material:
16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 53K6050HBS $2019 $3811 L = Laminate
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 53K6650HBS 2125 3928 W = Wood
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 53K7250HBS 2238 4049
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
IMPORTANT: For adequate 5 Front laminate designator (omit for
support, an end panel, W model)
support panel, or pedestal 6 Chassis laminate designator (omit
must be located under for W model)
each of the end panels of 6 Back laminate designator (omit for
the highback organizer. 38"H model and all W models)
Tackboards & Slat Wall Tiles

5.276.
LED and Flourescent

Task Lights
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.269 Priority

Writable Glass Sliding Door GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
• One non-locking door
33"H
• Back:
16" 5913⁄16" 337⁄16" 171⁄2" 53K6032HBSFG2 $1874 $2961 –On 33"H, finished back on storage
16" 6513⁄16" 337⁄16" 171⁄2" 53K6632HBSFG2 2084 3291 cabinet part and open below
–On 38"H, unfinished back/back
16" 7113⁄16" 337⁄16" 171⁄2" 53K7232HBSFG2 2323 3667
panel with one black plastic
38"H grommet with cover at top center
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K6038HBSG2 $1884 $2973 • Horizontal grain direction on laminate
backs 60"W and wider
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K6638HBSG2 2094 3302
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K7238HBSG2 2335 3677 • Center divider
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K7838HBSG2 2353 3752 • One adjustable shelf in each section
on 50"H model
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K8438HBSG2 2403 3789
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K9038HBSG2 2451 3867
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 53K9638HBSG2 2723 4296 How to Specify
50"H ! Model
@ Chassis material:
16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 53K6050HBSG2 $2725 $3983 L = Laminate
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 53K6650HBSG2 2870 4106 W = Wood
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 53K7250HBSG2 3021 4234
3 Glass pattern:
202G = Ice Gloss Writable
511 = Silver Satin
model):
IMPORTANT: For adequate STD = Group 1
support, an end panel, STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
support panel, or pedestal 6 Chassis finish designator
must be located under 7 Back laminate designator (omit for
each of the end panels of 38"H model and all W models)
the highback organizer.

5.276
LED and Flourescent

Task Lights
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.270 Priority

Solid Hinged Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Number of Number of Laminate Wood

D W H WC Optional Locks Doors Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
• Center support on six-door models
38"H
• Unfinished back
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K6038HBH $1316 $2287 • One black plastic grommet with
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K6638HBH 1383 2324 cover
16" 7113⁄16"" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K7238HBH 1451 2476
• 102" and 108"W models consist of
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K7838HBH 1760 2877 two sections, shipped in separate
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K8438HBH 1784 3260 cartons (assembly required)
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 3 6 53K9038HBH 1796 3351 • One adjustable shelf in each section
on 50"H model
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 3 6 53K9638HBH 1995 3466
16" 1013⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 6 53K10238HBH 2167 3610
16" 1073⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 6 53K10838HBH 2440 3763 How to Specify
! Model
50"H @ Material:
16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K6050HBH $1370 $3021 L = Laminate
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K6650HBH 1492 3086 W = Wood
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K7250HBH 1638 3197
3 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
16" 7713⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K7850HBH 1775 3708 KS = Key specific (+$41 per lock);
16" 833⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 2 4 53K8450HBH 1834 4202 specify lock core(s) separately
16" 893⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 3 6 53K9050HBH 1872 4839 KRB = Key random, black lock
IMPORTANT: For adequate core (+$69 per lock)
support, an end panel, 16" 953⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 3 6 53K9650HBH 1905 5006
support panel, or pedestal 16" 1013⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 6 53K10250HBH 2045 5222 core (+$69 per lock)
must be located under 16" 1073⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 6 53K10850HBH 2191 5438 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
each of the end panels of model):
the highback organizer. STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: 102" and 5 Wood finish designator (omit for L
108"W highbacks accom- model)
modates two task or LED 6 Front finish designator (omit for W
light fixtures up to 48"W. model)
Tackboards & Slat Wall Tiles W model)
5.276
Lighting
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.271 Priority

.
Glass Hinged Doors GSA SIN 711-8

38"H
• Unfinished back
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K6038HBHG $1974 $2410 • One black plastic grommet with
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K6638HBHG 2194 2455 cover
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K7238HBHG 2445 2541
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K7838HBHG 2499 3432 two sections, shipped in separate
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K8438HBHG 2553 3574 cartons (assembly required)
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 6 53K9038HBHG 2568 3723 • One adjustable shelf in each section
on 50"H model
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 6 53K9638HBHG 2854 3836
16" 1013⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 6 53K10238HBHG 3139 3981
16" 1073⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 6 53K10838HBHG 3452 4132 How to Specify
! Model
50"H @ Chassis material:
16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K6050HBHG $2429 $3629 L = Laminate
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K6650HBHG 2518 3779 W = Wood
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K7250HBHG 2611 3936
16" 7713⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K7850HBHG 2754 4174 Silver Frost
16" 843⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K8450HBHG 2907 4422 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
16" 893⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 6 53K9050HBHG 3065 4689 model):
STD = Group 1
IMPORTANT: For adequate 16" 953⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 6 53K9650HBHG 3234 4877
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
support, an end panel, 16" 1013⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 6 53K10250HBHG 3411 5072 5 Chassis finish designator
support panel, or pedestal 16" 1073⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 6 53K10850HBHG 3599 5275
must be located under
each of the end panels of
IMPORTANT: 102" and

108"W highbacks accom-
modates two task or LED
light fixtures up to 48"W.

5.276
Lighting
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.272 Priority

Writable Glass Hinged Doors GSA SIN 711-2

38"H
• Unfinished back
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K6038HBHG2 $2085 $3284 • One black plastic grommet with
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K6638HBHG2 2314 3649 cover
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K7238HBHG2 2579 4067
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K7838HBHG2 2634 4188 two sections, shipped in separate
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K8438HBHG2 2688 4230 cartons (assembly required)
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 6 53K9038HBHG2 2710 4272 • One adjustable shelf in each section
on 50"H model
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 6 53K9638HBHG2 3011 4748
16" 1013⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 6 53K10238HBHG2 4077 6425
16" 1073⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 6 53K10838HBHG2 4336 6838 How to Specify
! Model
16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K6050HBHG2 $2552 $3827 L = Laminate
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K6650HBHG2 2646 3988 W = Wood
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K7250HBHG2 2741 4154
16" 7713⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K7850HBHG2 2891 4403 Silver Satin
16" 833⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K8450HBHG2 3050 4666 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
16" 893⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 6 53K9050HBHG2 3219 4947 model):
IMPORTANT: For adequate STD = Group 1
support, an end panel, 16" 953⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 6 53K9650HBHG2 3395 5145
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
support panel, or pedestal 16" 1013⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 6 53K10250HBHG2 3582 5351 5 Chassis finish designator
must be located under 16" 1073⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 6 53K10850HBHG2 3779 5565
IMPORTANT: 102" and


5.276
Lighting
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.273 Priority

Open GSA SIN 711-8

38"H
• Unfinished back
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 2 53K6038HBO $1271 $1660 • One black plastic grommet with
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 2 53K6638HBO 1353 1710 cover at top center
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 2 53K7238HBO 1538 1806
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 3 53K7838HBO 1653 2207 two sections, shipped in separate
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 3 53K8438HBO 1735 2592 cartons (assembly required)
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 3 53K9038HBO 1805 2958 • One adjustable shelf in each section
on 50"H model
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 3 53K9638HBO 1877 3079
16" 1013⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K10238HBO 1962 3244
16" 1073⁄4" 381⁄8" 195⁄16" 4 53K10838HBO 2083 3422 How to Specify
! Model
16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 2 53K6050HBO $1288 $2090 L = Laminate
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 2 53K6650HBO 1388 2154 W = Wood
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 2 53K7250HBO 1522 2280
model):
16" 7713⁄16" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 3 53K7850HBO 1651 2797 STD = Group 1
16" 833⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 3 53K8450HBO 1743 3293 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
16" 893⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 3 53K9050HBO 1796 3583
IMPORTANT: For adequate model)
support, an end panel, 16" 953⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 3 53K9650HBO 1811 3725 5Chassis laminate designator (omit
support panel, or pedestal 16" 1013⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K10250HBO 1942 3968 for W model)
must be located under
16" 1073⁄4" 501⁄2" 195⁄16" 4 53K10850HBO 2083 4188
IMPORTANT: 102" and


5.276
Lighting
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.274 Priority

PRIORITY™ Tackboards Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Highback Organizers (without Paper Storage) GSA SIN 711-8

Highback COM Yardage Fabric Fabric Standard Includes
D W H* Width 66"W Non-Dir. Model COM Gr. A–E Gr. 1–3 Gr. 4–6 • Routed channels at center and ends
18"H Tackboards to help
manage cords
11⁄16" 581⁄8" 1813⁄16" 60" 0.80 KAC5918TBK $334 $357 $362 $396 • Tool bar and tackboard frame on
11⁄16" 641⁄8" 1813⁄16" 66" 0.90 KAC6518TBK 350 376 382 420 model: satin anodized aluminum
11⁄16" 701⁄16" 1813⁄16" 72" 0.98 KAC7118TBK 354 382 388 396
11⁄16" 761⁄16" 1813⁄16" 78" 1.00 KAC7718TBK 383 412 418 461
11⁄16" 821⁄16" 1813⁄16" 84" 1.10 KAC8318TBK 447 479 486 533 50"W or wider tackboards is turned
11⁄16" 881⁄16" 1813⁄16" 90" 1.20 KAC8918TBK 505 540 547 599 90° and applied railroad style.
11⁄16" 941⁄2" 1813⁄16" 96" 1.30 KAC9518TBK 538 576 584 639
For Use with 102–108"W Highback Organizer (specify 2 per highback organizer) (same model) for 102"W and 108"W
11⁄16" 491⁄8" 1813⁄16" 102" 0.64 KAC5018TBK $303 $323 $327 $357 highback organizers; two 491⁄8"W
11⁄16" 521⁄8" 1813⁄16" 108" 0.73 KAC5318TBK 321 342 347 378 tackboards for a 102"W highback
organizer or two 521⁄8"W tackboards
18"H Tackboards with Tool Bar for a 108"W highback organizer.
5⁄8" 581⁄8" 1813⁄16" 60" 0.80 KAC5918TBKTB $610 $633 $638 $673 102"W and 108"W highback organiz-
5⁄8"
ers are two-piece units.
641⁄8" 1813⁄16" 66" 0.90 KAC6518TBKTB 630 656 662 700
5⁄8" 701⁄16" 1813⁄16" 72" 0.98 KAC7118TBKTB 637 665 671 713 IMPORTANT: Specify two tackboards
5⁄8" 761⁄16" 1813⁄16" 78" 1.00 KAC7718TBKTB 649 678 684 727 with tool bar (same model) for the four
5⁄8" widest highback organizers; two 44"W
821⁄16" 1813⁄16" 84" 1.10 KAC8318TBKTB 662 694 701 748
tackboards with tool bar for a 90"W
For Use with 90–108"W Highback Organizer (specify 2 per highback organizer) highback organizer, two 47"W tack-
5⁄8" 44" 1813⁄16" 90" 0.60 KAC4418TBKTB $410 $427 $431 $457 boards with tool bar for a 96"W
5⁄8" 47" 1813⁄16" 96" 0.65 KAC4718TBKTB 420 439 443 471 highback organizer, two 491⁄8"W tack-
boards with tool bar for a 102"W
5⁄8" 491⁄8" 1813⁄16" 102" 0.64 KAC5018TBKTB 431 451 327 485 highback organizer, or two 521⁄8"W
5⁄8" 521⁄8" 1813⁄16" 108" 0.73 KAC5318TBKTB 439 460 465 496 tackboards with tool bar for a 108"W
highback organizer. For 90"W and
*Actual height clearance from overhead to worksurface is 195⁄16". 96"W applications, the two tackboards
with tool bar will be installed side by
side. 102"W and 108"W highback
organizers are two-piece units.
How to Specify
! Model
2 Fabric grade
Tool Bar Accessories 3 Fabric number
➤See page 5.282.
Page 5.275 Priority

PRIORITY™ Metal Slat Wall Tiles Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Highback Organizers (without Paper Storage) GSA SIN 711-8
For Use
D W H* Highback Width Model Price
Standard Includes
• Slat tile
Metal Slat Wall Tiles
3⁄4" 581⁄8" 13" 60" KAC5813SW $606
3⁄4" 641⁄8" 13" 66" KAC6413SW 615 How to Specify
3⁄4" 701⁄8" 13" 72" KAC7013SW 626 ! Model
3⁄4"
2 Finish designator
761⁄8" 13" 78" KAC7613SW 640
3⁄4" 821⁄8" 13" 84" KAC8213SW 650 Note: 10% upcharge applies to
3⁄4" 881⁄8" 13" 90" KAC8813SW 659 metallic finishes.
3⁄4" 461⁄8" 13" 96" KAC4613SW (specify 2) 477
3⁄4" 491⁄8" 13" 102" KAC4913SW (specify 2) 487
3⁄4" 521⁄8" 13" 108" KAC5213SW (specify 2) 574
IMPORTANT: Specify two

tiles (same model) for the
96", 102", and 108"W
highback organizers.
Work Tools for Slat

Wall Tile
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.276 Priority

Solid Hinged Doors with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8
Number of Number of Laminate Wood

D W H WC Optional Locks Doors Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
38"H
• Unfinished back
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K6038HBPSH $1490 $2926 • One black plastic grommet with
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K6638HBPSH 1629 2978 cover
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K7238HBPSH 1780 3066
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K7838HBPSH 1923 3464 two sections, shipped in separate
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K8438HBPSH 2028 3847 cartons (assembly required)
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 3 6 53K9038HBPSH 2131 4268 • 5"H paper storage area below
each door
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 3 6 53K9638HBPSH 2215 4611
16" 1013⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 6 53K10238HBPSH 2314 4750 on 50"H model
16" 1073⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 6 53K10838HBPSH 2454 4916
50"H How to Specify

16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K6050HBPSH $1974 $3647 ! Model
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K6650HBPSH 2100 3711 @ Material:
L = Laminate
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K7250HBPSH 2235 3833
W = Wood
16" 7713⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K7850HBPSH 2413 4342 3 Lock option:
16" 833⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 2 4 53K8450HBPSH 2607 4831 X = Non-locking
16" 893⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 3 6 53K9050HBPSH 2815 5717 KS = Key specific (+$41 per lock);
16" 953⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 3 6 53K9650HBPSH 3040 5800
16" 1013⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 6 53K10250HBPSH 3283 5880 core (+$69 per lock)
16" 1073⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 6 53K10850HBPSH 3379 `6313 KRS = Key random, silver lock
model):
STD = Group 1
IMPORTANT: 102" and STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
108"W highbacks accom- 5 Wood finish designator (omit for L
modates two task or LED model)
light fixtures up to 48"W. 6 Front finish designator (omit for W
model)
Tackboards 7 Chassis finish designator (omit for
➤See page 5.275. W model)
Lighting
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.277 Priority

Glass Hinged Doors with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8

38"H
• Unfinished back
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K6038HBPSHG $1937 $3717 • One black plastic grommet with
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K6638HBPSHG 2118 3781 cover
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K7238HBPSHG 2314 3894
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K7838HBPSHG 2501 4401 two sections, shipped in separate
16" 83⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K8438HBPSHG 2637 4885 cartons (assembly required)
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 6 53K9038HBPSHG 2770 5422 • 5"H paper storage area below
each door
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 6 53K9638HBPSHG 2879 5855
16" 1013⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 6 53K10238HBPSHG 3010 6032 on 50"H model
16" 1073⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 6 53K10838HBPSHG 3190 6242
50"H How to Specify

16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K6050HBPSHG $2567 $4559 ! Model
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K6650HBPSHG 2730 4637 @ Chassis material:
L = Laminate
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K7250HBPSHG 2906 4793
W = Wood
16" 7713⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K7850HBPSHG 3138 5427 3 Glass pattern/door frame finish:
16" 833⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K8450HBPSHG 3388 5894 11 510 = Opaque Frost Glass/
16" 893⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 6 53K9050HBPSHG 3658 6973 Silver Frost
16" 953⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 6 53K9650HBPSHG 3951 7077
model):
16" 1013⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 6 53K10250HBPSHG 4267 7174 STD = Group 1
16" 1073⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 6 53K10850HBPSHG 4393 7701 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: 102" and

Tackboards
➤See page 5.275.
Lighting
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.278 Priority

Writable Glass Hinged Doors with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-2

38"H
• Unfinished back
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K6038HBPSHG2 $2053 $3938 • One black plastic grommet with
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K6638HBPSHG2 2245 4008 cover
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K7238HBPSHG2 2453 4128
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K7838HBPSHG2 2650 4664 two sections, shipped in separate
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K8438HBPSHG2 2794 5177 cartons (assembly required)
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 6 53K9038HBPSHG2 2935 5747 • 5"H paper storage area below
each door
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 6 53K9638HBPSHG2 3052 6207
16" 1013⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 6 53K10238HBPSHG2 3190 6394 on 50"H model
16" 1073⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 6 53K10838HBPSHG2 3381 6618
50"H How to Specify

16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K6050HBPSHG2 $2720 $4787 ! Model
16" 6513⁄16"" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K6650HBPSHG2 2893 4869 @ Chassis material:
L = Laminate
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K7250HBPSHG2 2945 5034
W = Wood
16" 7713⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K7850HBPSHG2 3324 5698 3 Glass pattern/door frame finish:
16" 833⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K8450HBPSHG2 3591 6188 202G 511 = Ice Gloss Writable/
16" 893⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 6 53K9050HBPSHG2 3879 7323 Silver Satin
16" 953⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 6 53K9650HBPSHG2 4188 7432
model):
16" 1013⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 6 53K10250HBPSHG2 4524 7533 STD = Group 1
16" 1073⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 6 53K10850HBPSHG2 4656 8086 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: 102" and

Tackboards
➤See page 5.275.
Lighting
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.279 Priority

Open with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8

D W H WC Main Sections Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
38"H
• Unfinished back
16" 5913⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 2 53K6038HBPSO $1271 $2250 • One black plastic grommet with
16" 6513⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 2 53K6638HBPSO 1353 2296 cover at center top
16" 7113⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 2 53K7238HBPSO 1538 3075
16" 7713⁄16" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 3 53K7838HBPSO 1653 2785 two sections, shipped in separate
16" 833⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 3 53K8438HBPSO 1735 3168 cartons (assembly required)
16" 893⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 3 53K9038HBPSO 1805 3790 • 5"H paper storage area below open
sections
16" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 3 53K9638HBPSO 1877 3915
• One adjustable shelf in each main
16" 1013⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K10238HBPSO 1962 4084 section on 50"H model
16" 1073⁄4" 381⁄8" 139⁄16" 4 53K10838HBPSO 2083 4248
50"H How to Specify

16" 5913⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 2 53K6050HBPSO $1628 $2688 ! Model
16" 6513⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 2 53K6650HBPSO 1750 2751 @ Chassis material:
L = Laminate
16" 7113⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 2 53K7250HBPSO 1882 2874
W = Wood
16" 7713⁄16" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 3 53K7850HBPSO 1976 3383 3 Wood finish price group (omit for L
16" 833⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 3 53K8450HBPSO 2076 3873 model):
16" 893⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 3 53K9050HBPSO 2179 4399 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
16" 953⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 3 53K9650HBPSO 2288 4541 4
IMPORTANT: For adequate Wood finish designator (omit for L
support, an end panel, 16" 1013⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K10250HBPSO 2403 4765 model)
support panel, or pedestal 16" 1073⁄4" 501⁄2" 139⁄16" 4 53K10850HBPSO 2522 4981 5 Chassis laminate designator (omit
must be located under for W model)
IMPORTANT: 102" and

Tackboards
➤See page 5.275.
Lighting
the Kimball Desks &
Page 5.280 Priority

PRIORITY™ Tackboards Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Hinged-Door Highback Organizers with Paper Storage GSA SIN 711-8

Highback COM Yardage Fabric Fabric Standard Includes
D W H* Width 66"W Non-Dir. Model COM Gr. A–E Gr. 1–3 Gr. 4–6 • Routed channels at center and ends
12"H Tackboards to help manage cords
• Tool bar and tackboard frame on
11⁄16" 581⁄8" 1215⁄16" 60" 0.54 KAC5912TBK $222 $238 $241 $264 model: satin anodized aluminum
11⁄16" 641⁄8" 1215⁄16" 66" 0.60 KAC6512TBK 233 250 254 280
11⁄16" 701⁄16" 1215⁄16" 72" 0.66 KAC7112TBK 246 265 269 297 Note: Panel fabric on 62"W or wider
11⁄16" 761⁄16" 1215⁄16" 78" 0.71 KAC7712TBK 256 277 281 311
50"W or wider tackboards is turned
11⁄16" 821⁄16" 1215⁄16" 84" 0.76 KAC8312TBK 298 320 325 357 90° and applied railroad style.
11⁄16" 881⁄16" 1215⁄16" 90" 0.82 KAC8912TBK 336 360 365 400
11⁄16" 941⁄2" 1215⁄16" 96" 0.89 KAC9512TBK 359 384 389 427
(same model) for 102"W and 108"W
For Use with 102–108"W Highback Organizers (specify 2 per highback organizer) highback organizers; two 491⁄8"W
11⁄16" 491⁄8" 1215⁄16" 102" 0.46 KAC5012TBK 202 215 218 238 tackboards for a 102"W highback
11⁄16" 521⁄8" 1215⁄16" 108" 0.49 KAC5312TBK 214 228 231 252 organizer or two 521⁄8"W tackboards
for a 108"W highback organizer.
12"H Tackboards with Tool Bar 102"W and 108"W highback organiz-
5⁄8" 581⁄8" 1215⁄16" 60" 0.54 KAC5912TBKTB $407 $423 $426 $449 ers are two-piece units.
5⁄8" 641⁄8" 1215⁄16" 66" 0.60 KAC6512TBKTB 420 437 441 467
5⁄8" 701⁄16" 1215⁄16" 72" 0.66 KAC7112TBKTB 436 455 459 487 with tool bar (same model) for the
5⁄8" 761⁄16" 1215⁄16" 78" 0.71 KAC7712TBKTB 446 467 471 501 three widest highback organizers; two
5⁄8" 47"W tackboards with tool bar for a
821⁄16" 1215⁄16" 84" 0.76 KAC8312TBKTB 454 476 481 513
96"W highback organizer, two 491⁄8"W
5⁄8" 881⁄16" 1215⁄16" 90" 0.82 KAC8912TBKTB 461 485 490 525 tackboards with tool bar for a 102"W
For Use with 96–108"W Highback Organizers (specify 2 per highback organizer) highback organizer, or two 521⁄8"W
5⁄8" 47" 1215⁄16" 96" 0.45 KAC4712TBKTB $284 $297 $300 $319 tackboards with tool bar for a 108"W
highback organizer. For 90"W and
5⁄8" 491⁄8" 1215⁄16" 102" 0.46 KAC5012TBKTB 289 302 305 264 96"W applications, the two tackboards
5⁄8" 521⁄8" 1215⁄16" 108" 0.49 KAC5312TBKTB 293 307 310 331 with tool bar will be installed side by
side. 102"W and 108"W highback
*Actual height clearance from overhead to worksurface is 139⁄16". organizers are two-piece units.
How to Specify
! Model
2 Fabric grade
3 Fabric number

➤See page 5.282.
Page 5.281 Priority

PRIORITY™ Tool Bar Accessories Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Use with Tackboards with Tool Bar GSA SIN 711-8

Standard Includes
CD Holder • Extruded aluminum with a clear
21⁄2" 5" 51⁄2" 80KHCDHM Open on ends. $81 satin, anodized finish
File Holder How to Specify

21⁄2" 12" 51⁄2" 80KHFHM Open on ends. $95 ! Model
2 Finish:
511 = Silver Satin
Technology Shelf
81⁄4" 12" 1⁄8" 80KHTSM One side smooth, opposite side ribbed $55
on which to set hand-held devices.
Can use either side. Pass-thru holes
at back for cords.
Picture Frame
1⁄4" 71⁄8" 51⁄2" 80KPFM Face opening for picture is 1⁄16"D x 61⁄4"W x $81
41⁄2"H. Picture inserts from the side.
Name Holder
1⁄4" 81⁄2" 2" 80KNHM Opening for name insert is 1⁄16"D x 73⁄4"W x $55
1"H. Accepts paper-thick material only.
Name inserts from the side.
Models on this page are

for use with Priority tack-
board with tool bar or
Fluent workwalls only.
Accessories insert into the
horizontal track.
Page 5.282 Priority

PRIORITY™ Set-on-Surface Bookcases Pricing Planning page 5.37
Solid Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Laminate Wood
• Doors with adjustable hinges
38"H
• 3⁄4"-thick shelves (two on 38"H units,
Single Door, Hinge on Right three shelves on 50"H units); top
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCHR $709 $1452 shelf is adjustable
• Unfinished back
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCHR 764 1560
Single Door, Hinge on Left
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCHL $709 $1452
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCHL 764 1560
How to Specify
Double Door
! Model
@ Material:
16" 2915⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K3038BCH $920 $1886
L = Laminate
16" 357⁄8" 381⁄8" 53K3638BCH 1012 2070 W = Wood
3 Pull option:
50"H
Single Door, Hinge on Right 4 Lock option:
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCHR $766 $1646 X = Non-locking
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCHR 825 1779
Single Door, Hinge on Left KRB = Key random, black lock
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCHL $766 $1646 core (+$69)
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCHL 825 1779 KRS = Key random, silver lock
core (+$69)
Double Door 5 Wood finish price group (omit for L
16" 2915⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K3050BCH $1224 $2618 model):
16" 357⁄8" 501⁄2" 53K3650BCH 1318 2846 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
for W model)
IMPORTANT:
Set-on-surface models are
for use on top of a
worksurface only; not for
Page 5.283 Priority

Glass Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Laminate Wood
38"H
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCHRG $969 $1522 shelf is adjustable
• Unfinished back
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCHRG 1091 1717
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCHLG $969 $1522
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCHLG 1091 1717
How to Specify
Double Door
! Model
@ Chassis material:
16" 2915⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K3038BCHG $1257 $1973
L = Laminate
16" 357⁄8" 381⁄8" 53K3638BCHG 1445 2279 W = Wood
50"H
Single Door, Hinge on Right Silver Frost
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCHRG $1083 $1682 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCHRG 1178 1827
STD = Group 1
Single Door, Hinge on Left STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCHLG $1083 $1682 5 Chassis finish designator
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCHLG 1178 1827
Double Door
16" 2915⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K3050BCHG $1358 $2109
16" 357⁄8" 501⁄2" 53K3650BCHG 1476 2291
IMPORTANT:
for use on top of a
Page 5.284 Priority

Laminate Wood
38"H
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCHRG2 $1028 $1608 shelf is adjustable
• Unfinished back
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCHRG2 1149 1813
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCHLG2 $1028 $1608
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCHLG2 1149 1813
How to Specify
Double Door
! Model
@ Chassis material:
16" 2915⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K3038BCHG2 $1331 $2087
L = Laminate
16" 357⁄8" 381⁄8" 53K3638BCHG2 1523 2402 W = Wood
50"H
Single Door, Hinge on Right Silver Satin
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCHRG2 $1192 $1850 4 Wood finish price group (omit for L
model):
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCHRG2 1296 2010
STD = Group 1
Single Door, Hinge on Left STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCHLG2 $1192 $1850 5 Chassis finish designator
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCHLG2 1296 2010
Double Door
16" 2915⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K3050BCHG2 $1494 $2319
16" 357⁄8" 501⁄2" 53K3650BCHG2 1623 2521
IMPORTANT:
for use on top of a
Page 5.285 Priority

Open GSA SIN 711-8
Laminate Wood
38"H
three shelves on 50"H units); top
153⁄16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCO $480 $982 shelf is adjustable
153⁄16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCO 516 1055 • Unfinished back
• Open bottom
153⁄16" 2915⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K3038BCO 637 1304

153⁄16" 357⁄8" 381⁄8" 53K3638BCO 684 1400 How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
50"H W = Wood
153⁄16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCO $708 $1200
model):
153⁄16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCO 729 1212 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
153⁄16" 2915⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K3050BCO 934 1583
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 501⁄2" 53K3650BCO 960 1600
IMPORTANT:
for use on top of a
Page 5.286 Priority

PRIORITY™ Set-on-Surface Organizers Pricing Planning page 5.37
Solid Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Laminate Wood
• Door with adjustable hinges
38"H
• Five shelves (four adjustable); bottom
Hinge on Right shelf is fixed
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCSHR $770 $1575 • Unfinished back
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCSHR 828 1695
• No pulls
Hinge on Left
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCSHL $770 $1575
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCSHL 828 1695
How to Specify
Solid Door Organizer
50"H ! Model
Hinge on Right @ Material:
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCSHR $842 $1812 L = Laminate
W = Wood
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCSHR 907 1957
3 Lock option:
Hinge on Left X = Non-locking
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCSHL $842 $1812 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCSHL 907 1957
core (+$69)
Related Products: core (+$69)
D W H Model Price model):
Project Trays for 18"W Set-on-Surface Organizers STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
143⁄8" 163⁄8" 3" 53K1714T $301 5 Wood finish designator (omit for L
model)
W model)
for W model)
IMPORTANT: Project Trays

Set-on-surface models are ! Model
for use on top of a 2 Wood finish price group:
worksurface only; not for STD = Group 1
freestanding applications. STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
18"W models will accom-
modate up to five project
trays.
Page 5.287 Priority

Glass Doors GSA SIN 711-8
Laminate Wood
38"H • Five shelves (four adjustable); bottom
Hinge on Right shelf is fixed
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCSHRG $1053 $1652 • Unfinished back
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCSHRG 1183 1866
• No pulls
Hinge on Left
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCSHLG $1053 $1652
How to Specify
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCSHLG 1183 1866
Glass Door Models
50"H ! Model
Hinge on Right @ Chassis material:
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCSHRG $1192 $1850 L = Laminate
W = Wood
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCSHRG 1296 2010 3 Glass pattern/door frame finish:
Hinge on Left 11 510 = Opaque Frost Glass/
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCSHLG $1192 $1850 Silver Frost
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCSHLG 1296 2010
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Related Products:
D W H Model Price Project Trays
Project Trays for 18"W Set-on-Surface Organizers ! Model
143⁄8" 163⁄8" 3" 53K1714T $301 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT:
for use on top of a

trays.
Page 5.288 Priority

Laminate Wood
38"H
• Five shelves (four adjustable); bottom
Hinge on Right (shown) shelf is fixed
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCSHRG2 $1112 $1747 • Unfinished back
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCSHRG2 1248 1970
• No pulls
Hinge on Left
16" 1415⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1538BCSHLG2 $1112 $1747
16" 1715⁄16" 381⁄8" 53K1838BCSHLG2 1248 1970
How to Specify
Writable Glass
50"H Door Models
Hinge on Right ! Model
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCSHRG2 $1311 $2035 @ Chassis material:
L = Laminate
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCSHRG2 1424 2212
W = Wood
Hinge on Left 3 Glass pattern/door frame finish:
16" 1415⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1550BCSHLG2 $1311 $2035 202G 511 = Ice Gloss Writable/
Silver Satin
16" 1715⁄16" 501⁄2" 53K1850BCSHLG2 1424 2212
model):
STD = Group 1
Related Products: STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
D W H Model Price
Project Trays for 18"W Set-on-Surface Organizers Project Trays

! Model
143⁄8" 163⁄8" 3" 53K1714T $301 2 Wood finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT:
for use on top of a

trays.
Page 5.289 Priority

PRIORITY™ Open-Top Lateral Files Pricing Planning page 5.37
Laminate Wood
• Unfinished back panel
Three Drawers
• Open top
235⁄8" 30" 401⁄8" 53KE2430LFM3 $1074 $2053 • Interlock mechanism (allows only one
235⁄8" 36" 401⁄8" 53KE2436LFM3 1139 2214 drawer to be open at a time to help
prevent tipping)
How to Specify
Four Drawers ! Model
235⁄8" 30" 525⁄8" 53KE2430LFM4 $1192 $2391 @ Material:
235⁄8" 36" 525⁄8" 53KE2436LFM4 1266 2527 L = Laminate
W = Wood
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
for W model)
W model)
IMPORTANT: Rectangular for standard drawers and L
worksurfaces must be models):
specified separately. WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
Rectangular Worksurfaces
➤See pages 5.131.
Ganging Bracket
➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.290 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Finished-Top Lateral Files Pricing • Interlock mechanism (allows only one
Desks & Components drawer to be open at a time)
Freestanding GSA SIN 711-8
• Finished top with rim on four sides
How to Specify
TFL Top HPL Top HPL Top Wood Top ! Model
TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
D W H Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W)
LL = TFL/TFL
Two Drawers with Finished Back L = HPL/TFL
LW = HPL/wood
W = Wood/wood
24" 30" 283⁄4" 53KE2430LFF2 $1006 $1142 $1650 $1650 3 Rim profile:
24" 36" 283⁄4" 53KE2436LFF2 1062 1205 2003 $2003 P = Softened vinyl (LL or L)
25" 30" 283⁄4" 53KE2530LFF2 — — $1749 $1749
25" 36" 283⁄4" 53KE2536LFF2 — — 2064 2064 4 Pull option:
Three Drawers with Finished Back 5 Lock option:
24" 30" 415⁄16” 53KE2430LFF3 $1145 $1299 $2206 $2206 KS = Key specific (+$41); specify 1
24" 36" 415⁄16” 53KE2436LFF3 1208 1370 2365 2365
Knife Rim core (+$69)
25" 30" 415⁄16” 53KE2530LFF3 — — $2270 $2270 KRS = Key random, silver lock
25" 36" 415⁄16” 53KE2536LFF3 — — 2437 2437 core (+$69)
Four Drawers with Finished Back (omit for LL models):
Softened or Reed Rim STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
24" 30" 54" 53KE2430LFFFB4 $1520 $1694 $2798 $2798
24" 36" 54" 53KE2436LFFFB4 1591 1775 2934 2934 8 Drawer front finish designator (omit
Knife Rim for LW and W models)
25" 30" 54" 53KE2530LFFFB4 — — $2876 $2876
LW and W models)
25" 36" 54" 53KE2536LFFFB4 — — 3017 3017 bl Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
Four Drawers with Unfinished Back L, and W):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
24" 30" 54" 53KE2430LFF4 $1303 $1476 $2543 $2543 bm Rim finish designator (omit for W
24" 36" 54" 53KE2436LFF4 1374 1557 2680 2680 models)
bn Wood interior drawer option (omit
Knife Rim
These models coordinate for standard drawers and LL & L
with the aesthetic and 25" 30" 54" 53KE2530LFF4 — — $2622 $2622 models):
heights of flush-surface 25" 36" 54" 53KE2536LFF4 — — 2763 2763 WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
applications.
Ganging Bracket *Knife rim overhangs user side by 11⁄4".

➤See page 5.246.
Page 5.291 Priority

PRIORITY™ Freestanding Shelving Units Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-2

D W H Adjustable Shelves Model (L) (W) Standard Includes
• 3⁄4"-thick shelves
Three Shelves
• 117⁄8" shelf openings when shelves
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 4111⁄16" 1 53K3642BCSUSS $744 $1384 are in center position
• Open top to accommodate organizer
shelves or straight shelves; specified
separately
• Finished back
Four Shelves
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 487⁄8" 2 53K3650BCSUSS $878 $1637
How to Specify
! Model
A = adjustable shelf; @ Material:
can be positioned up or L = Laminate
down 11⁄4". W = Wood
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Straight Shelves and

Organizer Shelves
➤See page 5.296.
Page 5.292 Priority

PRIORITY™ Freestanding Open Bookcases Pricing Planning page 5.37
30"W Straight Front GSA SIN 711-2

Two Shelves
153⁄16" 2915⁄16" 279⁄16" 1 53K3028BCOSSF $552 $1076 are in center position
• Unfinished back
Three Shelves
153⁄16" 2915⁄16" 40" 1 53K3040BCOSSF $673 $1345 How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
Four Shelves W = Wood
153⁄16" 2915⁄16" 53" 2 53K3053BCOSSF $816 $1609 3 Finish price group (omit for L
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Five Shelves 4 Finish designator
153⁄16" 2915⁄16" 667⁄8" 3 53K3067BCOSSF $1020 $1945
Six Shelves
153⁄16" 2915⁄16" 793⁄16" 3 53K3080BCOSSF $1116 $2109
153⁄16" 2915⁄16" 84"* 3 53K3084BCOSSF 1226 2310
*84"H model ships with tip-resistance bracket ships with unit and attaches to wall
A = adjustable shelf;
can be positioned up or
down 11⁄4".

be used on straight-front
freestanding open
bookcases.
➤See page 5.243.
Page 5.293 Priority

36"W Straight Front GSA SIN 711-2

Two Shelves
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 279⁄16" 1 53K3628BCOSSF 608 1133 are in center position
• Unfinished back
Three Shelves How to Specify

153⁄16" 357⁄8" 40" 1 53K3640BCOSSF 729 1400 ! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
Four Shelves 3 Finish price group (omit for L
model):
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 53" 2 53K3653BCOSSF 870 1666 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Five Shelves
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 3 53K3667BCOSSF 1074 2002
Six Shelves
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" 3 53K3680BCOSSF 1171 2164
153⁄16" 357⁄8" 84"* 3 53K3684BCOSSF 1279 2366
*84"H model ships with tip-resistance bracket ships with unit and attaches to wall
down 11⁄4".

be used on straight-front
freestanding open
bookcases.
➤See page 5.243.
Page 5.294 Priority

36"W Arc Front GSA SIN 711-8

• 3⁄4"-thick shelves that extend 3"
Two Shelves
beyond the 1513⁄16"D end panels
181⁄8" 357⁄8" 275⁄8" 1 53K3628BCOF $640 $1192 • 117⁄8" shelf openings when shelves
are in center position
• Unfinished back
Three Shelves
181⁄8" 357⁄8" 401⁄4" 1 53K3640BCOF $782 $1457 How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
Four Shelves model):
181⁄8" 357⁄8" 527⁄8" 2 53K3653BCOF $926 $1722 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Five Shelves
133⁄8"
181⁄8" 357⁄8" 67" 3 53K3667BCOF $1133 $2107
Six Shelves
181⁄8" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" 3 53K3680BCOF † $1226 $2221
down 11⁄4".
Page 5.295 Priority

PRIORITY™ 16"D Vertical Storage Pricing Planning page 5.37
Bookcases with Lateral File GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
• Bottom section: two lateral file
Full Back
drawers
16" 357⁄8" 487⁄8" 53KE3650LFFOFF $2676 $3960 • Upper section: 5 holes spaced 31⁄4"
apart to accept straight shelves and
organizer shelves
• Finished back: two-piece matched
set on full-back model
Partial Back • Finished inset top
209⁄16" 16" 357⁄8" 487⁄8" 53KE3650LFFOPF $2454 $3579 • Ganging bolt
How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
Units must be ganged. for W model)
Shelves are specified 9 Back laminate designator (omit for
separately. W model)
Straight Shelves, Organizer for standard drawers and L
Shelves, and Back Panels models):
Page 5.296 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ 16"D Vertical Storage Pricing • Bottom section: two lateral file
Desks & Components drawers
Bookcases with Solid Sliding Door and Lateral File GSA SIN 711-2
• Middle section: 5 holes spaced 31⁄4"
organizer shelves
• Top section: non-locking sliding door
Laminate Wood and center divider; 5 holes on 80"
D W H Model (L) (W) model, spaced 11⁄4" apart to accept
shelves; no holes on 67" model
Full Back • Finished back: one piece for full-
16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOSFF $2706 $4001 back model; two-piece non-matched
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOSFF 3087 4556 set for top and bottom sections with
open middle section on partial back
model
• Ganging bolt
Partial Back How to Specify

16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOSPF $2484 $3621 ! Model
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOSPF 2865 4177 @ Material:
209⁄16"
L = Laminate
W = Wood
3 Pull option:
4 Drawer lock option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
IMPORTANT: for W model)
Units must be ganged. 9 Back laminate designator (omit for
Shelves are specified W model)
separately. bl Wood interior drawer option (omit
Straight Shelves, Organizer models):
Shelves, and Back Panels WD = Wood interior drawers (+5%)
➤See page 5.296.
Page 5.297 Priority

Standard Includes
organizer shelves
16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOSFF $2706 $4001 back model; two-piece non-matched
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOSFF 3087 4556 set for top and bottom sections with
model
• Ganging bolt

16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOSPF $2484 $3621 ! Model
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOSPF 2865 4177 @ Material:
209⁄16"
L = Laminate
W = Wood
3 Pull option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
IMPORTANT: for W model)
Units must be ganged. 9 Back laminate designator (omit for
Shelves are specified W model)
separately. bl Wood interior drawer option (omit
➤See page 5.296.
Page 5.298 Priority

Standard Includes
Bookcases with Writable Glass Sliding Door and Lateral File GSA SIN 711-2
organizer shelves
16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOSFFG2 $3128 $4230 back model; two-piece non-matched
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOSFFG2 3570 4815 set for top and bottom sections with
model
• Ganging bolt

16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOSPFG2 $2876 $3833 ! Model
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOSPFG2 3317 4419 @ Material:
209⁄16" L = Laminate W = Wood
3 Pull option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
5 Glass pattern:
202G = Ice Gloss
6 Door frame finish:
511 = Silver Satin
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
IMPORTANT: 9 Front laminate designator (omit for
Units must be ganged. W model)
Shelves are specified bl Chassis laminate designator (omit
separately. for W model)
bm Back laminate designator (omit for
Straight Shelves, Organizer W model)
Shelves, and Back Panels bn Wood interior drawer option (omit
➤See page 5.296. for standard drawers and L
models):
Standard Includes
Bookcases with Solid Hinged Doors and Lateral File GSA SIN 711-2
organizer shelves
• Top section: adjustable shelf with 3
Laminate Wood holes spaced 11⁄4" apart
D W H Model (L) (W) • Finished back: one piece for full-
back model; two-piece non-matched
Full Back set for top and bottom sections with
16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOHFF $2987 $4283 open middle section on partial back
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOHFF 3411 5026 model
• Ganging bolt
How to Specify
! Model
Partial Back @ Material:
16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOHPF $2764 $4031 L = Laminate
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOHPF 3189 4647 W = Wood
209⁄16" 3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
KS = Locking solid door & draw-
ers, key specific (+$82); specify 2
KRB = Locking solid door and
drawers, key random, black lock
cores (+$138)
KRS = Locking solid door and
drawers, key random, silver lock
cores (+$138)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
Units must be ganged.
for W model)
Shelves are specified 9 Back laminate designator (omit for
separately.
W model)
bl Wood interior drawer option
Straight Shelves, Organizer
(omit for standard drawers and L
Shelves, and Back Panels
➤See page 5.296.
models):
Page 5.300 Priority

Standard Includes
Bookcases with Writable Glass Hinged Doors and Lateral File GSA SIN 711-2
organizer shelves
16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOHFFG2 $3454 $4663 open middle section on partial back
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOHFFG2 3944 5313 model
• Ganging bolt
How to Specify
! Model
16" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE3667LFFOHPFG2 $3104 $4268 L = Laminate
16" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE3680LFFOHPFG2 3694 4919 W = Wood
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
5 Glass pattern:
202G = Ice Gloss
511 = Silver Satin
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
IMPORTANT: W model)
Units must be ganged. bl Chassis laminate designator (omit
Shelves are specified for W model)
separately. bm Back laminate designator (omit for
W model)
Straight Shelves, Organizer bn Wood interior drawer option (omit
Shelves, and Back Panels for standard drawers and L
➤See page 5.296. models):
Page 5.301 Priority
Shelves and Back Panels GSA SIN 711-2
Laminate Wood
• Shelf or panel
Organizer Shelves
147⁄16" 341⁄4" 311⁄16" 53K1536OS $321 $424
How to Specify
! Model
Straight Shelves @ Material:
L = Laminate
For Use Inside Sliding-Door Cabinets
W = Wood
143⁄8" 163⁄16" 3⁄4" 53K1518SS $152 $301 3 Wood finish price group (omit for L
For Use Inside Hinged-Door Cabinets or Open Bookcase Sections model):
143⁄8" 341⁄4" 3⁄4" 53K1536SS $212 $386 STD = Standard
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
Laminate Wood
D W H For Use with Model (L) (W)
Bookcase Center Section Back Panels

3⁄4" 357⁄8" 2011⁄16" 67" and 80"H units 53K3621BPLF $244 $392
3⁄4" 357⁄8" 217⁄8" 50"H units 53K3622BPLF 244 392
Center section back panels

can be used to enclose par-
tial-back models. Specify in
a different material or finish
from the unit to add a
contrasting band of color.
Page 5.302 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ 16"D Vertical Storage Pricing • Bottom section: wide box/lateral file
Desks & Components • Middle section: cubby area on one
Space Dividers GSA SIN 711-2
side; open (no side or back panels)
on the other
• Top section: hinged door on one
side; cubby area on the other
Laminate Wood • Finished back: two-piece non-
D W H Model (L) (W) matched set for top and bottom
sections and open middle section
Right • Anti-tip device on bottom drawer
16" 2915⁄16" 487⁄8" 53KE3050SDHBFRP $2611 $4117
How to Specify
! Model
Left @ Material:
L = Laminate
16" 2915⁄16" 487⁄8" 53KE3050SDHBFLP $2611 $4117 W = Wood
119⁄16"
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
cores (+$138)
cores (+$138)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
for W model)
W model)
models):
Page 5.303 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ 24"D Vertical Storage Pricing • Two letter-width file drawers
Desks & Components • Shelf storage above drawers:
Open Bookcases with File/File GSA SIN 711-2
— 42" and 50"H units: one
adjustable shelf
— 67"H units: one adjustable shelf
and one fixed shelf
Laminate Wood — 80"H units: two adjustable
D W H Model (L) (W) shelves and one fixed shelf
• Finished back on 42" and 50"H
File/File units; unfinished back on 67" and
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 4111⁄16" 53KE1542VBFFF $1523 $2814 80"H units
50"
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 487⁄8" 53KE1550VBFFF 1572 2908 • Finished inset top
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 667⁄8" 53KE1567VBFF 1621 2997

231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 793⁄16" 53KE1580VBFF 1671 3298 How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
80" W = Wood
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
for W model)
W model)
models):
Page 5.304 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ 24"D Vertical Storage Pricing • Door with adjustable hinges
Desks & Components • Shelves:
Single-Door Wardrobe/Shelf Cabinets GSA SIN 711-8
— 42"H units: two adjustable/
removable shelves and one fixed
(bottom) shelf
— 50"H units: two adjustable/
Laminate Wood removable shelves and two fixed
D W H Model (L) (W) shelves, including bottom shelf
— 67"H models: three
15"W adjustable/removable shelves and
Hinged Right (shown) two fixed shelves, including
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 4111⁄16" 53K1542VWHR $1281 $1990 bottom shelf
— 80"H models: four adjustable
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 487⁄8" 53K1550VWHR 1349 2092
/removable shelves and two fixed
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 667⁄8" 53K1567VWHR 1419 2206 shelves, including bottom shelf
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 793⁄16" 53K1580VWHR 1495 2321 • Removable coat rod
• Finished back on 42" and 50"H
Hinged Left
units; unfinished back on 67" and
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 4111⁄16" 53K1542VWHL $1281 $1990 80"H units
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 487⁄8" 53K1550VWHL 1349 2092 • Finished inset top
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 667⁄8" 53K1567VWHL 1419 2206
231⁄2" 1415⁄16" 793⁄16" 53K1580VWHL 1495 2321 How to Specify
18"W ! Model
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 667⁄8" 53K1867VWHR $1473 $2778 @ Material:
L = Laminate
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 793⁄16" 53K1880VWHR 1620 3000
W = Wood
Hinged Left 3 Pull option:
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 667⁄8" 53K1867VWHL $1473 $2778 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
231⁄2" 1715⁄16" 793⁄16" 53K1880VWHL 1620 3000
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
for W model)
Page 5.305 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ 24"D Vertical Storage Pricing • Door with adjustable hinges
Desks & Components • Shelves:
Wardrobe and Open Shelf Cabinets GSA SIN 711-8
— 42"H units: two adjustable
shelves and one fixed (bottom)
shelf
— 50"H units: two adjustable
Laminate Wood shelves and two fixed shelves,
D W H Model (L) (W) including bottom shelf
— 67"H models: two adjustable
24"W shelves and three fixed shelves,
Wardrobe on Right, Hinged Right including bottom shelf
231⁄2" 2315⁄16" 4111⁄16" 53K2442VWHROS $1781 $2765 — 80"H models: three adjustable
shelves and three fixed shelves,
231⁄2" 2315⁄16" 487⁄8" 53K2450VWHROS 1936 3007
including bottom shelf
231⁄2" 2315⁄16" 667⁄8" 53K2467VWHROS 2104 3267 • Removable coat rod
231⁄2" 2315⁄16" 793⁄16" 53K2480VWHROS 2288 3550 • One fixed shelf in wardrobe area of
30"W model, 12" above fixed bottom
Wardrobe on Left, Hinged Left (shown)
panel
231⁄2" 2315⁄16" 4111⁄16" 53K2442VWHLOS $1781 $2765 • Finished back on 42" and 50"H
231⁄2" 2315⁄16" 487⁄8" 53K2450VWHLOS 1936 3007 units; unfinished back on 67" and
231⁄2" 2315⁄16" 667⁄8" 53K2467VWHLOS 2104 3267 80"H units
231⁄2" 2315⁄16" 793⁄16" 53K2480VWHLOS 2288 3550
30"W
How to Specify
Wardrobe on Right, Hinged Right
! Model
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 667⁄8" 53K3067VWHROS $2230 $3848
@ Material:
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 793⁄16" 53K3080VWHROS 2320 4232 L = Laminate
Wardrobe on Left, Hinged Left W = Wood
3 Pull option:
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 667⁄8" 53K3067VWHLOS $2230 $3848
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 793⁄16" 53K3080VWHLOS 2320 4232 4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
for W model)
Page 5.306 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ 24"D Vertical Storage Pricing • Doors with adjustable hinges
Double-Door Cabinets GSA SIN 711-8
† GSA SIN 711-2
Lateral file model—

• Two lateral file drawers
• Shelves above drawers (see description
D W H Lock Cores Model (L) (W) at left)
Wardrobe model—
30"W
• Shelves (see description at left)
Lateral File Below • Removable coat rod and one shelf
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 667⁄8" 2 53KE3067VHF2 † $2370 $4154
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 793⁄16" 2 53KE3080VHF2 † 2394 4487
How to Specify
! Model
@ Material:
36"W L = Laminate W = Wood
Lateral File Below 3 Pull option:
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 667⁄8"" 2 53KE3667VHF2 † $2405 $4377 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
4 Lock option:
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" 2 53KE3680VHF2 † 2427 4727
X = Non-locking
Wardrobe model—
Lateral file model— lock core separately
• 67"H models (above left): one KRB = Key random, black lock core
adjustable shelf (A) and two fixed (+$69)
shelves (including bottom shelf) KRS = Key random, silver lock core
• 80"H models (above right: two (+$69)
adjustable shelves (A) and two Lateral file/storage model—
fixed shelves (including bottom KS = Locking doors & drawers, key
shelf) specific (+$82); specify 2 lock cores
separately
Wardrobe on Right KRB = Locking doors and drawers,
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 1 53K3667VHH $2126 $4172 key random, black lock cores (+$138)
KRS = Locking doors and drawers,
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" 1 53K3680VHH † 2147 4506
key random, silver lock cores (+$138)
model):
STD = Group 1
Wardrobe model— STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
• 67"H models (above left): three 6 Wood finish designator (omit for L
adjustable/removable shelves (A) model)
and two fixed shelves, including 7 Front laminate designator (omit for W
bottom shelf model)
• 80"H models (above right): two 8 Chassis laminate designator (omit for
adjustable/removable shelves (A) W model)
and four fixed shelves, including 9 Wood interior drawer option (omit for
bottom shelf standard drawers and L models):
Page 5.307 Priority

Standard Includes
organizer shelves
Laminate Wood and center divider; 5 holes on 80"H
shelves; no holes on 67"H model
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE243667LFFOSFF $2732 $4040 back model model; two-piece
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE243680LFFOSFF 3119 4602 non-matched set for top and bottom
sections with open middle section on
partial back model
• Ganging bolt

231⁄2" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE243667LFFOSPF $2508 $3658 ! Model
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE243680LFFOSPF 2893 4219 @ Material:
209⁄16" L = Laminate
W = Wood
3 Pull option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
for W model)
W model)
➤See page 5.304.
Page 5.308 Priority

Standard Includes
Bookcases with Writable Glass Sliding Door and Lateral File GSA SIN 711-2
organizer shelves
Laminate Wood and center divider; 5 holes on 80"H
shelves; no holes on 67"H model
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53K243667LFOSFFG2 $3159 $4271 back model; two-piece non-matched
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53K243680LFOSFFG2 3607 4864 set for top and bottom sections with
model
• Ganging bolt

231⁄2" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53K243667LFOSPFG2 $2906 $3873 ! Model
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53K243680LFOSPFG2 3317 4465 @ Material:
209⁄16" L = Laminate W = Wood
3 Pull option:
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
5 Glass pattern:
202G = Ice Gloss
511 = Silver Satin
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
bl Chassis laminate designator (omit
for W model)
bm Back laminate designator (omit for
Straight Shelves, Organizer W model)
Shelves, and Back Panels bn Wood interior drawer option
➤See page 5.304. (omit for standard drawers and L
models):
Standard Includes
Bookcases with Solid Hinged Doors and Lateral File GSA SIN 711-8
organizer shelves
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE243667LFFOHFF $3018 $4326 open middle section on partial back
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE243680LFFOHFF 3446 5076 model
• Ganging bolt
How to Specify
! Model
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 667⁄8" 53KE243667LFFOHPF $2791 $4072 L = Laminate
231⁄2" 357⁄8" 793⁄16" (shown) 53KE243680LFFOHPF 3222 4691 W = Wood
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
cores (+$138)
cores (+$138)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
for W model)
W model)
Straight Shelves, Organizer for standard drawers and L
Shelves, and Back Panels models):
Page 5.310 Priority

Shelves, Back Panels, and Bracket GSA SIN 711-2
† GSA Contract Pending Surface Materials page 5.341
Laminate Wood
Shelves and Back Panels
Organizer Shelves
• Shelf or panel
217⁄8" 341⁄4" 311⁄16" 53K2236OS $338 $619 • Attachment brackets

• Metal bracket: black
Straight Shelves
For Use Inside Sliding-Door Cabinets How to Specify
213⁄16" 163⁄16" 3⁄4" 53K2116SS † $166 $276 Shelves and Back Panels
For Use Inside Hinged-Door Cabinets or Open Bookcase Sections ! Model
@ Material:
217⁄8" 341⁄4" 3⁄4" 53K2236SS $254 $424
L = Laminate
W = Wood
model):
Laminate Wood STD = Standard
D W H For Use with Model (L) (W)
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Bookcase Center Section Back Panels 4 Finish designator
3⁄4" 357⁄8" 2011⁄16" 67" and 80"H units 53K3621BPLF $244 $392
3⁄4" 357⁄8" 217⁄8" 50"H units 53K3622BPLF 244 392 ! Model
D W H Model Price

16" 13⁄16" 2" DFWBVS $89
Center section back panels

can be used to enclose par-
tial-back models. Specify in
a different material or finish
from the unit to add a
contrasting band of color.
Page 5.311 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ 24"D Vertical Storage Pricing • Box/box file or file/file letter-width
Desks & Components pedestal
Front Access Storage Towers GSA SIN 711-2
• Shelf storage above drawers:
— 42" & 50"H units: one adjustable
shelf
— 67"H models: one adjustable shelf
Laminate Wood and one fixed shelf
D W H Model (L) (W) — 80"H models: two adjustable
shelves and one fixed shelf
Box/Box/File • Wardrobe area with removable coat
Wardrobe Hinged Right rod and one fixed shelf 12" above bot-
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 4111⁄16" 53KE2442VWHRBBFF $1851 $3324 tom panel; interior width 77⁄8"W
• Doors with adjustable hinges on shelf
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 487⁄8" 53KE2450VWHRBBFF 1888 3390
storage and wardrobe sections
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 667⁄8" (shown) 53KE2467VWHRBBF 1925 3447 • Finished back on 42" and 50"H mod-
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 793⁄16" 53KE2480VWHRBBF 1965 3860 els; unfinished back on 67" and 80"H
models
Wardrobe Hinged Left
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 4111⁄16" 53KE2442VWHLBBFF $1851 $3324
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 487⁄8" 53KE2450VWHLBBFF 1888 3390
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 667⁄8" 53KE2467VWHLBBF 1925 3447
How to Specify
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 793⁄16" 53KE2480VWHLBBF 1965 3860
! Model
@ Material:
File/File L = Laminate W = Wood
Wardrobe Hinged Right 3 Pull option:
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 4111⁄16" 53KE2442VWHRFFF $1802 $3273
4 Lock option:
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 487⁄8" 53KE2450VWHRFFF 1839 3339 X = Non-locking
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 667⁄8" (shown) 53KE2467VWHRFF 1877 3407 KS = Locking doors & drawers, key
specific (+$123); specify three lock
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 793⁄16" 53KE2480VWHRFF 1914 3816
cores separately
Wardrobe Hinged Left KRB = Locking doors and drawers,
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 4111⁄16" 53KE2442VWHLFFF $1802 $3273 key random, black lock cores
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 487⁄8" 53KE2450VWHLFFF 1839 3339 (+$207)
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 667⁄8" 53KE2467VWHLFF 1877 3407
key random,black, silver lock cores
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 793⁄16" 53KE2480VWHLFF 1914 3816 (+$207)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
8 Front laminate designator (omit for W
model)
9 Chassis laminate designator (omit for
W model)
bl Back laminate designator (omit for W
model)
bm Wood interior drawer option (omit for
standard drawers and L models):
Standard Includes
Side-Access Bookcase Storage Towers GSA SIN 711-2
• Shelf storage above drawers:
— 42" & 50"H units: one adjustable
shelf
Laminate Wood and one fixed shelf
D W H Model (L) (W) — 80"H models: two adjustable
shelves and one fixed shelf
Box/Box/File • Wardrobe area with removable coat
Wardrobe Hinged Right rod and one fixed shelf 12" above
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 4111⁄16" 53KE2442VBWHRBBFF $1961 $3508 bottom panel; interior width 77⁄8"W
• Doors with adjustable hinges on
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 487⁄8" 53KE2450VBWHRBBFF 2001 3581
shelf storage and wardrobe sections
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 667⁄8" 53KE2467VBWHRBBF 2041 3652 • Finished back on 42" and 50"H
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 793⁄16" 53KE2480VBWHRBBF 2082 4091 models; unfinished back on 67" and
80"H models
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 4111⁄16" 53KE2442VBWHLBBFF $1961 $3508
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 487⁄8" 53KE2450VBWHLBBFF 2001 3581
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 667⁄8" (shown) 53KE2467VBWHLBBF 2041 3652
How to Specify
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 793⁄16" 53KE2480VBWHLBBF 2082 4091
! Model
@ Material:
File/File L = Laminate W = Wood
Wardrobe Hinged Right 3 Pull option:
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 4111⁄16" 53KE2442VBWHRFFF $1911 $3468
4 Lock option:
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 487⁄8" 53KE2450VBWHRFFF 1949 3540 X = Non-locking
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 667⁄8" (shown) 53KE2467VBWHRFF 1989 3611 KS = Locking door & drawers, key
specific (+$82); specify 2 lock
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 793⁄16" 53KE2480VBWHRFF 2027 4045
cores separately
Wardrobe Hinged Left KRB = Locking door and drawers,
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 4111⁄16" 53KE2442VBWHLFFF $1911 $3468 key random, black lock cores
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 487⁄8" 53KE2450VBWHLFFF 1949 3540 (+$138)
KRS = Locking door and drawers,
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 667⁄8" 53KE2467VBWHLFF 1989 3611
231⁄2" 233⁄4" 793⁄16" 53KE2480VBWHLFF 2027 4045 (+$138)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
W model)
for W model)
bl Back laminate designator (omit for
W model)
bm Wood interior drawer option (omit
for standard drawers and L models):
Standard Includes
Side-Access Wardrobe Storage Towers GSA SIN 711-2
• Front-access single-door storage area:
— 50"H units: one adjustable shelf
and one fixed shelf
Laminate Wood — 80"H models: two adjustable shelves
D W H Model (L) (W) and one fixed shelf
• Side-access wardrobe area with coat
Box/Box/File hook (42"H) or removable coat rod and
Wardrobe Hinged Right one fixed shelf 12" above bottom panel
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 4111⁄16" 53KE1542VWHRBBFF $2295 $3959 (50" and 67"H); interior width 77⁄8"W
• Doors with adjustable hinges on shelf
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 487⁄8" 53KE1550VWHRBBFF 2367 4083
storage and wardrobe sections
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 667⁄8" 53KE1567VWHRBBF 2495 4302 • Finished back on 42" and 50"H models;
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 793⁄16" 53KE1580VWHRBBF 2519 4345 unfinished back on 67" and 80"H
models
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 4111⁄16" (shown) 53KE1542VWHLBBFF $2295 $3959
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 487⁄8" 53KE1550VWHLBBFF 2367 4083
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 667⁄8" 53KE1567VWHLBBF 2495 4302
How to Specify
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 793⁄16" 53KE1580VWHLBBF 2519 4345
! Model
@ Material:
File/File L = Laminate
Wardrobe Hinged Right W = Wood
3 Pull option:
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 4111⁄16" 53KE1542VWHRFFF $2246 $3881
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 487⁄8" 53KE1550VWHRFFF 2318 4001 4 Lock option:
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 667⁄8" 53KE1567VWHRFF 2446 4217 X = Non-locking
KS = Locking doors & drawers, key
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 793⁄16" 53KE1580VWHRFF 2469 4259
specific (+$123); specify three lock
Wardrobe Hinged Left cores separately
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 4111⁄16" 53KE1542VWHLFFF $2246 $3881 KRB = Locking doors and drawers,
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 487⁄8" 53KE1550VWHLFFF 2318 4001 key random, black lock cores (+$207)
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 667⁄8" (shown) 53KE1567VWHLFF 2446 4217
2911⁄16" 1415⁄16" 793⁄16" 53KE1580VWHRFF 2469 4259 (+$207)
model):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
model)
8 Front laminate designator (omit for W
model)
9 Chassis laminate designator (omit for
W model)
bl Back laminate designator (omit for W
model)
bm Wood interior drawer option (omit for
standard drawers and L models):
Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Table Desks Pricing Facet Base
Desks & Components • White metal base
Facet Base and Table Tops GSA SIN 711-2
• Tesa tape to secure laminate or
wood tops to base; not required for
glass tops
D W H Model Price
Top
Facet Base • Top: laminate, wood, or Ice Gloss
263⁄8" 56" 291⁄2" 53K265730TBFCTWH $2180 back-painted glass
• Rim on all sides of wood and
laminate tops
How to Specify
Rectangular Back-Painted Glass Top Facet Base or Glass Tops
36" 72" 1⁄2" 53K3672WSSBPG $3400
! Model
Laminate or Wood Tops

TFL HPL HPL Wood ! Model
D W H Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) @ Worksurface material:
LL = TFL with P rim
Rectangular Laminate or Wood Top L = HPL with P rim
Softened or Reed Rim LW = HPL with F or M rim
30" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3072WSS $384 $509 $732 $732 1LW = HPL with S rim
W = Wood with F or M rim
Knife Rim
1W = Wood with S rim
32" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3272WSS — — $805 $805 3 Rim profile:
F = Softened wood (LW or W
models only)
only)
Elliptical Back-Painted Glass Top S = Knife wood (1LW or 1W
38" 72" 1⁄2" 53K3872WSELBPG $3815 models only)
4 Worksurface grommet option
(include for
TFL HPL HPL Wood HPL Wood rectangular laminate or wood
(LL) (L) (LW) (W) (1LW) (1W)
model only):
D W H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim
Elliptical Laminate or Wood Top X = No grommet

381⁄8" 72" 13⁄16" 53K3872WSEL $689 $947 $1231 $1231 $1357 $1357 5 Worksurface finish price group
(omit for LL):
* Height (thickness) for TFL table tops is 11⁄8". STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: Facet base 6 Worksurface finish designator
and tops are specified 7 Rim finish price group (omit for LL,
separately. Facet base is L and W models):
for use with tops shown on STD = Group 1
this page only. STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
PRIORITY™ Fixed-Height Table Bases Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-11
† GSASIN 711-2 Surface Materials page 5.341
D W H Column Model Price

Standard Includes
Metal Bases • Metal base or legs: steel;
Round cylinder base: laminate or wood
24" diameter 273⁄4" 3" 53K26BRFP † $1861 • Attachment hardware
How to Specify
Metal Base
Square ! Model
24" 24" 273⁄4" 23⁄4" x 23⁄4" 53K2626BSFP † $1861 2 Finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Diameter H Model Laminate Wood
Cylinder Base
Cylinder Base
16" 271⁄2" CBS2716CY $905 $1178
! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
Diameter H Model Price STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Static or Mobile Metal Column Leg 3 Finish designator
11⁄2" 273⁄4" AB2802BC $246
Column Legs
! Model
2 Base function:
S = Static
M = Mobile
STD = Standard
IMPORTANT: Table tops 4 Finish designator:
have specific requirements Paint number or
for support. 490 = Polished Chrome
requirements.
Table tops
5.152.
Page 5.316 Priority

Main T-Leg GSA SIN 711-2
D W H For Use With Model Price

Standard Includes
2311⁄16" 311⁄8" 2711⁄16" 36"W top 53K2436TBTFMP $885
• Undersurface rails
2311⁄16" 371⁄8" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBTFMP 912 • Two non-adjustable T-legs
2311⁄16" 431⁄8" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBTFMP 941 • Attachment hardware
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBTFMP 972 • Ships ready to assemble
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBTFMP 1001

2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 66"W top 53K2466TBTFMP 1031 How to Specify
2311⁄16" 67" 2711⁄16" 72"W top 53K2472TBTFMP 1062 ! Model
2311⁄16" 73" 2711⁄16" 78"W top 53K2478TBTFMP 1094 2 Rail and column finish:
2311⁄16" 79" 2711⁄16" 84"W top 53K2484TBTFMP 1128
425 = Shadow
2311⁄16" 85" 2711⁄16" 90"W top 53K2490TBTFMP 1162 462 = Cinder
2311⁄16" 9015⁄16" 2711⁄16" 96"W top 53K2496TBTFMP 1197 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
3 Foot finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
497 = Polished Aluminum (+5%)
544 = Silver Pearl
IMPORTANT: Height-
adjustable table bases are
for use with 24", 30", and
36"D tops only.
➤See page 5.112 for
rectangular, 90°, and 120°
worksurface applications.
T-leg Casters for Individual

Tables
➤See page 5.331.
Page 5.317 Priority

Return T-Leg GSA SIN 711-2

Standard Includes
2311⁄16" 431⁄16" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBTFRP $664
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBTFRP 686 • One non-adjustable T-leg
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBTFRP 704 • Return mounting bracket
2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBTFRP 728 • Attachment hardware
2311⁄16" 67" 2711⁄16" 66"W top 53K2466TBTFRP 750
Note: Rails will extend underneath the
2311⁄16" 721⁄4" 2711⁄16" 72"W top 53K2472TBTFRP 773 adjoining main surface for connection.
2311⁄16" 79" 2711⁄16" 78"W top 53K2478TBTFRP 797
2311⁄16" 85" 2711⁄16" 84"W top 53K2484TBTFRP 823
How to Specify
2311⁄16" 9015⁄16" 2711⁄16" 90"W top 53K2490TBTFRP 845
! Model
2 Rail and column finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
3 Foot finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
544 = Silver Pearl
IMPORTANT: Fixed-height
T-leg table bases are for
use with 24", 30", and
36"D tops only.
IMPORTANT: Two flat

brackets, specified sepa-
rately, are required.
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.318 Priority

Extension Post-Leg GSA SIN 711-2

Standard Includes
2311⁄16" 431⁄16" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBCFEP $597
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBCFEP 617 • Return bracket
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBCFEP 634 • Post leg
2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBCFEP 656 • Ships ready to assemble
adjoining main surface for connection.
How to Specify
! Model
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
IMPORTANT: Fixed-height
extension post-legs are for
use with 24", 30", and
36"D tops and are
intended for use as a
return base. Depending on
the depths of the main and
extension worksurfaces,
the post leg will be inset
approximately 12"–15"
from the end of the exten-
sion worksurface.
IMPORTANT: Two flat

brackets, specified
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.319 Priority

90° and 120° Corner GSA SIN 711-2

Standard Includes
90° • Undersurface rails
457⁄16" 457⁄16" 2711⁄16" 24"D x 48"W top 53K2448TBLFP $2071 • Two non-adjustable T-legs and one
427⁄16" 427⁄16" 2711⁄16" 30"D x 48"W top 53K3048TBLFP 2071 post leg
120° How to Specify

515⁄16" 681⁄4" 2711⁄16" 24"D x 48"W top 53K2448TBYFP $2279 ! Model
4913⁄16" 655⁄8" 2711⁄16" 30"D x 48"W top 53K3048TBYFP 2279
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
3 Foot finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
544 = Silver Pearl
IMPORTANT: These fixed-

height table bases are for
use with 90° and 120°
corner worksurfaces.

Tables
➤See page 5.331.
Page 5.320 Priority

PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Table Bases Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-9
†GSASIN 711-2 Surface Materials page 5.341
D W H Column Model Price

Standard Includes
Metal Bases • Base or legs: steel
Round • Height-adjust release paddle for
24" diameter 273⁄4" 29⁄16" 53K26BRGMP † $2990 installation on underside of top on
gas lift models; adjusts from 26"
to 42"H
Square
24" 24" 273⁄4" 23⁄4" x 23⁄4" 53K2626BSGMP † $2990 How to Specify
Mechanical Gas Lift Base
! Model
2 Finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Static or Mobile Height-Adjustable Column Legs (set of 4) 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
23⁄8" 253⁄4"–345⁄8" without top CBM2803CA2 $992 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
Height-Adjustable Column Legs

! Model
2 Base function:
S = Static
M = Mobile
3 Finish:
462 = Cinder
510 = Silver Frost Metallic
IMPORTANT: Table tops

have specific requirements
for support.
requirements.
Table Tops
Page 5.321 Priority

PRIORITY™ Manual Height-Adjustable Table Bases Pricing Planning page 5.37
D W H For Use With Model Incremental Click Crank

Standard Includes
2311⁄16" 311⁄8" 2711⁄16" 36"W top 53K2436TBT $933 $1164 $1398
2311⁄16" 371⁄8" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBT 960 1201 1442 • Two manually adjustable T-legs
2311⁄16" 431⁄8" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBT 990 1238 1487 (23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W)
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBT 1022 1276 1531 —Incremental model adjusts from
21"–34"
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBT 1053 1316 1580
—Click model adjusts from
2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 66"W top 53K2466TBT 1087 1357 1628 221⁄2"–345⁄16"
2311⁄16" 67" 2711⁄16" 72"W top 53K2472TBT 1119 1398 1679 —Crank model adjusts from
263⁄16"–441⁄2"; crank handle
2311⁄16" 73" 2711⁄16" 78"W top 53K2478TBT 1152 1441 1729
mounts on right
2311⁄16" 79" 2711⁄16" 84"W top 53K2484TBT 1188 1484 1780 Note: Adjustment range does not
2311⁄16" 85" 2711⁄16" 90"W top 53K2490TBT 1223 1528 1834 include worksurface thickness.
Incremental • Attachment hardware
2311⁄16" 9015⁄16" 2711⁄16" 96"W top 53K2496TBT 1260 1574 1889
How to Specify
! Model
@ Adjustability mechanism/base
designator:
Click
IMMP = Incremental Manual
Adjust
LMMP = Click Manual Adjust
RMMP = Crank Manual Adjust
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Crank
IMPORTANT: Height- 4 Foot finish:
adjustable table bases are 405 = Designer White
for use with 24", 30", and 425 = Shadow
36"D tops only. 462 = Cinder
➤See page 5.112 for 497 = Polished Aluminum (+5%)
rectangular, 90°, and 120° 501 = Platinum Metallic
worksurface applications. 514 = Carbon Metallic
544 = Silver Pearl
Tables
➤See page 5.331.
Page 5.322 Priority

D W H For Use With Model Incremental Click

Standard Includes
2311⁄16" 431⁄16" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBT $743 $873
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBT 769 960 • One manually adjustable T-leg (23⁄8"D
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBT 793 990 x 23⁄8"W)
2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBT 818 1022 —Incremental model adjusts from
21"–34"
2311⁄16" 67" 2711⁄16" 66"W top 53K2466TBT 841 1053
2311⁄16" 721⁄4" 2711⁄16" 72"W top 53K2472TBT 869 1087 221⁄2"–345⁄16"
2311⁄16" 79" 2711⁄16" 78"W top 53K2478TBT 896 1119 Note: Adjustment range does not
include worksurface thickness.
2311⁄16" 85" 2711⁄16" 84"W top 53K2484TBT 921 1152
• Return bracket
2311⁄16" 9015⁄16" 2711⁄16" 90"W top 53K2490TBT 950 1188 • Attachment hardware
Note: Rails will extend underneath
Incremental the adjoining main surface for
connection.
How to Specify
! Model
designator:
Click
IMRP = Incremental Manual
Adjust
LMRP = Click Manual Adjust
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
IMPORTANT: Height- 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
adjustable table bases are 4 Foot finish:
for use with 24", 30", and 405 = Designer White
36"D tops only. 425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Crank-adjust return 497 = Polished Aluminum (+5%)
models are not available. 501 = Platinum Metallic
IMPORTANT: Two flat 544 = Silver Pearl
brackets, specified
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.323 Priority

D W H For Use With Model Incremental Click

Standard Includes
2311⁄16" 431⁄16" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBC $596 $699
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBC 616 769 • One manually adjustable post leg
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBC 633 793 (23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W)
2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBC 655 818 —Incremental model adjusts from
21"–34"
221⁄2"–345⁄16"
Note: Adjustment range does not
adjoining main surface for connection.
Incremental • Ships ready to assemble
How to Specify
! Model
designator:
Click IMEP = Incremental Manual Adjust
LMEP = Click Manual Adjust
IMPORTANT: Height- 405 = Designer White
adjustable table bases are 425 = Shadow
for use with 24", 30", and 462 = Cinder
36"D tops and are intended 501 = Platinum Metallic (+10%)
for use as a return base. 514 = Carbon Metallic (+10%)
Depending on the depths 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
of the main and extension
worksurfaces, the post-leg
will be inset approximately
12"–15" from the end of the
extension worksurface.
Crank- adjust extension

post-leg models are not
available.
IMPORTANT: Two flat

brackets, specified
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.324 Priority

D W H For Use With Model Incremental Click Crank

Standard Includes
457⁄16" 457⁄16" 2711⁄16" 24"D x 48"W top 53K2448TBL $2180 $2724 $3270 • Two manually adjustable T-legs
427⁄16" 427⁄16" 2711⁄16" 30"D x 48"W top 53K3048TBL 2180 2724 3270 (23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W)
—Incremental model adjusts from
21"–34"
221⁄2"–345⁄16"
120° —Crank model adjusts from
263⁄16"–441⁄2"; crank handle
515⁄16" 681⁄4" 2711⁄16" 24"D x 48"W top 53K2448TBY $2397 $2996 $3597
mounts on right
4913⁄16" 655⁄8" 2711⁄16" 30"D x 48"W top 53K3048TBY 2397 2996 3597 Note: Adjustment range does not
• Post leg
Incremental
How to Specify
! Model
designator:
IMP = Incremental Manual Adjust
LMP = Click Manual Adjust
RMP = Crank Manual Adjust
Click 3 Rail and column finish:
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
4 Foot finish:
Crank
425 = Shadow
IMPORTANT: These 462 = Cinder
height-adjustable table 497 = Polished Aluminum (+5%)
bases are for use with 501 = Platinum Metallic
90° and 120° corner 514 = Carbon Metallic
worksurfaces only. 544 = Silver Pearl
T-leg Casters
➤See page 5.331.
Page 5.325 Priority

Standard Includes
PRIORITY™ Electric Height-Adjustable Table Bases Pricing • Undersurface rails
Desks & Components • Two electronically adjustable T-legs
(23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W)
—Single-stage model adjusts from
261⁄4"–451⁄8"
—Dual-stage model adjusts from
D W H For Use With Model Single Stage Dual Stage 211⁄16"–471⁄16"
2311⁄16" 311⁄8" 2711⁄16" 36"W top 53K2436TBT $1817 $2363
2311⁄16" 371⁄8" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBT 1875 2437 • Control box with up/down control
2311⁄16" 431⁄8" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBT 1931 2512 switch; one box/switch will control
main or main plus a return surfaces
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBT 1992 2589
in an L-configuration; 10’ cord
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBT 2055 2668 Note: Control boxes are not inter-
2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 66"W top 53K2466TBT 2119 2753 changeable. Specify based on
2311⁄16" 67" 2711⁄16" 72"W top 53K2472TBT 2182 2836 application.
2311⁄16" 73" 2711⁄16" 78"W top 53K2478TBT 2249 2922
2311⁄16" 79" 2711⁄16" 84"W top 53K2484TBT 2315 3011
2311⁄16" 85" 2711⁄16" 90"W top 53K2490TBT 2385 3098
Single Stage How to Specify
2311⁄16" 9015⁄16" 2711⁄16" 96"W top 53K2496TBT 2456 3192
! Model
designator:
SEMP = Single-Stage Electric
Adjust
DEMP = Dual-Stage Electric
Adjust
Dual Stage
3 Height-adjustment switch/control
box option:
➤See designators and descriptions
at left.
IMPORTANT: Height-
Height-Adjustment Switch/Control Box Options: 4 Rail and column finish:
for use with 24", 30", and
425 = Shadow
36"D tops only.
462 = Cinder
5 Foot finish:
Tables
➤See page 5.331.
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
Snap-on Cable Managers
➤See page 5.331.
STD_MAIN = PROG_MAIN = Programma- STD_RETURN = PROG_RETURN = Programma- 501 = Platinum Metallic
Non-programmable for use ble with digital readout (+$138) Non-programmable (+$58) for ble with digital readout (+$196) for 514 = Carbon Metallic
with single main surface with- for use with single main surface use in L-configuration when use in L-configuration when main 544 = Silver Pearl
Height-Adjustable Table
out a return or extension without a return or extension main surface is attached to a surface is attached to a return or
Desk Surround
➤See page 5.327.
return or extension extension
Page 5.326 Priority

PRIORITY™ Electric Height-Adjustable Table Bases Pricing Planning page 5.37
Table Desk Surround for Use with Main T-Leg GSA SIN 711-2
TFL Ends TFL Ends Wood Ends Wood Ends

TFL Modesty Wood Modesty TFL Modesty Wood Modesty Standard Includes
D W H* Model (LL) (LW) (WL) (WW) • Two end supports
For Use with Single-Stage Electric Height Adjustable Main T-Leg Table Base • Modesty panel
301⁄16" 593⁄4" 251⁄4" 53KE3060DS $905 $937 $1721 $1721
301⁄16" 653⁄4" 251⁄4" 53KE3066DS 929 960 1757 1757
301⁄16" 713⁄4" 251⁄4" 53KE3072DS 951 985 1793 1793 How to Specify
361⁄16" 713⁄4" 251⁄4" 53KE3672DS 976 1010 1828 1828 ! Model
User Side
LL = TFL ends/TFL modesty
LW = TFL ends/wood modesty
WL = wood ends/TFL modesty
WW = wood ends/wood modesty
3 End support finish price group
(omit for LL and LW models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 End support finish designator
Approach Side 5 Modesty panel finish price group
(omit for LL and LW models):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Modesty panel finish designator
IMPORTANT: For use only
with single-stage electric
height-adjustable table
base, specified separately.
➤See page 5.326.
Flush-mount rectangular
worksurface must be
specified separately to
match the depth and width
of the table desk surround
model.
Table desk surround pro-

vides a floating surface
effect.
*Lowest position for

worksurfaces is 279⁄16"H.
Page 5.327 Priority

D W H For Use With Model Single Stage Dual Stage

Standard Includes
2311⁄16" 431⁄16" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBT $1397 $1817
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBT 1442 1875 • One electronically adjustable T-leg
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBT 1484 1931 (23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W)
2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBT 1531 1992 —Single-stage model adjusts from
261⁄4"–451⁄8" at 11⁄2" per second
2311⁄16" 67" 2711⁄16" 66"W top 53K2466TBT 1580 2055
2311⁄16" 721⁄4" 2711⁄16" 72"W top 53K2472TBT 1628 2119 211⁄16"–471⁄16" 11⁄2" per second
2311⁄16" 79" 2711⁄16" 78"W top 53K2478TBT 1679 2182 Note: Adjustment range does not
2311⁄16" 85" 2711⁄16" 84"W top 53K2484TBT 1729 2248
2311⁄16" 9015⁄16" 2711⁄16" 90"W top 53K2490TBT 1780 2314 • Return bracket
Single Stage Note: Rails will extend underneath
the adjoining main surface for
connection.
How to Specify
! Model
Dual Stage designator:
SERP = Single-Stage Electric
Adjust
DERP = Dual-Stage Electric Adjust
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
IMPORTANT: Height- 544 = Silver Pearl (+10%)
adjustable table bases are 4 Foot finish:
for use with 24", 30", and 405 = Designer White
36"D tops only. 425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
IMPORTANT: Two flat 497 = Polished Aluminum (+5%)
brackets, specified 501 = Platinum Metallic
separately, are required. 514 = Carbon Metallic
➤See page 5.170. 544 = Silver Pearl

➤See page 5.331.
Page 5.328 Priority


Standard Includes
2311⁄16" 431⁄16" 2711⁄16" 42"W top 53K2442TBC $1119 $1456
2311⁄16" 491⁄16" 2711⁄16" 48"W top 53K2448TBC 1153 1500 • One electronically adjustable post leg
2311⁄16" 551⁄16" 2711⁄16" 54"W top 53K2454TBC 1189 1547 (23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W)
2311⁄16" 611⁄16" 2711⁄16" 60"W top 53K2460TBC 1226 1595 —Single-stage model adjusts from
261⁄4"–451⁄8" at 11⁄2" per second
211⁄16"–471⁄16" 11⁄2" per second
Note: Rails will extend underneath
Single Stage
the adjoining main surface for
connection.
How to Specify
! Model
Dual Stage designator:
SEEP = Single-Stage Electric
IMPORTANT: Height-
Adjust
DEEP = Dual-Stage Electric Adjust
for use with 24", 30", and 3 Rail and column finish:
36"D tops and are
intended for use as a
425 = Shadow
return base. Depending on
462 = Cinder
the depths of the main and
extension worksurfaces,
the post-leg will be inset
approximately 12"–15"
from the end of the exten-
sion worksurface.
Crank- adjust extension

post-leg models are not
available.
IMPORTANT: Two flat

brackets, specified
➤See page 5.170.
Page 5.329 Priority


Standard Includes
457⁄16" 457⁄16" 2711⁄16" 24"D x 48"W top 53K2448TBL $4251 $5525 • Two electronically adjustable T-legs
427⁄16" 427⁄16" 2711⁄16" 30"D x 48"W top 53K3048TBL 4251 5525 (23⁄8"D x 23⁄8"W)
—Single-stage model adjusts from
261⁄4"–451⁄8" at 11⁄2" per second
211⁄16"–471⁄16" 11⁄2" per second
120° Note: Adjustment range does not
515⁄16" 681⁄4" 2711⁄16" 24"D x 48"W top 53K2448TBY $4675 $6077
• Control box with up/down control
4913⁄16" 655⁄8" 2711⁄16" 30"D x 48"W top 53K3048TBY 4675 6077 switch; 10’ cord
• Post leg
How to Specify
! Model
Single Stage
designator:
SEP = Single-Stage Electric Adjust
DEP = Dual-Stage Electric Adjust
3 Height adjustment switch:
STD = Non-programmable
PROG = Programmable with digital
Dual Stage readout (+$138)
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
IMPORTANT: These
height-adjustable table
bases are for use with 5 Foot finish:
90° and 120° corner
worksurfaces only.
425 = Shadow
462 = Cinder
T-leg Casters
➤See page 5.331.
Standard Programmable 501 = Platinum Metallic
(Non-programmable) 514 = Carbon Metallic
➤See page 5.170.
544 = Silver Pearl
Page 5.330 Priority

PRIORITY™ Accessories Pricing Planning page 5.37
For Height-Adjustable Table Bases GSA SIN 711-2
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
T-Leg Casters for Height-Adjustable Bases • Set of four low-neck casters with an
21⁄16" 17⁄8" 21⁄4" 53KCST $27 M-8 thread; height is 17/8".
IMPORTANT: For use on How to Specify

individual tables only.
➤See pages 119 and 123
! Model
for planning information;
additional service parts are
required for 90° and 120°
bases.
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Snap-on Cable Manager • Cable manager: metal
For Use with Dual-Stage Electric Bases
23⁄8" 315⁄16" 16" 53K16CMSD $95
How to Specify
For Use with Single-Stage Electric Bases
! Model
23⁄8" 315⁄16" 211⁄8" 53K21CMSS $108 2 Finish:
Cable Manager 425 = Shadow
Leg 462 = Cinder
Page 5.331 Priority

PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Breakfront Desk Pricing Planning page 5.37
Breakfront Desks GSA Contract Pending

TFL Chassis TFL Chassis Wood Chassis Wood Chassis
Standard Includes
D W H Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) • Height-adjustable base
• Breakfront modesty panel
• Metal shroud
30" 60" 283⁄4" 53K3060DBHA $3705 $3941 $5076 $4521
30" 66" 283⁄4" 53K3066DBHA 3780 4016 5151 4597
How to Specify
30" 72" 283⁄4" 53K3072DBHA 3855 4091 5226 4672
! Model
Knife Rim @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
32" 60" 283⁄4" 53K3260DBHA — — $5276 $4721 LL = TFL/TFL
32" 66" 283⁄4" 53K3266DBHA — — 5351 4797 L = HPL/TFL
LW = HPL/wood
32" 72" 283⁄4" 53K3272DBHA — — 5426 4872
W = Wood/wood
3 Rim profile:
X = No grommet
(omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Chassis finish price group (include
for LW only):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
8 Chassis finish designator (omit
for W)
9 Metal shroud and base paint
designator:
405 = Designer white
462 = Cinder
501 = Platinum metallic
Other Kimball paint colors (+$334)
bl Vinyl rim finish designator (include
for LL and L models only)
Ships assembled.
Page 5.332 Priority

PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Desks Pricing Standard Includes
Desks & Components • Height-adjustable base
Facet Desk GSA Contract Pending • Metal shroud
How to Specify
TFL Top HPL Top HPL Top Wood Top Desk
D W H Model (LL) (L) (LW) (W) @ Worksurface/chassis materials:
LL = TFL/TFL
L = HPL/TFL
30" 60" 283⁄4" 53K3060DFHA $3320 $3540 $3995 $3995 LW = HPL/wood
30" 66" 283⁄4" 53K3066DFHA 3370 3590 4045 4045 W = Wood/wood
30" 72" 283⁄4" 53K3072DFHA 3419 3639 4094 4094
3 Rim profile:
32" 60" 283⁄4" 53K3260DFHA — — $4195 $4195 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
32" 66" 283⁄4" 53K3266DFHA — — 4247 4247
32" 72" 283⁄4" 53K3272DFHA — — 4299 4299 ➤See page 5.54 for designators.
X = No grommet
Related Products: (omit for LL):
STD = Group 1
D W H Model Price
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Support Rail/Wire Manager Cover Trays 6 Worksurface finish designator
1413⁄16" 5035⁄64" 239⁄64" 53K0860CTFHAP $103
for LW only):
1413⁄16" 5717⁄32" 239⁄64" 53K0866CTFHAP 110 STD = Group 1
1413⁄16" 6233⁄64" 239⁄64" 53K0872CTFHAP 117 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
for W)
9 Metal shroud and base paint
designator:
462 = Cinder
bl Vinyl rim finish designator (include
Rail/Tray
Desk ships assembled. ! Model
2 Paint price group:
Specify support rail/wire manager cover STD = Group 1
tray width to match the width of the STDM = Group M (+10%)
facet desk. 3 Paint designator
Modesty Panels
➤See page 5.335.
Page 5.333 Priority

Facet Extension Desk GSA Contract Pending • Metal shroud
How to Specify
LL = TFL/TFL
Left Hand
L = HPL/TFL
Softened or Reed Rim LW = HPL/wood
30" 60" 283⁄4" 53K2960DLFEHA $2928 $3228 $3635 $3635 W = Wood/wood
30" 66" 283⁄4" 53K2966DLFEHA 2972 3273 3681 3681
3 Rim profile:
30" 72" 283⁄4" 53K2972DLFEHA 3016 3318 3727 3727
32" 60" 283⁄4" 53K2960DLFEHA1 — — $4198 $4198 S = Knife wood (LW or W)
32" 66" 283⁄4" 53K2966DLFEHA1 — — 4244 4244
32" 72" 283⁄4" 53K2972DLFEHA1 — — 4291 4291 X = No grommet
Right Hand
(omit for LL):
Softened or Reed Rim STD = Group 1
30" 60" 283⁄4" 53K2960DRFEHA $2928 $3228 $3635 $3635 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
30" 66" 283⁄4" 53K2966DRFEHA 2972 3273 3681 3681 6 Worksurface finish designator
30" 72" 283⁄4" 53K2972DRFEHA 3016 3318 3727 3727
for LW only):
Knife Rim STD = Group 1
32" 60" 283⁄4" 53K2960DRFEHA1 — — $4198 $4198 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
32" 66" 283⁄4" 53K2966DRFEHA1 — — 4244 4244
for W)
32" 72" 283⁄4" 53K2972DRFEHA1 — — 4291 4291 9 Metal shroud and base paint
designator:
Related Products: 462 = Cinder
D W H Model Price
Support Rail/Wire Manager Cover Trays bl Vinyl rim finish designator (include
1413⁄16" 5035⁄64" 239⁄64" 53K0860CTFHAP $103
1413⁄16" 5717⁄32" 239⁄64" 53K0866CTFHAP 110 Rail/Tray
Desk ships assembled. 1413⁄16" 6233⁄64" 239⁄64" 53K0872CTFHAP 117 ! Model
Modesty Panels
➤See page 5.335.
Page 5.334 Priority

PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Desks Pricing Planning page 5.37
Modesty Panels GSA Contract Pending
For Use
with Desk Laminate Wood
Standard Includes
D W H Width Model (L) (W) • Modesty panel
For Use with Facet Desks
17⁄8"* 5023⁄64" 91⁄16" 60" 53K1260MPF $215 $533 How to Specify
17⁄8"* 5023⁄64" 91⁄16" 66" 53K1266MPF 236 571 ! Model
17⁄8"* 5023⁄64" 91⁄16" 72" 53K1272MPF 256 681 @ Material:
L = Laminate
For Use with Facet Extensions Desks W = Wood
17⁄8"* 3113⁄64" 91⁄16" 60" 53K0928MPEF $125 $350 3 Finish price group (include for W
17⁄8"* 3713⁄64" 91⁄16" 66" 53K0934MPEF 135 365 models):
STD = Group 1
17⁄8"* 4313⁄64" 91⁄16" 72" 53K0940MPEF 145 390
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
*Depth includes the bracket with 3⁄4"-thick modesty panel.
Page 5.335 Priority

In-Line Desk GSA Contract Pending • Metal shroud
How to Specify
LL = TFL/TFL
L = HPL/TFL
24" 48" 283⁄4" 53K2448DIHA $3066 $3395 $3707 $3707 LW = HPL/wood
24" 54" 283⁄4" 53K2454DIHA 3110 3445 3750 3750 W = Wood/wood
24" 60" 283⁄4" 53K2460DIHA 3155 3494 3793 3793
3 Rim profile:
24" 66" 283⁄4" 53K2466DIHA 3199 3544 3836 3836
24" 72" 283⁄4" 53K2472DIHA 3244 3593 3879 3879 M = Reed wood (LW or W)
Knife Rim 4 Worksurface grommet option:
25" 48" 283⁄4" 53K2548DIHA — — $3887 $3887 ➤See page 5.54 for designators.
25" 54" 283⁄4" 53K2554DIHA — — 3933 3933 X = No grommet
25" 60" 283⁄4" 53K2560DIHA — — 3978 3978
(omit for LL):
25" 66" 283⁄4" 53K2566DIHA — — 4023 4023 STD = Group 1
25" 72" 283⁄4" 53K2572DIHA — — 4068 4068 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Related Products: for LW only):
For Use STD = Group 1
with Desk STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
D W H Width Model Price 8 Chassis finish designator (omit
for W)
Support Rail/Wire Manager Cover Trays 9 Metal shroud and base paint
1413⁄16" 423⁄4" 239⁄64" 48" 53K0848CTIHAP $89 designator:
1413⁄16" 483⁄4" 239⁄64" 54" 53K0854CTIHAP 96 405 = Designer white
462 = Cinder
1413⁄16" 543⁄4" 239⁄64" 60" 53K0860CTIHAP 103
1413⁄16" 603⁄4" 239⁄64" 66" 53K0866CTIHAP 110 Other Kimball paint colors (+$334)
1413⁄16" 663⁄4" 239⁄64" 72" 53K0872CTIHAP 117 bl Vinyl rim finish designator (include
Rail/Tray
Desk ships assembled. ! Model
Modesty Panels
➤See page 5.335.
Page 5.336 Priority

PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Components Pricing Standard Includes
Desks & Components • Top
Component Tops for Use with Low Storage GSA Contract Pending • P, F, or M rim on four sides; knife rim
(S) on user side only (flat back and
side edges)

(LL) (L) (LW) (W) (1LW) (1W) How to Specify
D W H* Model P Rim P Rim F/M Rim F/M Rim S Rim S Rim ! Model
Component Tops
HALL = TFL with P rim
24" 251⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2430CPT $205 $280 $468 $468 $528 $528 HAL = HPL with P rim
24" 361⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2436CPT 216 306 492 492 535 535 HALW = HPL with F or M wood rim
24" 60" 13⁄16" 53K2460CPT 348 379 575 575 631 631 HAW = Wood with F or M wood
rim
24" 7215⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2472CPT 383 449 647 647 710 710
1HALW = HPL with S wood rim
24" 8915⁄16" 13⁄16" 53K2490CPT 427 550 755 755 830 830 1HAW = Wood with S wood rim
24" 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 53K24108CPT — 685 908 908 996 996 3 Rim profile:
*Knife rim tops are 3⁄16" deeper than softened or reed rim tops. Rim overhangs 3⁄16" on the user side.
4 Notch option:
X = No notch
Facet leg notches, no wall panel:
FLNC = Center (+$64)
FLNL = Left (+$64)
FLNR = Right (+$64)
Facet leg notches, with wall panel:
FLN1C = Center (+$64)
FLN1L = Left (+$64)
FLN1R = Right (+$64)
Square leg notches, no wall panel:
SLNC = Center (+$64)
SLNL = Left (+$64)
SLNR = Right (+$64)
Square leg notches, with wall panel:
SLN1C = Center (+$64)
SLN1L = Left (+$64)
SLN1R = Right (+$64)
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
STD = Group 1
Component tops may be specified to STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
span more than one low storage unit. 8 Rim finish designator (omit for W
and 1W models)
Page 5.337 Priority
PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Components Pricing Planning page 5.37
22"H Low Storage GSA Contract Pending

Standard Includes
• Finished front and sides
Open with Two Fixed Shelves • Open top
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" — 53K243022PUOSHA $780 $1510 • Inset back panel to allow clearance
231⁄2" 351⁄8" 213⁄8" — 53K243622PUOSHA 818 1682 for height-adjustable leg
• Anti-tip device on open/lateral file
model
Open/Lateral File
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53K243022PUOSLFHA $897 $1599 How to Specify
231⁄2" 351⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53K243622PUOSLFHA 935 1627 ! Model
@ Material:
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option (include for open/
lateral file model only):
X = Non-locking
core (+$69)
core (+$69)
5 End panel grommet:
X = None
EPGL = End panel grommet left
corner (+$64)
EPGR = End panel grommet right
corner (+$64)
EPGLR = End panel grommet left
and right corner (+$128)
L model):
STD = Group 1
Component Tops STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See page 00. 7 Wood finish designator (omit for L
model)
Cushion Tops 8 Front laminate designator (omit for
Extra 15”D Shelves
➤See page 5.244
for W model)
Page 5.338 Priority WD = Wood interior drawers
Kimball Desks & Accessories (+5%)
PRIORITY™ Height-Adjustable Components Pricing Planning page 5.37
22"H Low Storage, continued GSA Contract Pending

Standard Includes
• Finished front and sides
Box/Lateral File • Open top
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53K243022PUBLFHA $1063 $1709 • Inset back panel or rail to allow
231⁄2" 351⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53K243622PUBLFHA 1101 1737 clearance for height-adjustable leg
• Anti-tip device on open/lateral file
model
Box/Hinged Door
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53K243022PUBHDHA $1141 $1702 How to Specify
231⁄2" 351⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53K243622PUBHDHA 1179 1730 ! Model
@ Material:
L = Laminate
W = Wood
Hinged Door 3 Pull option:
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53K243022PUHDHA $988 $1177 ➤See page 5.55 for designators.
231⁄2" 351⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53K243622PUHDHA 1026 1819
4 Lock option:
X = Non-locking
Trash Receptacle KRB = Key random, black lock
231⁄2" 2915⁄16" 213⁄8" 1 53K243022PUTRHA $1195 $1809 core (+$69)
231⁄2" 351⁄8" 213⁄8" 1 53K243622PUTRHA 1233 1837
core (+$69)
5 End panel grommet:
X = None
EPGL = End panel grommet left
corner (+$64)
EPGR = End panel grommet right
corner (+$64)
EPGLR = End panel grommet left
and right corner (+$128)
L model):
STD = Group 1
Component Tops STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
➤See page 00. 7 Wood finish designator (omit for L
model)
Cushion Tops 8 Front laminate designator (omit for
Extra 15”D Shelves
➤See page 5.244
for W model)
Page 5.339 Priority WD = Wood interior drawers
Kimball Desks & Accessories (+5%)
PRIORITY™ Occasional Tables Pricing Planning page 5.37
GSA SIN 711-11
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
End Table • Table
Softened (F) or Reed Rim (M) • Ships ready to assemble
24" 24" 201⁄2" 53K2424CN $1047
Knife Rim (S) How to Specify
26" 26" 201⁄2" 53K2626CN $1181 ! Model
@ Material:
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
F = Softened
M = Reed
S = Knife
4 Top finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Top finish designator
wood top):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood top)
Top and rim finish on wood top

models is the same.
Page 5.340 Priority

PRIORITY™ Wood F Surface Materials
Planning page 5.37

Reference Guide at www.kimball.com for Wood
a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Group 1 Group 2
materials program, including: • Priority worksurfaces & tables MC Amber Cherry CS Coco Sapele
• Characteristics of wood • Priority storage CC Cordoba Cherry SS Sienna Sapele
• Special wood finishes MH Mocha Cherry
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) SC Sedona Cherry CZ Clear Zebrawood
• Fabric application and colorways IM Brighton Maple
• Customer’s own material (COM) TM Huntington Maple
overview
• Alliance program ES Espresso Walnut
• TB133 process MW Midtown Walnut
TW Tribeca Walnut
UW Urban Walnut
CO Canyon Straight Grain

DF Driftwood Straight Grain
YO Monterey Straight Grain
Page 5.341 Priority

PRIORITY™ Laminate Surface Materials Planning page 5.37

Reference Guide at www.kimball.com for HPL
a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Woodgrain Solid Pattern
materials program, including: • Worksurfaces & tables MC Amber Cherry 480 Antique White 874 Bronze Legacy
• Characteristics of wood • Wall panels CC Cordoba Cherry 403 Chamois 842 Canyon Zephyr
• Special wood finishes MH Mocha Cherry 462 Cinder 823 Carbon Evolv
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) SC Sedona Cherry 440 Cloud 841 Desert Zephyr
• Customer-specified paint (CSP) 405 Designer White 862 Grey Glace
• Fabric application and colorways IM Brighton Maple 450 Fog 844 Loden Zephyr
• Customer’s own material (COM) TM Huntington Maple 488 Frosty White 843 Misted Zephyr
overview 461 Graphite 846 Morro Zephyr
• Alliance program MW Midtown Walnut 416 Putty 812 Mushroom Tigris
• TB133 process TW Tribeca Walnut 420 Sandstone 808 Nickel Evolv
UW Urban Walnut 425 Shadow 807 Silcon Evolv
IMPORTANT: Woodgrain laminate is a 460 Storm 873 Tawny Legacy
commercially compatible match to the CO Canyon Straight Grain 419 Wallaby 805 Titanium Evolv
wood finish of the same name and des- DF Driftwood Straight Grain 809 Tungsten Evolv
ignator with consideration for the most YO Monterey Straight Grain 802 White Nebula
common application—laminate surfaces NW Tuscan Straight Grain 814 White Tigris
on a wood chassis. When laminate and
wood are mixed in other applications, CZ Clear Zebrawood
the flip that occurs naturally in veneer
may influence the overall match from
TFL
piece to piece.
Applies to: Woodgrain Solid
Customer-specified laminate is • Worksurfaces & tables MC Amber Cherry 480 Antique White
available on: • Wall panels CC Cordoba Cherry 403 Chamois
• HPL worksurfaces • Storage with TFL fronts/chassis MH Mocha Cherry 462 Cinder
• HPL tables • Center drawers SC Sedona Cherry 440 Cloud
➤See the Kimball Surface Materials 405 Designer White
Reference Guide. IM Brighton Maple 450 Fog
TM Huntington Maple 488 Frosty White
461 Graphite
MW Midtown Walnut 420 Sandstone
TW Tribeca Walnut 425 Shadow
UW Urban Walnut 460 Storm
419 Wallaby
CO Canyon Straight Grain
DF Driftwood Straight Grain
YO Monterey Straight Grain
CZ Clear Zebrawood
Page 5.342 Priority

PRIORITY™ Paint and Non-Paint Surface Materials Planning page 5.37

Reference Guide at www.kimball.com for Paint
a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Group 1 Group 211 1 Available
on assembled height-
materials program, including: • Round support columns 480 Antique White 111 Apricot Orange adjustable desks only
• Characteristics of wood • Top caps 427 Barley 106 Cloud Blue
2 Notavailable on static and mobile fixed-
• Special wood finishes • Slat tiles 437 Cement 107 Dark Blue
height column legs.
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) • Fabric privacy screen frames 403 Chamois 113 Golden Rod
• Customer-specified paint (CSP) • Static and mobile fixed-height 462 Cinder 105 Spinach Green 3 Available
on static and mobile fixed-
• Fabric application and colorways column legs 440 Cloud 112 Tango Red
height column legs only.
• Customer’s own material (COM) • Assembled height-adjustable desks 485 Dark Chocolate
overview 405 Designer White Group M2
• Alliance program 453 Environmental Grey 514 Carbon Metallic
• TB133 process 459 Featherstone 507 Patina Metallic
450 Fog 501 Platinum Metallic
IMPORTANT: Due to the reflective quali- 488 Frosty White 505 Satin Bronze Metallic
ties of metallic paint, variations in color 461 Graphite 544 Silver Pearl
may occur. 445 Moon Beam 504 Taupe Metallic
416 Putty
For items not listed here, refer to the 420 Sandstone Non-Paint3
applicable pricing pages for finish avail- 425 Shadow 490 Polished Chrome
ability. 465 Smoke
460 Storm
IMPORTANT: Use Etools to confirm 429 Tantalum
finish availability and upcharges that 419 Wallaby
apply per model number.
Applies to: Group 1 Group M 4 Notavailable on square fluted support

• Square fluted support column 462 Cinder 514 Carbon Metallic7 column.
• Adjustable height U-legs 405 Designer White7 501 Platinum Metallic
5 Available
on static and mobile height-
• Support rails and brackets 425 Shadow4,7 510 Silver Frost Metallic4,5
adjustable column leg only.
• Bridge kit 544 Silver Pearl7
• Open-frame legs & U-legs 6 Available on T-leg foot only.
• 90° & 120° corner supports Non-Paint6
• Starter brackets & stanchions 497 Polished Aluminum 7 Notavailable on static and mobile
• Resin privacy screen brackets height-adjustable column legs.
• Center-mount brackets & dividers
• Round & square metal bases
• T-leg bases
• Post-extension T-leg base
• Snap-on cable manager
• Static and mobile height-adjustable
column legs
Page 5.343 Priority

PRIORITY™ Vinyl and Resin Surface Materials Planning page 5.37

Reference Guide at www.kimball.com for Vinyl
a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Woodgrain1 Solid 1 Not
available on worksurface wire
materials program, including: • Softened rim (P) on worksurfaces MC Amber Cherry 480 Antique White manager.
• Characteristics of wood • Worksurface wire manager IM Brighton Maple 403 Chamois
• Special wood finishes CO Canyon Straight Grain 462 Cinder
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) CZ Clear Zebrawood 440 Cloud
• Customer-specified paint (CSP) CC Cordoba Cherry 485 Dark Chocolate
• Fabric application and colorways TM Huntington Maple 405 Designer White
• Customer’s own material (COM) MW Midtown Walnut 450 Fog
overview MH Mocha Cherry 488 Frosty White
• Alliance program YO Monterey Straight Grain 461 Graphite
• TB133 process SC Sedona Cherry 420 Sandstone
TW Tribeca Walnut 425 Shadow
NW Tuscan Straight Grain 460 Storm
UW Urban Walnut 419 Wallaby
Resin
Applies to: Resin 2 10% upcharge for Alpine White.
• Privacy screens 22 Alpine White2
23 Mist
24 Breeze
Page 5.344 Priority

PRIORITY™ Fabric and Upholstery Surface Materials Planning page 5.37

Applies to: Kimball Panel Fabric
Reference Guide at www.kimball.com for
• Slat/fabric tiles Price Grades A–E
a complete overview of the Kimball
• Fabric tiles
• Privacy screens
• Special wood finishes Reference Guide at
• Customer-specified laminate (CSL) www.kimball.com for the most
• Customer-specified paint (CSP) up-to-date list of available panel
• Fabric application and colorways fabric patterns.
overview
• Alliance program Applies to: Kimball Panel Fabric Kimball Seating Fabric
• TB133 process • Tackboards Price Grades A–E (Upholstery)
• Wall panels Price Grades 1–6
➤See the Surface Materials Chambray, Network, or
up-to-date list of available panel ➤See the Surface Materials
fabric patterns.
Applies to: Kimball Seating Fabric

• Mobile cushion-top pedestals (Upholstery)
• Cushion tops Price Grades 1–6

Reference Guide at
fabric patterns.
Page 5.345 Priority

PRIORITY™ Notes Planning page 5.37
Page 5.346 Priority

TRANSCEND ®
Revision 03.14.19
Transitional Desks
➤See page
Statement of Line page 6.2
Planning 6.5
Overview 6.5
Technology Management page 6.6
Integrating with Traxx & Tiles page 6.8
Typical Configurations page 6.9
Filing Capabilities page 6.11
Locking Information 6.12
Pricing page 6.13
Double-Pedestal Desks page 6.13
Single-Pedestal Desks page 6.14
U- and P-Shaped Desks page 6.16
Executive Returns page 6.17
Bridges page 6.18
Credenzas page 6.19
Lateral Files page 6.22
Worksurfaces page 6.23
Modesty & Support Panels 6.25
Undersurface Pedestals page 6.26
Mobile Pedestals page 6.28
Vertical Storage page 6.29
Horizontal Organizers page 6.34
Set-on-Surface Storage page 6.35
Freestanding Bookcases page 6.38
Lowback Organizers page 6.39
Transaction Counters page 6.39
Overhead Storage page 6.40
Highback Organizers page 6.42
Component Tops page 6.44
Accessories page 6.46
Tables page 6.47
Wood and Laminate 6.48
Paint and Non-Paint 6.49
Fabric and Upholstery 6.50
Page 6.1 Transcend
TRANSCEND ®
Built-Up Desks & Storage Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
Transitional Desks rounded to the nearest inch. Refer
actual dimensions.
Double-Pedestal Desks Single-Pedestal Desks U-Shaped Desks P-Shaped Desks Executive Returns
• = Arc worksurface Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models.
n = Rectangular worksurface • = Arc worksurface, ➤See page 6.16 to specify. ➤See page 6.16 to specify. ➤See page 6.17 to specify.
➤See page 6.13 to specify. ➤See page 6.14.
n = Rectangular worksurface,
➤See page 6.15.
67"W 73"W 67"W 73"W 72"W 72"W 43"W 49"W

31"D n 31"D n 36"D • 36"D • 36"D • •
37"D • n 37"D • n
43"D • 43"D •
Bridges Storage Credenzas Kneespace Credenzas Single-Pedestal Credenzas Lateral Files

➤See page 6.18 to specify. ➤See page 6.19 to specify. ➤See page 6.19 to specify. Available in left and right models. • = Two-drawer models
• = Lateral file n = Two-drawer models
n = File/file ➤See page 6.22 to specify.
37"W 43"W 49"W 67"W 73"W 67"W 73"W 67"W 73"W 29"H 54"H
25"D • • • 24"D • • 24"D • • 24"D n n • 24"D • n
Page 6.2 Transcend

Statement of Line
TRANSCEND ®
Components & Storage Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
actual dimensions.
U-Shaped Worksurfaces P-Shaped Worksurfaces Credenza Worksurfaces Modesty Panels Undersurface Support Panels
Available in left and right models. Available in left and right models. ➤See page 6.24 to specify. ➤See page 6.25 to specify. ➤See page 6.25 to specify.
72"W 72"W 37"W 73"W 85"W 97"W 109"W 24"W 30"W 36"W 42"W 48"W 27"H
36"D • 36"D • 24"D • • • • • 25"H • • • • • 12"D •
Undersurface and Vertical Storage Horizontal Organizers Set-on-Surface Bookcases Set-on-Surface Bookcase
Mobile Pedestals Available in a variety of storage ➤See page 6.34 to specify. • = Open shelves Organizers
Available in a variety of storage configurations. n = Wood door(s) n = Wood door
configurations. ➤See page 6.29 for 43"H models. ▲ = Glass door(s) ▲ = Glass
➤See page 6.26 for 18"W models. ➤See pages 6.30 –6.31 for 54"H ➤See pages 6.35 – 6.36. ➤See page 6.37 to specify.
➤See page 6.27 for 36"W models. models.
➤See page 6.28 for mobile models. ➤See pages 6.32– 6.33 for 67"H
models.
18"W 36"W 36"W 72"W 18"W 36"W 18"W
• • •n▲ •n▲ 15"D n▲
24"D • • 18/19"W 36/37"W
14"D 15"D
24"D • •
Page 6.3 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Storage and Accessories Statement of Line below are nominal and have been
actual dimensions.
Freestanding Bookcases Lowback Organizer Transaction Counters Overhead Storage Highback Organizers
➤See page 6.38 to specify. ➤See page 6.39 to specify. ➤See page 6.39 to specify. • = Plain-sliced wood doors • = Plain-sliced wood doors
n = Diamond-matched wood doors n = Diamond-matched wood doors
▲ = Glass doors ▲ = Glass doors
28"H 52"H 67"H 72/73"W 73"W ➤See page 6.40 for wall mount or ➤See page 6.42 to specify.
suspended models.
36"W • • • 15"D • 15"D • ➤See page 6.41 for Traxx mount
models.
36"W 54"W 66"W 72"W 36"W 54"W 66"W 72"W 108"W

15"D •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ 15"D •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲ •n▲
Tackboards Component Tops Accessories Conference Table Top and Base Occasional Tables
For use with highback organizers. ➤See page 6.44 for use on bookcases Project trays, storage cubbies, and ➤See page 6.47 to specify. ➤See page 6.47 to specify.
➤See page 6.43 to specify. highback organizers, and overheads. shelves for use with single-pedestal
➤See page 6.45 for use with desks and credenzas are available.
vertical storage. ➤See page 6.46 to specify.
28"W 34"W 52"W 58"W Various

15"D • • • • 15"D •
64"W 70"W 82"W 94"W
24"D •
15"D • • • •
Page 6.4 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Overview Planning Planning page 6.5
Transitional Desks Pricing page 6.13
Worksurfaces are 13⁄16" thick, Rim Profiles:

Exterior surfaces are available in the Details
3-ply balanced construction
following veneers:
with a 1⁄2" wide solid wood rim. Joints are securely fastened with
• Cherry (plain sliced, slip matched)
screws, glue, and solid hardwood
• Maple (plain sliced, slip matched)
cleats to ensure maximum strength.
• Walnut (plain sliced, book matched)
• Sapele (quarter sliced, slip matched) GR Groove RD Ridge
Drawer suspensions feature black
premium veneer; upcharge applies
slides with precision steel ball bearings
Veneers are carefully selected and
to ensure long lasting, quiet, and
matched to assure proper balance Door Patterns:
smooth operation. Box drawer sus-
and consistency.
pensions are 3⁄4 extension. File and
lateral file drawers are full extension.

file drawers and accommodate Plain-sliced Diamond- 12 Crisscross
various filing requirements. Wood matched Glass
Hinged access doors for cable rout-
Wood
ing are located on the approach side
Rims on adjoining worksurfaces
of desks.
(e.g., single-pedestal desk to a
return) are miter cut to ensure a clean, Pull Options:
flush fit.
Wood-door storage is available in

Face-mounted locks are standard plain-sliced or diamond-matched
on all desks, credenzas, returns, and veneer on selected models.
undersurface pedestals. Lock cylin- 51 Camber 52 Bridge 53 Sweep
ders are removable if rekeying is nec- Glass-door storage features a
essary. Key random and key crisscross glass pattern. Glass is
specific options are available. tempered.
➤See page 6.12 for lock information.
Hinged modesty panels are stan-
dard on all bridges and returns for 54 Sway 59 Funnel
access to wall outlets.
Note: Funnel pull is standard on high-
back organizers, bookcase organizers,
Pedestals are legal width on most and overhead storage doors only.
models.
Drawer fronts are 3⁄4" thick, 3-ply Metal worksurface grommets are Pull Finishes:
construction with vertically matched available factory installed; upcharge CM Carbon Metallic
grain. 5-sided drawer construction applies. Grommets are also available MB Matte Black
allows easy removal of drawer fronts. for field installation. SN Satin Nickel
Note: Specify option and finish together
in one step. Example:
51MB = Camber pull, matte black
Page 6.5 Transcend
TRANSCEND ®
Modesty panels on bridges and Optional, factory-installed pop-up Modesty Panels:

returns are hinged for access to wall power/data center provides
outlets. connectivity directly on the
worksurface; upcharge applies.
Optional, factory-installed grom-

mets are available on desks, returns, Modesty panels on returns and
bridges credenzas, and component bridges are recessed 3"
Undersurface wire manager, speci- from the back edge of the worksur-
fied separately, helps manage cords worksurfaces; upcharge applies.
and cables below the worksurface. ➤See next page for details and face to create an area to store
cords and cables. Recessed mod-
grommet locations.
esty panel allows the whole unit to
be placed flush against the wall.
Power outlet strip, specified sepa-

rately, provides electrical below the
worksurface.
Hinged modesty panel on returns
and bridges swing inward to allow
easy access to all outlets.
Cord openings under worksurface

Keyboard Kits:
are standard in kneespace of all
assembled desks for routing cords Keyboard kits that comply to
Hinged access doors allow access ANSI/HFES Method 2 are available.
and cables.
to cable routing compartment. Both ➤See the Perks chapter in the
single- and double-pedestal desks fea- Kimball Desks & Accessories
ture two access doors, one on the left Price List.
and one on the right on the approach
side.
Grommet Designators:
A structural panel separates the
drawers from the cable routing com- Opening below hinged access G7MB = Matte Black
partment to prevent unwanted access door allows cord to enter or exit the G7SN = Satin Nickel
to the drawer contents. cable routing compartment on the
approach side.
Page 6.6 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
continued
Cord Opening Locations: Worksurface Grommets: Power/Data Centers:
Top of arc
21⁄2"
Back Edge
Left Right Center of

Kneespace
7⁄8"
Open Closed
Arc Desks Returns
Double and single-pedestal desks, Pop-up power/data center is available
Metal worksurface grommets (G7) are Grommet to top of arc 131⁄4" Grommet to back edge 5"
credenzas, and returns feature a cord factory installed in any standard grom-
opening on the kneespace side of available as a factory-installed option Grommet to side edge 5" met location; upcharge applies.
each pedestal just below the or separately for field installation;
upcharge applies. Back Edge
worksurface. Standard features include:
Approach Side
Center
• Anodized aluminum (MB matte
Dimensions shown at right are from Right black)
Left
center of grommet to edge of Bridges • Fluid, one-touch accessibility
worksurface.
Grommet to back edge 5" • Two simplex power outlets
Note: If specifying a center location, Rectangular Desks • Two blank voice/data ports
be sure there is clearance under the
grommet opening to avoid conflict Grommet to approach side 71⁄4" • Voice/data adapter kit to accept
with undersurface storage. couplers and jacks
24"D modular undersurface pedestals Grommet to side edge 5"
• 6’ 15-amp power card
feature two cord openings (with black
grommets); one in the back upper • 47⁄16"D x 85⁄16"W
corner of each pedestal side panel. Back Edge
Left Center Right

Cable channel located along the top
edge of the back panel allows cords
Credenzas and Component Work-
to be routed horizontally through
surfaces (freestanding)
adjoining pedestals or dropped verti-
cally anywhere along the cable chan- Grommet to approach side 5"
nel.
Grommet to side edge 5"
Page 6.7 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Integrating with Traxx and Tiles Planning Planning page 6.5
Traxx can be mounted to most inte- Overhead storage can be mounted Traxx Installation Heights:
rior walls, including steel or wood stud to upper Traxx. Traxx should be installed at heights
walls, masonry block, or solid to correspond with the appropriate
masonry walls. application.
Upper Traxx
503⁄8"
383⁄8"
787⁄8"
Lower Traxx 667⁄8"
Tiles mount between upper and
lower Traxx to add functionality to the 281⁄2" 281⁄2"
workspace.
Overhead Cabinets 667⁄8"H

Conferencing Solutions 787⁄8"H
➤See the Traxx chapter in the

Kimball Panel Systems Price List
for Traxx and tiles planning and
pricing information.

Fabric and standard marker board
tiles can be scribed in the field to
meet individual requirements. Kimball Panel Systems Price List
for worksurface brackets for Traxx
U- and P-shaped worksurfaces supported worksurfaces.
and bridges without modesty
panels can be mounted to lower
Traxx.
Note: Credenza worksurfaces
(page 345) are not designed for Traxx
applications.
Page 6.8 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Typical Configurations Planning Planning page 6.5
Executive U The configurations shown at left

are typical of those possible with
Description Base Model* Qty Price
Transcend components. Many
43"D x 73"W single-pedestal desk with arc top (right) 15K4373DRFAW1 1 $4828 more configurations are possible
25"D x 48"W bridge with modesty 15K2548BEFW 1 1716 to fit your installation.
24"D x 72"W single-pedestal lateral file credenza (left) 15K2472CLFW6 1 4302
72"W lowback organizer 15K7215LBSW 1 3374 Right configurations are shown;
24"D x 43"H storage/lateral file 15K3643VHSLW 1 4566 left units can easily be configured.
Total $18786 ➤See appropriate pricing pages for
model numbers.
Description Base Model* Qty Price To price a configuration, simply

37"D x 73"W P-shaped desk with modesty panel (right) 15K3773DPRFW 1 $4702 add the prices of the individual
25"D x 42"W bridge with modesty 15K2542BEFW 1 1648 components together.
24"D x 72"W single-pedestal file/file credenza (left) 15K2472CLFW2 1 3756
24"D x 36"W worksurface 15K2436WSSW 1 829 * Check the appropriate pricing
24"D x 36"W multi-file pedestal 15K2436PUBBFLW 1 2714 page for the complete model
72"W highback organizer 15K7238HBHW 1 4144 number that includes the finish.
18"W set-on-surface bookcase (left) 15K1838BCHLW 1 2131
18"W set-on-surface bookcase organizer (right) 15K1838BCSHRW 1 2181
Project trays 15K1216T 5 (each) 346
Total $23835

37"D x 73"W U-shaped desk with modesty panel (left) 15K3773DULFW 1 $4229
25"D x 36"W bridge without modesty panel 15K2536BEXW 1 876
24"D x 73"W single-pedestal box/box/file credenza (right) 15K2473CRFW1 1 3771
96"W highback organizer 15K9638HBHW 1 5768
15"D x 97"W component top 15K1597CPTW 1 1100
94"W x 16"H tackboard AC9416TBK 1 523
Total $16267
L Configuration
37"D x 73"W single-pedestal desk (right) 15K3773DRFW1 1 $4418
24"D x 43"W file/file return (left) 15K2543RLEFW2 1 2970
15"D x 73"W transaction counter 15K7315TCW 1 2347
24"D x 54"H vertical storage/wardrobe 15K3654VWSFW 1 5077
24"D x 54"H 4-drawer lateral file 15K2436LFF4W 2 (each) 4606
Total $24024
Page 6.9 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Typical Configurations Planning Planning page 6.5
continued
Wall Units The configurations shown at left

Description Base Model* Qty Price are typical of those possible with
Transcend components. Many
37"D x 73"W double-pedestal desk 15K3773DDFW8 1 $4679
more configurations are possible
24"D x 109"W worksurface 15K24109WSSW 1 1452
24"D x 36"W multi-file pedestal 15K2436PUBBFLW 1 2714 to fit your installation.
24"D x 36"W hinged-door storage 15K2436PUHW 1 2322
36"W modesty panel 15K3625MPW 1 667 Right configurations are shown;
72"W highback organizer 15K7238HBHW 1 4144 left units can easily be configured.
18"W set-on-surface bookcase organizer (left) 15K1838BCSHLW 1 2181 ➤See appropriate pricing pages for
18"W set-on-surface bookcase organizer (right) 15K1838BCSHRW 1 2181 model numbers.
109"W component top 15K15109CPTW 1 1336
Total $22343 To price a configuration, simply
add the prices of the individual
components together.
* Check the appropriate pricing
43"D x 73"W arc-top double-pedestal desk 15K4373DDFAW8 1 $5634 page for the complete model
24"D x 72"W kneespace credenza 15K2472CKFW8 1 4363 number that includes the finish.
72"W overhead cabinet (suspended) 15K7218SOHW 1 3791
24"D x 36"W vertical storage/lateral file 15K3668VHF2W 1 5645
24"D x 36"W vertical storage/wardrobe 15K3668VHHW 1 5232
Total $24665

36"D x 72"W arc double-pedestal desk 15K3773DDFAW8 1 $5329
24"D x 72"W storage credenza 15K2472CSFW8 1 4770
36"W set-on open bookcases 15K3638BCOW 2 (each) 1687
24"D x 18"W storage wardrobe (right) 15K1868VWHRW 1 3802
24"D x 18"W storage wardrobe (left) 15K1868VWHLW 1 3802
72"W component top 15K1572CPTW 1 839
18"W component top 15K2418CPTW 2 (each) 750
Total $23416
Page 6.10 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Filing Capabilities Planning Planning page 6.5
Interior Dimensions Standard Filing Capabilities Paper Reference:

Inside Inside Inside • Legal size paper is 81⁄2" x 14".
Description Type Depth Width Height Front-to-Back Side-to-Side • Letter size paper is 81⁄2" x 11".
Desks • EDP size paper is 81⁄2" x 147⁄8.
Double-pedestal desks: Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — — IMPORTANT: For all pedestals
43x73 (Arc Top), 37x73 (Rect. Top) File 25" 15" 9" Legal Legal, double letter, and EDP where legal front-to-back filing is
Double-pedestal desks: Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — — standard, letter front-to-back filing is
possible by specifying universal file
37x73 (Arc Top), 31x67 (Rect. Top) File 17" 15" 9" Legal Legal, letter, and EDP
bars separately.
Single-pedestal desks: 48x73 & Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — — ➤See the Perks chapter in the
43x73 (Arc Top), 37x73 (Rect. Top) File 25" 15" 9" Legal Legal, double letter, and EDP Kimball Desks & Accessories
Price List.
Single-pedestal desks: Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
37x73 (Arc Top) & all extended tops File 17" 15" 9" Legal Legal, letter, and EDP
Single-pedestal desks: Box 17" 111⁄2" 3" — —
31x67 (Rect. Top) File 17" 12" 9" Letter Legal, letter, and EDP
Returns
25x49, 25x43 Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
Credenzas
Storage and Kneespace Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
Single-pedestal credenzas: Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
24x72, 24x73 File 17" 15" 9" Legal Legal, letter, and EDP
Single-pedestal credenzas: Box 17" 111⁄2" 3" — —
24x66, 24x67 File 17" 12" 9" Letter Legal, letter, and EDP
Lateral Files Lateral 15" 323⁄8" 9" Legal, letter, and EDP Legal, letter, and EDP
Undersurface Pedestals Box 17" 141⁄2" 3" — —
Component & mobile File 17" 15" 9" Legal Legal, letter, and EDP
Center Drawers
22 x 36 17" 323⁄8" 11⁄2" — —
22 x 30 17" 263⁄8" 11⁄2" — —
22 x 18 17" 141⁄2" 11⁄2" — —
Page 6.11 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Locking Information Planning Planning page 6.5
Locking storage units can be Key Random Option: Key Specific Option: Standard key that ships with the lock
specified as: core can be used for the initial installa- Pricing
When key random option is selected, When key specific option is selected,
• Key random key numbers will be assigned the storage unit will be pre-drilled to tion of the lock core in the field. Model/Key Range Price
• Key specific arbitrarily at the factory with key accept a lock core; however, no lock
numbers ranging from cores will be shipped standard with Change key model KCCB1CK
Black lock cores with black KCCB001 to KCCB300. the unit. If lock cores are standard on allows removal of lock cores within
hinged keys are identical to the ones the unit, the price of the unit is these key ranges:
used with systems products. KCCB***
Randomly numbered lock core(s) will reduced by the price of the lock core KCCB001–KCCB300 Black Lock Core with
models are for use with: or cores. KCCE001–KCCE100 Black Hinged Key
ship standard along with your order
• Definition KCCG001–KCCG100
for field installation. KCCB001 to KCCB300 † $27
• Priority KCCH080–KCCH099
You must specify lock core(s)
• Transcend
separately for key specific option;
IMPORTANT: A change key, specified
specify any key number from
separately, is required to remove lock Change Key
KCCB001 to KCCB300. KCCB1CK † $9
➤Contact Customer Service for avail-
cores in the field.
KCC*001 KCC*002 KCC*001 able key number range for black lock Master key model KC2GMK will
cores with round keys. unlock any lock within these key Master Key
ranges: KC2GMK † $15
KCCB001–KCCB300
KCCE001–KCCE100
KCCG001–KCCG100 How to Specify
KCCH080–KCCH099
KCC*003 KCC*005
! Specify exact key number for
KCC*001 lock cores as the model number
or model number for change or
With random keying, different furniture master key.
units may or may not have the same
KCC*005
key number. If you must have all locks
keyed differently or all locks keyed the
same, choose the key specific option.
KCC*005
To key all the furniture units in a work-

station or department alike, choose
the key specific option and order the
quantity of locks needed for your
installation.
Page 6.12 Transcend

Standard Includes
• Two pedestals: legal width
TRANSCEND ®
Double-Pedestal Desks Pricing • One lock per pedestal
Transitional Desks • Breakfront modesty panel
GSA SIN 711-8 • Two hinged access doors
• Cord opening in kneespace side of
each pedestal, just below the
worksurface
End Kneespace Kneespace Approach

D W H Depth Width Height Overhang Model Price How to Specify
Arc Top Desk
363⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 30" 36" 273⁄4" 6" 15K3773DDFA $5329 ! Model
423⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 36" 273⁄4" 6" 15K4373DDFA 5634
W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
User side
1 = BBF/BBF 2 = FF/FF
8 = BBF/FF 9 = FF/BBF
Approach side 4 Rim profile:
GR = Groove RD = Ridge
5 Pull option: ➤See page 6.5.
Rectangular Top 6 Lock option:
303⁄4" 663⁄4" 287⁄8" 30" 30" 273⁄4" — 15K3167DDF $4512 KRB = Key random
KSB = Key specific (-$54);
363⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 36" 273⁄4" — 15K3773DDF 4679
specify two lock core separately
7 Left technology mgmt option:
User side G7MB = Grommet, matte black
(+$66)
G7SN = Grommet, satin nickel
Approach side
(+$66)
PC2MB = Power/data center,
matte black (+$418)
Related Products: X = None
8 Right technology mgmt option:
D W H Model Description Price ➤See step 7 for designators.
Center Drawers 9 Worksurface finish price group:
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
213⁄4 " 293⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2230CD For use with 663⁄4"W desk $374 bl Worksurface finish designator
213⁄4" 353⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2236CD For use with 727⁄8"W desk 418 bm Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
bn Rim finish designator (omit for
wood worksurface)
Center Drawer
! Model
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Page 6.13 Transcend

Standard Includes
• One pedestal: legal width
TRANSCEND ®
Single-Pedestal Desks Pricing • One lock per pedestal
Arc Top GSA SIN 711-8 • Two hinged access doors
worksurface.
End Kneespace Kneespace Approach

D W H Depth Width Height Overhang Model Price How to Specify
Pedestal on Right Desk
363⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 30" 54" 273⁄4" 6" 15K3773DRFA $4516 ! Model
423⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 54" 273⁄4" 6" 15K4373DRFA 4828
W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF 2 = FF
Pedestal on Left 4 Rim profile:
363⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 30" 54" 273⁄4" 6" 15K3773DLFA $4516 5 Pull option:
423⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 54" 273⁄4" 6" 15K4373DLFA 4828 ➤See page 6.5 for designators.
6 Lock option:
KRB = Key random
specify lock core separately
G7MB = Grommet, matte black
(+$66)
Related Products:
(+$66)
D W H Model Description Price PC2MB = Power/data center,
matte black (+$418)
Center Drawer X = None
213⁄4" 293⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2230CD For use with 727⁄8"W desk $374 8 Right technology mgmt option:
➤See step 7 for designators.
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
bl Worksurface finish designator
bm Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
Center Drawer
! Model
IMPORTANT: For use with returns or
bridges.
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Undersurface Storage Shelves for
Non-Pedestal Side of Desk
➤See page 6.46.
Page 6.14 Transcend

Standard Includes
• One pedestal
TRANSCEND ®
Single-Pedestal Desks Pricing • One lock per pedestal
Rectangular Top GSA SIN 711-8 • Two hinged access doors
worksurface.
Kneespace Kneespace Pedestal

D W H Width Height Width Model Price How to Specify
Pedestal on Right Desk
303⁄4" 663⁄4" 287⁄8" 51" 273⁄4" Letter 15K3167DRF $4030
! Model
363⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 54" 273⁄4" Legal 15K3773DRF 4418 W = Wood
# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF 2 = FF
4 Rim profile:
Pedestal on Left
303⁄4" 663⁄4" 287⁄8" 51" 273⁄4" Letter 15K3167DLF $4030 5 Pull option:
363⁄4" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 54" 273⁄4" Legal 15K3773DLF 4418 ➤See page 6.5 for designators.
6 Lock option:
KRB = Key random
(+$66)
Related Products:
(+$66)
D W H Model Description Price PC2MB = Power/data center,
matte black (+$418)
Center Drawers X = None
213⁄4" 173⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2218CD For use with 663⁄4"W desk $277 8 Right technology mgmt option:
213⁄4" 293⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2230CD For use with 727⁄8"W desk 374
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
bl Worksurface finish designator
bm Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
Center Drawer
! Model
IMPORTANT: For use with returns or
bridges.
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Non-Pedestal Side of Desk
➤See page 6.46.
Page 6.15 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
U- and P-Shaped Desks Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
Conference Kneespace Kneespace

D W H Area Diameter Height Depth Model Price
Standard Includes
• Fixed shelf in end support
U-Shaped Desk • Ships fully assembled
Right
361⁄8" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" — 273⁄4" 255⁄8" 15K3773DURF $4229
How to Specify
Left Desk
! Model
361⁄8 " 727⁄8" 287⁄8" — 273⁄4" 255⁄8" 15K3773DULF $4229
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
P-Shaped Desk STD = Group 1
Right STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
361⁄8 " 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 42" 273⁄4" 255⁄8" 15K3773DPRF $4702 5 Worksurface finish designator
wood worksurface):
Left
STD = Group 1
361⁄8 " 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 42" 273⁄4" 255⁄8" 15K3773DPLF $4702 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
Center Drawer
! Model
STD = Group 1
3 Finish designator
Center Drawer
213⁄4" 173⁄4" 21⁄4" AC2218CD For use with U- and P-shaped desks $277
U- and P-shaped desks are for use

with returns and bridges; they are not
for use as a stand alone unit.
Page 6.16 Transcend

Standard Includes
TRANSCEND ®
Executive Returns Pricing • Worksurface (grain direction runs
Transitional Desks front-to-back)
GSA SIN 711-8
• One pedestal: legal width
• Hinged modesty panel (recessed);
ships unattached (installation is
Kneespace Kneespace required)
D W H Width Height Model Price • Cord opening in kneespace side of
Pedestal on Right worksurface.
245⁄8" 429⁄16" 287⁄8" 24" 273⁄4" 15K2543RREF $2970
245⁄8" 489⁄16" 287⁄8" 30” 273⁄4" 15K2549RREF 3068
How to Specify
! Model
Pedestal on Left @ Worksurface material:
245⁄8" 429⁄16" 287⁄8" 24" 273⁄4" 15K2543RLEF $2970 W = Wood
245⁄8" 489⁄16" 287⁄8" 30” 273⁄4" 15K2549RLEF 3068 # Pedestal option:
1 = BBF
2 = FF
4 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
5 Pull option:
6 Lock option:
KRB = Key random
7 Center technology mgmt option:
(+$66)
(+$66)
matte black (+$418)
X = None
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
Executive returns are for use with

single-pedestal desks, U-shaped
desks, P-shaped desks, and corner
units.
Page 6.17 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Bridges Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
Kneespace Kneespace
D W H Width Height Model Price
Standard Includes
Without Modesty Panel front-to-back)
245⁄8" 367⁄16" 13⁄16" 367⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2536BEX $876 • Hinged modesty panel (recessed)
245⁄8" 427⁄16" 13⁄16" 427⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2542BEX 920 on bridge with modesty panel;
ships ready to assemble
245⁄8" 487⁄16" 13⁄16" 487⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2548BEX 958
With Modesty Panel

How to Specify
245⁄8" 367⁄16" 287⁄8" 367⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2536BEF $1520
! Model
245⁄8" 427⁄16" 287⁄8" 427⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2542BEF 1648
245⁄8" 487⁄16" 287⁄8" 487⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2548BEF 1716 W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
(+$66)
(+$66)
matte black (+$418)
X = None
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
Bridges are for use with single-

pedestal desks, U-shaped desks,
P-shaped desks, and corner units.
Page 6.18 Transcend

Standard Includes
TRANSCEND ®
Storage and Kneespace Credenzas Pricing • Two pedestals: legal width
Transitional Desks †
GSA SIN 711-9
• Finished back
†† GSA SIN 711-8
• Center section on storage model:
two hinged doors, one adjustable
shelf, and lock
Kneespace Kneespace
D W H Width Height Model Price
How to Specify
Storage Credenzas †
! Model
For Freestanding Applications @ Worksurface material:
241⁄8" 667⁄8" 287⁄8" — — 15K2467CSF $4544 W = Wood
241⁄8" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" — — 15K2473CSF 4785 LW = Laminate with wood rim
# Pedestal option:
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications 1 = BBF/BBF 2 = FF/FF
241⁄8" 657⁄8" 287⁄8" — — 15K2466CSF $4526 8 = BBF/FF 9 = FF/BBF
241⁄8" 717⁄8" 287⁄8" — — 15K2472CSF 4770 4 Rim profile:
5 Pull option:
➤See page 6.5.
6 Lock option:
Kneespace Credenzas †† KRB = Key random
For Freestanding Applications KSB = Key specific (-$27 per
lock); specify lock cores sepa-
241⁄8" 667⁄8" 287⁄8" 30" 273⁄4" 15K2467CKF $4040 rately
241⁄8" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 273⁄4" 15K2473CKF 4387 7 Left technology mgmt option:
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications G7MB = Grommet, matte black
(+$66)
241⁄8" 657⁄8" 287⁄8" 30" 273⁄4" 15K2466CKF $4073
241⁄8" 717⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 273⁄4" 15K2472CKF 4363 (+$66)
matte black (+$418)
X = None
bl Worksurface finish price group:
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
bn Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
bo Rim finish designator (omit for
wood worksurface)
Freestanding models have a rim and
base rail that overhang 1⁄2" on three
sides (front and both ends); ganging
models overhang 1⁄2" on the front
edge only.
Page 6.19 Transcend

Standard Includes
TRANSCEND ®
Right Single-Pedestal Credenzas Pricing • One pedestal
Transitional Desks • One lock per pedestal
GSA SIN 711-8
• Finished back
• Reinforced bottoms in lateral
file drawers

! Model
Box/Box/File or File/File Pedestal on Right @ Worksurface material:
For Freestanding Applications W = Wood
241⁄8" 667⁄8" 287⁄8" 51" 273⁄4" Letter 15K2467CRF $3491 LW = Laminate with wood rim
# Pedestal option:
241⁄8" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 54" 273⁄4" Legal 15K2473CRF 3771
1 = BBF 2 = FF
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications 6 = Lateral File (72" & 73"W only)
241⁄8" 663⁄8" 287⁄8" 51" 273⁄4" Letter 15K2466CRF $3469 4 Rim profile:
241⁄8" 723⁄8 287⁄8" 54" 273⁄4" Legal 15K2472CRF 3756 GR = Groove RD = Ridge
5 Pull option:
6 Lock option:
KRB = Key random
Lateral File Pedestal on Right KSB = Key specific (-$27);
For Freestanding Applications
241⁄8" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 273⁄4" 36" 15K2473CRF $4326 G7MB = Grommet, matte black
(+$66)
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications (+$66)
241⁄8" 723⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 273⁄4" 36" 15K2472CRF $4302
matte black (+$418)
X = None
8 Center technology mgmt option
(omit for lateral file models):
bl Worksurface finish price group:
STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: For use with returns or bm Worksurface finish designator
bridges. bn Rim finish price group (omit for
wood worksurface):
Freestanding models have a rim and STD = 1 STD2 = 2 (+20%)
base rail that overhang 1⁄2" on three bo Rim finish designator (omit for
sides (front and both ends); ganging wood worksurface)
models overhang 1⁄2" on two sides
(front and non-pedestal end).

Non-Pedestal Side of Credenza
➤See page 6.46.
Page 6.20 Transcend

Standard Includes
TRANSCEND ®
Left Single-Pedestal Credenzas Pricing • One pedestal
Transitional Desks • One lock per pedestal
GSA SIN 711-8
• Finished back
file drawers

! Model
Box/Box/File or File/File Pedestal on Left
For Freestanding Applications W = Wood
241⁄8" 667⁄8" 287⁄8" 51" 273⁄4" Letter 15K2467CLF $3491 LW = Laminate with wood rim
241⁄8" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 54" 273⁄4" Legal 15K2473CLF 3771
# Pedestal option:
1 = BBF
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications 2 = FF
241⁄8" 663⁄8" 287⁄8" 51" 273⁄4" Letter 15K2466CLF $3469 6 = Lateral File (72" & 73"W only)
241⁄8" 723⁄8 287⁄8" 54" 273⁄4" Legal 15K2472CLF 3756 4 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
5 Pull option:
Lateral File Pedestal on Left 6 Lock option:
For Freestanding Applications KRB = Key random
241⁄8" 727⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 273⁄4" 36" 15K2473CLF $4326 specify lock core separately
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications (+$66)
241⁄8" 723⁄8" 287⁄8" 36" 273⁄4" 36" 15K2472CLF $4302 G7SN = Grommet, satin nickel
(+$66)
matte black (+$418)
X = None
8 Center technology mgmt option
(omit for lateral file models):
IMPORTANT: For use with returns or bl Worksurface finish price group:
bridges. STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Freestanding models have a rim and bm Worksurface finish designator
base rail that overhang 1⁄2" on three bn Rim finish price group (omit for
sides (front and both ends); ganging wood worksurface):
models overhang 1⁄2" on two sides STD = Group 1
(front and non-pedestal end). STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
bo Rim finish designator (omit for
Undersurface Storage Shelves for wood worksurface)
Non-Pedestal Side of Credenza
➤See page 6.46.
Page 6.21 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Lateral Files Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Two Drawers • Lock
For Freestanding Applications • Interlock mechanism (allows only
241⁄8" 367⁄8" 287⁄8" 15K2437LFF2 $2772 one drawer to be open at a time)
• Finished back
• Reinforced drawer bottoms
Four Drawers
For Freestanding Applications How to Specify
241⁄8" 367⁄8" 541⁄8" 15K2437LFF4 $4637 ! Model
@ Top material:
W = Wood
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications 3 Rim profile:
241⁄8" 36" 541⁄8" 15K2436LFF4 $4606 GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
4 Pull option:
5 Lock option:
KRB = Key random
6 Top finish price group:
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Top finish designator
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)

edge only.
➤See page 6.27 for undersurface
two-drawer lateral file pedestal that
can be combined with a credenza
worksurface for use in ganging appli-
cations.
Page 6.22 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
U- & P-Shaped Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 6.5
Traxx Mount GSA SIN 711-8
Conference Kneespace
D W H Area Diameter Height Model Price
Standard Includes
• Rim profile on all sides
U-Shaped Worksurface
Right
361⁄8" 727⁄8" 13⁄16" — 273⁄4" 15K3773WSUR $2391 How to Specify
Left Worksurface
! Model
361⁄8" 727⁄8" 13⁄16" — 273⁄4" 15K3773WSUL $2391 @ Worksurface material:
W = Wood
P-Shaped Worksurface 3 Rim profile (omit for bases):
GR = Groove
Right
RD = Ridge
361⁄8" 727⁄8" 13⁄16" 42" 273⁄4" 15K3773WSPR $2722 4 Worksurface finish price group:
Left STD = Group 1
361⁄8" 727⁄8" 13⁄16" 42" 273⁄4" 15K3773WSPL $2722 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Related Products: wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
Diameter H Model Price STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Wood Column Base wood worksurface)
6" 273⁄4" AC2806SFB $690
Base
! Model
Wood Half-Cylinder Base 2 Worksurface finish price group:
12" 273⁄4" AC2812SHB $733 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
IMPORTANT: For use in Traxx applica-

tions only. Traxx, tiles, and worksur-
face brackets must be specified
separately.
IMPORTANT: Support base must be

Page 6.23 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Credenza Worksurfaces Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
For Freestanding Applications • Worksurface (grain direction runs
241⁄8" 367⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2437WSS $847 lengthwise)
241⁄8" 727⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2473WSS 1060
241⁄8" 847⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2485WSS 1135 How to Specify
241⁄8" 967⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2497WSS 1303 ! Model
241⁄8" 1087⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K24109WSS 1452 @ Worksurface material:
W = Wood
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications
241⁄8" 357⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2436WSS $829 3 Rim profile:
241⁄8" 717⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2472WSS 1043 GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
241⁄8" 837⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2484WSS 1119
241⁄8" 957⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2496WSS 1286 G7MB = Grommet, matte black
241⁄8" 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K24108WSS 1434 (+$66)
(+$66)
matte black (+$418)
X = None
Freestanding models have a rim that 7 Worksurface finish price group:
overhangs 1⁄2" on three sides (front
STD = Group 1
and both ends); ganging models over-
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
hang 1⁄2" on the front edge only.
For use with 24"D undersurface wood worksurface):
pedestals to create storage and knee- STD = Group 1
space credenzas only. STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
bl Rim finish designator (omit for
Credenza worksurfaces cannot be wood worksurface)
used to create modular single-
pedestal credenzas.
Grommet option is not available on

15K2436WSSW and 15K2437WSSW
worksurfaces. Omit steps 3, 4,
and 5.
Page 6.24 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Modesty Panels and Support Panels Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Modesty Panels • Finished on both sides
3⁄4" 24" 253⁄16" 15K2425MPW $603
3⁄4" 30" 253⁄16" 15K3025MPW 636
How to Specify
3⁄4" 36" 253⁄16" 15K3625MPW 667
! Model
3⁄4" 42" 253⁄16" 15K4225MPW 698 2 Finish price group:
3⁄4" 48" 253⁄16" 15K4825MPW 721 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Undersurface Support Panel
3 Finish designator
111⁄2" 13⁄16" 273⁄8" 15K1228SSW $358
Modesty panels are for use with

undersurface pedestals and credenza
worksurfaces to create an enclosed
kneespace credenza.
Modesty panels must always span

between two pedestals and can be
mounted flush or recessed; they can-
not span behind the back of a
pedestal.
Undersurface support panel is

required when kneespace area is
greater than 48" wide.
Page 6.25 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Undersurface Pedestals Pricing Planning page 6.5
18"W GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Box/Box/File Pedestal • Lock
241⁄8" 18" 273⁄4" 15K2418PUBBFW $2048 • Finished back
• Open top
• Two cord openings with black
grommets; one in the back upper
File/File Pedestal corner of each side panel
241⁄8" 18" 273⁄4" 15K2418PUFFW $2006 • Horizontal cable manager
• One adjustable shelf at top and
pull-out shelf at bottom of printer
pedestal
Printer Pedestal
• Base rail on front side only
241⁄8" 18" 273⁄4" 15K2418PUPSLW $1993
How to Specify
! Model
2 Pull option (omit for printer
pedestal):
3 Lock option (omit for printer
pedestal):
KRB = Key random
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Credenza worksurface must be speci-

fied separately.

adjoining undersurface pedestals.
Interior clearance dimensions for

printer pedestal are 21"D x 167⁄16"W x
203⁄8".
Page 6.26 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Undersurface Pedestals Pricing Planning page 6.5
36"W GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Multi-File Storage • Lock
241⁄8" 3515⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2436PUBBFLW $2714 • FInished back
• Open top
• Two cord openings with black
grommets; one in the back upper
corner of each side panel
Multi-Storage with Wood Door • Horizontal cable manager
241⁄8" 3515⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2436PUHSLW $2653 • Base rail on front side only
• Two adjustable shelves in open
compartment on applicable mod-
els
• Reinforced bottom in lateral
Two-Drawer Lateral File file drawer
241⁄8" 3515⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2436LFM2W $2472
How to Specify
! Model
2 Pull option:
Hinged-Door Storage ➤See page 6.5 for designators.
241⁄8" 3515⁄16" 273⁄4" 15K2436PUHW $2322 3 Lock option:
KRB = Key random
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Modular credenza worksurface must


adjoining undersurface pedestals.
Lock in multi-file storage locks both

the lateral file drawer and the file
drawer. Box drawers are non-locking.
Page 6.27 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Mobile Pedestals Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
Upholstery Price Grade

Standard Includes
• Lock
Mobile Box/File with Cushion Top • FInished back
231⁄4" 181⁄8" 227⁄8" 15K2418PMBFCW $2445 $2463 $2473 $2484 $2500 $2516 $2533 • Four dual-wheel casters
• Anti-tip device in bottom file
drawer
• Base rail on front side
D W H Model Price
• Upholstered cushion top on appli-
Mobile Pedestal cable model: upholstery fabric
231⁄4" 181⁄8" 26" 15K2418PMPBFW $2307
How to Specify
! Model
2 Pull option:
3 Lock option:
KRB = Key random
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
6 Upholstery price grade (include
for cushion-top pedestal only)
7 Upholstery designator (include
for cushion-top pedestal only)
COM yardage = 0.50 yard
Cushion-top pedestal is not

available in leather upholstery.
Page 6.28 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Vertical Storage Pricing Planning page 6.5
43"H GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Multi-Storage with Wood Door • Lock in lateral file drawer
For Freestanding Applications • FInished back
241⁄8" 37" 427⁄8" 15K3743VHSLW $4590 • Finished top with rim profile
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications file drawers
241⁄8" 36" 427⁄8" 15K3643VHSLW $4566 • One adjustable shelf behind door
• Two adjustable shelves in open
compartment
Multi-Storage with Glass Door How to Specify

For Freestanding Applications ! Model
241⁄8" 37" 427⁄8" 15K3743VHSLGW $5015 2 Rim profile:
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
241⁄8" 36" 427⁄8" 15K3643VHSLGW $4991 3 Pull option:
4 Glass option (omit for wood
doors):
12 = Crisscross
5 Lock option:
KRB = Locking drawer and
door, key random (+$69)
KSB = Locking drawer and door,
key specific (+$18)
XKRB = Locking drawer, key
random (non-locking door)
XKSB = Locking drawer, key
specific (non-locking door) (-$27)
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
7 Finish designator

edge only.
Page 6.29 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
54"H GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Storage/Wardrobe • Two file drawers
For Freestanding Applications • Wood door
241⁄8" 37" 541⁄8" 15K3754VWSFW $5098 • Lock in file drawer (locks both file
drawers)
• FInished back
• Finished top with rim profile
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications • Coat rod and one adjustable shelf
241⁄8" 36" 541⁄8" 15K3654VWSFW $5077 behind door (30"H clearance for
coat)
• One adjustable shelf in open com-
partment
How to Specify
! Model
2 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
KRB = Locking drawers and
KSB = Locking drawers and
door, key specific (+$18); specify
XKSB = Locking drawers, key
specific (non-locking door)
(-$27); specify lock core
separately
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator

edge only.
Page 6.30 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
54"H, continued GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Vertical File with Open Storage Compartment • Lock
For Freestanding Applications • Three file drawers
241⁄8" 19" 541⁄8" 15K1954VSF3W $3594 • FInished back
• Finished top with rim profile
• Interlock mechanism (allows only
one drawer to be open at a time)
241⁄8" 18" 541⁄8" 15K1854VSF3W $3569
How to Specify
! Model
2 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
3 Pull option:
4 Lock option:
KRB = Key random
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator

edge only.
Page 6.31 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
67"H GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Shelf Storage/Lateral File • Lock in lateral file
241⁄8" 36" 67" 15K3668VHF2W $5645 • Unfinished back
• Finished top
• Two adjustable shelves
• Two lateral file drawers with rein-
forced drawer bottoms
• Interlock mechanism (allows only
one drawer to be open at a time)
How to Specify
! Model
2 Pull option:
3 Lock option:
KRB = Locking drawers and
KSB = Locking drawers and
door, key specific (+$18); specify
XKSB = Locking drawers, key
specific (non-locking door)
(-$27); specify lock core
separately
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Tops of units are fully finished; how-

ever, they have no rim profile. If a rim
profile is desired, specify a compo-
nent top.
➤See page 6.45.
For use in freestanding or ganging

applications.
Page 6.32 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
67"H, continued GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Double-Door Storage/Wardrobe • Unfinished back
241⁄8" 36" 67" 15K3668VHHW $5232 • Finished top
• Coat rod
• Four shelves in single-door unit
and right side of double-door unit
(three adjustable/removable
Single-Door Storage/Wardrobe shelves; bottom shelf is fixed)
Hinged Right
241⁄8" 18" 67" 15K1868VWHRW $3802 How to Specify
! Model
2 Pull option:
Hinged Left 4 Lock option:
241⁄8" 18" 67" 15K1868VWHLW $3802 KRB = Key random (+$69)
KSB = Key specific (+$41);
X = Non-locking
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator

nent top.
➤See page 6.45.
Single door unit can be used as a

wardrobe by removing the top three
shelves.
For use in freestanding or ganging

applications.
Page 6.33 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Horizontal Organizers Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8

36"W • Finished back
137⁄8" 357⁄8" 41⁄2" 15K1436SHOW $1009 • Two storage compartments in
36”W model; four storage com-
partments in 72"W model
72"W How to Specify

137⁄8" 717⁄8" 41⁄2" 15K1472SHOW $1546 ! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
For use on worksurfaces only.
Accommodates project trays in

storage compartments.
➤See page 6.46.
Horizontal organizers are stackable;

recommended not to exceed three
high.
Cannot be used in conjunction with a

highback organizer.
Page 6.34 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Set-on-Surface Bookcases Pricing Planning page 6.5
Open GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
18"W • Unfinished back
14" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCOW $1262 • Two adjustable shelves
• Ships assembled
36"W How to Specify

14" 36" 381⁄8" 15K3638BCOW $1687 ! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator

nent top.
➤See page 6.44.
Page 6.35 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Set-on-Surface Bookcases Pricing Planning page 6.5
With Doors GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Double Wood Doors • Unfinished back
143⁄4" 36" 381⁄8" 15K3638BCHW $2777 • Two adjustable shelves
• Ships assembled
Double Glass Doors How to Specify

143⁄4" 36" 381⁄8" 15K3638BCHGW $3692 ! Model
2 Pull option:
Single Wood Door 3 Glass option (omit for wood
doors):
Hinged Right (shown)
12 = Crisscross
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCHRW $2131 4 Lock option:
Hinged Left KRB = Key random (+$69)
KSB = Key specific (+$41);
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCHLW $2131
Single Glass Door X = Non-locking
Hinged Right (shown)
STD = Group 1
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCHRGW $2534 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Hinged Left 6 Finish designator
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCHLGW $2534

profile is desired, specify a
component top.
➤See page 6.44.
Page 6.36 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Set-on-Surface Bookcase Organizers Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Plain Sliced Veneer Doors • Unfinished back
Hinged Right (shown) • Five adjustable shelves in lower
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCSHRW $2181 section
• Ships assembled
Hinged Left
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCSHLW $2181
How to Specify
Diamond Matched Veneer Doors
! Model
Hinged Right (shown) 2 Pull option (door knob):
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCSHRFW $2596 59CM = Funnel (Carbon Metallic)
Hinged Left 59MB = Funnel (Matte Black)
59SN = Funnel (Satin Nickel)
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCSHLFW $2596
Glass Door doors):
Hinged Right (shown) 12 = Crisscross
4 Lock option:
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCSHRGW $2596 KRB = Key random (+$69)
Hinged Left KSB = Key specific (+$41);
143⁄4" 18" 381⁄8" 15K1838BCSHLGW $2596 specify lock core separately
X = Non-locking
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator

component top.
➤See page 6.44.
Project trays
➤See page 6.46.
Page 6.37 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Freestanding Bookcases Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
One Shelf • Unfinished back
A • 3⁄4" thick shelves
151⁄4" 36" 273⁄4" 15K3628BCOFW $1389
• Ships assembled
Three Shelves
A 151⁄4" 36" 52" 15K3652BCOFW $2244 How to Specify
! Model
A
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
Four Shelves 3 Finish designator
151⁄4" 36" 67" 15K3668BCOFW $2707
A
Note: “A” indicates adjustable

shelves.
For use on floor only; can be used in

freestanding and ganging applica-
tions.

component top.
➤See page 6.44.
Page 6.38 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Lowback Organizers and Transaction Counter Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Lowback Organizers Lowback Organizer
For Freestanding Applications • Finished back
15" 727⁄8" 137⁄8" 15K7315LBS $3388 • Receding tambour door (wood) in
center section (non-locking)
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications • Two fixed shelves in right and left
147⁄16" 717⁄8" 137⁄8" 15K7215LBS $3374 compartments
Transaction Counter
• Finished back
• Tackboard on user side: Terra Plus
Transaction Counter 3413 Stone fabric
15" 727⁄8" 137⁄8" 15K7315TC $2347
How to Specify
! Model
W = Wood
3 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface):
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
wood worksurface)
For use on 72"W desks, credenzas,
or worksurfaces.
Freestanding models have a rim that

overhangs 1⁄2" on all four sides; gang-
ing organizer overhangs 1⁄2" on the
front edge only.
Storage compartments in lowback

organizer accommodate project trays.
➤See page 6.46.
Page 6.39 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Overhead Storage Pricing Planning page 6.5
Wall Mount or Suspended GSA SIN 711-8
Worksurface Number of Number of

Standard Includes
D W H Clearance Doors Optional Locks Model Price
• Full-height back panel
Plain Sliced Veneer Doors • Mounting hardware (suspended
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 15K3618SOHW $1837 model only)
143⁄4" 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 15K5418SOHW 2552
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6618SOHW 3438 How to Specify
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7218SOHW 3791 Cabinet
Diamond Matched Veneer Doors ! Model
2 Support type:
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 15K3618SOHFW $2393
M = Wall mount
143⁄4" 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 15K5418SOHFW 3734 S = Suspended
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6618SOHFW 4089 3 Pull option (door knob):
59CM = Funnel (Carbon Metallic)
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7218SOHFW 4302
59MB = Funnel (Matte Black)
Glass Doors 59SN = Funnel (Satin Nickel)
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 15K3618SOHGW $2393
doors):
143⁄4" 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 15K5418SOHGW 3734 12 = Crisscross
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6618SOHGW 4089 5 Lock option:
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7218SOHGW 4302 KRB = Key random (+$69 per
lock)
KSB = Key specific (+$41 per
Related Products: lock); specify lock core(s)
separately
W Model Description Price
X = Non-locking
Wall-Mount Bracket 6 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
72" KAC72WMB Bracket can be cut-to-size to accommodate $112
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
cabinets less than 72" wide.
7 Finish designator
Wall-Mount Bracket
! Model
nent top.
➤See page 6.44.
Wall-mount bracket must be specified

separately for wall-mount models.
Mounts flush to the wall
Page 6.40 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Overhead Storage Pricing Planning page 6.5
Traxx Mount GSA SIN 711-8
Worksurface Number of Number of

Standard Includes
• 3⁄4-height back panel
Plain Sliced Veneer Doors
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 15K3618SOHMW $1837
143⁄4" 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 15K5418SOHMW 2552
How to Specify
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6618SOHMW 3438 Overhead Storage
! Model
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7218SOHMW 3791 2 Pull option (door knob):
Diamond Matched Veneer Doors 59CM = Funnel (Carbon Metallic)
59MB = Funnel (Matte Black)
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 15K3618SOHMFW $2393
59SN = Funnel (Satin Nickel)
143⁄4" 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 15K5418SOHMFW 3734 3 Glass option (omit for wood
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6618SOHMFW 4089 doors):
12 = Crisscross
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7218SOHMFW 4302
4 Lock option:
Glass Doors KRB = Key random (+$69 per
143⁄4" 357⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 2 1 15K3618SOHMGW $2393 lock)
KSB = Key specific (+$41 per
143⁄4" 537⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 3 2 15K5418SOHMGW 3734 lock); specify lock core(s)
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6618SOHMGW 4089 separately
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 181⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7218SOHMGW 4302 X = Non-locking
STD = Group 1
6 Finish designator
D W H Model Price
Filler Strip Filler Strip

! Model
13⁄8" 181⁄8" DF0119CPFS Can be applied to back edge of cabinet to conceal the $56
exposed Traxx bracket; metal with black finish.
IMPORTANT: Traxx and tiles must be

Tops of units are fully finished;

If a rim profile is desired, specify a
component top.
➤See page 6.44.
Page 6.41 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Highback Organizers Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
Worksurface Number of Number of Standard Includes

• Unfinished back
Plain Sliced Veneer Doors • Cord management grommet in
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6638HBHW $3986 upper and lower center of back
panel
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7238HBHW 4144 • 108"W unit consists of two sec-
143⁄4" 837⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K8438HBHW 4868 tions; shipped in separate cartons;
143⁄4" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 20" 6 3 15K9638HBHW 5768 assembly required.
143⁄4" 1075⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 6 4 15K10838HBHW 6585
Diamond Matched Veneer Doors How to Specify

143⁄4" 657⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6638HBHFW $4441 ! Model
2 Pull option (door knob):
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7238HBHFW 4660
59CM = Funnel (Carbon Metallic)
143⁄4" 837⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K8438HBHFW 5289 59MB = Funnel (Matte Black)
143⁄4" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 20" 6 3 15K9638HBHFW 6237 59SN = Funnel (Satin Nickel)
143⁄4" 1075⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 6 4 15K10838HBHFW 7274
doors):
Glass Doors 12 = Crisscross
143⁄4" 657⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K6638HBHGW 4441 4 Lock option:
KRB = Key random (+$69 per
143⁄4" 717⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K7238HBHGW 4660
lock)
143⁄4" 837⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 4 2 15K8438HBHGW 5289 KSB = Key specific (+$41 per
143⁄4" 953⁄4" 381⁄8" 20" 6 3 15K9638HBHGW 6237 lock); specify lock core(s)
separately
143⁄4" 1075⁄8" 381⁄8" 20" 6 4 15K10838HBHGW 7274
X = Non-locking
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
6 Finish designator

ever, they have no rim profile.
If a rim profile is desired, specify a
component top.
➤See page 6.44.
108"W unit accommodate two

AC5218 tackboards or smaller and
two KCU49 task lights or smaller.
Tackboards
➤See page 6.43.
Page 6.42 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Tackboards Pricing Planning page 6.5
COM Yardage Panel Fabric Seating Fabric

D W H 66"W Non-Dir. Model COM Gr. A–E Gr. 1–3 Gr. 4–6
Standard Includes
• Tackboard
Tackboards
7⁄8" 281⁄4" 16" 1.0 AC2818TBK $274 $303 $309 $352
7⁄8" 343⁄16" 16" 1.0 AC3418TBK 310 339 345 388 How to Specify
7⁄8" 521⁄8" 16" 1.0 AC5218TBK 374 403 409 452 ! Model
7⁄8"
2 Fabric grade
581⁄8" 16" 1.0 AC5718TBK 379 408 414 457 3 Fabric designator
7⁄8" 641⁄8" 16" 2.5 AC6318TBK 360 433 448 555
7⁄8" 701⁄8" 16" 2.5 AC6918TBK 397 470 485 592
7⁄8" 821⁄8" 16" 3.0 AC8216TBK 452 539 557 686
7⁄8" 941⁄8" 16" 3.0 AC9416TBK 523 610 628 757
Mounts on back panel of highback or

wall with dual-lock fasteners.
Backside of tackboards feature verti-

cal channels in both ends and center
to provide cable management access
for task light cords.
Panel fabric is turned 90° and applied

railroad style to 62"W or wider tack-
boards. Seating fabric is turned 90°
and applied railroad style to 50"W or
wider tackboards.
➤See page 6.50 for fabric patterns.
Page 6.43 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Component Tops Pricing Planning page 6.5
For Use on Bookcases, Highback Organizers, and Overheads GSA SIN 711-8

• Top
15"D
151⁄4" 367⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1537CPTW $674 How to Specify
151⁄4" 547⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1555CPTW 739 ! Model
151⁄4" 667⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1567CPTW 790
2 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
151⁄4" 727⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1573CPTW 855 RD = Ridge
151⁄4" 847⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1585CPTW 926 3 Finish price group:
151⁄4" 967⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1597CPTW 1100 STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
151⁄4" 1087⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K15109CPTW 1336
4 Finish designator
151⁄4" 357⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1536CPTW $660
151⁄4" 537⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1554CPTW 721
151⁄4" 657⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1566CPTW 776
151⁄4" 717⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1572CPTW 839
151⁄4" 837⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1584CPTW 910
151⁄4" 957⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K1596CPTW 1084
151⁄4" 1077⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K15108CPTW 1318

overhang 1⁄2" on three sides (front and
both ends); ganging models overhang
1⁄2" on the front edge only.
Component tops are optional and are

used when a rim profile is desired on
bookcase, overhead cabinets, and
highback organizers.
Component tops are unfinished on

the bottom side and should not be
used in an application where the
underside would be exposed.
Page 6.44 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Component Tops Pricing Planning page 6.5
For Use on Vertical Storage GSA SIN 711-8

24"D • Top
241⁄8" 187⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2419CPTW $771 How to Specify
241⁄8" 367⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2437CPTW 830 ! Model
241⁄8" 547⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2455CPTW 917 2 Rim profile:
241⁄8" 727⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2473CPTW 1027 GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
For Side-by-Side Ganging Applications 3 Finish price group:
241⁄8" 177⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2418CPTW $750 STD = Group 1
241⁄8" 357⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2436CPTW 817 STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
4 Finish designator
241⁄8" 537⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2454CPTW 900
241⁄8" 717⁄8" 13⁄16" 15K2472CPTW 1012

overhang 1⁄2" on three sides (front and
both ends); ganging models overhang
1⁄2" on the front edge only.
Component tops are optional and are

used when a rim profile is desired
24"D vertical storage units.
Component tops are unfinished on

the bottom side and should not be
used in an application where the
underside would be exposed.
Page 6.45 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Accessories Pricing Planning page 6.5
GSA SIN 711-8
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Project Tray Storage Cubby
13" 161⁄4" 27⁄8" 15K1216T $346 • Finished on all sides
• Opening between shelves is 39⁄16"
• Fixed shelves
Storage Cubby Shelves

131⁄16" 131⁄16" 163⁄4" 15K1317SMC $1084 • Attachment hardware
How to Specify
Adjustable Shelves for Single-Pedestal Desks
! Model
For Use with 31x67 Single-Pedestal Desk 2 Finish price group:
201⁄8" 131⁄2" 3⁄4" 15K2014SHW $290 STD = Group 1
For Use with 37x73 Arc Single-Pedestal Desk STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
201⁄8" 161⁄4" 3⁄4" 15K2016SHW $297
For Use with 43x73 Arc Single-Pedestal Desk or 37x73 Single-Pedestal Desk
261⁄8" 161⁄4" 3⁄4" 15K2616SHW $320
For Use with 48x73 or 42x73 Extended Single-Pedestal Desk
321⁄8" 161⁄4" 3⁄4" 15K3216SHW $360
Adjustable Shelves for Single-Pedestal Credenzas

For Use with 24x72 or 24x73 Single-Pedestal Credenza
217⁄16" 161⁄4" 3⁄4" 15K2116SHW $297
For Use with 24x66 or 24x67 Single-Pedestal Credenza
217⁄16" 131⁄2" 3⁄4" 15K2114SHW $290
Project trays can be used individually
or stacked. They can be freestanding
or used in storage compartments of
bookcase organizers, lowback organ-
izers, and horizontal organizers.
Tackboards should not extend behind

the storage cubbies.
Pre-bored holes in single-pedestal

desk or credenza will accommodate
either one or two shelves.
Page 6.46 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Tables Pricing Planning page 6.5
Transitional Desks †
Pricing page 6.13
GSA SIN 711-8
†† GSA SIN 711-9 Surface Materials 6.48
††† GSA SIN 711-11
D W H Model Price
Standard Includes
Round Conference Table Top ††
• Occasional table ships ready to
42" diameter 13⁄16" 15K42RD $2489 assemble
How to Specify
Cylinder Base †††
Table Top or Occasional Table
Wood ! Model
16" diameter 271⁄2" CBS2716CYW $1178 @ Worksurface material:
Laminate W = Wood
16" diameter 271⁄2" CBS2716CYL $905 3 Rim profile:
GR = Groove
RD = Ridge
Occasional Table † 4 Finish price group:
STD = Group 1
24" 24" 201⁄8" 15K2424CN $1177
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
5 Finish designator
Cylinder Base
! Model
STD = Group 1
STD2 = Group 2 (+20%)
3 Finish designator
Additional bases are available for the

round table top.
➤See the Contemporary/Transitional
Tables chapter in the Kimball Legacy
Price List at www.kimball.com.
Page 6.47 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Wood and Laminate Surface Materials Planning page 6.5

Wood Group 1 Group 2
Applies to: MC Amber Cherry CS Coco Sapele
• All wood surfaces CC Cordoba Cherry SS Sienna Sapele
MH Mocha Cherry
SC Sedona Cherry
IM Brighton Maple
TM Huntington Maple
ES Espresso Walnut
overview
MW Midtown Walnut
TW Tribeca Walnut
• TB133 process
UW Urban Walnut
rally in veneer may influence the over-
all match from piece to piece.
HPL
• All HPL Surfaces Woodgrain
MC Amber Cherry
CC Cordoba Cherry
MH Mocha Cherry
SC Sedona Cherry
IM Brighton Maple
TM Huntington Maple
MW Midtown Walnut
TW Tribeca Walnut
UW Urban Walnut
CZ Clear Zebrawood
Page 6.48 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Paint and Non-Paint Surface Materials Planning page 6.5

Reference Guide at www.kimball.com Paint and Non-Paint Finishes
for a complete overview of the Kimball Applies to: Paint Plated
materials program, including: • Drawer pulls 514 Carbon Metallic MB Matte Black
• Characteristics of wood SN Satin Nickel
overview
• TB133 process
IMPORTANT: Due to the reflective

qualities of metallic paint, variations in
color may occur.
Page 6.49 Transcend

TRANSCEND ®
Fabric and Upholstery Surface Materials Planning page 6.5

• Tackboards Price Grades A–E (Upholstery)
Price Grades 1–6
Chambray, Network, or
overview
• TB133 process
fabric patterns.
Applies to: Kimball Seating Fabric

• Mobile cushion-top pedestals (Upholstery)
Price Grades 1–6

Reference Guide at
fabric patterns.
Page 6.50 Transcend

REVISION SUMMARY Reference This section provides a summary of
revisions made to the price list by
release date.
Effective 02.17.20 Effective 11.18.19 Effective 10.21.19 Effective 09.16.19 Effective 7.15.19
Perks Perks Perks Perks General Information

Sustainability page has been
The following models have been LED under-cabinet lights and Interior space dimensions for Monitor arm illustrations have
updated to reflect current LEED
deleted: standard task lights are no longer flexchain and expandable cable been updated with the new square
certification and Pura information.
• Rectangular plastic G90 grommets available. managers have been added for base detail, enhanced cable manage-
(99KG90) clarity. ment, and arm rotation adjustment
• Retractable power/communication feature.
center (99KELPDCR) LED task lights are now available. Effective 04.15.19
• Power/data center LED under-cabinet lights are being Monitor arm weights for single and
(99K0208ELPDC) phased out; they are still available as dual-independent models changed
long as inventory remains. from "4–20 lbs. each" to "5–151⁄2 lbs. General Information
Power/USB module with 6' cord each." Weight for dual crossbar
Mailing zip code for Kimball has
(model KCE0204WP) is no longer model changed from "8–20 lbs. each"
been changed to 47546 by the
available in Ash or Cherry. Walnut is to "up to 121⁄2 lbs. each."
USPS.
still available.
New wall-mount single-arm moni-
LED task lights are now on GSA tor arm is now available. Perks
contract under SIN 711-8.
Mobile CPU cart (model Adjustable keyboard kit illustra-
99KCPUMCB) is no longer available. tions have been revised to show the
depth of the track. The depth dimen-
New sit-on-surface power/data sion listed in the pricing table reflects
center with 6' cord (model the depth of the track only. These kits
KCE0204WPD) is now available. can be used with Xsede Open Plan
worksurfaces when undersurface
support rails are not used; they are
not applicable to adjustable-height
tables and benches due to the depth
of the track.
Page 7.1 Reference


Desks & Accessories Price List

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Desks & Accessories Price List

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GSA Price List Effective Dates:

DESKS & ACCESSORIES Price List Pricing 03.14.19

this price list accurate and complete Materials Reference Guide at

list are nominal. Products are

with all of the information you need to D W

specify our products. overview of the Kimball materials

We suggest that you become familiar 30"

See page 2.41 for designators.

tained in this price list are based on

find information about the product I = File/file

• Customer-specified laminate (CSL)

time of publication. Kimball reserves

how to specify the product. Page 2.2 Definition

Items listed herein are considered

applicable to portable furniture.

®See page 2.106 for finishes.

Only Underwriters' Laboratory (U.L.)

or Canadian Standards Association

(C.S.A.) listed electrical compo-

nents are used in electrical devices

Page 2.16 Definition

Page 1.2 General Information

Complete specifications are built by Pricing Table Abbreviations:

to Specify” steps are located in the far Desks & Components

Breakfront Modesty Panel

prised of two or more steps. For 30"

numbers have been truncated within

• The steps numbered using a solid 8

• Steps numbered using an outlined Kimball Desks & Accessories

Page 1.3 General Information

Finishes & Asset Tag Locations 1.12

Page 1.4 General Information

Page 1.5 General Information

Pura emits virtually no volatile organic

Page 1.7 General Information

Page 1.8 General Information

Page 1.9 General Information

Page 1.10 General Information

Page 1.11 General Information

Bar code labels have been placed on

Vertical storage cabinets

Page 1.12 General Information

➤See page ➤See page

Page 2.1 Definition

Rectangular-Top Arc-Top Rectangular-Top Arc-Top Angled Desks

Page 2.2 Definition

Corner Units Storage Credenzas Kneespace Credenzas Single-Pedestal Credenzas

36"W 42"W 66"W 72"W 66"W 72"W 66"W 72"W

Page 2.3 Definition

Rectangular Worksurfaces Arc Worksurfaces

Angled Worksurfaces U-Shaped Worksurfaces P-Shaped Desks

66"W 72"W 60"W 72"W 60"W 72"W

Page 2.4 Definition

28"H 28"H 28"H 28"H 28"H

Wood Half-Cylinder Base U-Legs O-Legs Elite Legs

28"H 28"H 28"H 28"H

Page 2.5 Definition

Modesty Panels with Wing Detail

Page 2.6 Definition

Technology Modesty Panels

Page 2.7 Definition

30"W 36"W 15"W 18"W 30"W 36"W 3"W 18"W 6"W

Page 2.8 Definition

See page 2.41 for designators.